m 



MIL* 
UN 





{''St J 















„# 




















A ..... %. ' - 

4> 





*"+*# 




















o r\ 



- -^ 



I B ^ ' " 

° & 








"oo^ 



$ . N C "<# 



. * ^ 



* °o 



W 



\ 



o 




V. \ . 



H ^ 



rU 



', c 



- A» 



' / s s \' X 

\ O 

•*& 

: ***** *»i \ ^ v 

*>- * a i v * <*° *U. * ■' * ° " \ x > * „ , "> ' ' o> v c 







5 S 






">t 






% 



r 'r -\N 



? 













-^ V, ^ 




\0 ^ 4. -7\ 



V ^ 




^ * 






^ ^ 



•x xv ^ 






& n ^ 


















^ 



\ I B 






JO 



oo 

















^ 



o (J 



WORLD'S 



Wisterf^ and Jxefriefti ©f JQentistit^ 



EDITED, COMPILED AND REVISED BY 

HERMAN LENNMALM, D. D. S. 



FROM THE MOST RELIABLE AND AUTHENTIC RESOURCES 

AVAILABLE. A COMPENDIUM OF FACTS AND 

HISTORICAL DATA REGARDING THE 

DENTAL PROFESSION. 




H 




CHICAGO. 

W. B. CON KEY COMPANY, 

341-351 Dearborn Street. 







Entered according to Act of Congress in the year 1894. by 

DR. HERMAN LENNMALM, 

In the office of the Librarian of Congress at Washington, D. C. 



PREFACE. 

THE magnitude of an undertaking like the present work, 
which we now herewith humbly submit to one of the fore- 
most professions of the world, far exceeded all our anticipations, 
although we by no means expected it to be all play. The selec- 
tion and compilation of ponderous matter from a voluminous 
correspondence and tons of data and statistics, together with the 
arduous labor in obtaining information from all parts of the 
world, have sometimes appeared beyond our ability. We flat- 
ter ourselves, however, that the information herein contained, 
although in many instances incomplete, will be found useful to 
all dentists who desire to know anything about the inducements, 
advantages and disadvantages offered in other fields, and the 
social and official standing of the profession in foreign lands. 

The encouragement w T e have enjoyed from the profession gen- 
erally, and for which we desire to express our heartfelt gratitude 
to one and all, has spurred us on to renewed efforts, and we sin- 
cerely hope that the result will not be too severely criticised, 
being a first attempt, and hence naturally not so complete as may 
be desired. For most of the information herein contained we 
are under obligations to the diplomatic and consular service of 
the United States and learned savants abroad, foremost among 
members of the dental and medical professions. 

There are still vast territories into which the profession has 
not yet penetrated. But we are progressing steadily, uninter- 
ruptedly, and every year opens up new and wider fields. Here 
the pioneers of our profession find themselves confronted with 
all those tribulations which are sure to beset pioneers in other 
walks of life; but once they gain a foothold, they soon adapt 
themselves to circumstances, and eventually harvest the reward 
of their labors. 

We had hoped to have the matter ready for the press much 
sooner, but the gathering of most of the necessary information 
required considerable time and correspondence. While we do 
not deem it necessary to apologize for the work, its necessity and 

in 



IV 



PREFACE. 



usefulness suggest themselves to all members of the profession, 
for whose especial benefit it was intended. We cheerfully 
acknowledge its imperfections, and only hope it will accomplish 
what we wished — to awaken a greater interest in the profession 
and bring about a closer communion among the dentists of the 
world. Most respectfully, 

Your humble and obedient servant, 

HERMAN LENNMALM.. 
Rockford, III., November, 1894. 




CONTENTS. 



DENTISTRY IN 



PAGE. 

NORTH AMERICA. 

United States 3 

Dominion of Canada 161 

Quebec 161 

Ontario 162 

Nova Scotia __ 170 

New Brunswick 175 

Manitoba _ 176 

British Columbia 188 

Prince Edward Island 191 

Mexico 194 

CENTRAL AMERICA. 

British Honduras 197 

Costa Rica 197 

Guatemala 198 

Honduras 198 

Nicaragua 199 

Salvador... 199 

WEST INDIES. 

Bahamas 202 

Barbados __ 202 

Bermuda 202 

Cuba:.. 203 

Curacao 204 

Haiti _ 204 

Jamaica 205 

Leeward Islands 207 

Martinique 207 

Puerto Rico... 208 

St. Bartholomew 208 

St. Thomas 209 

Trinidad 209 

SOUTH AMERICA. 

Argentine Republic 213 

Bolivia ___ ___ 214 

Brazil 214 

British Guiana 217 

Chili _. 217 

Ecuador 222 



PAGE. 

Falkland Islands. ._ 222 

French Guiana 222 

Paraguay 223 

Peru 226 

Surinam (Dutch Guiana) 229 

Uruguay 230 

Venezuela 231 

EUROPE. 

Austria-Hungary _ 234 

Belgium ._ 236 

Bulgaria .___ 237 

Denmark 240 

Finland 244 

France 247 

Germany 256 

Great Britain and Ireland. _ 267 

Greece 298 

Iceland ___ 299 

Italy 300 

Luxemburgh 304 

Malta 304 

Netherlands 306 

Norway .___ _ 308 

Portugal. 311 

Roumania 312 

Russia 315 

Servia.___ __ 318 

Spain 318 

Sweden _._ 324 

Switzerland 332 

Turkey 334 

AFRICA. 

Azores 337 

Barbary (Algiers, Morocco, 

Tripoli, Tunis) 337 

Cape Colony 338 

Egypt _._ 339 

Liberia _ 339 

Madagascar 34D 

Madeira. __ 342 

Mozambique 343 



VI 



CONTENTS. 



PAGE. 
Natal L - 343 

Orange Free Stake 344 

Sierra Leone ___l 344 

Transvaal j. 345 

Zanzibar i.__ __- 346 

ASIA. j 

Afghanistan i ___ 354 

Beluchistan J 354 

Burmah _ _._ 349 

Ceylon 349 

China 349 

India. „ 351 

Japan 351 

Java (Dutch East Indies) 352 

Korea 353 

Persia 353 



PAGE. 

Philippine Islands 354 

Siam 355 

Straits Settlements 360 

Turkestan 354 

Turkey 361 

AUSTRALIA. 

Fiji Islands 365 

Hawaii 365 

New Caledonia _ 367 

New South Wales 367 

New Zealand ._ 375 

Queensland ■. 384 

South Australia 384 

Tasmania 385 

Victoria 398 

Western Australia 420 




ERRATA. 

Page 244. Line 4. Tandlelgeselskabet Kobenhavn, should be 
Tandlegeselskabet i Kobenhavn. 

Page 255. Line 21. Societe d'Odontologie de Paris, should 
be Societe d'Odontologie de France.* 

Page 262. Line 12. Sould be After Dental Kale?ider, etc. 

Page 308. Line 16. Examination, should be education. 

Page 320. Line 11. Odontologica, should be Odontologia. 

Page 326. Line 15. Certificates, should be Certificate. 

* This is the last one, the one located at rue de l'Abbaye. 




NORTH AMERICA. 



UNITED STATES. 

Area, 3,602,990 square miles. Population, 62,222,250. 
Capital, Washington; population, 230,392. 



It was in the latter part of the last century, or about the 
period of our war for independence, that dentistry was intro- 
duced into America. The first men known to have practiced the 
profession in this country were an Englishman, John Woofendale, 
and a Frenchman, Joseph Lemaire. 

John Woofendale arrived in the United States from England 
in October, 1766. He was a regularly educated dentist, having 
been instructed by Dr. Thomas Berdmore, dentist to King George 
III. He practiced in New York and Philadelphia, but in March, 
1768, returned to England. In 1785 he again came to America, 
purchased a farm in New Jersey, retired, and in 1828, at the age 
of eighty-seven years, died. 

In July, 1778, Dr. Joseph Lemaire, then a soldier, arrived with 
the French fleet to the United States. 

"While the French and American armies, in 1781-82, were in 
winter quarters, side by side, near Providence, R. L, Dr. Joseph 
Lemaire, by permission of Count Rochambeau, the commanding 
general, taught the dental art to Josiah Flagg, then eighteen 
years of age, and James Gardette, aged twenty-five. Lemaire's 
practice was not limited to the soldiers only, but he did dental 
operations for the people in the immediate vicinity."* Accord- 
ing to Watson, in his "Annals of Philadelphia," Lemaire arrived 
in Philadelphia in 1784, and there continued the practice of den- 
tistry. 

About 1770, Dr. Isaac Greenwood emigrated from England 
and settled in Boston, where he practiced until his death. 

In 1784, an Englishman, Dr. Whitelock, came to America and 
practiced in the New England states. It is not known how long 
he remained here. 

"Josiah Flagg* obtained his knowledge ot dentistry from Dr. 
Joseph Lemaire. Both Lemaire and Flagg were soldiers in the 

* "The Rise, Fall and Revival of Dental Prosthesis," by B. J. Cigrand. 

3 



4 WORLD S HISTORY AND 

American cause; the one in the French army and the other hold- 
ing a major's commission in the American army. Thus, while in 
winter quarters in 1781, in his leisure time, Flagg was under the 
immediate instruction of the French surgeon dentist. Upon the 
close of the war Josiah Flagg settled in Boston, where he prac- 
ticed dentistry. When the second war opened with England, in 
1812, he again became a strong advocate for the Union cause, 
and enlisted in the army. But early in this struggle Dr. Flagg 
was taken prisoner and brought to England, where, on parole, he 
made the acquaintance of Sir Ashley Cooper, and assisted him in 
surgical operations at Guy's Hospital, London. After remaining 
in England for several years he returned to America to resume 
his practice in Boston." Dr. Josiah Flagg died in Boston at the 
age of fifty-two. 

James Gardette* came to Plymouth, Mass., in 1778 from France. 
He had studied dentistry with M. Taudinier, a dentist of Paris. 
In 1777 he had received commission as surgeon in the French 
navy. For a short period he practiced in New York, but removed 
from there to Philadelphia, where he was in continuous practice 
until 1829, when he returned to France. He died in 183 1. 

Clark and John Greenwoodf were the sons of Dr. Isaac 
Greenwood, and both learned their father's chosen profession. 
Little is known of Clark; it is claimed he was born in England, 
and when a lad accompanied his father to America. After hav- 
ing acquired a fair knowledge of dentistry, he left Boston and 
journeyed to New York City, where, in 1778, he opened an office 
and continued the practice. 

John Greenwood was born in Boston, and from all accounts 
was the first native-born dentist. 

Young Greenwood, at the early age of fifteen, enlisted in the 
American army, and fought in the battles of Bunker Hill and 
Trenton, and was also engaged in the expedition to Canada, 
under General Arnold. He afterward entered the naval priva- 
teer service, in which he remained until the close of the Revolu- 
tionary War, when, finding himself out of employment, he 
applied to his brother Clark, who was in New York City practic- 
ing dentistry, but here, we learn, he received no encouragement. 
He then embarked in the business of nautical and mathematical 
instrument making. 

* "Dental and Oral Science," by Dexter. 

t "The Rise, Fall and Revival of Dental Prosthesis," by B. J. Cigrand. 



REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 5 

Soon after, having engaged in this business, Dr. Gamage, of 
New York, requested young Greenwood to extract a tooth for 
one of his patients, which he did very successfully. This was the 
commencement of his practice as a dentist. He, however, con- 
tinued at the manufacture of instruments, and added ivory turn- 
ing to the trade; he practiced dentistry as opportunities afforded, 
the demand for his services, however, in this last departure soon 
increased to such an extent that he was compelled to abandon 
his other occupations. His practice grew rapidly and he became 
obliged to procure assistance; Dr. William Pitt and his brother 
Clark acted in the capacity of professional assistants. It has 
been said that Dr. John Greenwood was the first dentist in the 
United States to strike up gold plates to serve as a basis for arti- 
ficial dentures, without a knowledge of it having been done across 
the sea. During his professional career, while in New York, he 
immortalized himself, and his profession as well, by carving from 
the tusk of the hippopotamus a full set of artificial teeth for the 
great American "who was first in war, first in peace, and first in 
the heart of his countrymen." 

The following letter of Dr. John Greenwood to Gen. George 
Washington as an historical treasure is fully worthy of space. It 
reads:* 

"New York, December 28, 1798. 
"Sir : I send you inclosed two sets of teeth, one fixed on the old bases in 
part, and the set you sent me from Philadelphia, which, when I received it, 
was very black, occasioned either by your soaking them in port wine, or by 
your drinking it. Port wine, being sour, takes off all polish, and all acid has a 
tendency to soften every kind of teeth and bone. Acid is used in coloring 
every kind of ivory, therefore it is very pernicious to the teeth. I advise you 
to either take them out after dinner and put them in clean water, and put in 
another set, or clean them with a brush and some chalk scraped fine. It will 
absorb the acids which collect from the mouth and preserve them longer. I 
have found another and better way of using the sealing-wax when holes are 
eaten in the teeth by. acids, etc. First observe and dry the teeth, then take a 
piece of wax and cut it into small pieces as you think will fill up the hole; then 
take a large nail or any other piece of iron and heat it hot into the fire, then 
put your piece of wax into the hole, and melt it, by means of introducing the 
point of the nail to it. I have tried it and found it to consolidate, and do bet- 
ter than the other way; and if done properly, it will resist the saliva. It will 
be handier for you to take hold of the nail with small pliers than with tongs; 
thus the wax must be very small, not bigger than this (*). If your teeth grow 
black take some chalk and a pine or cedar stick; it will rub off. If you want 
your teeth more yellow, soak them in broth or pot liquor, but not in tea or 

* "Magazine of American Hiitorj," Vol. XVI, p. 294. 



6 world's history and 

acids. Porter is a good thing to color them, and will not hurt but preserve 

them; but they must not be in the least pricked. You will find I have altered 

the upper teeth you sent me from Philadelphia. Leaving the enamel on the 

teeth don't preserve them any longer than if it was off, it only holds the color 

better; but to preserve them they must be very often changed and cleaned; 

for whatever attacks them must be repelled as often, or it will gain ground 

and destroy the works. The two sets I repaired are done on a different plan 

than when they are done when made entirely new; for the teeth are screwed 

on the barrs instead of having the barrs cast red hot on them, which is the 

reason, I believe, they destroy or dissolve so soon near the barrs. 

"Sir, after hoping you will not be obliged to be troubled very soon in the 

same way, I subscribe myself, 

"Your very humble servant, 

"John Greenwood. 
"Sir, the additional charge is fifteen dollars. 

"P. S. — I expect next spring to move my family into Connecticut state. 
If I do I will write and let you know, and whether I give up my present busi- 
ness or not I will, as long as I live, do anything in this way for you if you 
require it." 

The following is Washington's reply:* 

"Mount Vernon, January 6, 1799. 

"Sir: Your letter of the 28th ult, with the parcel that accompanied it 
came safe to hand, and I feel obliged for your attention to my requests, and 
for the directions you have given me. 

"Enclosed you have bank-notes for fifteen dollars, which I shall be glad to 

hear has got safe to your hands. If you should remove to Connecticut, I 

should be glad to be advised of it; and to what place, as I shall always prefer 

your services to that of any other, in the line of your present profession. I am, 

sir, 

"Your very humble servant, 

"Geo. Washington." 
"Thus Dr. Greenwood is best known to the profession of to- 
day through the fact of his having been the dentist of the first 
President of the United States. As near as can be learned Dr. 
John Greenwood died in New York City in 1816." 

"Horace H. Haydenf was born October 13, 1768, in Windsor, 
Conn. At the age of fourteen he went to sea as a cabin-boy. In 
1784 he abandoned sailing, and being thrown on his own resources 
by the poverty of his parents, he became apprenticed to an archi- 
tect, which business he followed until his twenty-fourth year 
when, being in New York, and having occasion for the profes- 
sional service of a dentist, he visited the office of Dr. Greenwood. 
While under treatment he determined to study dentistry. He 
settled in Baltimore, in 1804, with little practical knowledge of 

* "Magazine of American History," Vol. XVII., p. 438. 

t "The Rise, Fall and Revival of Dental Prosthesis," by B. J. Cigrand. 



REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 7 

the art and science. Dr. Hayden's previous education was hardly- 
calculated to further his professional career, but being a man of 
considerable energy and ability, he, by dint of hard study, soon 
mastered his text-books, applying himself sincerely to anntomy, 
physiology, surgery and general medicine. His proficiency in 
these studies soon attracted the attention of the medical profes- 
sion, both locally and generally, and secured him a recognition 
in the latter profession, having merited the honorary degree of 
'Doctor of Medicine' by both the University of Maryland and 
the Jefferson College of Philadelphia. He was one of the found- 
ers of the Baltimore College of Dental Surgery and also of the 
American Society of Surgeon Dentists, and one of the editors of 
the America?i Journal of Dental Science, the first dental period- 
ical ever issued. He died January 26, 1844, at the age of seventy- 
five." 

In 1805 Edward Hudson* arrived from Dublin, Ireland, where 
he had acquired a thorough dental education. He practiced the 
profession in Philadelphia. He was born in 1772, and died in 

I833- 

Another pioneer in the field of dentistry was John Randall,f 

born in 1773. He graduated at Harvard, in the class of 1802, and 
studied medicine with Dr. John Jefferis, of Boston, but soon 
began the study of dentistry and in due time established himself 
in Boston. Dr. Randall died in 1843. 

In 1807 Leonard Koecker,*J born in Hanover, in 1785, arrived 
in America. He was at first engaged as commercial agent for an 
English company, but soon failed, and then drifted into the prac- 
tice of dentistry, having before that time gained some knowledge 
in this branch from some traveling dentist. He established him- 
self in Philadelphia. He built up a lucrative practice, but, owing 
to failing health left America, settled down in London, and in 
1850 died, at the age of sixty-five. 

Jabez Parkhurst,* born at Newark, N. J., October 4, 1764, com- 
menced to practice dentistry at the age of forty-three. In 1807 
he settled down in New York City, where he practiced for a 
period of twenty years. He enjoyed the highest reputation as a 
dentist, and succeeded in building up a very fine and lucrative 
practice. 

* "Dental Advertiser," Vol. II., p. 3. 

t "Dental and Oral Science," by Dexter, p. 13. 

% "Dental and Oral Science," by Dexter, p. 15. 



8 WORLD S HISTORY AND 

Dr. Cigrand, in his recently published interesting work, "The 
Mise, Fall and Revival of Dental Prosthesis," says, regarding 
those first known practitioners in America: 

"Such, in brief, is the sketch of the pioneers of the profession 
in this country. Our study of these characters demonstrates that 
the art and science was nurtured by noble students; that all 
through the primitive years of dentistry there have been men of 
education and mechanical ingenuity, wielding a controlling 
power, and who had a just appreciation of the needs of dental 
practitioners. 

"From the time of Dr. Greenwood's successful appliance for 
Gen. George Washington, until 1820, successors from Europe and 
adoption of the profession by native-born Americans greatly 
increased the number of dentists. The darkness which shrouded 
scientific dentistry in the seventeenth century was now dispelled, 
and the beginning of the nineteenth century, with the develop- 
ment of a new political life in the American empire, saw dentistry 
given a professional and social standing, worthy of all its impor- 
tance in alleviating the woes of the human family." 




REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 



DENTAL COLLEGES OF UNITED STATES. 

The first effort to establish a college for the teaching of the 
dental art was done by Dr. C. A. Harris, of Baltimore. He tried 
in vain to organize a dental school in connection with the Univer- 
sity of Maryland. Not being successful in convincing the faculty 
of the university of the usefulness or necessity of this project, he 
became the principal factor of instituting the first dental college 
in the world, the Baltimore College of Dental Surgery. Through 
his untiring labor he can be said to be the founder of the system 
of dental education in the United States. 

Below is, as we believe, a list, as complete as possible, of den- 
tal colleges of the United States, now existing as well as defunct: 

ALABAMA. 

Alabama College of Dental Surgery, Bridgeport. Defunct. 
Birmingham Dental College, Birmingham. 

CALIFORNIA. 

College of Dentistry of the University of California, San Fran- 
cisco. Organized 1881. 

COLORADO. 

Dental Department of the University of Denver, Denver. 
Organized 1886. First class of students in 1887. 

DISTRICT OF COLUMBIA. 

Columbian University, Dental Department, Washington. 
Organized 1887. 

Howard University, Dental Department, Washington. Organ- 
ized 1880. 

National University, Dental Department, Washington. Organ- 
ized 1884. 

GEORGIA. 

Atlanta Dental College, Atlanta. Chartered 1893. 
Department of Dentistry of the Southern Medical College, 
Atlanta. Organized 1887. 

ILLINOIS. 

Chicago College of Dental Surgery, Chicago. Organized 
1882. 



10 world's history and 

Northwestern College of Dental Surgery, Chicago. Chartered 
1885. 

American College of Dental Surgery, Chicago. Chartered 
1886. 

The Northwestern Dental College of Chicago. Organized 
1887. 

Northwestern University Dental School, Chicago. Estab- 
lished 1888. 

German-American Dental College, Chicago. Organized 1888. 

United States Dental College, Chicago. Organized 1890. 

Columbian Dental College, Chicago. Organized 1891. 

Chicago Tooth-Saving Dental College, Chicago. Organized 
1888-89. Defunct. 

INDIANA. 

Indiana Dental College, Indianapolis. Chartered 1878. 

IOWA. 

State University of Iowa, Dental Department, Iowa City. 
Organized 1881. 

KENTUCKY. 

Louisville College of Dentistry (Dental Department of the 
Central University of Kentucky). Organized 1886. 

Transylvania University, Dental Department, Lexington. 
Chartered and organized in 1850. It graduated two students. 
Defunct after two years' existence. 

LOUISIANA. 

New Orleans Dental College, New Orleans. This college was 
chartered on March 1, 1861, and commenced its first regular ses- 
sion on November 25 of that year. It remained in operation for 
two or three years, but the breaking out of the war caused an 
interruption till 1867, when it resumed and continued for nine 
years, after which it disbanded and has remained so to the pres- 
ent time. (R. L. Polk & Co.'s "Dental Register of the United 
States.") 

MARYLAND. 

Baltimore College of Dental Surgery, Baltimore. Chartered 
1839. 

Maryland Dental College, Baltimore. Organized 1873. Its 
first class was graduated in 1874, and classes were graduated up 
to and including 1879, when it was fused with the Baltimore Col- 



REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 11 

lege of Dental Surgery, and ceased to exist as a separate institu 
tion. (R. L. Polk & Co.'s "Dental Register of the United 
States.") 

University of Maryland, Dental Department, Baltimore. 
Organized 1882. 

MASSACHUSETTS. 

Harvard University Dental School, Boston. Organized 1868. 
Boston Dental College, Boston. Incorporated 1868. 

MICHIGAN. 

University of Michigan, College of Dental Surgery, Ann 
Arbor. Organized 1875. 

Detroit College of Medicine, Department of Dental Surgery, 
Detroit Organized 1893. 

MINNESOTA. 

University of the State of Minnesota, Dental Department, 
Minneapolis. Organized 1888. 

Minnesota Hospital College, Dental Department, Minneapo- 
lis. Organized 1882. First class graduated 1885. Classes were 
graduated each subsequent year up to and including 1888, when 
the dental department was reorganized and made a part of the 
University of the State. (R. L. Polk & Co.'s "Dental Register of 
the United States.") 

St. Paul Medical College, Dental Department, St. Paul. 
Organized 1885. Classes were graduated up to and including the 
year 1888, when it became a part of the University of the State. 
(R L. Polk & Co.'s "Dental Register of the United States.") 

MISSOURI. 

Missouri Dental College, St. Louis. Organized 1866. The 
school, while still retaining its distinctive name, The Missouri 
Dental College, became, in 1892, by action of the board of direct- 
ors of Washington University, the dental department of the uni- 
versity. (R. L. Polk & Co.'s "Dental Register of the United 
States.") 

Western College of Dental Surgeons, St. Louis. Organized 
1877. ^ remained in operation until 1884, an d graduated seven 
classes, when it disbanded, and has not since revived. (R. L. 
Polk & Co.'s "Dental Register of the United States.") 

Kansas City Dental College, Kansas City. Organized 1881. 

St. Louis College of Physicians and Surgeons, Dental Depart- 



12 world's history and 

ment. A dental department of this college was organized in 
1889. Ceased to exist after two years' operation. 

Western Dental College, Kansas City. Organized 1890. 

NEW YORK. 

New York College of Dental Surgery, Syracuse. Chartered 
1852. Extinct 1855. 

New York College of Dentistry, New York City. Organized 
1866. 

New York Dental School, New York City. Connected with 
the University of the State of New York. Organized 1892. 

University of Buffalo, Dental Department, Buffalo. Organ- 
ized 1892. 

OHIO. 

Ohio College of Dental Surgery, Cincinnati. (The Depart- 
ment of Dentistry of the University of Cincinnati.) Organized 

1845. 

The Cleveland University of Medicine and Surgery, Dental 
Department, Cleveland. This university was organized in 1849 
as the Western College of Homoeopathic Medicine. In 1857 the 
name was changed to the Western Homoeopathic College, and in 
1870 to the Cleveland Homoeopathic Hospital College. In 1894 
the institution assumed its present name. The Dental Department 
was organized in 1891. 

Cincinnati College of Medicine and Surgery, Dental Depart- 
ment, Cincinnati. Organized 1890. 

Ohio Medical University, Dental Department, Columbus. 
Organized 1890. 

Western Reserve University, Dental Department, Cleveland. 
Organized 1892. 

Cincinnati College of Dental Surgery, Cincinnati. Chartered 
1893. 

PENNSYLVANIA. 

Pennsylvania College of Dental Surgery, Philadelphia. This 
college was first organized in 1853, under the name of the Phila- 
delphia College of Dental Surgery, and graduated three classes. 
In 1855 it changed its name to the Pennsylvania College of Den- 
tal Surgery. 

Philadelphia Dental College and Hospital of Oral Surgery, 
Philadelphia. Organized 1863. 

University of Pennsylvania, Dental Department, Philadelphia. 
Organized 1878. 



REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 13 

TENNESSEE. 

University of Tennessee, Dental Department, Nashville. 
Organized 1878. 

Vanderbilt University, Department of Dentistry, Nashville. 
Organized 1879. 

Meharry Dental Department of Central Tennessee College, 
Nashville. Organized 1886. 

Tennessee Medical College, Dental Department, Knoxville. 
Organized 1889. 

VIRGINIA. 

School of Dentistry connected with College of Physicians and 
Surgeons, Richmond. Organized 1893. 




14 world's history and 



DENTAL JOURNALS OF THE UNITED STATES. 

The following list of dental periodicals, issued in the United 
States, is, we believe, almost complete. We have received much 
valuable assistance from private sources, and have completed the 
list from "The Rise, Fall and Revival of Dental Prosthesis," by 
Dr. B. J. Cigrand. We begin at 1839, when the first dental jour- 
nal was published in the United States: 

1839 — American Journal of Dental Science. Monthly. Balti- 
more, Md. 

1843. Dental Visitor. Northampton, Mass. Discontinued. 

1843-44. The Dental Mirror. Northampton, Mass. 

1844-57. Stockto?is Dental Intelligencer. Philadelphia, Pa. 

1845. The Dental Mirror and Brooklyn A nnual Visitor. Brook- 
lyn, N. Y. Since discontinued. 

1846-56. The New York Dental Recorder. New York, N. Y. 

1847 — The Dental Register. Monthly. Cincinnati, Ohio. 

1847-48. Dental Intelligencer. Philadelphia, Pa. 

1847-59. The Dental News Letter. Philadelphia, Pa. 

1 849. The Dental Messenger and Lancaster Annual Visitor. Lan- 
caster, Pa. Since discontinued. 

1 850 — The American Journal of Dental Science. Baltimore, Md. 
Second series. 

1 85 1. Merritfs Dental Messenger. Griffin, Ga. Since discon- 
tinued. 

1851-52. Dental Times and Advertiser. Baltimore, Md. 

1852-53. The Practical Dentist. Portsmouth, N. H. 

1853. The Family Dental Journal. Albany, N.Y. Since dis- 
continued. 

1853-54. Southern Journal of Medicine and Dentistry. 

1853-54. The Semi- Annual Dental Expositor. Baltimore, Md. 

1854-55. Brown s Dental Advertiser. Cincinnati, Ohio. 

1855. The Dental Monitor and Quarterly Miscellany. New York. 
Since discontinued. 

1855-56. The Dental Observator. New Orleans, La. 

1855-56. The Forcep. New York City. 

1855-60. The Dental Enterprise. Baltimore, Md. 

1856-59. The Dental Reporter. Cincinnati, Ohio. 



REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 15 

1857-58. The American Dejital Review. St. Louis, Mo. 

1858-60. New York Dental Journal a?id Reporter. New York 
City. 

1858-60. The Cincinnati Dental Lamp. Cincinnati, Ohio. 

1858-64. New York Dental Journal. New York, N. Y. 

1859. The Family Dentist. New York. Since discontinued. 

1859 — The Dental Cosmos. Monthly. Philadelphia, Pa. 

1 860-6 1 . The Defital Instructor. New York. 

1860-61. The Southern Dental Examiner. Atlanta, Ga. 

1860-62. The Vulcanite. New York. 

1862-67. The Dental Quarterly. Philadelphia, Pa. 

1863-64. The People's Dental Journal. Chicago, 111. 

1863-73. The Dental Times. Philadelphia, Pa. 

1865. The De?ital Circular and Examiner. Albany, N. Y. Since 
discontinued. 

1867 — The America7i Journal of 'Dental Science. Baltimore, Md. 
Third series. 

1868. The St. Louis Dental Journal. St. Louis, Mo. Since dis- 
continued. 

1868-72. The Dental Office a?id Laboratory. Philadelphia, Pa. 
New series in 1877. 

1869. The Vicksburg New Era. Vicksburg, Miss. Since dis- 
continued. 

1869. The Missouri Dental Journal. St. Louis, Mo. Since dis- 
continued. 

1869 — The Dental Practitioner and Advertiser. Quarterly. Buf- 
falo, N. Y. 

1869-70. Houghton: 's Dental Annual. Poughkeepsie, N. Y. 

1872. The Dental Mirror. St. Louis, Mo. Discontinued. 

1874-77. The Pennsylvania Journal of Dental Science. Lan- 
caster, Pa. 

1874-81. Johnston 's Dental Miscellany : New York. 

1875-76. Dental Science and Quarterly Art Journal. New York. 

1877 — Dental Office and Laboratory. Bi-monthly. Philadel- 
phia, Pa. 

1877-78. The St. Louis Dental Quarterly. St. Louis, Mo. 

1878. The Dental News. Knightstown, Ind. Since discon- 
tinued. 

1878. The Dental and Oral Science Magazine. New York. 
Since discontinued. 

1878 — Items of Interest. Monthly. Philadelphia, Pa. 



16 world's history and 

1879 — The Dental Luminary. Macon, Ga. 

1879 — The Odo?itographic Dental Journal. Quarterly. Roches- 
ter, N. Y. 

1880 — The Dental Headlight. Quarterly. Nashville, Tenn. 
1880-84. The Dental Jairus. Sacramento, Cal. 

1880-91. The Independent Practitioner. New York. Continued 
as the biternational De?ital Journal. 

1 88 1 — Ohio State Journal of Dental Science. {Ohio Dental 
Journal.) Monthly. Toledo, Ohio. 

1881-82. The Dental Brief. St. Louis, Mo. 

1881-84. The Pacific Dental Journal. Sacramento, Cal. 

1881-85. The Herald of Dentistry. Brooklyn, N. Y. 

1882 — The Southern Dental Journal and Lumi?iary. Monthly. 
Macon, Ga. 

1882. The De?ital Record. Baltimore, Md. Discontinued the 
same year. 

1882 — Health and Home. Toledo, Ohio. 

1882-83. The De?itisfs Beacon Light. La Crosse, Wis. 

New England Journal of Dentistry . Springfield, Mass. 
The Dental Practitioner. Philadelphia, Pa. 
The Texas Dental Journal. Quarterly. Dallas, Tex. 
Caulk' s Dental Annual. Camden, Del. Since discon- 

The Practical Dentist. Elgin, 111. 

The Dental Review. Charlotte, Mich. 

The Dental Student. Warren, Ind. 

The Archives of 'Dentistry. St. Louis, Mo. 
Cincinnati Medical and Dental Journal. Cincinnati, Ohio. 

Facts. Chattanooga, Tenn. 

The Dental Eclectic. Knoxville, Tenn. 
The Wester?i Dental Journal. Monthly. Kansas City, 

Dental Review. Monthly. Chicago, 111. 

1887. Dental Office and Laboratory. Philadelphia, Pa. 

1888-90. The Practical Dentist. Toledo, Ohio. 

1889 — International Dental Journal. Monthly. Philadelphia, 
Pa. 

Catching' s Compendium of Practical Dentistry. Annually. At- 
lanta, Ga. 

1889-92. American Journal of Oral and Dental Science. Chi- 
cago, 111. 



1882- 


-84. 


1883 




1883 




1883. 


C 


tinued. 




1883- 


-90. 


1884-85. 


1884- 


-86. 


1884- 


-91. 


1885 




1885- 


-86. 


1885-87. 


1886 




Mo. 




1886 





REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 



17 



1 890-9 1 . The Dental Mirror. New York. 
1 891 — Pacific Dental Journal. Monthly. 

1 89 1 — Dental and Surgical Microcosm. Quarterly. Chicago, 
111., and Pittsburgh, Pa. 

1892 — The Dental Journal. Bi-monthly. Ann Arbor, Mich. 
1892. The Dentist Himself. New York. 

1892 — The Chicago Medico- Dental Bulletin. Quarterly. Chi- 
cago, 111. 

1892-93. The Dental World. Chicago, 111. 

The Dental Tribune. Chicago, 111. 

The Texarka?ia Journal. Monthly. Texarkana, Tex. 

The Pacific Coast Dentist. San Francisco, Cal. 

1894 — The Dcsmos. Quarterly. Chicago, 111. 




18 



WORLDS HISTORY AND 



NUMBER OF DENTISTS IN UNITED STATES. 

At the beginning of the century, in 1800, there were about one 
hundred dentists in the United States. Ten years later this num- 
ber had increased to three hundred, and to-day our country has 
an army of about twenty-five thousand dentists. The figures 
below we have taken from R. L. Polk & Co.'s "Dental Register of 
the United States;" but the whole number of dental practitioners 
is no doubt considerably larger: 



Alabama (Pop., 1,513,017) 196 

Alaska (Pop., 32,052) 2 

Arizona (Pop., 59,620) '14 

Arkansas (Pop., 1,128,179) 143 

California (Pop., 1,208,130) 551 

Colorado (Pop., 412,198) 147 

Connecticut ( Pop., 746,258) 296 

Delaware ( Pop., 168,493) 42 

Dist. of Columbia (Pop., 230,392). 208 

Florida (Pop., 391,422) '. . 70 

Georgia (Pop., 1,837,353) 316 

Idaho (Pop., 84,385) 41 

Illinois (Pop., 3,826,351) 1,264 

Indiana (Pop., 2,192,404) 523 

Indian Territory (Pop., 172,321). . 29 

Iowa (Pop., 1,911,896) 534 

Kansas (Pop., 1,427,096) 366 

Kentucky (Pop., 1,858,635) 315 

Louisiana (Pop., 1,118,587) 234 

Maine (Pop., 661,086) 312 

Maryland (Pop., 1,042,390) 289 

Massachusetts (Pop., 2,238,943). .1,035 

Michigan (Pop., 2,093,889) 650 

Minnesota (Pop., 1,301,826) 290 

Mississippi (Pop., 1.289,600) 192 

Missouri (Pop., 2,679,184) 562 



Montana (Pop., 132,159) 56 

Nebraska (Pop., 1,058,910) 234 

Nevada (Pop., 45,761) 18 

New Hampshire (Pop., 376,530).. 169 

New Jersey (Pop., 1,444,933) 364 

New Mexico (Pop., 153,593) 10 

New York (Pop., 5,997,853) 1,872 

North Carolina (Pop., 1,617,947).. 194 

North Dakota (Pop., 182,719) .... 30 

Ohio (Pop., 3,672,316) 1,205 

Oklahoma (Pop., 61,834) 23 

Oregon (Pop., 313,767) 159 

Pennsylvania (Pop., 5,258,014). . .1,648 

Rhode Island (Pop., 345,506) 141 

South Carolina (Pop., 1,151,149).. 159 

South Dakota (Pop., 328,808) .... 58 

Tennessee (Pop., 1,767,518) 331 

Texas (Pop., 2,235,523) 381 

Utah (Pop., 207,905) 98 

Vermont (Pop., 332,422) 143 

Virginia. (Pop., 1,655,980) 355 

Washington (Pop., 349,390) 150 

West Virginia (Pop., 762,794) .... 153 

Wisconsin (Pop., 1,686,880) 476 

Wyoming (Pop., 60,705) 23 



REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 19 



NATIONAL ASSOCIATIONS AND SOCIETIES. 



THE NATIONAL ASSOCIATION OF DENTAL FACULTIES. 

(American.) 

history of organization. 

In April, 1884, there appeared in the Dental Cosmos (page 
247) the following general notice: "At an informal conference of 
the deans of the Pennsylvania College of Dental Surgery, the 
Philadephia Dental College, the Dental Department of the Uni- 
versity of Pennsylvania, and the Baltimore College of Dental 
Surgery, it was decided to invite a meeting of Faculties (or their 
representatives) of all the dental colleges in the United States, 
at the Sturtevant House, New York City, on Monday, August 4, 
1884, for the purpose of adopting a uniform standard of gradua- 
tion, etc." 

(Signed) R. B. Winder James Garretson. 

James Truman. C. N. Pierce. 

Pursuant to the above call, a number of representatives of 
dental colleges met as specified, as follows: 

Baltimore College of Dental Surgery; Boston Dental College; 
Chicago College of Dental Surgery; Harvard University, Dental 
Department; University of Iowa, Dental Department; New York 
College of Dentistry; University of Michigan, Dental Depart- 
ment; Ohio College of Dental Surgery; Pennsylvania College 
of Dental Surgery; Philadelphia Dental College; University of 
Pennsylvania, Dental Department. 

[Note. — Upon the assembling of the delegates in the first preliminary 
meeting, in August, 1884, they found a rule prevailing largely among colleges 
of dentistry in the United States, by which a practitioner of five or more years 
might, at the outset, be admitted to the senior grade and finally graduated on 
one term of five months. But more than this, they found, that in absence of 
any competent censorship, such students could be admitted at the middle of a 
term, and thus really attend but about three months before receiving diplo- 
mas. These facts, added to a total lack of uniformity in methods of teaching 
and standards of requirements on examination, demonstrated the necessity 
for organized effort.] 

A temporary organization was effected with C. N. Peirce, of 



20 world's history and 

the Pennsylvania College of Dental Surgery, as Chairman; 
H. A. Smith, of the Ohio College of Dental Surgery as Secretary. 
A Committee on Permanent Organization was formed, con- 
sisting of James Truman, of the University of Pennsylvania, 
Dental Department; R. B. Winder, of the Baltimore College of 
Dental Surgery; Jonathan Taft, of the University of Michigan, 
Dental Department, who prepared and reported the following 
form of Constitution: 

CONSTITUTION. 



NAME. 

"Article I. This body shall be called the National Association of 
Dental Faculties." 

OBJECT. 

"Article II. The object of this Association shall be to promote the 
interests of dental education." 

OFFICERS. 

"Article III. The officers shall consist of a President, a Vice-President, 
a Secretary and a Treasurer, who shall be elected by ballot, and shall hold 
their offices until their successors are elected." 

QUORUM. 

"Article IV. Two-thirds of the colleges belonging to this Association 
shall be necessary to constitute a quorum." 

AMENDMENTS. 

"Article V. Any contemplated change involving the interests of the 
schools represented, or of the Association, shall require one year's notice before 
any action is taken." 

EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE. 

"Article VI. Three members shall be elected, who, with the officers, 
shall constitute an Executive Committee, who shall have power to designate 
the time and place of meeting, and make preparation for the same, and pass 
upon all credentials." 

MEMBERSHIP. 

"Article VII. Any reputable dental college may be represented in this 
body upon submitting to the Executive Committee satisfactory credentials, 
signing the Constitution, conforming to the rules and regulations of this body, 
and paying such assessments as may be made." 

The above Constitution was adopted and subscribed to by 
representatives of colleges, as follows: 

"We, the undersigned, hereby agree to abide by the Articles of the Con- 
stitution as adopted at this meeting." — [N. Y., Aug. 4, '84.] 






REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 21 

(Signed), Baltimore College of Dental Surgery. 



Boston Dental College. 

Chicago College of Dental Surgery. 

University of Iowa. 

Dental College of the University of Michigan 

New York College of Dentistry. 

Ohio College of Dental Surgery. 
Pennsylvania College of Dental Surgery. 



M. W. Foster. 
R. B. Winder. 

J. A Follett. 
Albert N. Blodgett. 

A. W. Harlan. 
Frank H. Gardiner. 



A. O. Hunt. 

J. Taft. 

Frank Abbott. 
J. Bond Littig. 

H. A. Smith. 



C. N. Peirce. 

Henry Leffman. 
Dental Department of the University of Pennsylvania. 

James Truman. 
Philadelphia Dental College. 

J. E. Garretson. 



PERMANENT ORGANIZATION. 

The following delegates were elected officers of the perma- 
nent organization: 

President, C. N. Peirce, Philadelphia. 
Vice-P?-eside7it, R. B. Winder, Baltimore. 
Secretary, H. A. Smith, Cincinnati. 
Treasurer, A. W. Harlan, Chicago. 

executive committee. 
Frank Abbott, New York. James Truman, Philadelphia. 

J. Taft, Cincinnati. 

BY-LAWS. 



(i.) REGULATING ADMISSION OF NEW STUDENTS. 

"A preliminary examination shall be required of students seek- 
ing admission to colleges of this Association, such examination to 
determine the fact that the applicant possesses a good English 
education." [1884.] 



22 world's history and 

" As a form for preliminary examinations, the Association 
recommends the following: 

" I. Write your name in full. 

2. Give date of your birth. 

3. Give place of your birth, explicitly. 

4. State place of residence, explicitly. 

5. Name the schools you have attended, and the time spent 
in each. 

6. What branches have you studied; to what extent have 
you pursued them? 

7. In what occupations (other than that of dentist) have you 
been engaged, and how long? 

8. When did you commence the study of dentistry, the 
dates? 

9. How many months of actual medical or dental study, or 
both, have you had to date? 

10. Have you attended a full course at any medical school? 
If so, where and when? 

11. With what preceptors have you studied? Give name and 
present residence of your last preceptor. 

12. The candidate should be required to write an English 
composition of at least 200 words, upon a subject of the exam- 
iner's selection." 

" Further examination is left to the discretion of the faculties, 
but when such is proposed, it should embrace the following 
branches: English Grammar, Arithmetic, Geography, Modern 
History, Government Topics." Q 1885.] 

Any failure of an applicant to pass satisfactorily a preliminary 
examination, may be reported to other colleges of this Associ- 
ation." [1885.] 

(2.) LIMITING TIME FOR RECEPTION OF STUDENTS. 

" No college of this Association shall admit students later 
than twenty days after the beginning of a regular annual term, 
except those colleges that conduct terms of more than five 
months, and they shall have an extension of time for reception, 
allowing four days for each month over five." [1885-86.] 

ADMISSION TO ADVANCED GRADES ON CERTIFICATES. 

(3-) 

" The colleges of this Association may receive into the 

advanced grades of juniors and seniors only such students as hold 



REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 23 

certificates of having passed satisfactorily examinations in the 
studies of the freshmen or junior grades, respectively; such cer- 
tificates to be pledges to any colleges of the Association to whom 
the holders may apply that the requisite number of terms have 
been spent in the institutions by which the certificates were 
issued." [1885-91.] 

INTERMEDIATE CERTIFICATE. 

" Place Date 

" This certifies that has been a member 

of the class, in the 

during the term of 

" He was examined at the close of the term in the required 

studies, as stated herein, and is entitled to enter the 

class. 

Freshman Year. Junior Year. 

[List of Studies.] [List of Studies.]' 

" Each student completing a regular course in any college of 
this Association must be furnished with a copy of the above cer- 
tificate, without which he shall not be received by any college of 
the Association for admission to the advanced grade, except by 
conference with and consent of the school from whence he 
came." [1885-91.] 

ADMISSION OF STUDENTS OF MEDICINE. 



(4.) STANDING OF GRADUATES OF MEDICINE. 

"A diploma from a reputable medical college may entitle the 
holder to enter the second or junior grade in colleges of this 
Association, and he may be excused from attendance upon, the 
lectures, and examinations upon general anatomy, chemistry, 
physiology, materia medica and therapeutics." [1890.] 

(5.) STANDING OF UNDERGRADUATES OF MEDICINE. 

"Undergraduates of reputable medical colleges may be 
admitted to the junior grade in colleges of this Association, sub- 
ject to other rules governing admission to that grade. [j^o, 1 -] 

STANDING OF STUDENTS HOLDING CERTIFICATES FROM DENTAL 
(6.) COLLEGES IN FOREIGN COUNTRIES. 

"In cases of persons holding certificates from colleges of den- 



24 world's history and 

tistry in foreign countries, they shall be required to furnish prop- 
erly attested evidence of study, attendance upon lectures, exam- 
inations passed satisfactorily, etc., the same as required of stu- 
dents coming from our own institutions." [ 1885— *9i.] 

CHRONOLOGY OF LEGISLATION TO ELEVATE THE STANDARD OF 

GRADUATION AND INCREASING THE NUMBER 

OF SCHOLASTIC YEARS. 

"After the close of the sessions of 1884— '85, students in den- 
tal colleges shall be required to attend two full regular courses 
of lectures, in separate years, before coming up for gradua- 
tion." [1884-85.] 

The following resolution, adopted in 1888, will be of interest, 
as it shows the steady demand for a change: 

"Resolved, That it is the sense of this meeting, that the course of instruc- 
tion in all colleges belonging to this Association be increased to three years of 
not less than five months each; and that delegates submit this question to 
their respective faculties, and report their action to this association at its next 
annual meeting, in order that definite action on this question may be had." 

In 1889 a call of the roll of colleges represented was ordered 
on the above resolution (adopted 1888) to ascertain the views of 
colleges as to increasing the numbers and length of terms. 

The reports were as follows: 

Baltimore College of Dental Surgery for 2 terms of 6 months. 

Boston Dental College for 3 terms of 9 months. 

Chicago College of Dental Surgery for 3 terms of 6 months. 

Harvard University, Dental Department for 2 terms of 9 months. 

Kansas City Dental College for 2 terms of 6 months. 

Missouri Dental College . . . . . for 3 terms of 6 months. 

New York College of Dentistry for 2 terms of 6 months. 

Ohio College of Dental Surgery for 2 terms of 6 months. 

University of Iowa, Dental Department for 3 terms of 6 months. 

University of Michigan, Dental Department for 3 terms of 9 months. 

University of Pennsylvania, Dental Department for 3 terms of 7 months. 

Vanderbilt University, Dental Department for 2 terms of 5 months. 

Louisville College of Dentistry for 3 terms of 5 months. 

Indiana Dental College for 3 terms of 6 months. 

University Dental College (Chicago) for 3 terms of 7 months. 

Southern Medical College, Dental Department for 2 terms of 5 months. 

Maryland University, Dental Department for 3 terms of 6 months. 

Columbian University, Dental Department for 3 terms of 6 months. 

[Note. — Some colleges were not represented at the above roll-call, and 
some had failed to instruct their delegates. A summary shows eighteen col- 
leges voting, of a total membership or twenty-four. Eleven voted for three 



REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 25 

terms; fifteen favored terms of six or more months; nine voted to increase 
the length of their own terms, and nine favored increasing the number of 
their own terms.] 

[Note. — The length of scholastic years has been permitted to remain at 
a minimum of five months, to date, but a large per cent, of the Association is 
in favor of increasing the number of months to at least seven. The following 
resolutions, offered in 1888. 1889, 1891, will show the persistency of efforts 
made to secure an advance:] 

"Resolved, That after the close of the scholastic year of 1889-90, attend- 
ance upon three regular courses of not less than six months each, held in 
separate years, be required of students by colleges of this Association before 
examination for graduation." [Laid upon table, by majority vote, 1889.] 

"Resolved. That this Association decrees that the sessions of the colleges 
under its jurisdiction shall, after close of the sessions of 1888-89, be length- 
ened to at least seven months." [Laid on table by majority, 1889.] 

"Resolved, That after June,- 1893, the yearly course of study shall not be 
less than seven months, two of which may consist of attendance upon clinical 
instruction in infirmaries of colleges." [Laid on table by majority, 1892.] 

"Resolved, That after the sessions of 1892-93, four years in the study of 
dentistry be required, before graduation." [Laid on table, 1892.] 

[Note. — The foregoing resolutions were exhaustively discussed upon all 
points, and were defeated only after a hard struggle. Apparently, prudential 
reasons weighed heaviest with the opposition, whose schools were not yet pre- 
pared to submit to the advance demanded. These contests have in no wise 
affected the stability of the Association, nor stopped progress.] 

INCREASING TO THREE ANNUAL TERMS. 

[Note. — In 1889 th e following resolution having been submitted and lain 
over one year under a rule of the Association, was taken up and a call of the 
roll of colleges was ordered thereon.] 

(7.) "Attendance upon three full courses, of not less than five 
months each, in separate years, shall be required before examina- 
tion for graduation. 

The roll-call resulted as follows: 

Yeas — Boston Dental College; Chicago College of Dental 
Surgery; Missouri Dental College; New York College of Den- 
tistry; Pennsylvania College of Dental Surgery; University of 
Iowa, Dental Department; University of Michigan, Dental Depart- 
ment; University of Pennsylvania, Dental Department; Louisville 
College of Dentistry; Indiana Dental College; University Dental 
College (of Chicago); Southern Medical College, Dental De- 
partment; University of Maryland, Dental Department; Colum- 
bian University, Dental Department — Total yeas, 14. 

Nays — Baltimore College of Dental Surgery; Harvard Uni- 
versity, Dental Department; Kansas City Dental College; Ohio 



20 world's history and 

College of Dental Surgery; Vanderbilt University, Dental Depart- 
ment — Total nays, 5. [Adopted, 1889.] 

(7 ad.) "The decision of this Association changing the course 
to three years shall go into effect at the beginning of the sessions 
of iScjO-'oj." [Adopted unanimously, 1889.] 

[Note. — Those colleges voting nay immediately acquiesced in 
the action of the majority, so that the spirit of the resolution is 
now being cheerfully carried out by all the colleges of the Asso- 
ciation.] . 

PUBLICATION OF CLASSIFICATION OF MATRICULANTS. 

(8.) "Colleges of this Association shall each year issue 
announcements, containing lists of students classified in the three 
grades of Seniors, Juniors and Freshmen, designating absentees, 
and giving a list of graduates of the preceding session." [1891] 

REGULATING HONORARY DEGREES. 

(9.) " The Degree of Doctor of Dental Surgery shall not be 
conferred honorarily, by any college belonging to this Associa- 
tion, except by the consent of this Association." [1889.] 

GENERAL RULES GOVERNING THE ASSOCIATION. 

( 10.) " Members of any faculty belonging to this Association 
may take part in its discussions, but only delegated representa- 
tives shall have the privilege of voting." [1886.] 

(11.) " Dental colleges that do not conform to the regulations 
of this Association shall not be recognized by it." [1886. J 

(12.) "There shall be graded courses of instruction, each 
course to be followed by examinations thereon, the instruction 
and examinations to be conducted as the faculties of this Asso- 
ciation may deem proper." [1884-91.] 

(13.) " No charges against any faculty shall be reported to 
this Association by any committee, before both parties interested 
have been notified and opportunity been given for preliminary 
hearing before such committee." C 1 ^/-] 

(14.) "A delegate to represent a college in this Association 
must be a member of a teaching faculty, and • must present cre- 
dentials from the college to which he belongs, legally authorizing 
him to represent such college before he shall be entitled to 
vote." [1888.] 

(15.) " Any college whose regularly appointed representa- 
tive fails to sign the Constitution of this Association within one- 



REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 27 

year from the date of election of such college to membership, 
shall be dropped from the roll of membership." [1891.] 

( 16.) "In case of charges being filed against any college of 
this Association, no final action shall be taken until all parties 
concerned shall have had at least thirty days' notice." [1892.] 

REGULATING MEMBERSHIP. 

( 17. ) " Applications for membership in this Association shall 
be made in writing, and referred to the Executive Committee." 

[1886.] 

(18.) " Applicants for membership in this Association shall 
be regularly incorporated dental colleges, or departments of med- 
ical colleges or universities wherein at least one full course of 
lectures has been delivered, and that such dental colleges or 
departments shall have been in existence one scholastic year." 

[1887.] 

(19.) "No application for membership in this Association 
shall be reported on by the Executive Committee, unless received 
by the Secretary at least sixty (60) days before the regular meet- 

ing." [1887.] 

(20.) "All applications for membership reported favorably 

upon by the Executive Committee, shall lie over one year before 

final action may be taken thereon." [1889.] 

ON THE CONDUCT OF COLLEGES. 

(21.) "The Dean or Secretary of any school in this Associa- 
tion shall, upon request, furnish the Executive Committee with 
the exact character of any examination held in his school, and 
information as to whether such examination is final or not." 

[1886-91.] 

(22.) "The term Anatomy shall be interpreted to include 
didactic and practical anatomy, and in the latter, at least two 
parts of the cadaver shall be dissected in some regularly appointed 
anatomy department." [1890.] 

AMENDMENT TO THE CONSTITUTION. 

There has been but one amendment to the Constitution 
adopted, viz. — conditionally affecting Article V: 

" In all matters not in conflict with Article Y of the Constitu- 
tion, a majority of the colleges belonging to this Association 
shall constitute a quorum." [1890.] 



28 world's history and 

elective committees — standing. 
Executive Committee; Ad-Interim Committee; Committee on 
Text-Books; Committee on Schools. 

MEMBERSHIP OF THE NATIONAL ASSOCIATION OF 

DENTAL FACULTIES. 

(August, 1894.) 

California San Francisco. . University of California, Dental Department. 

Colorado Denver University of Denver, Dental Department. 

Dist. of Col Washington Columbian University, Dental Department. 

Dist. of Col Washington National University, Dental Department. 

Georgia Atlanta Southern Medical College, Dental depart- 
ment. 

Illinois Chicago American College of Dental Surgery. 

Illinois Chicago Chicago College of Dental Surgery. 

Illinois Chicago Northwestern College of Dental Surgery. 

Illinois Chicago Northwestern University Dental School. 

Indiana Indianapolis . . . Indiana Dental College. 

Iowa Iowa City University of Iowa, Dental Department. 

Kentucky Louisville Louisville College of Dentistry. 

Maryland Baltimore Baltimore College of Dental Surgery. 

Maryland Baltimore University of Maryland, Dental Department. 

Massachusetts. .Boston Boston Dental College. 

Massachusetts. .Boston Harvard University, Dental Department. 

Michigan Ann Arbor University of Michigan, Dental Department. 

Michigan Detroit Detroit College of Medicine, Dental Depart- 
ment. 

Minnesota Minneapolis . . .University of Minnesota, College of Deiicistry, 

Missouri Kansas City .... Kansas City Dental College. 

Missouri Kansas City. . . . Western Dental College. 

Missouri St. Louis Missouri Dental College. 

New York Buffalo University of Buffalo, Dental Department. 

New York New York New York College of Dentistry. 

Ohio Cincinnati Ohio College of Dental Surgery. 

Ohio Cleveland Western Reserve University, Dental Depart- 
ment. 

Pennsylvania. . .Philadelphia . . .Pennsylvania College of Dental Surgery. 

Pennsylvania. . .Philadelphia . . .Philadelphia Dental College. 

Pennsylvania. . .Philadelphia . . .University of Pennsylvania, Dental Depart- 
ment. 

Tennessee Nashville Meharry Dental Department, Central Tennes- 
see College. 

Tennessee Nashville University of Tennessee, Dental Department. 

Tennessee Nashville Vanderbilt University, Dental Department. 

Canada Toronto Royal College of Dental Surgeons of Ontario. 

Total 33. 



REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 29 

American Dental Association. Organized i860. Meets annu- 
ally. Composed of delegates from state and local societies, each 
society being entitled to one delegate for every five members, and 
each delegate becoming a permanent member, if he so wishes, by 
announcing his desire when presenting his credentials. If he 
desires to remain but for the one session, he ceases to have any 
connection with the association when that session adjourns. Such 
delegates are required to bring credentials, showing that they are 
appointed by their society; but after becoming permanent mem- 
bers, no credentials are required. The permanent members of the 
association each year organize themselves into sections, each mem- 
ber of the association belonging to some one of the sections for the 
work during the year. The reports of these sections are expect- 
ed to be made up of whatever of importance on the different 
subjects has been done during the year in the different state 
and local organizations throughout the United States. The object 
being to get a complete, but condensed, report of all important 
work done by the profession during the year. (R. L. Polk & 
Co.'s "Dental Register of the United States." 

American Dental Trade Association. Organized 1882. Meets 
annually the third Wednesday in June. 

Dental Protective Association of the United States. Organ- 
ized December 4, 1888, under the laws of the state of Illinois. 

National Association of Dental Examiners. Organized 1889. 
Annual meeting at Chicago in June each year. Reorganized and 
incorporated under the laws of the State of Illinois in 1891. 

Post-Graduate Dental Association of the United States, Chi- 
cago, 111. 

Supreme Chapter Delta Sigma Delta Fraternity. Meets semi- 
annually in June and January. 

Woman's Dental Association of the United States. Organized 
at Philadelphia, Pa., May, 1892. 



30 world's history and 



INTERSTATE ASSOCIATIONS AND SOCIETIES RE- 
LATING TO DENTISTRY. 

[After R. L. Polk & Co.'s Dental Register of the United States.] 

American Academy of Dental Science. Instituted 1867. "An 
organization to promote the cultivation of the science and art of 
dentistry; to sustain and elevate the professional character of 
dentists; and to encourage mutual improvement, social inter- 
course and good feeling." Meets first Monday of each month 
(except July, August and September). 

Connecticut Valley Dental Society. Organized November 10, 
1863. Meets annually. 

Lake Erie Dental Association. "Organized in August, 1864, 
under the name of the ' Dental Association of Western New York 
and Pennsylvania.' In October of the same year the name was 
changed to the ' Dental Association of Southwestern New York 
and Northern Pennsylvania.' In 1867 the name w r as again 
changed to the ' Lake Erie Dental Association.' " 

Mississippi Valley Association of Dental Surgeons. Organ- 
ized at Cincinnati, Ohio, in 1844. Meets annually in Cincinnati, 
Ohio, in March. 

New England Dental Society. " The ' Merrimac Valley Den- 
tal Association ' was organized in 1863. In 1873 the name was 
changed to the 'Merrimac Valley Dental Society.' Again -in 
1882, when it was found that there were members from all the 
New England States, the name was changed to the ' New r Eng- 
land Dental Society.' ' Meets annually in October at a place 
fixed at the previous meeting. 

Southern Dental Association. Organized at Atlanta, Ga., in 
1869. Meets annually. 

Southwestern Dental Society. Organized at Carthage, Mo., 
in 1880. Meets annually in August. 



REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 31 



STATE DENTAL ASSOCIATIONS AND SOCIETIES. 

ALABAMA. 

Alabama Dental Association. Organized at Montgomery, 
September, 1869. Disbanded in 1873 on account of yellow fever. 
Reorganized July 21, 1880. Meets annually. 

Alabama State Board of Dental Examiners. 

ARKANSAS. 

Arkansas State Board of Dental Examiners. 

CALIFORNIA. 

California State Dental Association. Organized June 29, 
1870. Incorporated 1881. Meets annually. 

San Francisco Dental Society. Organized September 18, 
1869. Meets each month. 

Santa Clara Valley Dental Society. Organized February 1, 
1889. Meets first Tuesday of each month, at San Jose. 

Southern California Odontological Society. Meets first Tues- 
day in February, June and October, at Los Angeles. 

State Board of Dental Examiners. 

COLORADO. 

Colorado State Dental Society. Meets annually. 
State Board of Dental Examiners. 

CONNECTICUT. 

Connecticut State Dental Association. Organized 1864. In- 
corporated 1876. Meets annually. 

DELAWARE. 

Delaware State Dental Society. Organized June 1, 188 1. 
Meets first Wednesday in March, June, September and Decem- 
ber. 

Delaware State Board of Dental Examiners. 

DISTRICT OF COLUMBIA. 

Washington City Dental Society. Meets weekly. 
State Board of Dental Examiners. 

FLORIDA. 

Florida Dental Association. Organized October 15, 1885. 
Meets annually. 

State Board of Dental Examiners. 



32 world's history and 

GEORGIA. 

Georgia State Dental Society. Meets annually. 
State Board of Dental Examiners. 

ILLINOIS. 

Atkinsonians. Organized 1892. Meets second Monday of 
each month, except July, August and September, at Chicago, 111. 

Chicago Dental Club. Organized April 13, 1886. Meets 
fourth Monday each month, except July, August and September. 

Chicago Dental Society. Organized January 16, 1864. Re- 
organized and incorporated 1878. Meets first Tuesday each 
month. 

Eastern Illinois Dental Society. Organized at Danville, 
November 30, 1886. Meets annually. 

First District Dental Society of Illinois. The Western Den- 
tal Society, organized in November, 1886, and the Central Illinois 
Dental Society, in 1882, joined together in October, 1890, and 
formed the First District Dental Society of Illinois. Meets annu- 
ally. (R. L. Polk & Co.'s Dental Register of the United States.) 

Hayden Dental Society of Chicago. Organized July 29, 1889. 
Incorporated August 12, 1889. 

Illinois State Dental Society. Organized 1865. Meets annu- 
ally second Tuesday in May. 

Northern Illinois Dental Society. Organized December 7, 
1886. Meets annually third Wednesday in October. 

Odontography Society. Organized 1888. Meets each month 
in Chicago, except July and August. 

Odontological Society of Chicago. Meets each month, except 
July, August and September. 

Quincy Dental Society. Organized 1890. 

Southern Illinois Dental Society. Organized 1886. Meets 
annually in October. 

Dental Legal Association of Illinois. Organized in 1893. 

The Tri-City Dental Society (Rock Island, 111., Moline, 111., 
and Davenport, Iowa). Organized November, 1892. Meets 
monthly alternately at above towns. 

Illinois State Board of Dental Examiners. 

INDIANA. 

Indiana State Dental Association. Organized December 28, 
1858. Incorporated 1879. Meets annually in June, alternately 
at Indianapolis and Lake Maxinkuckie. 



REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 33 

Indiana State Board of Dental Examiners. 

Isaac Knapp Dental Coterie of Fort Wayne. Organized Jan- 
uary 20, 1 891. ' 

Odontological Society of Indianapolis. Organized 1887. 
Meets monthly. 

IOWA. 

Dubuque Dental Society. Meets each month at Dubuque. 

Eastern Iowa Dental Association. Organized June 25, 1888. 
Meets annually. 

Iowa State Dental Society. Organized 1863. Meets annu- 
ally. 

The Tri-City Dental Society (Davenport, Iowa. Rock Island, 
111., and Moline, 111.). Organized November, 1892. Meets 
monthly alternately at above towns. 

Iowa State Board of Dental Examiners. 

KANSAS. 

Kansas State Dental Association. Organized September, 1871. 
Kansas State Board of Dental Examiners. 

KENTUCKY. 

Kentucky State Dental Association. Organized July 30, 1870. 
Meets annuallv in Tune. 

Kentucky State Board of Dental Examiners. 

LOUISIANA. 

Louisiana State Dental Society. Incorporated June 17, 1878. 
Meets annually. 

New Orleans Odontological Society. Organized June 18, 188 1. 
Louisiana State Board of Dental Examiners. 

MAINE. 

Maine Dental Society. Organized September 25, 1866. In- 
corporated February 21, 1867. 

Cumberland County Dental Association. Organized Septem- 
ber 25, 1866. Meets each month. 

State of Maine Board of Dental Examiners. 

MARYLAND. 

Baltimore Social Dental Club. Meets monthly. 
Maryland State Dental Association. Meets annually. 
Maryland State Board of Dental Examiners. 



34 world's history and 

massachusetts. 

Boston Society for Dental Improvement. Organized 1874. 
Limited to twenty members. Meets monthly. 

Harvard Odontological Society. Organized July 21, 1878. 
Meets monthly at Cambridge. 

Worcester Dental Society. Organized 1889. Meets monthly 
except July, August and September. 

Massachusetts Dental Society. Organized in Boston in 1865. 
Meets annually at place fixed at previous meeting. 

State Board of Registration. 

MICHIGAN. 

Michigan State Dental Association. Organized 1846. Meets 
annually, place and time being fixed at previous meeting. 

Detroit Dental Society. Organized April 7, 1882. Meets 
monthly 

Grand Rapids Dental Society. Organized December 17, 1888. 
Meets monthly. 

Michigan State Board of Examiners in Dentistry. 

MINNESOTA. 

Minneapolis Dental Society. Organized June, 1882. Meets 
monthly. 

Minnesota State Dental Society. Organized 1883. Meets 
annually in September. 

Southern Minnesota Dental Society. Organized January 15, 
1886. 

Minnesota State Board of Dental Examiners. 

MISSISSIPPI. 

Mississippi State Dental Association. Organized 1875. Meets 
annually. 

State Board of Dental Examiners. 

MISSOURI. 

Missouri State Dental Association. Organized October 31, 
1865. Meets annually first Tuesday after July 4. 

St. Louis Dental Society. Organized 1856. Meets monthly. 
Odontographs of Kansas City, Mo. Meets monthly. 

NEBRASKA. 

Nebraska State Dental Society. Organized at Omaha July, 
1876. Meets annually. 



REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 35 

NEW HAMPSHIRE. 

New Hampshire Dental Society. Organized at Concord 
June i, 1852. Meets annually. 

New Hampshire State Board of Examiners. 

NEW JERSEY. 

New Jersey State Dental Society. Organized October 25, 
1870, at Trenton. Meets annually. 

American Academy of Dental Surgery of New Jersey. Incor- 
porated December 17, 1884. 

Central Dental Association of New Jersey. Meets monthly. 

State Board of Examiners. 

NEW YORK. 

Dental Society of the State of New York. Organized 1868. 

First District Dental Society. Chartered and organized 1868. 
Meets monthly (except July, August and September) in New- 
York City. 

Second District Dental Society. Incorporated June 2, 1868. 
Meets monthly in Brooklyn. 

Third District Dental Society. Meets annually third Tues- 
day in April at Albany, and semi-annually third Tuesday in 
October wherever called. 

Fourth District Dental Society. Organized June 2, 1868. 
Meets annually at place fixed at previous meeting. 

Fifth District Dental Society. Organized June 2, 1868. Meets 
semi-annually at Syracuse and Utica alternately. 

Sixth District Dental Society. Meets semi-annually in May 
and October at Binghamton. 

Seventh District Dental Society. Incorporated April 7, 1868. 
Organized June 2, 1868. Meets April and October. 

Eighth District Dental Society. Organized June, 1868. Meets 
annually in April at Buffalo. 

Buffalo Dental Association. Organized 1864. Meets monthly. 

Brooklyn Dental Society. Organized December 14, 1867. 
Incorporated April 15, 1869. Meets annually in September. 

New York Odontological Society. Incorporated 1867. Meets 
monthly in New York City. 

Rochester Dental Society. Organized* 1878. Meets monthly. 

Stomatological Club of Buffalo. Meets monthly. 



36 world's history and 

north carolina. 

North Carolina State Dental Society. Organized at Beaufort, 
August II, 1875. 

North Carolina State Board of Dental Examiners. 

NORTH DAKOTA. 

North Dakota State Dental Association. The Northwestern 
Dental Association was organized July 27, 1883. The name was 
changed to North Dakota State Dental Association in 1889. 
Meets annually in Fargo and Grand Forks alternately. 

North Dakota Board of Dental Examiners. 

OHIO. 

Ohio State Dental Society. Organized 1866. Reorganized 
1885. Meets annually in December. 

Odontological Society of Cincinnati. Organized 1886. Meets 
monthly. 

Cleveland Dental Society. Organized 1886. Meets monthly. 

Northern Ohio Dental Association. Meets annually. 

Akron Dental Society. Meets monthly. 

Ohio Valley Dental Society. Meets semi-annually. 

Ohio State Board of Dental Examiners. 

OKLAHOMA. 

Oklahoma Dental Association. Meets semi-annually in May 
and October. 

Territorial Board of Dental Examiners. 

OREGON. 

Portland Dental Society. Organized August 31, 1892. Meets 
monthly. 

State Board of Dental Examiners. 

PENNSYLVANIA. 

Pennsylvania Dental Association. Meets monthly. 

Susquehanna Dental Association. Organized May 4, 1864. 
Meets annually. 

Harris Dental Association. Organized 1867. Meets in Feb- 
ruary, May, August and November, at Lancaster, Pa. 

Pennsylvania State Dental Society. Organized 1868. Meets 
in July. 

Odontographic of Pittsburgh. A Pittsburgh Dental Society 
was organized on May 13, 1872, and an Odontological Society 



REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. Si 

was organized in January, 1881. In January, 1890, these two soci- 
eties were merged in the Odontographic. Meets monthly. 
(R. L. Polk & Co.'s " Dental Register of the United States.") 

Lebanon Valley Dental Association. Organized in 1874 
under the name of Pennsylvania Central Dental Association. 
In 1876 the name was changed to the present one. Meets annu- 
ally the third Tuesday in Ma)'. (R. L. Polk & Co.'s "Dental 
Register of the United States." ) 

Odontographical Society of Pennsylvania. Organized 1879. 
Meets monthly. 

Philadelphia County Dental Society. Incorporated October 
9, 1886. Meets monthly. 

Philadelphia Odontographic Society. Meets monthly. 

Woman's First Dental Association of the United States. 
Meets monthly. 

Pennsylvania State Board of Dental Examiners. 

RHODE ISLAND. 

Rhode Island Dental Society. Organized July 2, 1878. 
Meets annually. 

State Board of Dental Examiners. 

SOUTH CAROLINA. 

Charleston Dental Association. Organized 1867. Reor- 
ganized 1 88 1. Meets monthly. 

South Carolina State Dental Association. Organized April 
5, 1870. Meets annually. 

South Carolina State Board of Dental Examiners. 

SOUTH DAKOTA. 

South Dakota Dental Society. Organized October, 1882. 
Meets annually. 

South Dakota Board of Dental Examiners. 

TENNESSEE. 

Tennessee Dental Association. Organized 1866. Meets 
annually in June. 

East Tennessee Dental Association. Organized October 17, 
1867. Meets annually 

Knoxville Dental Society. Organized August 12, 1892. 
Meets monthly. 

State Board of Dental Examiners. 



38 world's history and 

TEXAS. 

Texas Dental Association. Organized and chartered 1871. 

Meets annually, in August. 

[Note. — Texas is divided into forty-seven judicial districts, each of which 
has its own Board of Dental Examiners.] 

UTAH. 

Utah Dental Association. 

VERMONT. 

Vermont State Dental Society. Organized March 21, 1877, 
Meets annually. 

State Board of Dental Examiners. 

VIRGINIA. 

Virginia State Dental Association. Incorporated November 
3, 1890. Meets annually in August. 

Virginia State Board of Dental Examiners. 

WASHINGTON. 

Washington State Dental Association. Meets annually. 
Seattle Dental Society. Organized July 16, 1890. Meets 
monthly. 

Tacoma Dental Society. Meets monthly. 
Washington State Board of Dental Examiners. 

WEST VIRGINIA. 

West Virginia Dental Society. Meets annually. 

[Note. — West Virginia is divided into four congressional districts, each of 
which has its Board of Dental Examiners.] 

WISCONSIN. 

Wisconsin State Dental Society. Organized 1871. Meets 
annually in July. 

Wisconsin State Board of Dental Examiners. 



REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 39 



DENTAL STATE LAWS. 

Until the year 1842 the practice of dentistry was free in all the 
United States. This year the first law relating to the practice of 
the profession was passed in the state of Alabama. To-day every 
state and some of the territories have laws governing the prac- 
tice of dentistry. The laws in force at present are related below: 

ALABAMA. 

REGULATING THE PRACTICE OF DENTISTRY, AS AMENDED FEBRUARY 

28, 1887, NOW IN FORCE. 

Be it Enacted by the Ge/ieral Assembly of Alabama: 

Section i. That from and after the passage of this Act it 
shall be unlawful for any person to engage in the practice of 
dentistry in the State of Alabama, unless said person has obtained 
a license from a Board of Dental Examiners duly authorized and 
appointed by this Act to issue such license; Provided, That den- 
tists who have been in the regular practice of dentistry for five 
years next preceding the passage of this Act,* shall not be 
required to submit to an examination and shall be entitled to a 
license without a fee, which shall be transmitted to him by mail 
or otherwise, upon his application, accompanied by an affidavit 
to the fact of his having been in the regular practice for the 
required time. 

Sec. 2. Be it Enacted by the General Assembly of Alabama, That 
the Board of Dental Examiners shall consist of five (5) dental 
graduates or practitioners of dentistry who have obtained a license 
to practice dentistry from a Dental Board organized under this 
Act, and who are members in good standing of the Alabama 
Dental Association; Provided, That said graduates or practitioners 
have been practicing dentistry in the State of Alabama for a 
period of not less than three (3) years. 

Sec. 3. Be it further enacted, That it shall be the duty of said 
Alabama Dental i\ssociation, at its annual meeting in April, 1887, 
to elect said Board of Examiners, whose terms of office shall be 
respectively five, four, three, two and one years, in the order in 
which they are elected, and at each annual meeting of said i\sso- 

*The passage of this Act took place on February 11, 1881. 



40 world's history and 

ciation thereafter one member shall be elected to fill such va- 
cancy, who shall serve for the period of five years. The President 
shall have power to fill all vacancies in said Board for unexpired 
terms. 

Sec. 4. Be it further enacted, That it shall be the duty of said 
Board of Examiners: 

( 1 ) To meet annually at the time and place of meeting of the 
Alabama Dental Association, or oftener at the call of any three 
of the members of said Board. Thirty days' notice must be given 
of the time and place of the meeting of said Board, said notice 
to be mailed to all practicing dentists in the State. 

(2) To prescribe a course of reading for those who study 
dentistry under private instruction. 

(3) To grant license to all applicants who undergo a satis- 
factory examination, who shall pay to said Board a fee of five 
dollars for said license. 

(Subdivision 4 of this section repealed.) 

(5) To keep a book in which shall be registered the names of 
all persons licensed to practice dentistry in this State. 

Sec. 5. Be it further enacted, That the book so kept shall be a 
book of record, and a transcript from it, certified toby the officer 
who has it in keeping with the common seal of said Board, shall 
be evidence in any court in this State. 

Sec. 6. Be it further enacted, That three members of said 
Board shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, 
and should a quorum not be present on the day appointed for its 
meeting those present may adjourn from day to day until a 
quorum is present. 

Sec. 7. Be it further enacted, That one member of said Board 
may grant a license for an applicant to practice until the next 
regular meeting of the Board, when he shall report the fact, at 
which time the temporary license shall expire; but such tempo- 
rary license shall not be granted by a member of the Board after 
the Board has rejected the applicant. 

Sec. 8. Be it further enacted, That any person who shall, in 
violation of this Act, practice dentistry in this State shall be 
liable to indictment, and on conviction shall be fined not less 
than fifty nor more than three hundred dollars; Provided, That 
nothing in this Act shall be so construed as to prevent persons 
from extracting teeth; Provided, That nothing in this Act shall 
be so construed as to require any person who is now lawfully en- 



REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 41 

gaged in the practice of dentistry to procure any additional 
license or to attend any meeting or meetings of the State Dental 
Association. 

Sec. 9. Be it further enacted, That on the trial of such indict- 
ment it shall be incumbent upon the defendant, to exempt him 
from the penalties of this Act, to show that he has authority 
under the law to practice dentistry in this State. 

Sec. 10. Be it furtlier enacted, That every person to whom a 
license is issued by said Board of Examiners shall within thirty 
days from the date thereof, present the same to the Judge of the 
Probate Court of the county in which he resides, who shall offi- 
cially endorse said license and seal it with the seal of the court, 
and who shall record said license in a proper book in his office, 
and who shall be entitled to receive a fee of one dollar for his 
services, but a temporary license issued under Section 7, of this 
Act, need not be sealed or recorded. 

Sec. 11. Be it further enacted , That it shall be the duty of the 
Solicitors of this State to prosecute all persons violating all or 
any portion of this Act. 

Sec. 12. Be it further enacted, That all laws or parts of laws in 
conflict with this Act be, and the same are hereby repealed. 

[Note.— Sections 1,5,6,7,9, 10, 11 and 12, are as enacted February 11, 
1881; that Sections 2, 3, 1 and 8 read as amended February 28, 1887. The 
above laws are all in force in Alabama at this date and comprise the whole 
law regulating the practice of dentistry in said State.] 

ALASKA. 
No law. 

ARIZONA. 

An Act to Regulate the Practice of Dentistrv in Arizona. 
Be it Enacted by the Legislative Assembly of tlie Territory of Arizona : 

Section i. That it shall be unlawful for any person, who is 
not at the time of the passage of this Act engaged in the practice 
of dentistry in this Territory, to commence such practice, unless 
such person shall have received a license from the Board of Ex- 
aminers, as hereinafter provided for. 

Sec. 2. The Governor of the Territory shall appoint, after 
the passage of this Act, five (5) skilled dentists of good repute, 
residing and doing business in the Territory, who shall constitute 
a Board of Registration in Dentistry. But no person shall be eli- 



42 world's history and 

gible to serve on said Board unless they have been regularly 
graduated from some reputable dental college, duly authorized 
to grant degrees in dentistry, or who shall have been actively 
engaged in the practice of dentistry for a period of ten (10) years 
previous to appointment. 

Sec. 3. The length of term for which the members of said Board 
shall hold office shall be three (3) years, except that two of the 
members of the Board first to be appointed under this Act shall 
hold office for the term of one (1) year, two for the term of two 
(2) years, and one for the term of three (3) years respectively, 
and until their successors shall be duly appointed and qualified. 
In case of a vacancy occurring in said Board, such vacancy shall 
be filled by the Governor in conformity with Section 2. 

Sec. 4. Said Board shall choose one of its members Presi- 
dent and one Secretary and Treasurer, and it shall meet at least 
once a year, and oftener if it shall be deemed necessary. Four 
of said Board shall constitute a quorum. The proceedings of 
said Board shall at all reasonable times be open to public inspec- 
tion. 

Sec. 5. It shall be the duty of each person now engaged in 
the practice of dentistry in this Territory, within ninety (90) days 
after the passage of this Act, to send an affidavit to the Secretary 
of said Board, setting forth his or her name, place of business, 
postoffice address, the length of time they have been engaged in 
the practice of dentistry in this Territory; if a graduate of a den- 
tal college, state the name of college, and shall pay to the Treas- 
urer of said Board the sum of five (5) dollars, for which they 
shall receive from said Board a practitioner's certificate. On 
failure to comply with the provisions of this section they shall 
be required to appear before the Board, and be examined by said 
Board. 

Sec. 6. It shall be the duty of all persons not holding diplo- 
mas, who wish to engage in the practice of dentistry in this Ter- 
ritory, after the passage of this Act, to appear before said Board 
at a regular meeting and pay into the treasury of said Board the 
fee of twenty-five dollars (#25), not returnable, and stand an ex- 
amination by said Board in operative and prosthetic dentistry, 
and all the branches taught in a reputable dental college, and if 
such applicants pass an examination satisfactory to said Board, 
said Board shall issue to said applicant a license which will en- 
title him or her to practice dentistry in this Territory. 






REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 43 

Sec. 7. It shall be the duty of all persons holding diplomas, 
who wish to engage in the practice of dentistry, after the passage 
of this Act, to present or send to the Secretary at the regular 
meeting of said Board, an affidavit and diploma with fee ($5), 
not returnable, and after said Board being satisfied that said 
diploma belongs to said applicant, and that it was issued in good 
faith by a reputable dental college, said Board shall issue to said 
applicant a certificate of registration for said diploma. 

Sec. 8. All persons receiving a certificate to practice under 
this Act shall register his or her certificate with the County 
Recorder of the county in which he or she resides, and shall pay 
to the County Recorder for such registration the sum of two dol- 
lars ($2). Any failure on the part of any person holding such 
certificate to comply with the first part of this section within 
thirty (30) days after receiving certificate, shall forfeit said cer- 
tificate, and any certificate once forfeited shall not be returned by 
said Board until applicant shall have paid to said Board the fine 
of twenty-five dollars ($25). It shall be the duty of each County 
Recorder to forward to the Secretary of said Board the names of 
all persons having registered their certificates with them. 

Sec. 9. It shall be the duty of said Board to cause to be kept 
a record of all its proceedings, and the names and addresses of 
all persons qualifying under this Act. An annual report of the 
same shall be rendered to the Governor. All moneys received by 
the Secretary under this Act shall be used for the legitimate 
expenses of said Board, but in no case shall any money of the 
Territory be used for that purpose. 

Sec. 10. Any person or persons violating any provisions of 
this Act shall be deemed guilty of a misdemeanor, and upon con- 
viction shall be fined not less than one hundred dollars ($100) 
nor more than two hundred dollars ($200), or confined six months 
in the county jail, or both, for each and every offense. All fines 
recovered under this Act shall be paid into the common school 
fund of the county in which such conviction takes place. 

Sec. 11. It shall be the duty of the Prosecuting Attorney of 
each county to prosecute such cases when brought to his knowl- 
edge. 

Sec. 12. That nothing in this Act shall be construed so as to 
interfere with the rights and privileges of resident physicians and 
surgeons in the discharge of their professional duties. 



44 world's history and 

4 

Sec. 13. This Act shall take effect immediately after its 
passage. 

Approved April 3, 1893. 

ARKANSAS. 

Act to Regulate the Practice of Dentistry and to 
Provide for the Punishment of Violators Thereof in 
Arkansas. 

Be it Enacted by the General Assembly of the State of Arkansas : 

Section i. That it shall be unlawful for any person to prac- 
tice or attempt to practice dentistry, or dental surgery, in the 
State of Arkansas without first having received a certificate from 
the Board of Dental Examiners; Provided, That this shall not be 
construed as preventing any regular licensed physician from 
extracting teeth, nor to prevent any other person from extract- 
ing teeth when no charge is made therefor by such person. 

Sec. 2. A Board of Examiners, consisting of (5) five prac- 
ticing dentists, residents of this State, is hereby created, who 
shall have authority to issue certificates to persons in the practice 
of dentistry, or dental surgery, in this State, at the time of the 
passage of this Act, and also to decide upon the validity of such 
diplomas as may be subsequently presented for registration, as 
hereinafter provided. 

Sec. 3. The members of said Board shall be appointed by 
the Governor and shall serve for a term of four years, excepting 
that the members of the Board just appointed shall hold their 
offices as follows: Three for two, and two for four years respect- 
ively and until their successors are duly appointed. In case of 
a vacancy occurring in said Board, such vacancy shall be filled by 
appointment by the Governor. 

Sec. 4. Said Board shall keep a record, in which shall be 
registered the names and residences, or places of business, of all 
persons authorized under this Act to practice dentistry or dental 
surgery in this State. It shall elect one of its members Presi- 
dent, and one Secretary thereof, and it shall meet at least once in 
each year, and as much oftener and at such times and places as 
it may deem necessary. A majority of the members of said 
Board shall constitute a quorum, and the proceedings thereof 
shall be at all times open for public inspection. 



REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 45 

Sec. 5. Every person engaged in the practice of dentistry or 
dental surgery within this State, at the time of the passage of 
this Act, shall, within three months thereafter, cause his or her 
name and residence, and place of business, to be registered with 
said Board of Examiners, upon which said Board shall issue to 
such person a certificate duly signed by a majority of the mem- 
bers of said Board, and which certificate shall entitle the person 
to whom it is issued to all the rights and privileges set forth in 
section one (i) of this Act. 

Sec. 6. To provide for the proper and effective enforcement 
of this Act, said Board of Examiners shall be entitled to the fol- 
lowing fees, to-wit: For each certificate issued to persons in 
practice in this State at the time of the passage of this Act, the 
sum of one dollar ($1.00); for each certificate issued to persons 
not in the practice of dentistry in this State at the time of the 
passage of this Act, the sum of five dollars ($5.00). 

Sec. 7. The members of the said Board shall receive each, 
the compensation of two and one-half dollars (#2.50) per day for 
each day actually engaged in the duties of their office, which, 
together with all other legitimate expenses incurred in the per- 
formance of such duties, shall be paid from fees received by the 
Board underthe provisions of this Act, and no part of the expenses 
of said Board shall at any time be paid out of the State treasury. 
All moneys in excess of said/rr diem allowance, and other ex- 
penses, shall be held by the Secretary of said Board as a special 
fund for meeting the expenses of said Board, he giving such bond 
as the Board shall from time to time direct; and such Board shall 
make an annual report of its proceedings to the Governor by the 
fifteenth day of December of each year, together with an account 
of all moneys received and disbursed by them in pursuance of 
this Act. 

Sec. 8. Any person who shall violate this Act by practicing 
or attempting to practice dentistry within the State without first 
complying with the provisions of this Act, shall be deemed guilty 
of a misdemeanor, and upon conviction thereof, shall be fined in 
any sum not less than ten dollars ($10.00) nor more than one 
hundred dollars ($100.00); said fines to be applied to the school 
fund of the district in which the offense is committed. 

Sec. 9. That this Act take effect and be in force from and 
after its passage. 

Approved April 4, 1887. 



46 world's history and 

CALIFORNIA. 

An Act to Insure the Better Education of Practitioners of 
Dental Surgery, and to Regulate the Practice of Den- 
tistry in the State of California. 

The People of the State of California, represe?ited in Senate and Assem- 
bly, do E?iact as follows : 

Section i. It shall be unlawful for any person, who is not at 
the time of the passage of this Act engaged in the practice of 
dentistry in this State, to commence such practice unless he or 
she have obtained a certificate, as hereinafter provided. 

Sec. 2. A Board of Examiners, to consist of seven practicing 
dentists, is hereby created, whose duty it shall be to carry out 
the purposes and enforce the provisions of this Act. The mem- 
bers of said Board shall be appointed by the Governor from the 
dental profession from the State at large. The term for which 
the members of said Board shall hold their office shall be four 
years, except that two of the members of the Board first to be 
appointed under this Act shall hold their office for the term of 
one year, two for the term of two years, two for the term of 
three years, and one for the term of four years, respectively, and 
until their successors shall be duly appointed and qualified. In 
case of a vacancy occurring in said Board, such vacancy shall be 
filled by the Governor, in conformity, with this section. 

Sec. 3. Said Board shall choose one of its members Presi- 
dent, and one Secretary thereof, and it shall meet at least once 
in each year, and as much oftener and at such times and places 
as it may deem necessary. A majority of said Board shall, at all 
times, constitute a quorum, and the proceedings thereof shall, at 
all reasonable times, be open to public inspection. 

Sec. 4. Within six months from the time this Act takes ef- 
fect, it shall be the duty of every person who is now engaged in 
the practice of dentistry in this State to cause his or her name 
and residence, or place of business, to be registered with said 
Board of Examiners, who shall keep a book for that purpose. 
The statement of every such person shall be verified under oath 
before a Notary Public or Justice of the Peace in such manner as 
may be prescribed by the Board of Examiners. Every person 
who shall so register with said Board as a practitioner of dentis- 
try, shall receive a certificate to that effect, and may continue to 
practice as such without incurring any of the liabilities or penalties 



REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 47 

provided in this Act, and shall pay to the Board of Examiners for 
each registration the fee of one dollar. It shall be the duty of the 
Board of Examiners to forward to the County Clerk of each 
county in the State a certified list of the names of all persons 
residing in his county who have registered in accordance with the 
provision of this Act, and it shall be the duty of all County Clerks 
to register such names in a book to be kept for that purpose. 

Sec. 5. Any and all persons who shall so desire, may appear 
before the Board at any of its regular meetings and be examined 
in reference to their knowledge and skill in dental surgery; and 
if the examination of any such person or persons shall prove sat- 
isfactory to said Board, the Board of Examiners shall issue to 
such persons as they shall find to possess the requisite qualifica- 
tions, a certificate to that effect, in accordance with the provis- 
ions of this Act. Said Board shall also indorse as satisfactory, 
diplomas from any reputable dental college when satisfied as to 
the character of such institution, upon the holder furnishing evi- 
dence satisfactory to the Board, of his or her right to the same, 
and shall issue certificates to that effect within ten days there- 
after. All certificates issued by said Board shall be signed by its 
officers, and such certificates shall he. prima facie evidence of the 
right of the holder to practice dentistry in the State of California. 

Sec. 6. Any person who shall violate any of the provisions 
of this Act shall be deemed guilty of a misdemeanor, and upon 
conviction, may be fined not less than fifty dollars nor more than 
two hundred dollars, or confined six months in the county jail, 
for each and every offense. All fines recovered under this Act 
shall be paid into the common school fund of the county in 
which such conviction takes place. 

Sec. 7. In order to provide the means for carrying out and 
maintaining the provisions of this Act, the said Board of Exam- 
iners shall charge each person applying to or appearing before 
them for examination for a certificate of qualifications, a fee of 
ten dollars, which fee shall be in no case returned; and out of the 
funds coming into the possession of the Board from the fees so 
charged, and penalties received under the provisions of this Act, 
all legitimate and necessary expenses incurred in attending the 
meetings of said Board shall be paid; and no part of the ex- 
penses of the Board shall ever be paid out of the State treasury. 
All moneys received in excess of expenses above provided for, 
shall be held by the Secretary of said Board, as a special fund for 



48 world's history and 

meeting the expenses of said Board, and carrying out the pro- 
visions of this Act, he giving such bond as the Board shall from 
time to time direct; and said Board shall make an annual report 
of its proceedings to the Governor, by December first of each 
year, together with an account of all moneys received and dis- 
bursed by them pursuant to this Act. 

Sec. 8. Any person who shall receive a certificate from said 
Board to practice dentistry, shall cause his or her certificate 
to be registered with the County Clerk of the county in which 
such person may reside, and the County Clerk shall charge for 
registering such certificate a fee of one dollar. Any failure, 
neglect or refusal on the part of any person holding such certifi- 
cate to register the same with the County Clerk, as above directed, 
for a period of six months, shall work a forfeiture of the certifi- 
cate, and no certificate, when once forfeited, shall be restored, 
except upon the payment to said Board of twenty-five dollars, as 
a penalty of such neglect, failure or refusal. 

Sec. 9. Any person who shall knowingly or falsely claim, or 
pretend to have or hold a certificate of license, diploma, or de- 
gree, granted by any society organized under and pursuant to the 
provisions of this Act, or who shall falsely, and with intent to de- 
ceive the public, claim or pretend to be a graduate from any 
incorporated dental college shall be deemed guilty of a misde- 
meanor, and shall be liable to the same penalty as provided in 
Section 6. 

Sec. 10. Nothing in this shall be so construed as to prohibit 
any practicing physician from extracting teeth. 

Sec. 11. This Act shall take effect immediately. 

Approved March, 12, 1885. 

An Act to amend an Act approved March 12th, 1885, entitled "An 
Act to insure the Better Education of Practitioners of Dental 
Surgery and to Regulate the Practice of Dentistry in the State 
of California." 

The People of the State of California, represented in Senate and Assem- 
bly do E?iact as follows : 

Section i. Section 6 of the Act entitled "An act to Insure 
the Better Education of Practitioners of Dental Surgery and to 
Regulate the Practice of Dentistry in the State of California " is 
hereby amended to read as follows: 

Sec. 6. Any person who shall violate any of the provisions of 



REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 49 

this Act shall be deemed guilty of a misdemeanor, and upon con- 
viction, may be fined not less than fifty ($50) dollars nor more 
than two hundred ($200) dollars, or confined six months in the 
county jail for each and every offense. 

One-half of any fine recovered under this Act shall be paid 
into the common school fund of the county in which such con- 
viction takes place, and the other half thereof shall be paid to the 
person whose information leads to the prosecution and convic- 
tion of the offender. 

COLORADO. 

An Act to Insure the Efficacy of Practitioners of Dental 
Surgery, and to Regulate the Practice of Dentistry in 
the State of Colorado. 

Be it Enacted by the General Assembly of the State of Colorado: 

Section i. No person shall practice dentistry in this State 
until he or she shall have obtained a license for such purpose, as 
hereinafter provided, but nothing in this act shall be construed 
to prohibit any physician or surgeon from extracting teeth. 

Sec. 2. A State Board of Dental Examiners shall be and is 
hereby created, whose duty it shall be to enforce and execute the 
provisions of this Act. The said Board shall consist of five mem- 
bers, who shall be appointed by the Governor, by and with the 
advice and consent of the Senate. Each member of said Board 
shall be appointed for the term of two years, and hold his office 
until his successor be duly appointed. Vacancies occurring in 
said Board shall be filled by the Governor. 

Sec. 3. Said Board shall choose from its members a Presi- 
dent, Secretary and Treasurer thereof, and shall meet at least 
once in each year, and as much oftener and at such times and 
places as it may deem necessary. The first meeting of said Board 
shall be held within sixty days after the time this Act will go into 
force and effect, at the capitol of the State. A majority of said 
Board shall at all times constitute a quorum, and the proceedings 
thereof shall at all reasonable times be open to public inspection. 

Sec. 4. Any person desirous of continuing the practice of den- 
tistry within this State, shall appear in person before said Board, 
at the first or any subsequent meeting of said Board, at such time 
and place as the said Board may designate, and submit to an 
examination by said Board, to determine his or her ability to 



50 world's history and 

continue the practice of dentistry in this State; Provided, however. 
That the Secretary of said Board may, upon application of any 
such person, issue a permit to temporarily practice dentistry until 
next meeting of the Board, but no longer, unless the Board at 
such meeting shall extend such temporary permit; and such per- 
son making application for examination by the Board, as afore-, 
said, shall deposit with the Secretary of said Board a fee of ten 
($10.00) dollars as compensation for making said examination. 
All persons who may be found qualified by said Board, upon any 
such examination, to continue the practice of dentistry in this 
State, shall receive from said Board a certificate, signed by the 
President, and attested by the Secretary under official seal of said 
Board, authorizing the holder thereof to continue the practice of 
dentistry in this State. 

Sec. 5. Any and all persons who shall so desire may appear 
before said Board at any one of its meetings, and be examined 
w T ith reference to their knowledge and skill in dental surgery, and 
if the examination of any such person or persons shall prove sat- 
isfactory to said Board, the Board of Examiners shall issue to 
such persons, as they shall find from such examinations to pos- 
sess the requisite qualifications, a license to practice dentistry in 
accordance with the provisions of this Act. 

Sec. 6. Any person who shall violate any of the provisions 
of this Act shall be deemed guilty of a misdemeanor, and shall 
be liable to prosecution before any court of competent jurisdic- 
tion, upon information or by indictment, and upon conviction may 
be punished by a fine in a sum not less than one hundred 
($100.00) dollars, nor more than five hundred ($500.00) dollars, 
or by imprisonment from one to ninety days, or both, in the dis- 
cretion of the court. Each day that this act is violated shall be 
considered a separate offense. 

Sec. 7. Said Board shall be authorized out of the funds com- 
ing into its possession from the fees authorized by this Act to pay 
to each member thereof such compensation as the Board may 
determine, and all legitimate and necessary expenses incurred in 
attending the meetings of said Board. Said expenses shall be 
paid only from the fees received by the Board under the provis- 
ions of this Act, and no part of the compensation or other 
expenses of the Board shall ever be a charge against or paid out 
of the State treasury. All moneys received in excess of said 



REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 51 

expenses shall be held by the Treasurer of said Board as a special 
fund for the meeting of the expenses of said Board, by giving 
such bond as the Board shall from time to time direct. Said 
Board shall make a biennial report of its proceedings to the Gov- 
ernor by the fifteenth day of December of the year immediately 
preceding the next ensuing session of the Legislature, to- 
gether with an account of all moneys received and disbursed by 
them pursuant to this Act. 
Approved March 15, 1889. 

An Act to amend an Act entitled "An Act to insure the efficiency 
of practitioners of Dental Surgery, and to regulate the prac- 
tice of Dentistry in the State of Colorado," approved March 
15, 1889. 

Be it Enacted by the General Assembly of the State of Colorado : 

Section i. That Section 1 of an Act entitled "An Act to in- 
sure the efficiency of practitioners of Dental Surgery and to reg- 
ulate the practice of Dentistry in the State of Colorado," 
approved March 15, 1889, be amended so as to read as follows: 
Sec. 1. From and after the passage of this Act it shall be unlaw- 
ful for any person to engage in the practice of dentistry in this 
State, or to receive a license from the Board of Dental Exam- 
iners, unless, in addition to the other qualifications prescribed by 
said Board, such person has graduated and received a diploma 
from the faculty of a reputable chartered institution where this 
specialty is taught, either under the authority of one of the States 
of the United States, or of a foreign government acknowledged 
as such, or shall have received a license from the Board of Den- 
tal Examiners of any other State; Provided, That the provisions 
of this Act concerning diplomas and certificates shall not apply 
to any person who may have procured a certificate, to practice 
dentistry from the Board of Dental Examiners of this State prior 
to the taking effect of this Act, in conformity with the laws now 
in force; And provided further, That the Board of Dental Exam- 
iners of the State of Colorado shall have power to revoke, for 
cause, certificates of qualification, granted from and after the pas- 
sage of this Act. Nothing in this Act shall prevent any author- 
ized physician or surgeon from extracting teeth. 

Approved April 1, 1891. 



52 world's history and 

•CONNECTICUT. 

Be it Enacted by the Senate and House of Representatives 
of the State of Connecticut, in General Assembly Con- 
vened. 

Section i. The Governor shall appoint on or before the 
first day of July, 1893, and biennially thereafter, five persons to 
be known as dental commissioners, who shall hold their respect- 
ive offices for two years from the first day of July in the year of 
their respective appointments, and until their successors shall 
have been appointed and qualified. 

Sec. 2. No person shall be appointed a dental commissioner 
who shall not have been, for at least ten years previous to such 
appointment, a practictioner in dentistry in this State and in good 
standing in said profession. 

Sec. 3. Said commissioners shall appoint one of their num- 
ber to be their official recorder, whose duty it shall be to keep a 
record of the official proceedings of said commissioners, and 
copies of said record certified by him shall be legal evidence. 

Sec. 4. On request of said commissioners the comptroller 
shall provide a suitable place in the capitol at Hartford for all 
meetings of said commissioners. 

Sec. 5. Said commissioners shall meet in May of each year, 
and at such other times as they shall designate, for the purpose 
of attending to their duties as prescribed by this Act. 

Sec. 6. Said commissioners shall give due notice of every 
meeting to be held by them pursuant to the provisions of this 
Act, by advertising the place of their meeting, for two weeks 
successively in two of the daily newspapers published in said Hart- 
ford, and before the date of said meetings. 

Sec. 7. Said commissioners may make such rules of proced- 
ure for the regulation of all matters of application and hearing 
before them as they may think advisable. 

Sec. 8. No person, unless he has already commenced the 
practice of dentistry in this State before the passage and approval 
of this Act, and shall be engaged in said practice at the said 
time, shall engage in such practice in any town in this State, un- 
less such person shall have first obtained from said commission- 
ers a license therefor. 

Sec. 9. All applications for such license shall be in writing 
and signed by the applicant, and no license shall issue to any 






REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 53 

person unless he shall have received a diploma or other sufficient 
certificate of honorable graduation from some reputable dental 
college having a department in dentistry, and duly recognized 
by the laws of the State or States wherein the same is situated, or 
unless he shall have spent as a pupil or assistant at least three 
years under the instruction and direction of some reputable den- 
tist, or unless he shall have had at least three years' continuous 
practice as a dentist, which facts must be shown to said commis- 
sioners by sufficient evidence. 

Sec. io. Nothing in this Act shall be construed as prevent- 
ing any practicing physician or surgeon from the performance of 
any operation in dentistry on any patient under his charge. Nor 
shall any lawfully practicing dentist be prohibited hereby from 
availing himself of the services of any pupil, student, or assistant 
employed by him and under his immediate supervision. 

Sec. ii. Every applicant for a license shall be examined by 
said commissioners, as to his professional knowledge and skill, 
before such license shall be granted, and they may refuse to 
grant a license where they are satisfied that the applicant is unfit 
or incompetent; they may for good and legal cause revoke any 
license that has been granted, and may prohibit any dentist in 
lawful practice from further practice, on satisfactory proof that 
such dentist has become unfit or incompetent therefor. 

Sec. 12. Cruelty, incapacity, unskillfulness, gross negligence, 
indecent conduct toward patients, or any such professional mis- 
behavior as shows unfitness on the part of the dentist, shall be 
sufficient cause for the revocation of a license, or prohibition to 
practice as above provided; and whenever complaint shall be 
made to any of said commissioners against any dentist practicing 
in this State, said commissioners shall investigate the matter, and 
on finding probable cause shall notify the party complained of 
to appear before them and show cause why he should not be pro- 
hibited, or why his license should not be revoked. 

Sec. 13. Every such notice shall be in writing, and signed by 
the recorder, and shall contain a statement of the causes for which 
such prohibition or revocation is claimed, and shall specify the 
place and time for the hearing, which shall be at least twelve days 
after the service of said notice. Said notice may be served by 
leaving a copy thereof, attested by the recorder, at the place of 
business of the party complained of or at his last usual place of 
abode, or by sending the same by mail. 



54 world's history and 

Sec. 14. Any dentist who shall at any hearing before the com- 
missioners, either by himself or by his procurement, make any false 
statement or misrepresentation with intent to deceive or mislead 
said commissioners, shall thereby forfeit his license or be pro- 
hibited from practice. 

Sec. 15. Any dentist who is aggrieved by the action of said 
commissioners in the revocation of his license, or prohibition from 
his practice, may apply to the Superior Court or Court of Com- 
mon Pleas, next to be in session in the county in which he resides 
for a writ of mandamus, requiring them to revoke their decision, 
if the same be found on hearing to have been erroneous. Such 
application for mandamus may be served on said commissioners 
by some proper officer or indifferent person, by leaving with the 
recorder, or at his usual place of abode, a true and attested copy 
thereof within twelve days after said commissioners shall have 
notified such dentist of their decision. 

Sec. 16. Every person applying for a license shall at the time 
of his application pay to the recorder a fee of twenty-five dollars, 
and if such applicant shall fail to obtain his license twenty dollars 
shall be returned to him. 

Sec. 17. The recorder shall keep an account of all moneys 
received by him and shall annually in November render his ac- 
count to the comptroller; and shall pay over from the moneys 
received by him the necessary traveling expenses of the commis- 
sioners, and for necessary books and stationery, and shall keep all 
files, receipts and records in his possession, and deliver the same 
to his successors in office. 

Sec. 18. Said commissioners shall make to the State Board 
of Health an annual report of their proceedings, in such form and 
at such time as such board of health shall prescribe. 

Sec. 19. Any person who shall engage in the practice of 
dentistry in violation of the provisions of this Act shall be 
guilty of a misdemeanor, and shall be fined not less than twenty 
dollars nor more than fifty dollars for each offense; and the un- 
lawful practice of dentistry for one week or part of a week shall 
be deemed a separate offense. 

Sec. 20. Sections 2024 and 2025 of the general statutes are 
hereby repealed. 

This law went into effect July 1, 1893. 



REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 55 

DELAWARE. 

(Passed at Dover, March 31, 1885.) 

Be it Exacted by the Senate and House of Representatives 

of the State of Delaware, in General Assembly Met. 
Be it Enacted by the Ge?ieral Assembly of Dclazvare : 

Section i. That it shall be unlawful for any person who is 
not, at the time of the passage of this Act, a recognized practi- 
tioner of dentistry in this State, and so recognized by the pro- 
fession, to practice dentistry, unless he or she shall have obtained 
a certificate, as hereinafter provided, or shall hold a diploma 
from a reputable dental college, and so recognized by the Board 
herein created. 

Sec. 2. Be it enacted, That a Board of Examiners, to consist 
of five reputable practicing dentists, is hereby created, whose 
duty it shall be to carry out the purposes and enforce the provis- 
ions of this Act; the members of said Board shall be appointed 
by the Governor, who shall select them from the dentists residing 
in the State. The term for which the members of said Board 
shall hold their offices shall be four years, except that two mem- 
bers of the Board — first to be appointed under this Act — shall be 
designated by the Governor to hold their offices for the term of 
two, and three, and four years, respectively, unless sooner re- 
moved by the Governor, and until their successors shall be duly 
appointed; in a case of vacancy occurring in such Board, such 
vacancy shall be filled in like manner by the Governor. 

Sec. 3. Be it oiactcd, That said Board shall choose one of its 
members President, and one Secretary thereof; it shall fix the 
time and place of its meeting or meetings; a majority of said 
Board shall at all times constitute a quorum, and the proceedings 
.hereof shall at all reasonable times be open to public inspection; 
the Board shall also make an annual report of its proceedings to 
the Governor. 

Sec. 4. Be it enacted, That within six months from the time 
this act takes effect, it shall be the duty of every person who is 
at that time engaged in the practice of dentistry in this State, to 
cause his or her name and residence, or place of business, to be 
registered with said Board of Examiners, who shall keep a book 
for that purpose; the statement of every such person shall be 
verified under oath before a Notary Public or Justice of the 
Peace, in such a manner as may be prescribed by the said Board 



50 world's history and 

of Examiners. Every person who shall so register with said 
Board as a practitioner of dentistry, may continue to practice 
the same as such, and shall receive a certificate of such regis- 
tration upon his or her paying the said Board one dollar for 
such certificate. 

Sec. 5. Be it enacted, That any and all persons, who shall de- 
sire to commence such practice, " after the passage of this Act," 
shall appear before said Board at any of its regular meetings and 
be examined with reference to their knowledge and skill in den- 
tal surgery, and if the examination of any such person, or per- 
sons, shall prove satisfactory to said Board, the Board of Exam- 
iners shall issue to such persons as they shall find to possess the 
requisite qualifications, a certificate to that effect, in accordance 
with the provisions of this Act, upon the payment of one dollar 
for such certificate; all certificates issued by said Board shall be 
signed by its officers, and such certificates and diplomas, granted 
as aforesaid, shall be prima facie evidence of the right of the 
holder to practice dentistry in the State of Delaware. 

Sec. 6. Be it enacted, That any person who shall willfully vio- 
late any of the provisions of this Act shall be deemed guilty of a 
misdemeanor, and upon conviction thereof, in any court having 
criminal jurisdiction, may be fined not less than fifty dollars, nor 
more than three hundred dollars, or be confined not more than 
six months in the county jail, in the discretion of the court; all 
fines received under this act shall be paid into the common school 
fund of the city or county in which such conviction takes place. 
Sec. 7. Be it enacted, That the Board of Examiners shall 
meet within thirty days after appointment, and frame By-L,aws 
governing the Board; and any person, or persons, desiring to be 
examined by the Board of Examiners for a certificate to practice 
dentistry in this State, shall give notice of such desire to the Sec- 
retary of said Board, who shall notify the members thereof, and 
they shall, within fifteen (15) days from the receipt of such 
notice, meet to examine such person, or persons, and give him, 
her, or them proper notice of such meeting. 

Sec. 8. Be it enacted, That this Act shall not apply to anyone 
now practicing who is the owner of, and purchased, real estate 
in the State, previous to the passage of this Act. 

Sec. 9. Be it enacted, That this Act shall take effect from the 
date of its passage. 

[Note. — -A new act is now before the Legislature, which will in all proba- 
bility become law.] 



REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 57 

DISTRICT OF COLUMBIA. 

An Act for the Regulation of the Practice of Dentistry in 
the District of Columbia, and for the Protection of the 
People from Empiricism in Relation Thereto. 

Be it enacted by the Senate and House of Representatives of the 
U/iitcd States of America in Congress Assembled, That it shall be 
unlawful for any person to practice dentistry in the District of 
Columbia unless such person shall register with the health officer 
in compliance with the requirements hereinafter provided. 

Section 2. That a board to carry out the purposes of this Act 
is hereby created, to be known as the Board of Dental Exami- 
ners, to consist of five reputable dentists resident of and for three 
years last before appointment actively engaged in the practice of 
dentistry in the District of Columbia, to be appointed by the 
Commissioners of said District for terms of five years and until 
their successors are appointed; Provided, That the first five ap- 
pointments shall be made for terms of one, two, three, four and 
five years, respectively. . A majority of said Board shall consti- 
tute a quorum. Vacancies occurring in said Board shall be filled 
by appointment of eligible persons for unexpired terms. 

Sec. 3. That it shall be the duty of the Board of Dental Ex- 
aminers, first, to organize by electing one of their number Presi- 
dent and one Secretary, to provide necessary books and blank 
forms, and publicly announce the requirements of this Act and the 
time, place, and means of complying with its provisions within 
thirty days from its passage; second, to promptly certify to the 
health officer for registration all who are engaged in the practice 
of dentistry in said District at the time of passage of this Act who 
apply therefor; third, to test the fitness and pass upon the 
qualification of persons desiring to commence the practice of 
dentistry in said District after the passage of this Act and certify 
to the health officer for registration such as prove, under exam- 
ination in theory and practice of dentistry, qualified in the judg- 
ment of the Board to practice dentistry in said District; fourth, 
to report immediately information of any violation of this Act, 
and, annually, the transactions of the Board to the Commissioners 
of the District of Columbia; Provided, That all graduates of dental 
colleges which require a three years' course of study shall be en- 
titled to certificates upon payment of the certification fee and 
without examination as to their qualifications. 



58 world's history and 

Sec. 4. That it shall be the duty of every person practicing 
dentistry in said District at the time of the passage of this Act to 
make application to said Board in form prescribed by said Board, 
for certification, and present the certificates thus obtained for 
registration to the health officer within sixty days from the pass- 
age of this Act. Every such person so registering may continue 
to practice without incurring the penalties of this Act. 

Sec. 5. That persons desiring to commence the practice of 
dentistry in said District after the passage of this Act shall first 
obtain a certificate of qualification from the Board of Dental Ex- 
aminers, granted under authority conferred upon said Board by 
Section 3 of this Act, and present the same to the health officer 
for registration. 

Sec. 6. That it shall be the duty of the health officer to 
register all persons presenting certificates from said Board in a 
book kept for this purpose, and indorse upon each certificate the 
fact and date of such registration. 

Sec. 7. That certificates issued and indorsed under the pro- 
visions of this Act shall be evidence of the right of the person to 
whom granted to practice under this Act. 

Sec. 8. That anyone who shall practice or attempt to practice 
dentistry in the said District without having complied with the 
provisions of this Act shall be deemed guilty of a misdemeanor, 
and upon conviction thereof, shall be fined not less than fifty nor 
more than two hundred dollars, and in default of payment of such 
fine shall be imprisoned not less than thirty nor more than ninety 
days, said fines, when collected, to be paid into the Treasury of 
the United States, to the credit of the District of Columbia; Pro- 
vided, That nothing in this Act shall be construed to interfere with 
physicians in the discharge of their professional duties, nor with 
students pursuing a regular uninterrupted dental college course 
or in bona fide pupilage with a registered dentist. 

Sec. 9. That to provide a fund to carry out and enforce the 
provisions of this Act the Board of Dental Examiners may charge 
such fees, not exceeding one dollar for each certificate and ten 
dollars for each examination, as will from time to time, in the 
opinion of said Board, approved by said Commissioners, be neces- 
sary. From such fund all expenses shall be paid by the Board; 
Provided, That such expense shall in no case exceed the balance 
of receipts. 

Approved June 6, 1892. 



REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 59 

FLORIDA. 

chapter 3/ i i. 

An Act to Provide for the Appointment of a Board of 
Examiners, and to Regulate the Practice of Dentistry 
in the State of Florida. 

Be it Enacted by the Legislature of the State of Florida : 

Section i. That from and after the passage of this Act it 
shall be unlawful for any person to engage in the practice of 
dentistry in the State of Florida unless said person shall have 
obtained a certificate from a Board of Dentists duly authorized 
and appointed under the provisions of this chapter to issue cer- 
tificates. 

Sec. 2. That the Board of Examiners shall consist of five 
dental graduates or practitioners of dentistry appointed by the 
Governor. Provided, that said graduates or practitioners have 
been practicing in the State of Florida for a term of not less than 
three years. Said Board shall be appointed to serve two years. 
The Governor shall have power to fill vacancies in said Board for 
unexpired terms. 

Sec. 3. Be it further enacted by the authority aforesaid, That it 
shall be the duty of this Board: First, To meet annually, or 
oftener, at the call of any three of the members of said Board; 
thirty days' notice must be given of the annual meetings. Sec- 
ondly, To prescribe a course of reading for those who study 
dentistry under private instructions. Thirdly, To grant certifi- 
cates to all applicants who undergo a satisfactory examination. 
Fourthly, To keep a book in which shall be registered the names 
of all persons licensed by said Board to practice dentistry in the 
State of Florida. 

Sec. 4. That three members of said Board shall constitute a 
quorum for the transaction of business, and should a quorum not 
be present on the day appointed for their meeting, those present 
may adjourn from day to day until a quorum is present. 

Sec. 5. That one member of said Board may grant a certifi- 
cate to an applicant to practice until the next regular meeting of 
said Board, when he shall report the fact at which time the tem- 
porary certificate shall expire, but such temporary certificate 
shall not be granted by a member of the Board after the Board 
has rejected the applicant. 



60 world's history and 

Sec. 6. That any person who shall in violation of this Act 
practice dentistry in the State of Florida (shall) be deemed 
guilty of a misdemeanor, and upon conviction shall be punished 
by a fine of not less than twenty-five dollars nor more than five 
hundred dollars. Provided, That nothing in this Act shall be con- 
strued to prevent any person from extracting teeth and provided 
further, That none of the provisions of this Act shall apply to 
regular licensed physicians and surgeons in practice at or prior 
to the passage of this Act. 

Sec. 7. Ever}' person practicing dentistry in the State of 
Florida shall, within six months after the passage of this Act, 
register his name, together with his postofnce, and the date of 
his certificate in the office of the clerk of the Circuit Court of the 
County in which he practices, and shall, on the payment to such 
clerk of a fee of fifty cents, be entitled to receive from him a cer- 
tificate of such registration. 

Sec. 8. Every person practicing dentistry in the State of 
Florida at or prior to the passage of this Act shall be entitled to 
receive from the Board of Dental Examiners a certificate to prac- 
tice without undergoing an examination, or application by letter, 
or otherwise, provided, that all such persons make application to 
said Board within six months after the passage of this Act. 

Sec. 9. That all laws and parts of laws in conflict with this 
Act be and the same are hereby repealed. 

Approved June 7, 1887. 

Amendments. 

An Act to Amend an Act Entitled "An Act to Provide for 
the Appointment of a Board of Examiners and to Regu- 
late the Practice of Dentistry in the State of Florida." 

Be it Enacted by the Legislature of the State of Florida: 

Section i. That Section 3 of an act to provide for the 
appointment of a Board of Examiners and to regulate the prac- 
tice of dentistry in the State of Florida, the same being Chapter 
371 1 of the Laws of Florida, approved June 7, 1887, be amended 
as follows: 

Sec. 3. Be it furtlier enacted by the authority aforesaid, That it 
shall be the duty of this Board: First, to meet annually at the call 
of three members of said Board; thirty days' notice shall be 
given of the annual meetings. Secondly, to grant certificates to all 
applicants who have obtained a diploma from a reputable dental 



REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 61 

college and who pass a satisfactory examination. Thirdly, to keep 
a book in which shall be registered the names of all persons 
licensed to practice dentistry in the State of Florida. Fourthly, 
for which examination and certificate the Board shall be entitled 
to receive a fee of ten dollars to defray the expenses of holding 
the meetings. 

Sec. 2. All laws and parts of laws in conflict are hereby 
repealed. 

Sec. 3. This Act shall take effect immediately upon the 
approval of the Governor. 

Approved May 25, 1891. 

GEORGIA. 

An Act to Alter -and Amend .Sections 1410 and 1412 of the 
Code of Georgia, which Relates to Dentists and the 
Practice of Dentistry. 

Section i. The General Assembly of the State of Georgia do e?iact, 
That from and after the passage of this Act, Section 14 10 of the 
Code of said State, be and the same is hereby amended so as to 
read as follows: " It shall be unlawful for any person to engage 
in the practice of dentistry in the State of Georgia, unless said 
person shall have obtained a license from a Board of Dentists 
duly authorized and appointed under the provisions of this 
chapter to issue license." 

Sec. 2. That the Board of Examiners shall consist of five (5) 
dental graduates or practitioners of dentistry, who are members 
in good standing of the Georgia State Dental Society: Provided, 
That said graduates or practitioners have been practicing in the 
State of Georgia for a term of not less than three (3) years. Said 
Board shall be elected to serve for two years. The President of 
said Georgia State Dental Society shall have power to fill all 
vacancies in said Board for unexpired terms. 

Sec. 3. Be it further e/i acted by the authority aforesaid, That 
Section 1412 of the Code of said State be and the same is hereby 
amended so as to read as follows: " It shall be the duty of this 
Board: First, to meet annually at the time of the meeting of the 
Georgia State Dental Society, or oftener at the call of any three 
members of said Board; thirty days' notice must be given of the 
annual meetings. Secondly, to prescribe a course of reading for 
those who study dentistry under private instructors. TJiirdly, to 



62 world's history and 

grant license to all applicants who undergo a satisfactory exami- 
nation. Fourthly, to keep a book in which shall be registered 
the names of all persons licensed to practice dentistry in the 
State of Georgia. 

Sec. 4. That the book so kept shall be a book of record, 
and a transcript from it, certified to by the officer who has it in 
keeping, with the common seal, shall be evidence in any court in 
the State. 

Sec. 5. That three members of said Board shall constitute a 
quorum for the transaction of business, and should a quorum not 
be present on the day appointed for their meeting, those present 
may adjourn from day to day until a quorum is present. 

Sec. 6. That one member of said Board may grant a license 
to an applicant to practice until the next regular meeting of the 
Board, when he shall report the fact, at which time the temporary 
license shall expire, but such temporary licenses shall not be 
granted by a member of the Board after the Board has rejected 
the applicant. 

Sec. 7. Be it further enacted, That all laws and parts of laws 
in conflict with this charter are hereby repealed 

Approved October 9, 1885. 

An Act of October 20, 1879, AS Amended by the Act of 1885. 

Section i. Be it e?iacted by the General Assembly, That Section 
1416 of the Code of Georgia be so amended as to read as follows: 
"That any person who shall, in violation of this Act, practice 
dentistry in the State of Georgia, shall be deemed guilty of a 
misdemeanor, and upon conviction shall be punished as pre- 
scribed in Section 4310 of the Code of 1873: Provided, That 
nothing in this Act shall be construed to prevent any person 
from extracting teeth: A /id provided further, That none of the 
provisions of this Act shall apply to regular licensed physicians 
and surgeons in practice at or prior to the passage of this Act, 
and dentists who were in practice prior to the 24th of August, 
1872." 

Sec. 2. That on trial of such indictment, it shall be incum- 
bent on the defendant to show that he has authority, under the 
law, to practice dentistry, to exempt him from such penalty. 

Sec. 3. That one-half of all the fines collected shall inure to 
the informer, and the other half to the educational fund of the 
count) r . 



REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 63 

Sec. 4. Every person practicing dentistry in this State shall, 
within sixty days after the passage of this Act, register his name, 
together with his postoffice and the date of his diploma or 
license, in the office of the clerk of the Superior Court of the 
county in which he practices, and shall, on the pavment to such 
clerk of a fee of fifty cents, be entitled to receive from him a 
certificate of such registration. 

Sec. 5. That all laws and parts of laws in conflict with this 
chapter be and the same are hereby repealed. 

Approved October 20, 1879. 

act of 1880. 
Section i. Be it enacted by the General Assembly of the State of 
Georgia, That from and after the passage of this Act, all dentists 
in the actual practice of their profession in this State be and the 
same are hereby exempt from jury duty: Provided, That this 
exemption shall not operate to disqualify those dentists who 
may wish to serve. 

special act, 189 1. 
Section i. Every non-resident dentist practicing in this State 
shall pay a special tax of ten dollars ($10) in every county in 
which said dentist may practice. 

IDAHO. 
No law. 

ILLINOIS. 

An Act to Insure the Better Education of Practitioners of 
Dental Surgery, and to Regulate the Practice of Den- 
tistry in the State of Illinois. 

Section i. Be it enacted by the People of the State of Illinois, 
represented in the General Assembly: That it shall be unlawful for 
any person, who is not, at the time of the passage of this Act, en- 
gaged in the practice of dentistry in this State, to commence 
such practice, unless such person shall have received a diploma 
from the faculty of some reputable dental college, duly author- 
ized by the law of this State, or some other of the United States, 
or by the laws of some foreign country, in which college or col- 
leges there was, at the time of the issue of such diploma, annually 
delivered a full course of lectures and instructions in dental sur- 
gery: Provided, That any person removing into this State, who 



64 world's history and 

shall have been, for a period of ten years prior to such removal, 
a practicing dentist, and provided, also, that any person holding 
the diploma of doctor of medicine from any reputable medical 
college, shall be entitled to practice dentistry in this State, upon 
obtaining a license for that purpose as hereinafter provided: and 
nothing in this Act shall be construed to prohibit any physician 
or surgeon from extracting teeth. 

Sec. 2. A Board of Examiners, to consist of five practic- 
ing dentists is hereby created, whose duty it shall be to carry out 
the purposes and enforce the provisions of this Act. The mem- 
bers of said Board shall be appointed by the Governor. The term 
for which the members of said Board shall hold their offices shall 
be five years, except that the members of the Board first to be 
appointed under this Act shall hold their offices for the term of 
one, two, three, four and five years, respectively, and until their 
successors shall be duly appointed. In case of a vacancy occur- 
ring in said Board, such vacancy shall be filled by the Governor. 

Sec. 3. Said Board shall choose one of its members president, 
and one the secretary thereof, and it shall meet at least once in 
each year, and as much oftener and at such times and places as 
it may deem necessary. A majority of said Board shall at all 
times constitute a quorum, and the proceedings thereof shall at 
all reasonable times be open to public inspection. 

Sec. 4. It shall be the duty of every person who is engaged 
in the practice of dentistry in this State, within six months from 
the date of the passage of this Act, to cause his or her name and 
residence or place of business to be registered with said Board of 
Examiners, who shall keep a book for that purpose; and every 
person who shall so register with said Board as a practitioner of 
dentistry, may continue to practice the same as such, without in- 
curring any of the liabilities or penalties provided in this Act. 

Sec. 5. No person, whose name is not registered on the books 
of said Board as a regular practitioner of dentistry, within the 
time prescribed in the preceding section, shall be permitted to 
practice dentistry in this State until such person shall have been 
duly examined by said Board and regularly licensed in accord- 
ance with the provisions of this Act. 

Sec. 6. Any and all persons, who shall so desire, may appear 
before said Board at any of its regular meetings and be examined 
with reference to their knowledge and skill in dental surgery, and 
if the examination of any such person or persons shall prove satis- 



REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 65 

factory to said Board, the Board of Examiners shall issue to such 
persons as they shall find from the examination to possess the 
requisite qualifications, a license to practice dentistry in accord- 
ance with the provisions of this Act. But said Board shall at all 
times issue a license to any regular graduate of any reputable 
dental college without examination, upon the payment by such 
graduate to the said Board of a fee of one dollar. All licenses 
issued by said Board shall be signed by the members thereof, and 
be attested by its President and Secretary; and such license shall 
he prima facie evidence of the right of the holder to practice den- 
tistry in the State of Illinois. 

Sec. 7. Any member of said Board may issue a temporary 
license to any applicant, upon the presentation by such applicant 
of the evidence of the necessary qualifications to practice den- 
tistry, and such temporary license shall remain in force until the 
next regular meeting of said Board occurring after the date of 
such temporary license and no longer. 

Sec. 8. Any person who shall violate any of the provisions 
of this Act shall be liable to prosecution before any court of com- 
petent jurisdiction, upon information or by indictment, and upon 
conviction may be fined not less than twenty-five dollars, nor 
more than fifty dollars, for each and every offense. All fines re- 
covered under this Act shall be paid into the common school 
fund of the county in which such conviction takes place. 

Sec. 9. In order to provide the means for carrying out and 
maintaining the provisions of this Act, the said Board of Exam- 
iners may charge each person applying to, or appearing before, 
them for examination for license to practice dentistry, a fee of 
two dollars, and out of the funds coming into the possession of 
the Board from the fees so charged, the members of said Board 
may receive as compensation the sum of five dollars for each 
day actually engaged in the duties of their office, and all legiti- 
mate and necessary expenses incurred in attending the meetings 
of said Board. Said expenses shall be paid from the fees and 
penalties received by the Board under the provisions of this Act. 
And no part of the salary or other expenses of the Board shall 
ever be paid out of the State Treasury. All moneys received in 
excess of said per diem allowance, and other expenses above 
provided for, shall be held by the Secretary of said Board as a 
special fund for meeting the expenses of said Board, he giving 

such bond as the Board shall from time to time direct. And said 
5 



66 world's history and 

Board shall make an annual report of its proceedings to the 
Governor, by the 1 5th day of December of each year, together with 
an account of all moneys received and disbursed by them pur- 
suant to this Act. 

Sec. 10. Any person who shall be licensed by said Board to 
practice dentistry, shall cause his or her license to be registered 
with the County Clerk of any county or counties in which such 
person may desire to engage in the practice of dentistry, and the 
County Clerks of the several counties in this State shall charge 
for registering such license a fee of twenty-five cents for each 
registration. Any failure, neglect or refusal on the part of any 
person holding such license to register the same with the county 
clerk as above directed, for a period of six months, shall work a 
forfeiture of the license, and no license, when once forfeited, 
shall be restored, except upon the payment to the said Board 
of Examiners of the sum of twenty-five dollars as a penalty of 
such neglect, failure or refusal. 

Approved May 30, 1881. 

INDIANA. 

(Sections 1163-1174,1889.) 



An Act to Regulate the Practice of Dentistry in the State 
of Indiana; Providing the Manner of Selecting a Board 
of Examiners; the Examinations and Qualifications of 
Applicants; the Issuing of Certificates; the Meeting of 
Said Board; the Term of Office and Pay; the Issuing of 
Permits by Individual Members of Said Board; the 
Recording of Certificates by Holders; Prescribing 
Penalty for the Violation of the Provisions of this 
Act; Repealing the Act of March 29, 1879, and all Con- 
flicting Laws; and Providing for Provisions of any Vio- 
lations of the Act of 1879 under the Provisions 
Thereof. 



Section i. Be it enacted by the General Assembly of the State of 
Indiana, That it shall be unlawful for anyone to practice dentistry 
in the State of Indiana at any time after thirty (30) days from the 
appointment of the Board of Examiners, provided for in Section two 
(2) hereof, without being registered according to the provisions 
of this Act. 



REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 67 

Sec. 2. A Board of Examiners, consisting of five (5) repu- 
table practicing dentists, shall be appointed on the last Tuesday 
of June, 1887, and biennially thereafter, one by the Governor, one 
by the State Board of Health, and three by the Indiana State 
Dental Association, said Board to serve for the term of two (2) 
years from the date of such appointment; and it shall be the 
duty of said Board, to meet annually, at the time and place fixed 
for the meeting of said Dental Association, or oftener at the call 
of any three (3) members of said Board, at such time and place 
as may be designated in such call. When convened, the said 
Board shall examine all applications, issue registration certificates 
thereon, and also examine all applicants for certificates of quali- 
fication, and issue such certificates to all such applicants as shall 
pass a satisfactory examination. 

Sec. 3. Any person who shall prove to the satisfaction of 
said Board of Examiners that he is a graduate of a Dental Col- 
lege duly and legally incorporated, and who shall present a 
diploma therefrom, and shall further show that said college is of 
good repute, shall be entitled to a registration certificate on the 
payment of a fee of one ( 1 ) dollar to said Board. 

Sec. 4. Any person who shall present to said Board of Ex- 
aminers a valid certificate of qualification, issued by the Board of 
Examiners under the provisions of any former law of this State, 
shall be entitled to a certificate of registration upon the. payment 
of a fee of one (1) dollar to said Board. 

Sec. 5. Any person who shall file before said Board of Ex- 
aminers an application under oath, and sworn to by one or more 
freeholders setting forth the fact that said applicant has been 
engaged in the lawful practice of dentistry in this State continu- 
ously since the 29th day of May, 1879, shall be entitled to a reg- 
istration certificate on the payment of a fee of one (1) dollar to 
said Board. 

Sec. 6. Any person who shall desire to obtain a certificate of 
qualification to practice dentistry in this State, and who shall not 
be entitled to a registration certificate under any of the provisions 
of the preceding sections of this Act, shall be by said Board ex- 
amined in anatomy, physiology, pathology, therapeutics, chemistry 
and the theory and practice of surgical and mechanical dentistry, 
upon the payment of a fee of five (5) dollars to said Board, and 
should such examination of said applicant prove satisfactory to 



68 world's history and 

said Board, it shall issue to said applicant a certificate of qualifi- 
cation and registration. 

Sec. 7. Any member of the Board of Examiners may grant a 
permit to practice dentistry to any person who shall file with said 
member his application therefor, but such permit shall only be 
valid until the next meeting of said Board. 

Sec. 8. All certificates (except permits) issued under this 
Act shall be signed by at least three members of said Board of 
Examiners, and said certificates shall have the seal of the "Indi- 
ana State Dental Association" affixed thereto. A majority of 
said Board shall constitute a quorum to transact business. 

Sec. 9. All persons receiving certificates of registration from 
said Board of Examiners, or permits from any member thereof, 
before beginning to practice dentistry, shall present said certificate 
of registration, or permit, to the Recorder of the county wherein 
said applicant desires to practice, and the said Recorder shall 
record said certificate, or permit, in the miscellaneous record of 
his office, and said Recorder shall indorse the recording of the 
same on the applicant's certificate, or permit, and for his services 
he shall collect from each applicant the sum of twenty-five (25) 
cents 

Sec. 10. Any person who shall violate any of the provisions 
of this Act shall, upon conviction thereof, be fined not less than 
twenty (20) nor more than one hundred (100) dollars for each 
offense; Provided, That nothing in this Act shall be construed to 
prevent any lawfully registered surgeon or physician from ex- 
tracting teeth, or performing any surgical operation in the line of 
his professional duties. 

Sec. 11. The Board shall receive out of the fund created by 
this Act such compensation for their services as the By-Laws of 
said State Dental Association may provide. 

Sec. 12. An Act entitled "An Act to regulate the practice of 
dentistry," approved March 29, 1879, and printed in the Revised 
Statutes of 1881 as Chapter 47, and being Sections 4249 to 4257 in- 
clusive, be and the same is hereby repealed, together with all laws 
in conflict with this Act; Provided, however, That all violations of 
the laws hereby repealed may be prosecuted under the provisions 
of the laws in force at the time when such offense was com- 
mitted. 



REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 69 

INDIAN TERRITORY. 
No law. 

IOWA. 
(Chapter 36, Nineteenth General Assembly.) 

An Act to Insure the Better Education of Practitioners of 
Dentistry in the State of Iowa. 

Be it Enacted by the General Assembly of the State of Iowa : 

Section i. That it shall be unlawful for any person who is not, 
at the time of the passage of this Act, engaged in the practice of 
dentistry in the State, to commence such practice unless such per- 
son shall have received a license from the Board of Examiners, 
or some member thereof as hereinafter provided, or a diploma 
from the faculty of some reputable dental college, duly author- 
ized by the laws of the State, or by some other of the United 
States, or by the laws of some foreign country m which college 
or colleges there was at the time of the issue of such diploma, 
annually delivered, a full course of lectures and instruction in 
dental surgery. 

Sec. 2. A Board of Examiners is hereby created, whose duty 
it shall be to carry out the purpose and enforce the provisions of 
this Act. The members of the Board shall be appointed by the 
Governor, and shall consist of five practicing dentists, who shall 
have been engaged in the continuous practice of dentistry in the 
State for five years or over at the time of or prior to the passage 
of this Act. The term for which the members of said Board 
shall hold their office shall be five years, except that the members 
of the Board first appointed under this Act shall hold their 
offices for one, two, three, four and five years, respectively, and 
until their successors shall be duly appointed. In case of vacancy 
in said Board, such vacancy shall be filled by the Governor. 

Sec. 3. Said Board shall choose one of its members Presi- 
dent, and one the Secretary thereof; and it shall meet at least 
once in each year, and as much oftener and at such time and 
place as it may deem necessary. A majority of said Board shall 
at all times constitute a quorum, and the proceedings thereof 
shall at all reasonable times be open to public inspection. 

Sec. 4. It shall be the duty of every person engaged in the 
practice of dentistry in the State, within six months from the date 



70 world's history and 

of the taking effect of this Act, to cause his or her name and res- 
idence or place of business to be registered with the said Board 
of Examiners, who shall keep a book for that purpose; and every 
person who shall so register with said Board as a practitioner of 
dentistry may continue to practice the same without incurring 
any of the liabilities or penalties of this Act. 

Sec. 5. No person whose name is not registered on the 
books of said Board as a regular practitioner of dentistry, within 
the limits prescribed in the preceding section, shall be permitted 
to practice dentistry in this State until such person shall have 
been duly examined by said Board and regularly licensed in 
accordance with the provisions of this Act. 

Sec. 6. Any and all persons, who shall so desire, may appear 
before said Board at any of its regular meetings, and be examined 
with reference to their knowledge and skill in dental surgery, 
and if such person shall be found, after having been so examined, 
to possess the requisite qualifications, said Board shall issue a 
license to such person to practice dentistry in accordance with 
the provisions of this Act. But said Board shall at all times 
issue a license to any regular graduate of any reputable dental 
college without examination, upon payment by such graduate to 
the said Board of a fee of five dollars. All licenses issued by 
said Board shall be signed by the members thereof and be 
attested by the President and Secretary, and such licenses shall 
be prima facie evidence of the right of the holder to practice den- 
tistry in the State of Iowa. 

Sec. 7. Any member of said Board shall issue a temporary 
license to any applicant upon the presentation by such applicant 
of the evidence of the necessary qualification to practice den- 
tistry; and such temporary license shall remain in force until the 
next regular meeting of said Board, occurring after the date of 
such temporary license and no longer. 

Sec. 8. Any person who shall violate any of the provisions 
of this Act shall be liable to prosecution, before any court of 
competent jurisdiction, upon information, and, upon conviction, 
shall be fined not less than twenty-five dollars, nor more than fifty 
dollars, for each and every offense. 

Sec. 9. In order to provide a means for carrying out and 
maintaining the provisions of this Act, the said Board of Exam- 
iners may charge each person applying to or appearing before 
them for examination for license to practice dentistry, a fee of 



REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 71 

ten dollars, and out of the funds coming into the possession of 
the Board from the fee so charged, the members of said Board 
may receive as a compensation the sum of five dollars for each 
day actually engaged in the duties of their office. And no part 
of the salary or other expenses of the Board shall he paid out of 
the State Treasury. All moneys received in excess of the said 
per diem allowance shall be held by the Secretary of said Board 
as a special fund for meeting the expenses of said Board, he giv- 
ing such bond as the Board from time to time direct. The said 
Board shall make an annual report of its proceedings to the Gov- 
ernor by the fifteenth of November, of each year, together with 
an account of all moneys received and disbursed by them, pursu- 
ant to this Act. 

Sec. io. ' Any person who shall be licensed by said Board to 
practice dentistry shall cause his or her license to be registered 
with the County Clerk of any County, or Counties, in which such 
person may desire to engage in the practice of dentistry; and the 
County Clerks of the several counties in the State shall charge 
for registering such license the fee of twenty-five cents for each 
registration. Any failure, neglect, or refusal on the part of any 
person holding such license to register the same with the County 
Clerk, as above directed, for a period of six months, shall work a 
forfeiture of the license, and no license, when once forfeited 
shall be restored, except upon the payment to the said Board of 
Examiners, of the sum of twenty-five dollars, as a penalty for 
such neglect, failure, or refusal. 

Sec. ii. Nothing in this Act shall be construed to prevent 
persons from extracting teeth. 

Approved March 8, 1882. 

KANSAS. 

Ax Act to Regulate the Practice of Dentistry and Punish 
Violators Thereof, in Kansas. 

Be it Enacted by the Legislature of the State of Kansas. 

Section i. That it shall be unlawful for any person to prac- 
tice, or attempt to practice, dentistry or dental surgery in the 
State of Kansas, without first having received a diploma from 
the faculty of some reputable dental college, school or university 
department, duly authorized by the laws of this State or some 
other of the United States, or by the laws of some foreign gov- 



72 world's history and 

ernment, and in which college, school or university department 
there was at the time of the issuance of such diploma, annually 
delivered a full course of lectures and instructions in dentistry 
and dental surgery: Provided, That nothing in Section I of this 
Act shall apply to any person engaged in the practice of dentistry 
or dental surgery in this State at the time of the passage of this 
Act, except as hereinafter provided: And provided further % That 
nothing in this Act shall be so construed as to prevent physicians, 
surgeons and others from extracting teeth. 

Sec. 2. A Board of Examiners, consisting of four practicing 
dentists, residents of this State, is hereby created, who shall have 
authority to issue certificates to persons in the practice of den- 
tistry or dental surgery in this State at the time of the passage 
of this Act, and also to decide upon the validity of such diplomas 
as may be subsequently presented for registration, as hereinafter 
provided. 

Sec. 3. The members of said Board shall be appointed by 
the Governor, and shall serve for a term of four years, excepting 
that the members of the Board first appointed shall hold their 
offices as follows: Two for two, and two for four years, respect- 
ively, and until their successors are duly appointed. In case of a 
vacancy occurring in said Board, such vacancy shall be filled by 
appointment by the Governor. 

Sec. 4. Said Board shall keep a record, in which shall be reg- 
istered the names and residence, or place of business, of all per- 
sons authorized under this Act to practice dentistry or dental sur- 
gery in this State. It shall elect one of its members President, 
and one Secretary thereof, and it shall meet at least once in each 
year, and as much oftener and at such times and places as it may 
deem necessary. A majority of the members of said Board 
shall constitute a quorum, and the proceedings thereof shall be 
at all times open for public inspection. 

Sec. 5. Every person engaged in the practice of dentistry 
or dental surgery within this State at the time of the passage of 
this Act shall, within six months thereafter, cause his or her 
name, and residence, and place of business, to be registered with 
said Board of Examiners; upon which said Board shall issue to 
such person a certificate, duly signed by a majority of the mem- 
bers of said Board, and which certificate shall entitle the person 
to whom it is issued to all the rights and privileges set forth in 
Section 1 of this Act. 



REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 73 

Sec. 6. Any person desiring to commence the practice of 
dentistry, or dental surgery, within this State after the passage 
of this Act, shall, before commencing such practice, hie for rec- 
ord, in a book kept for such purpose, with said Board of Exam- 
iners, his or her diploma, or a duly authenticated copy thereof, 
the validity of which said Board shall have power to determine. 
If accepted, said Board shall issue to the person holding such 
diploma a certificate duly signed by all or a majority of the mem- 
bers of said Board, and which certificate shall entitle the person 
to whom it is issued to all the rights and privileges set forth in 
Section i of this Act. 

Sec. 7. To provide for the proper and effective enforcement 
of this Act, said Board of Examiners shall be entitled to the fol- 
lowing fees, to-wit: For each certificate issued to persons in 
practice in this State at the time of the passage of this Act, the 
sum of three dollars; for each certificate issued to persons not 
engaged in the practice of dentistry in this State at the time of 
the passage of this Act, the sum of ten dollars. 

Sec. 8. The members of said Board shall each receive the 
compensation of five dollars per day for each day actually en- 
gaged in the duties of their office, which, together with all other 
legitimate expenses incurred in the performance of such duties, 
shall be paid from fees received by the Board under the provis- 
ions of this act; and no part of the expenses of said Board shall 
at any time be paid out of the State treasury. All moneys in ex- 
cess of said per diem allowance and other expenses shall be 
held by the Secretary of said Board as a special fund for meeting 
the expenses of said Board, he giving such bond as the Board 
shall from time to time direct; and such Board shall make an an- 
nual report of its proceedings to the Governor by the 15th day of 
December of each year, together with an account of all moneys 
received and disbursed by them in pursuance of this Act. 

Sec. 9. Any person who shall violate this Act by practicing 
or attempting to practice dentistry within the State without first 
complying with the provisions of this Act shall be deemed guilty 
of a misdemeanor, and upon conviction thereof shall be fined in 
a sum not less than ten dollars nor more than one hundred dol- 
lars. 

Sec. 10. This Act shall take effect and be in force from and 
after publication in the statutes. 

Approved February 25, 1885; took effect May 1, 1885. 



74 world's history and 

An Act Supplemental to an Act to Regulate the Practice 
of Dentistry and Punish Violators Thereof. 

Be it Enacted by the Legislature of the State of Kansas : 

Section i. Every person engaged in the practice of den- 
tistry or dental surgery within this State at the time of the pas- 
sage of the Act to regulate the practice of dentistry and punish 
violators thereof, approved February 25, 1885, and who have here- 
tofore failed or neglected to register under the provisions of said 
Act, may within six months hereafter cause his or her name and 
residence and place of business to be registered with the Board 
of Examiners provided for in said Act; and said Board shall 
issue to such person a certificate in the manner provided in such 
Act, entitling such person to all the rights and privileges set 
forth in Section 1 of said Act; said Board of Examiners to be 
entitled, for the issuance of any certificate under the provisions 
hereof, to the sum of five dollars. 

Sec. 2. This Act shall take effect and be in force from and 
after its publication in the official State paper. 
Approved March 5, 1887. 

KENTUCKY. 

An Act to Amend an Act, Entitled " An Act to Incorpo- 
rate the State Dental Association. 

(Approved February 6, 1868.) 

Section i. Be it enacted by the General Assembly of the Com- 
monwealth of Kentucky, That it shall be unlawful for any person 
to practice dentistry in the State of Kentucky, for compensation, 
unless such person has received a diploma from the faculty of a 
dental college, duly incorporated under the laws of this or any 
other of the United States or foreign country, or a certificate of 
qualification issued by the Kentucky State Dental Association: 
Provided, That nothing in this section shall apply to persons now 
engaged in the practice of dentistry in this State. 

Sec. 2. There shall be a Board of Examiners, to consist of 
three practitioners of dentistry, who, together with the President 
and Secretary of the Kentucky Dental Association shall be 
elected by said Dental Association according to its By-Laws. 

Sec. 3. It shall be the duty of said Board of Examiners, so 
elected, to meet annually at the time of meeting of said Ken- 



REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 75 

tucky State Dental Association, or oftener, at the call of any 
three of the members of said Board, or of an applicant for a cer- 
tificate to practice dentistry. 

Sec. 4. Thirty days' notice must be given of the annual meet- 
ings of said State Association and previous thereto that all ap- 
plicants for certificates to practice dentistry will be granted the 
same upon satisfactory examination. 

Sec. 5. The Kentucky State Dental Association shall cause 
to be kept a book, in which shall be registered the names of all 
persons having certificates to practice dentistry in the State of 
Kentucky, and that the book or books so kept shall be a book or 
books of record, and a transcript from the same, certified by the 
officer who has it in charge, with the seal of said Association 
affixed thereto, shall be evidence in any court in this Com- 
monwealth. 

Sec. 6. Three members of said Board of Examiners shall con- 
stitute a quorum for the transaction of business, and should a 
quorum not be present on the day appointed for their meeting, 
those present may adjourn from day to day until a quorum is 
present. 

Sec. 7. Any person who shall, in violation of this Act, prac- 
tice dentistry in the State of Kentucky for a fee or reward shall 
be liable to indictment by the Grand Jury of the county in which 
the offense is committed, and, upon conviction, shall be fined in 
the penal sum of not less than fifty nor more than two hundred 
dollars for each offense: Provided, That nothing in this Act shall 
be construed to prevent physicians or surgeons from extracting 
teeth. 

Sec. 8. On the trial of indictments found as aforesaid, it shall 
be incumbent on the defendant to show that he has authority un- 
der the law to practice dentistry to exempt himself from the 
penalty by law prescribed. 

Sec. 9. All fines collected under this Act shall inure to the 
benefit of common school education, and be added to the fund 
of such common school in the county in which the offense is 
committed. 

Sec. 10. In order to provide a fund to carry out the provis- 
ions in the third section of this Act, it shall be the duty of the 
Board of Examiners to collect from all who receive the certificate 
to practice dentistry a sum not to exceed twenty dollars each, of 
which sum, if there be any remaining after paying necessary ex- 



76 world's history and 

penses, the balance shall be paid into the treasury of said Kentucky 
State Dental Association, to be kept as a fund for the purpose of 
carrying out more fully and perfectly the provisions of this Act. 

Sec. ii. The Board of Examiners shall receive such remu- 
neration for their services as the By-Laws of said Kentucky Dental 
Association may provide. 

Sec. 12. This Act shall take effect and be in force from and 
after its passage. 

(Chapter 1017.) 

An Act to Amend the Charter of the Kentucky State 

Dental Association. 

(Approved May 10, 1886.) 

Section i. Be it enacted by tlie General Assembly of the Common- 
wealth of Kentucky, The Board of Examiners of the Kentucky 
State Dental Association shall keep a record in which (shall) be 
registered the names and residence, or place of business, of all 
persons authorized under this Act to practice dentistry or dental 
surgery in this State. 

Sec. 2. Every person now legally engaged in the practice of 
dentistry or dental surgery in this State at the time of the passage 
of this Act, shall, within six months thereafter, cause his name 
and residence, or place of business, to be registered with said 
Board of Examiners, upon which said Board shall issue a certifi- 
cate to such person, duly signed by a majority of the members of 
said Board, and which certificate shall entitle the person to whom 
it is issued to all the rights and privileges set forth in Section 1 
of an Act approved April 8, 1878, to amend an Act entitled "An 
Act to Incorporate the Kentucky State Dental Association." 

Sec. 3. Any person desiring to commence the practice of 
dentistry or dental surgery within the State after the passage of 
this Act, shall, before the commencement of such practice, un- 
dergo a satisfactory examination before the Board of Examiners 
of the Kentucky State Dental Association, or file for record, in a 
book kept for such purpose with said Board of Examiners, his 
diploma, or a duly authenticated copy thereof, the validity of 
which the Board shall have power to determine. If such diploma 
is accepted, or the applicant stands a satisfactory examination, 
said Board shall issue to such a person a certificate duly signed 
by all or a majority of said Board, and which certificate shall en- 



REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 77 

title the person to whom it is issued to all the rights and privi- 
leges set forth in Section I of an Act approved April 8, 1878, to 
amend an Act entitled " An Act to Incorporate the Kentucky 
State Dental Association: Provided, That nothing in this amend- 
ment shall be so construed as to prevent physicians or surgeons 
from extracting teeth. 

Sec. 4. Any person who shall, in violation of this Act, prac- 
tice dentistry or dental surgery in the State of Kentucky, for fee 
or reward, shall be subject to indictment by the Grand Jury of 
the county in which the offense is committed, and upon convic- 
tion shall be fined in the sum of not less than fifty dollars nor 
more than two hundred dollars for each offense. 

Sec. 5. All Acts or parts of (Acts) in conflict with this Act 
are hereby repealed. 

Sec. 6. This Act shall take effect from and after its passage. 

LOUISIANA. 

An Act to Regulate the Practice of Dentistry within the 
State of Louisiana, and to Protect the People Against 
Empiricism in Regard to the Same. 

Section i. Be it enacted by the General Assembly of the State of 
Louisiana, That, from and after the passage of this Act, it shall 
be unlawful for an}' person to practice dentistry in the State of 
Louisiana, unless said person has graduated and received a di- 
ploma from the faculty of a dental college, chartered under the 
authority of some one of the United States, or of some foreign 
government, or shall have obtained a certificate from a Board of 
Examining Dentists, duly authorized by this Act to issue such 
certificates. 

Sec. 2. Be it further enacted, etc., That the Board of Examin- 
ing Dentists shall consist of five dental graduates, practitioners 
of dentistry, who are members in good standing in the Louisiana 
State Dental Society, and have been practicing in the State of 
Louisiana for a term not less than three years. Said Board shall 
be elected by the State Dental Society to serve for two years. 
The President of said Louisiana State Dental Society shall have 
power to fill all vacancies in the said Board for unexpired terms. 

Sec. 3. Be it further e?iacted, etc., That it shall be the duty of 
this Board, first, to meet, annually, at the time of the meeting of 
the Louisiana State Dental Society, or oftener at the call of any 



78 world's history and 

three members of said Board, and after thirty days' notice thereof; 
second, to grant a certificate to any applicant who shall furnish 
satisfactory evidence of having graduated or received a diploma 
from any incorporated dental college, without fee, charge or ex- 
amination; thirdly, to grant certificates to all other applicants who 
may undergo a satisfactory examination, also without fee or charge 
of any kind; fourthly, to keep a book in which shall be registered 
the names of all persons to whom such certificate shall be granted. 

Sec. 4. Be it further enacted, etc., That the book so kept shall 
be a book of record, and a transcript from it, certified to by the 
officer who has it in keeping, shall be evidence in any court of 
this State. 

Sec. 5. Be it further enacted, etc., That three members of said 
Board shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business; 
and should a quorum not be present on the day of meeting, those 
present may adjourn from day to day until a quorum be present. 

Sec. 6. Be it further enacted, etc., That two members of said 
Board may grant a certificate to any applicant to practice until 
the next authorized meeting of the Board, when they shall report 
the fact, and such temporary certificate shall expire, but such 
temporary certificate shall not be granted after the Board shall have 
refused a certificate. 

Sec. 7. Be it further enacted, etc., That any person who shall in 
violation of this Act, pretending to be a regular practitioner of 
dentistry, practice dentistry in the State of Louisiana, shall be 
liable to indictment, and, on conviction, shall be fined not less 
than fifty dollars nor more than three hundred dollars: Provided, 
That nothing in this Act shall apply to regular physicians and 
surgeons. 

Sec. 8. Be it further enacted, etc., That one-half of all fines col- 
lected shall inure to the Louisiana Dental Society, and the other 
half to the educational fund of the parish in which the offense 
was committed. 

Sec. 9. Be it further enacted, etc., That dentists who are in 
practice in this State at the time of the passage of this Act shall 
be exempt from the provisions made in the first section thereof. 

Sec. 10. Be it further enacted, etc., That all laws and parts of 
laws in conflict with the provisions of this Act be and the same 
are hereby repealed. 

Approved March 10, 1880. 

[Note. — A new Act has passed the Senate and House of Representatives 
but has not been signed by the Governor of the State.] - 



REVIEW OF DENTISTRY 



MAINE. 



Ax Act to Insure the Better Education of Practitioners of 
Dental Surgery and to Regulate the Practice of Den- 
tistry in The State of Maine. 

Be it Enacted by the Senate and House of Representatives in Legislature 
Assembled, as follows : 

Section i. Xo person shall practice, attempt to practice, or 
hold himself out to be a practitioner of dentistry or dental sur- 
gery until he or she shall have first received a certificate as herein- 
after provided; and whoever violates the provisions of this sec- 
tion shall be fined not less than twenty-five nor more than one 
hundred dollars for each offense. This section shall take effect 
three months after the approval of this Act. 

Sec. 2. A Board of Examiners to consist of five dentists of 
good standing who have been in the practice of dentistry in this 
State not less than five years, is hereby created. The members 
of said Board shall be appointed by the Governor, with advice 
and consent of council, to hold office for the term of three years 
and until their successors are qualified, except, however, that the 
first five members to constitute said Board shall be appointed to 
hold as follows, to- wit: Two for the term of one year, two for two 
years and one for three years. Vacancies in said Board at any 
time occurring shall be filled by the Governor in accordance with 
the provisions of this section. 

Sec. 3. Before entering upon their duties the members of 
said Board shall take and subscribe the oaths prescribed by law 
to be taken by other officers appointed in like manner. As soon 
as convenient after their appointment the members of said Board 
shall meet and organize by choosing one of their number who 
shall serve as President and another as Secretary for the ensuing 
year and until their successors are chosen, and shall meet annu- 
ally thereafter at a time and place to be determined by said Board 
at its previous annual meeting, and may meet at such other times 
and places as said Board may deem necessary. A majority of 
the members of said Board shall constitute a quorum, a true rec- 
ord of whose proceedings shall be kept by the Secretary, and 
shall be opened at all reasonable times to public inspection. The 
Secretary, under the direction of the Board, shall further keep a 
register in which shall be entered the name, residence and place 
of business of every person authorized under this Act to practice 



80 world's history and 

dentistry, and shall certify a copy of the same to the Secretary 
of State, who shall enter the same in a book to be kept for that 
purpose. 

Sec. 4. Every person engaged in the practice of dentistry or 
dental surgery in this State at the time of approval of this Act 
shall, within three months thereafter, cause his or her name, res- 
idence and place of business to be registered with said Board of 
Examiners. The statements of every such person shall be veri- 
fied under oath before a notary public or justice of the peace in 
such manner as may be prescribed by the Board; and upon due 
compliance and payment of the fee as provided in Section 7 
of this Act, shall receive from said Board a certificate in due 
form, signed by the President and attested by the Secretary, au- 
thorizing such persons to practice dentistry in the State. 

Sec. 5. Any person, desiring to practice dentistry or den- 
tal surgery in this State who is not entitled to register under the 
preceding section, upon first passing a satisfactory examination 
before said Board, in anatomy, physiology, pathology, therapeu- 
tics, chemistry and the theory and practice of dentistry, and on 
payment of the fee as provided in section seven of this Act, shall 
be entitled to registration and shall receive a certificate as pro- 
vided in section four of this Act. 

Sec. 6. The Secretary of said Board may grant a temporary 
permit to practice dentistry to any suitable person who shall file 
with said Secretary his application therefor, and shall deposit 
with him the sum of ten dollars, to be applied towards the pay- 
ment of said applicant's examination fee. Such permit shall be 
valid only until the next meeting of said Board. 

Sec. 7. The Board shall receive from the applicant for each cer- 
tificate issued under section four of this Act the sum of one dollar. 
For the examination of each person under the provisions of sec- 
tion five, twenty dollars, which shall in no case be returned, but 
shall entitle the applicant to another examination without pay- 
ment of additional fees. The above fees shall be in full for all 
services and expenses. 

Sec. 8. Nothing in this Act shall be so construed as to re- 
strict or interfere with physicians and surgeons in the discharge 
of their professional duties, or with any citizen in the extraction 
of teeth in cases of emergency. 

Approved March 4, 1891. 



REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 81 

MARYLAND. 

An Act to Insure the Better Education of Practitioners 
of Dental Surgery, and to Regulate the Practice of 
Dentistry in the State of Maryland. 

Section i. Be it enacted by the General Assembly of Maryland, 
That it shall be unlawful for any person who is not, at the time 
of the passage of this Act, engaged in the practice of dentistry, 
in this State to practice dentistry, unless he or she shall have ob- 
tained a certificate as hereinafter provided, or shall hold a diploma 
from a university or college chartered by or under the laws of 
this State authorized to grant diplomas in dental surgery. 

Sec. 2. Be it enacted, That a Board of Examiners, to consist 
of five reputable practicing dentists, is hereby created, whose 
duty it shall be to carry out the purposes and enforce the provis- 
ions of this Act; and the members of said Board shall be ap- 
pointed by the Governor, who shall select them from the dentists 
residing in this State: Provided, That none of said Board shall 
be pecuniarily connected with any dental college or dental de- 
partment of any college or university. The term for which the 
members of said Board shall hold their ofrices shall be four years, 
except that two members of the Board, first to be appointed un- 
der this Act, shall be designated by the Governor to hold their 
ofrices for the term of two, and three for four, years, respectively, 
unless sooner removed by the Governor, and until their succes- 
sors shall be duly appointed; in case of a vacancy occurring in 
said Board, such vacancy shall be filled in like manner by the 
Governor. 

Sec. 3. Be it enacted, That said Board shall choose one of its 
members President and one Secretary thereof; it shall fix the 
time and place of its meeting or meetings; a majority of said 
Board shall at all times constitute a quorum, and the proceedings 
thereof shall at all reasonable times be open to public inspec- 
tion; the Board shall also make an annual report of its proceed- 
ings to the Governor. 

Sec. 4. Be it enacted, That within six months from the time 
this Act takes effect it shall be the duty of every person who is 
at that time engaged in the practice of dentistry in this State 
to cause his or her name and residence or place of business to be 
registered with said Board of Examiners, who shall keep a book 
for that purpose; the statement of such person shall be verified 

6 



82 world's history and 

under oath before a notary public or justice of the peace, in such 
a manner as may be prescribed by the said Board of Examiners; 
every person who shall so register with said Board as a practi- 
tioner of dentistry may continue to practice the same as such, 
and shall receive a certificate of such registration upon his or her 
paying the said Board one dollar for such certificate. 

Sec. 5. Be it enacted, That any and all persons who shall de- 
sire to commence such practice may appear before said Board at 
any of its regular meetings, and be examined with reference to their 
knowledge and skill in dental surgery, and if the examination of 
any person or persons shall prove satisfactory to said Board, the 
Board of Examiners shall issue to such persons as they shall 
find to possess the requisite qualifications a certificate to that 
effect, in accordance with the provisions of this Act, upon the 
payment of one dollar for such certificate. All certificates issued 
by said Board shall be signed by its officers, and such certificates 
and diplomas, granted as aforesaid, shall be prima facie evidence 
of the right of the holder to practice dentistry in the State of 
Maryland. 

Sec. 6. Be it enacted \ That any person who shall willfully vio- 
late any of the provisions of this act shall be deemed guilty of a 
misdemeanor, and upon conviction thereof, in any court having 
criminal jurisdiction, may be fined not less than fifty dollars nor 
more than three hundred dollars, or be confined not more than six 
months in the county jail, in the discretion of the court. All 
fines received under this Act shall be paid into the common school 
fund of the city or county in which such conviction takes place. 

Sec. 7. Be it enacted, That one member of said Board may 
grant any certificate provided for in this Act to any applicant, 
upon presentation by such applicant of the evidence requisite for 
obtaining said certificate, which certificate shall remain in force 
until the next regular meeting of the said Board after the grant- 
ing of said certificate and no longer; but no such certificate shall 
be issued by such member after such applicant has been rejected 
by said Board. 

Sec. 8. Be it enacted, That nothing in this Act shall be so 
construed as to interfere with the rights and privileges of physi- 
cians and surgeons in the discharge of their professional duties. 

Sec. 9. Be it enacted, That this Act shall take effect from the 
date of its passage. 

Approved March 31, 1884. 



REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 83 

Be it enacted by the General Assembly of Mary 'land, That sections 
one and eight of the Act passed at the January session, eighteen 
hundred and eighty-four, entitled "An Act to insure the better 
-education of practitioners of dental surgery, and to regulate the 
practice of dentistry in the State of Maryland," be, and the same 
is hereby, repealed and re-enacted, so as to read as follows: 

Section i. That it shall be unlawful for any person who is 
not, at the time of the passage of this Act, engaged in the prac- 
tice of dentistry, to practice dentistry unless he or she shall have 
obtained a certificate as herein provided, or shall hold a diploma 
from a university or college authorized to grant diplomas in den- 
tal surgery; any person holding such a diploma, and desiring to 
commence such practice, shall present the same to the Board of 
Examiners created by this Act, for approval; such Examining 
Board, being satisfied as to the qualifications of the applicant 
and the genuineness of the diploma, shall endorse the same as 
approved, and issue the certificate of registration provided for in 
this Act. 

Sec. 8. That nothing in this Act shall be so construed as to 
interfere with the rights and privileges of resident physicians .and 
surgeons in the discharge of their professional duties. 

Approved April 7, 1886. 

MASSACHUSETTS. 

An Act to Establish a Board of Registration in Dentistry. 
Be it E?iacted, etc. , as follows : 

Section i. The Governor of the Commonwealth, with the 
advice and consent of the council, shall appoint, after the passage 
of this Act, five skilled dentists of good repute, residing and 
doing business within the Commonwealth, who shall constitute a 
Board of Registration in Dentistry; but no person shall be eligi- 
ble to serve on said Board unless he or she shall have been 
regularly graduated from some reputable medical or dental col- 
lege duly authorized to grant degrees in dentistry, or shall have 
been engaged in the practice of dentistry for a period of not less 
than ten years previous to his appointment: Provided, hozvever, 
that no person shall be eligible to serve on said Board who is in 
any way pecuniarily connected with any dental college or dental 
department of any college or university. The term for which 



84 world's history and 

the members of said Board shall hold their office shall be three 
years, except that two of the members of the Board, first to be 
appointed under this Act, shall hold their office for the term of 
one year, two for the term of two years and one for the term of 
three years, respectively, and until their successors shall be duly 
appointed and qualified. In case of a vacancy occurring in said 
Board such vacancy shall be filled by the Governor, in conformity 
with this section. Any member of said Board may be removed 
from office for cause, by the Governor, with the advice and con- 
sent of the council. 

Sec. 2. Said Board shall choose one of its members Presi- 
dent, and one Secretary thereof, and it shall meet at least twice 
in each year. Four of said Board shall constitute a quorum, and 
the proceedings thereof shall, at all reasonable times, be open to 
public inspection. 

Sec. 3. Within six months from the time this Act takes 
effect, it shall be the duty of every person who is at that time 
engaged in the practice of dentistry in this State to cause his or 
her name, residence and place of business, to be registered with 
said Board, who shall keep a book for that purpose. The state- 
ments of every such person shall be verified under oath before a 
notary public or justice of the peace in such manner as may be 
prescribed by the Board. Every person engaged in the practice 
of dentistry within this Commonwealth at the time of the passage 
of this Act and who shall so register with said Board as a practi- 
tioner of dentistry shall receive a certificate to that effect, and 
may continue to practice without incurring any of the liabilities 
or penalties provided in this Act. 

Sec. 4. All persons not provided for in section three may 
appear before said Board at any of its regular meetings and 
be examined, either orally or by written examination, at the 
option of the several applicants, with reference to their knowl- 
edge and skill in dentistry and dental surgery; and if the exami- 
nation of any such person or persons shall prove satisfactory to 
said Board, the Board shall issue to such persons as it finds to 
possess the requisite qualifications, a certificate to that effect, in 
accordance with the provisions of this Act. All certificates 
issued by said Board shall be signed by its officers; and such cer- 
tificates shall he prima facie evidence of the right of the holder to 
practice dentistry in Massachusetts. 

Sec. 5. Any person who shall violate any of the provisions 



REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 85 

of this Act, shall be deemed guilty of a misdemeanor, and upon 
conviction may be fined not less than fifty nor more than one 
hundred dollars, or confined three months in the county jail, for 
each and every offense. 

Sec. 6. The said Board shall charge each person receiving a 
certificate the sum of fifty cents, and each person appearing be- 
fore them for examination for a certificate of qualification a fee 
of ten dollars, which fee shall in no case be returned. Any per- 
son failing to pass a satisfactory examination shall be entitled to 
be re-examined at any future meeting of the Board, free of 
charge, but no applicant shall be examined oftener than twice in 
one year. Said Board shall make an annual report of its pro- 
ceedings to the Governor by the thirty-first day of December in 
each year. All fees received by the Board under this Act shall 
be paid by the Secretary of the Board into the treasury of the 
Commonwealth once in each month. 

Sec. 7. The compensation and all necessary expenses of the 
Board shall be paid from the treasury of the Commonwealth. 
The compensation of the Board shall be five dollars each for 
every day actually spent in the discharge of their duties, and 
three cents per mile each way for necessary traveling expenses 
in attending the meetings of the Board, but in no case shall any 
more be paid than was actually expended. Such compensation 
and expenses shall be approved by the Board and sent to the 
Auditor of the Commonwealth, who shall certify to the Governor 
and council the amounts due, as in case of all other bills and 
accounts approved by him under the provisions of law: Provided, 
That the amount so paid shall not exceed the amount received 
by the Treasurer and Receiver-General of the Commonwealth 
from the Board in fees as herein specified, and so much of said 
receipts as may be necessary is hereby appropriated for the com- 
pensation and expenses as aforesaid. 

Sec. 8. Any person who shall falsely claim or pretend to 
have or hold a certificate or license granted by any Board organ- 
ized under and pursuant to the provisions of this Act, or who 
shall falsely and with intent to deceive the public, claim or pre- 
tend to be a graduate from any incorporated dental college, or 
who shall practice dentistry without obtaining a certificate as 
provided in this Act, shall be deemed guilty of misdemeanor, and 
shall be liable to the same penalty as provided in section five. 

Sec. 9. Nothing in this Act shall apply to any practicing 



86 world's history and 

physician who is a graduate from the medical department of any 
incorporated college. 

Sec. io. This Act shall take effect upon its passage. 

Approved April i, 1887. 

MICHIGAN. 

The Law for the Regulation of the Practice of Dentistry 
in the State of Michigan, as Amended in 1891, now Reads 
as follows: 

The People of the State of Michigan Enact as follows: 

Section i. It shall hereafter be unlawful for any person to 
practice dentistry in this State unless such person has received a 
diploma from the faculty of a reputable dental college, duly in- 
corporated under the laws of this or some other State of the 
United States, with a course of instruction and practice fully 
equal or equivalent to that of the College of Dental Surgery of 
the University of Michigan, or a certificate of qualification from 
the Board of Examiners provided for by this Act: Provided, 
That the provisions of this Act shall in no way apply to or affect 
any person who is now located and lawfully in actual practice in 
this State. 

Sec. 2. Said Board of Examiners shall be appointed by the 
Governor of the State, and shall consist of three practical den- 
tists who shall be regular graduates of a reputable dental college, 
duly incorporated under the laws of this State or some other State 
of the United States, or otherwise possess the necessary qualifi- 
cations contemplated by this Act. 

Sec. 3. Each member of this Board of Examiners shall serve 
for a term of three years, and until his successor is duly ap- 
pointed and qualified; except in case of the first Board, the 
members thereof shall serve, respectively, one, two, and three 
years, as specified in the appointment of the Governor. 

Sec. 4. The Board of Examiners shall be organized as fol- 
lows: The member having but one year to serve shall be Presi- 
dent of the Board; the one having two years shall be Treasurer 
and the one having three years shall be Secretary. The Treasurer 
shall make and file with the Secretary of State a good and suf- 
ficient bond to the people of the State of Michigan, in the penal 
sum of one thousand dollars, conditioned that he will well and 
truly pay over all moneys received by him as such Treasurer, in 



REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 87 

compliance with the provisions of this Act, and otherwise faith- 
fully discharge the duties of his office. 

Sec. 5. The Board of Examiners shall meet, at least, once in 
each year, for the purpose of examining applicants, after having 
given personally, or by mail, thirty days' written or printed no- 
tice to each practicing dentist in the State who has filed his name 
and address with the Secretary of said Board. The said Board is 
authorized to incur all necessary expenses in the prompt and ef- 
ficient discharge of its duties, and pay the same, with any 
moneys in the hands of its Treasurer. 

Sec. 6. Each member of said Board shall qualify by taking 
the oath of office prescribed by the constitution of this State, 
and filing the same with the Secretary of State before entering 
upon the duties of his office. Should a vacancy occur in said 
Board, the Governor of this State shall fill the same by appoint- 
ment. 

Sec. 7. Any member of said Board of Examiners may, when 
the Board is not in session, examine applicants, and in case any 
applicant is found competent, grant a license to him to practice 
dentistry in this State until the next meeting of said Board, and 
no longer. Each applicant so examined shall pay the sum of 
three dollars: Provided, That no member of said Board shall 
grant a license to any one who has been rejected on examination 
by the Board. 

Sec. 8. Should any member of said Board be unable to at- 
tend at the meeting of the Board for the examination of appli- 
cants, he may appoint in writing a substitute, who shall have the 
same power on the examination that the member appointing him 
would have, if present: Provided, Such substitute be a person eli- 
gible to be a member of said Board within the provisions of this 
Act. And provided further, That the appointment of such substi- 
tute be by and with the written consent of the other members of 
the Board. 

Sec. 9. Each applicant for examination by the Board shall 
pay into the treasury of the Board the sum of ten dollars, which 
shall constitute a fund to defray the expenses of the Board; and 
each member of the Board shall receive therefrom the sum of 
three dollars per day for services rendered as such examiner. 
Tlie Board shall keep a list of the names of all persons to whom 
licenses have been granted under the provisions of this Act, and 
also of all persons practicing dentistry in this State, in a book 



88 world's history and 

provided for that purpose, with the names arranged in alphabet- 
ical order. 

Sec. io. Any sum in excess of one hundred dollars which, 
under the provisions of this Act, may accumulate in the treasury 
of said Board, shall be paid by Treasurer thereof into the treasury 
of this State. 

Sec. ii. Each person now engaged in the practice of den- 
tistry in this State shall, within ninety days after this Act take 
effect, send an affidavit to the Secretary of the Board setting forth 
his name, place of business, postoffice address, the length of time 
he has been engaged in practice in this State, and if a graduate 
of a dental college, state the name of the same, and also pay to 
the Treasurer of said Board the sum of twenty-five cents, and on 
failure to comply with said provisions of this section he shall be 
required to appear and be examined by said Board. 

[Note.— The above, section 11, was in no way altered or changed by the 
amendments of 1891, and applied only to persons in practice at the time of the 
passage of the original Act in 1883.] 

Sec. 12. Any person who shall practice dentistry in this 
State, in violation of the provisions of this Act, shall be deemed 
guilty of a misdemeanor, and upon conviction thereof shall be 
fined not less than twenty-five dollars, nor more than one hun- 
dred dollars, or sentenced to imprisonment in the county jail for 
a period not exceeding ninety days, or both; such fine and im- 
prisonment is in the discretion of the court: Provided, That 
nothing in this Act shall be construed so as to interfere with 
physicians and surgeons in their practice as such. 

Sec. 13. For the purposes of instruction, students may be 
employed to assist in dental offices and in the college of dental 
surgery of the University of Michigan, under the immediate ob- 
servation and advice of the legal proprietors and professors 
thereof, but no person not legally qualified and registered under 
this Act shall assume the charge and management of any dental 
office, or the responsibility of deciding upon or the doing of 
dentistry at any private residence or elsewhere. 

Sec. 14. All persons not now registered who desire to prac- 
tice dentistry in this State shall apply to the Secretary of the 
Board for registration. Each person seeking registration by vir- 
tue of a diploma shall send an affidavit to the Secretary of the 
Board, setting forth his name, place of business, postoffice 
address, the date of his graduation, and the name of the dental 



REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 89 

school from which graduated, and a registration fee of three 
dollars. 

All applicants found qualified under this Act shall be prop- 
erly and promptly registered by the Secretary of the Board. 

The above law as amended took effect on the first day of 
October, 1891. 

MINNESOTA. 

An Act to Regulate the Practice of Dentistry in the 

State of Minnesota. 

Be it Enacted by the Legislative of the State of Mi?mesota : 

Section i. From and after September 1, 1889, it shall be un- 
lawful for any person to practice dentistry in this State, unless he 
shall first have obtained a certificate of registration thereto, and 
filed the same or a certified copy thereof with the clerk of the 
district court of the county of his residence, all as hereinafter 
provided. 

Sec. 2. A Board of Examiners to consist of five resident 
practicing dentists is hereby created, whose duty it shall be to 
carry out the purposes and enforce the provisions of this Act. 
The members of the first Board under the provisions of this Act 
shall consist of the members of the present Board of Dental 
Examiners, existing under Chapter 199 of the General Laws of 
1885, who shall hold their offices as members of such new Board 
for the term for which they were appointed under said former 
Act, and until their successors are duly appointed. All vacancies 
in said Board shall be filled by appointment by the Governor, as 
hereinafter provided. The term for which members of said 
Board shall be appointed shall be three years, and until their suc- 
cessors shall be duly appointed. It is also hereby provided that 
no person shall serve to exceed two terms in succession. In case 
of any vacancy occurring in said Board in the term of any mem- 
ber of said Board, such vacancy shall be filled for such unexpired 
term by the Governor from names to be presented to him within 
two months of the occurrence of such vacancy by the Minnesota 
State Dental Association in the same manner as hereinafter pro- 
vided. It shall be the duty of said Minnesota State Dental Asso- 
ciation, after September 1, 1889, annually prior to August 10, to 
present to the Governor the names of twice as man}' practicing 
dentists resident in this State as there are regular members to be 



90 world's history and 

appointed of said Board prior to September 1st, in the following" 
year. All appointments by the Governor shall be made within 
twenty days of the submission of such names to him, and if such 
names shall not be submitted to him within the allotted time, he 
shall make his appointments within twenty days from the expira- 
tion of the time allowed for such presentation of names from 
among the resident practicing dentists: Provided, That nothing- 
in this Act shall prevent the appointment of two members of 
said Board from among the resident practicing dentists not mem- 
bers of said Minnesota State Dental Association, if the Governor 
shall so elect. 

Sec. 3. Said Board shall choose at its first regular meeting, 
annually, one of its members President and one Secretary thereof, 
who severally shall have the power during their term of office to 
administer oaths and take affidavits, certifying thereto under 
their hand and the seal of the said Board. And after September 
1, 1889, said Board shall meet regularly at least twice in each 
year, to-wit: On the first Tuesday in April and October, and at 
such other times as may be deemed necessary by the Board. 
Such meetings shall be held at the medical department of the 
University of the State of Minnesota. A majority of said Board 
shall at all times constitute a quorum, and the proceedings thereof 
shall at all reasonable times be open to public inspection. And 
it is furthermore provided, that in the event of any member of 
said Board absenting himself from two of its regular meetings 
consecutively, the Board shall declare a vacancy to exist, which 
vacancy shall be filled by the means hereinbefore provided. 

Sec. 4. It shall be the duty of the first Board hereinbefore 
provided for to meet at the city of Duluth in said State on the 
second Tuesday in July, 1889, and elect officers, and within ten 
days thereafter to transfer to a register to be provided by them 
for that purpose, the name, residence and place of business of 
each and every person who on the second Wednesday in Jul}', 
1889, and pursuant to an Act of the legislature of the State of 
Minnesota, approved March 3, 1885, shall be qualified to practice 
dentistry in the State of Minnesota, and who shall then be duly 
registered on the books of the Board created by said Act of 
March 3, 1885. No certificates of license to practice dentistry 
shall be issued after the second Wednesday in July, 1889, under 
said Act of March 3, 1885. It shall be the duty of the said secre- 
tary of the first Board hereby created to send to each person so 



REVIEW OF DENTISTRV. 91 

registered, prior to August 5, 1889, a certificate of his enregistra- 
tion signed by the President and Secretary of such Board of Ex- 
aminers. 

Sec. 5. Any person or persons who shall desire to begin the 
practice of dentistry in the State of Minnesota on and after 
September I, 1889, shall file his name, together with an applica- 
tion for examination, with the Secretary of the State Board of 
Dental Examiners, and at the time of making such application 
shall pay to the Secretary of said Board a fee of ten dollars, and 
shall present himself at the first regular meeting thereafter of 
said Board to undergo examination before that body. In order 
to be eligible for such examination such person shall present to 
said Board his diploma from some dental college in good stand- 
ing, and shall give satisfactory evidence of his rightful possession 
of the same, provided also that the Board may in its discretion 
admit to examination such other persons as shall give satisfactory 
evidence of having been engaged in the practice of dentistry ten 
years prior to the date of passage of this Act. Said Board shall 
have the power to determine the good standing of any college or 
colleges from which such diplomas may have been granted. The 
examinations shall be elementary and practical in character, but 
sufficiently thorough to test the fitness of the candidate to prac- 
tice dentistry. It shall include, written in the English language, 
questions on the following subjects: anatomy, physiology, chem- 
istry, materia medica, therapeutics, metallurgy, histology, pathol- 
ogy, operative and surgical dentistry, mechanical dentistry, and 
also demonstrations of their skill in operative and mechanical 
dentistry. All persons successfully passing such examinations 
shall be registered as licensed dentists in the Board register pro- 
vided for in section 4, and also receive a certificate of such enreg- 
istration, said certificate to be signed by the President and Secre- 
tary of the Board. The examination fee shall in no case be 
refunded. 

Sec. 6. Recipients of said certificate of enregistration shall 
present the same for record to the clerk of the district court of 
the county in which they reside, and shall pay a fee of fifty cents 
to said clerk for registration of the same. Said clerk shall record 
said certificate in a book to be provided by him for that purpose. 
Any person so licensed removing his residence from one 
county to another in this State, before engaging in the prac- 
tice of dentistrv in such other county, shall obtain from the clerk 



92 world's history and 

of the district court of the county in which said certificate of 
registration is recorded a certified copy of such record or else 
obtain a new certificate of registration from the Board of Exam- 
iners, and shall, before commencing practice in such county, file 
the same for record with the clerk of the court of the county to 
which he removes, and pay the clerk for recording the same the 
fee of fifty cents. Any failure, neglect or refusal on the part of 
any person holding such certificate or copy of record to file the 
same for record as hereinbefore provided, for six months from 
the issuance thereof, shall forfeit the same. Such Board shall be 
entitled to the fee of one dollar for the re-issue of any certificate, 
and the clerk of the district court for any county shall be entitled 
to the fee of one dollar for making and certifying a copy of the 
record of any such certificate. 

Sec. 7. All persons shall be said to be practicing dentistry 
within the meaning of this Act who shall for a fee or salary, or 
other reward paid either to himself or to another person for opera- 
tions or parts of operations of any kind, treat diseases or lesions 
of the human tooth or jaws or correct malpositions thereof. But 
nothing in this Act contained shall be taken to apply to acts of 
bona fide students of dentistry done in the pursuit of clinical ad- 
vantages under the direct supervision of a preceptor or a licensed 
dentist in this State, during the period of their enrollment in a 
dental college and attending upon a regular uninterrupted course 
in such college. 

Sec. 8. Out of funds coming into possession of the Board, 
the members of said Board may receive, as compensation, the 
sum of five dollars for each day actually engaged in the duties of 
their office, and mileage at three cents per mile for all distance 
necessarily traveled in going to and coming from meetings of the 
Board. Said expenses shall be paid from the fees and assess- 
ments received by the Board under the provisions of this Act, 
and no part of the salary or other expenses of the Board shall 
ever be paid out of the State treasury. All moneys received in 
excess of said per diem allowances and mileage as above pro- 
vided for shall be held by the Secretary of said Board as a special 
fund for meeting expenses of said Board and carrying out the 
provisions of this Act, he giving such bond as the Board shall 
from time to time direct. And said Board shall make an annual 
report of its proceedings to the Governor by the 15th of Decern- 



REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 93 

ber of each year, which report shall contain an account of all 
moneys received and disbursed by them pursuant to this Act. 

Sec. 9. Any person who shall violate any of the provisions 
of this Act shall be deemed guilty of a misdemeanor, and upon 
conviction may be fined not less than twenty dollars nor more 
than one hundred dollars, or to be confined not less than one 
month nor more than three months in the county jail, or both. 
And all fines thus received shall be paid into the common school 
fund of the county in which such conviction takes place. 

Sec. 10. Any person who shall knowingly or falsely claim or 
pretend to have or hold a certificate of enregistration, diploma or 
degree granted by a society or by said Board, or who shall falsely 
and with the intent to deceive the public, claim or pretend to be 
a graduate from any incorporated dental college, not being such 
graduate, shall be deemed guilty of a misdemeanor, and shall be 
liable to the penalties provided in Section 9 of this Act. 

Sec. II. Justices of the peace and the respective municipal 
courts shall have jurisdiction over violations of this Act. It shall 
be the duty of the respective County Attorneys to prosecute all 
violations of this Act. 

Sec. 12. Any person who shall be licensed under the pro- 
visions of this Act, and who shall practice dentistry under a false 
name with intent to deceive the public, shall be liable to have said 
license revoked upon twenty days' notice of such proposed revo- 
cation, and of the time and place of considering such revocation 
by order of the State Board of Dental Examiners. And any per- 
son, who, after revocation of his license, shall continue to prac- 
tice dentistry in the State of Minnesota shall be deemed guilty of 
a violation of the provisions of this Act and shall be subject to 
the penalties provided therein. Nor shall a certificate to a per- 
son under one name be any defense to an action brought against 
him for practicing without a certificate under another, unless it be 
shown that such practice under such other name was done with- 
out intent to defraud or deceive. 

Sec. 13. Every registered dentist shall in each and every 
year after 1889 pay to said Board of Examiners the sum of one 
dollar as a license fee for such year. Such payment shall be made 
prior to May 1st in each and every year, and in case of default in 
such payment by any person, his certificate may be revoked by 
the Board of Examiners upon twenty days' notice of the time 
and place of considering such revocation. But no license shall be 



94 world's history and 

revoked for such non-payment if the person so notified shall pay 
before or at such consideration his fee and such penalty as may 
be imposed by said Board: Provided, That said Board may im- 
pose a penalty of five dollars and no more on any one so notified 
as a condition of allowing his license to stand: Provided further, 
That said Board of Examiners may collect such dues by suit. 

Sec. 14. The Board of Examiners created by this Act may sue 
or be sued; and in all actions brought by or against it, it shall be 
made a party under the name of the Board of Dental Examiners 
of the State of Minnesota. And no suit shall abate by reason 
of any change of membership of said Board. 

Sec. 15 Chapter 199 of the General Laws of 1885, being an 
Act entitled " An Act to insure the better education of the prac- 
titioners of dental surgery and to regulate the practice of den- 
tistry in the State of Minnesota," approved March 3, 1885, * s 
hereby repealed, such repeal to take effect September 1, 1889. 

Sec. 16. All effects and property whatsoever of the Board of 
Dental Examiners created by said Act of March 3, 1885, shall on 
first said day of September, 1889, be and become the property of 
the Board, of Examiners created by this Act, and said Board 
hereby created is hereby declared to be the legal successor of the 
Board created by said Act of March 3, 1885. 

Sec. 17. This Act shall take effect and be in force from and 
after its passage. 

Approved April 24, 1889. 

MISSISSIPPI. 

Chapter 32 of the Laws of Mississippi, i8q2, respecting the Practice of 

Dentistry, Enacts as follozvs: 

Section 1527. Every person who desires to practice dentistry 
must obtain a license to do so, as hereinafter provided. 

Sec. 1528. The Board of Dental Examiners is hereby created, 
to consist of five practicing dentists, who shall be appointed by 
the Governor, and whose term of office shall expire with that of 
the Governor appointing them. 

Sec. 1529. Each person appointed as a member of the Board 
of Dental Examiners shall qualify by taking the oath prescribed 
by the constitution for State officers, and shall file a certificate 
thereof with the Secretary of State within fifteen days after his 
appointment. 



REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 95 

Sec. 1530. After the Board of Dental Examiners have quali- 
fied they shall meet at the capitol of the State in pursuance of a 
call to be made by the Governor, and organize by electing a 
President and Secretary of the Board from among themselves. 

Sec. 1 531. Every person who desires to practice dentistry 
must apply in writing to the Board of Dental Examiners for a 
license to do so, and, unless exempted by the provisions of this 
chapter, must appear before the Board and be examined by it 
touching his learning and skill in dentistry, and if he be found to 
possess sufficient learning and skill therein, and be of good 
moral character, the Board shall immediately issue to him a 
license to practice dentistry, which shall be signed by each mem- 
ber of the Board who attends the examination and approves of 
the issuance of the license. 

Sec. 1532. The Board of Dental Examiners shall meet at the 
capitol of the State on the first Tuesday of April of each year, 
for the purpose of examining applicants for license to practice 
dentistry, and it shall continue in session until all applicants for 
license have been examined and their examinations have been 
approved or disapproved. All examinations, except as to char- 
acter, shall be upon written questions and answers, and three 
members of the Board are a quorum for business. 

Sec. 1533. Applicants for license who are required to be 
examined touching their learning and skill in dentistry must each 
pay a fee of ten dollars to the Board of Dental Examiners, as a 
condition precedent to the examination, which fee shall be dis- 
tributed among the members of the Board as their compensation 
in such proportion as the Board may allow. 

Sec. 1534. Each person now engaged in the practice of 
dentistry in this State is entitled to receive a license therefor 
without being examined touching his learing and skill in den- 
tistry, if he shall apply therefor within six months after this law 
becomes operative, and shall pay twenty-five cents for its issu- 
ance. If such application be made within the time prescribed 
and the twenty-five cents be paid, the Secretary of the Board of 
Dental Examiners shall issue to the applicant a license to prac- 
tice dentistry, which shall be signed in the name of the Board by 
him as Secretary. 

Sec. 1535. Any member of the Board of Dental Examiners 
may examine applicants orally or in writing, and issue a tem- 
porary license to them to practice dentistry, which shall authorize 



00 world's history and 

such practice and be valid until the next succeeding meeting of 
the Board. But one temporary license to the same applicant. 

Sec. 1536. Every person who receives a license to practice 
dentistry must file it for record in the office of the clerk of the 
Circuit Court of the county in which he shall reside within thirty 
days after its issuance, and if he fail to do so, he shall thereafter 
be liable for practicing dentistry without license so long as the 
same shall remain unrecorded; when such license shall be filed 
the clerk shall record in the book in which the licenses of phy- 
sicians are recorded, upon the payment to him of the lawful fee, 
and when recorded, the original shall be delivered on demand to 
the licensee. 

Sec. 1537. If a license to practice dentistry be issued and 
become lost or destroyed, the Board of Dental Examiners may 
issue another in lieu of it, upon satisfactory proof of the loss or 
destruction. 

Sec. 1538. It is the duty of the Board of Dental Examiners 
to cause its Secretary to keep a complete record of its acts and 
proceedings, and to preserve all papers, documents and corre- 
spondence received by the Board and relating to its duties and 
office. 

Sec. 1539. Such stationery, blank books and forms as maybe 
needed by the Board of Dental Examiners in the discharge of its 
duties shall be furnished to it by the Board of Public Contracts. 

Sec. 1540. The Governor may remove any or all the mem- 
bers of the Board of Dental Examiners and appoint another or 
others in place of such as may be removed, and may fill by 
appointment any vacancy that may occur in the Board. 

Sec. 1541. Physicians may extract teeth by virtue of their 
license to practice medicine. 

MISSOURI. 

An Act to Regulate the Practice of Dentistry in the 

State of Missouri. 

Be it Enacted by the General Assembly of the State of Missouri, as 

follozvs : 

Section 6889. It shall be unlawful for any person to practice 
dentistry or dental surgery in the State of Missouri without first 
having received a diploma from a reputable dental college or a 
university duly incorporated or established under the laws of 



REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 9? 

some one of the United States or of a foreign government: 
Provided, That nothing in Section I of this Act shall apply to 
any bo?ia fide practitioner of dentistry or dental surgery in this 
State at the time of the passage of this Act: And provided, That 
nothing in this Act shall be so construed as to prevent phy- 
sicians, surgeons or others from extracting teeth. — Laws of i88j, 
p. 114. 

Sec. 6890. Every person who shall hereafter engage in the. 
practice of dentistry or dental surgery in this State shall file a 
copy of his diploma with the clerk of the county court in the 
county in which he resides, and in the city of St. Louis, with the 
city register, which copy shall be sworn to by the party filing the 
same, and the clerk shall give a certificate of such fact, with 
the seal of the county court attached thereto, to such party filing 
the copy of his diploma, and shall file and register the name of 
the person, the date of filing and the nature of the instrument, 
in a book to be kept by him for that purpose, and as a compensa- 
tion for his services the said clerk for filing and registering the 
same shall receive a fee of one dollar, to be paid by the person 
filing the diploma. — Lazvs of 1883, p. 114. 

Sec. 6891. Every bona fide practitioner of dentistry or dental 
surgery residing in this State at the time of the passage of this 
Act and desiring to continue the same shall, within ninety days 
after the passage of this Act, file an affidavit of the said facts with 
the clerk of the county court of the county in which he resides, 
or with the city register of the city of St. Louis, if he resides in 
the city of St. Louis; and the said clerk or register, as the case 
may be, shall register the name of, and give a certificate to, the 
party filing the affidavit, in like manner and of like effect as 
hereinbefore provided, and for such services shall receive a fee 
of one dollar, to be paid by the party filing the affidavit. — Laws 
of 1883, p. 114. 

Sec. 6892. All certificates issued under the provisions of this 
Act shall be prima facie evidence of the right of the holder to 
practice under this Act, which right it shall be incumbent upon 
the holder to prove under all prosecutions under this Act. — 
Laws of 1S83, p. 114. 

Sec. 6893. Every person violating any of the provisions of 
this Act shall, upon conviction thereof, be deemed guilty of a 
misdemeanor, and be punished by a fine of not less than twenty- 
five nor more than two hundred dollars for each offense; and all 



98 world's history and 

fines so collected shall belong to and be paid into the common 
school fund of the county where the offense was committed. — 
JLaws 0/1883, P- IT 4- 

MONTANA. 

No law. 

NEBRASKA. 

(1887, Chapter 51). 

An Act to Regulate the Practice of Dentistry and to 

Punish Violation thereof. 

Be it Enacted by the Legislature of the State of Nebraska: 

Section i. It shall be unlawful for any person or persons to 
practice dentistry or dental surgery in the State of Nebraska 
-without first having received a diploma from a reputable dental 
college or university duly incorporated or established under the 
laws of some one of the United States, or of some foreign gov- 
ernment: Provided, That nothing in section 1 of this article shall 
apply to any bo?ia fide practitioner of dentistry or dental surgery 
in this State at the time of the passage of this Act: A?id provided, 
That nothing in this Act shall be so construed as to prevent physi- 
xians or surgeons from extracting teeth. 

Sec. 2. Every person who shall hereafter engage in the prac- 
tice of dentistry or dental surgery in this State shall file a copy 
•of his or her diploma with the county clerk of the county in 
which he or she resides, which copy shall be sworn to by the 
party filing the same, and the clerk shall give certificate of such 
fact with the seal of the county attached thereto, to such party 
filing the copy of his or her diploma, and shall file and register 
the name of the person, the date of the filing, and the nature of 
the instrument in a book to be kept by him for that purpose; and 
as a compensation for his services, the said clerk, for filing and 
registering the same, shall receive a fee of one dollar ($1.00) to 
be paid by the person filing the diploma. 

Sec. 3. Every bo?iafide practitioner of dentistry or dental 
surgery residing in this State at the time of the passage of this 
Act and designing to continue the same shall, within ninety days 
after the passage of this Act, file an affidavit of said facts as to 
the length of time he or she has practiced in this State, with the 
county clerk of the county in which he or she resides, and the 






REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 99 

said clerk shall register the name of and give a certificate to the 
party filing the affidavit, in like manner and of like effect as 
hereinafter provided, and for such service shall receive a fee of 
one- dollar ($1.00) to be paid by the party filing the affidavit. 

Sec. 4. All certificates issued under the provisions of this 
Act shall ho. prima facie evidence of the right of the holder to 
practice under this Act. 

Sec. 5. Every person violating the provisions of this Act 
shall upon conviction thereof be deemed guilty of a misdemeanor 
and be punished by a fine not less than fifty dollars ($50.00) nor 
more than two hundred dollars ($200.00) for such and every of- 
fense, or be imprisoned in the county jail for sixty (60) days, or 
both fine and imprisonment at the discretion of the court, and all 
fines collected shall belong to and be paid into the common 
school funds of the county where the offense was committed. 

Sec. 6. Any person who shall have filed his or her affidavit 
or diploma as required in sections two (2) and three (3) of this 
Act in one county and removes to another shall, before entering 
on the practice of his or her profession in such last named county, 
procure a certified copy of the record of his or her former regis- 
try and cause such transcript to be filed and recorded in the den- 
tal register of such county in which he or she has removed. 

Approved March 24, 1887. 

NEVADA. 

No law. 

NEW HAMPSHIRE. 

Chapter 132 of the Laws of New Hampshire respecting the 
Practice of Medicine, Surgery and Dentistry of the Laws 
of 1878. 

Section 3. It shall not be lawful for any person who is not duly 
authorized to practice medicine or surgery, to practice dentistry, 
unless such person has received a dental degree from some col- 
lege, university or medical school authorized to confer the same 
or shall have obtained a license from the New Hampshire Den- 
tal Society. 

Sec. 4. Said Dental Society shall, at such time and in such 
manner as may be prescribed in its charter or by-laws, elect a 
Board of Censors, consisting of three members, who shall be 



100 world's history and 

elected for such term as may be prescribed by the Society, which 
Board shall have authority to examine and license persons to 
practice dentistry. The licenses shall be recorded by the clerk 
of said Society. 

Sec. 5. No person receiving a license as herein provided 
shall be authorized to practice until he shall have procured the 
same to be recorded by the clerk of the court in the county where 
he resides, if a resident of this State; if not a resident of this 
State, in the county where he intends to practice. Such licenses 
shall be recorded in a book provided for that purpose and which 
shall bear the title and inscription of the " Medical and Dental 

Register of County," and the fee for recording the same 

shall be fifty cents. 

Sec. 6. Each person receiving a license upon examination 
shall pay for the use of the society granting the same the sum of 
five dollars, upon diploma one dollar. 

Sec. 7. If any person shall practice medicine, surgery, mid- 
wifery or dentistry without being duly authorized as provided in 
this chapter, or after his license is revoked, he shall be punished 
by fine of not more than three hundred dollars for each offense. 

Sec. 8. The provisions of the preceding sections shall not 
apply to persons who have resided and practiced their profession 
in the town or city of their present residence during all the time 
since January 1, 1875, nor to physicians residing out of the State 
when called into the State for consultation with duly licensed 
physicians or to attend upon patients in the regular course of 
business. 

NEW JERSEY. 

Laws of April 7, 1890. 

Be it Enacted by the Se?iate and General Assembly of the State of New 

Jersey : 

Section i. That a Board or Commission to be known as the 
State Board of Registration and Examination in Dentistry is 
hereby created, to consist of five resident and practicing dentists, 
whose duty it shall be to carry out and enforce the provisions of 
this act; the present members of the Board of Dental Examiners 
appointed and now existing under the Act of the Legislature of 
this State entitled "An Act to regulate the practice of dentistry 
and to protect the people against empiricism in relation thereto 



REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 101 

in the State of New Jersey," approved Anno Domini one thousand 
eight hundred and seventy-three, shall constitute the first mem- 
bers of said Board or Commission, and shall hold office until the 
first Tuesday in October next, and until their successors are ap- 
pointed, as hereinafter provided; the New Jersey State Dental 
Society shall, at its next annual meeting, recommend to the Gov- 
ernor five dentists of good repute residing and practicing in this 
State, whom the Governor shall appoint members of said Board 
or Commission to fill the vacancies occurring on the first Tues- 
day in October next, as hereinafter provided; the members of 
said Board or Commission shall be appointed for a term of five 
years and until their successors are duly appointed, except that 
of the members thereof first to be appointed upon recommenda- 
tion of said society, one shall hold office until the first Tuesday 
in October next; one until the first Tuesday in October, Anno 
Domini one thousand eight hundred and ninety-one; one until the 
first Tuesday in October, An?w Domini one thousand eight hun- 
dred and ninety-two; one until the first Tuesday in October, Anno 
Domini one thousand eight hundred and ninety-three, and one 
until the first Tuesday in October, Anno Domini one thousand eight 
hundred and ninety-four; and the members so first appointed as 
aforesaid shall immediately, upon their appointment, determine 
by lot the period for which each member shall hold office; it 
shall be the duty of the New Jersey State Dental Society, at each 
annual meeting after the next, to recommend to the Governor a 
dentist in good repute, residing and practicing in this State, whom 
the Governor shall appoint to fill the vacancy in the said Board 
occurring in the year in which such meeting is held; vacancies 
occurring in the term of any member or members shall be filled 
for the unexpired term or terms only, in the same manner, upon 
recommendation to be made by said society; the Governor may 
remove any member of said Board for good cause shown, upon 
recommendation of the New Jersey State Dental Society. 

Sec. 2. And be it enacted, That immediately after the passage 
of this Act the present members of the Board of Examiners shall 
meet and organize as the State Board of Registration and Exam- 
ination in Dentistry, under this Act, by the election from their 
number of a President and Secretary, who shall severally hold 
office until the first Tuesday in October next, and until their suc- 
cessors are elected; the Board shall annually elect from its num- 
ber a President and Secretary, who shall have the power, during 



102 world's history and 

their term of office, to administer oaths and take affidavits, cer- 
tifying thereto, under their hands and the seal of said Board; said 
Board shall hold at least two meetings in each year, for the pur- 
pose of examining and licensing persons to practice dentistry in 
this State; three of said Board shall constitute a quorum, and its 
proceedings shall, at all reasonable times, be open to public in- 
spection; said Board shall make an annual report of its proceed- 
ings to the Governor on or before the thirty-first day of December, 
in each year; the Board shall adopt rules for its own government, 
and rules for the examination and licensing of practitioners of 
dentistry in this State; the examination of applicants for license 
to practice shall be confined to written or oral examination or 
both written and oral, upon subjects properly relating to the 
science of dentistry and a knowledge of which is necessary to the 
proper and skillful practice of said science; the said Board may 
also require from applicants as part of the examination, demon- 
strations of their skill in operative and mechanical dentistry; and 
any rule altering the nature of the examination and increasing the 
severity thereof, or the subjects to be included therein, shall not be 
enforced at any examination held within six monthsafter its adop- 
tion and public promulgation; said Board shall have the power 
to determine the good standing and repute of any college or col- 
leges, and may, from time to time, designate in some public 
manner colleges whose diplomas will be received by it; the said 
Board shall announce in the leading dental journals, from time to 
time, its regular stated times for holding examinations; it shall 
also cause to be published, at least once in such journals, the rules 
and amendments thereto adopted for the examination and 
licensing of practitioners, and the mode and terms of application 
for examining and license, which shall, in all cases, be reasonable 
and fair; said Board shall adopt a common seal, and may sue or 
be sued, and in all actions brought by or against it, it shall be 
made a party under the name of the State Board of Registration 
and Examination in Dentistry. 

Sec. 3. And be it enacted, That it shall be the duty of every 
person lawfully practicing, or entitled to practice, dentistry in 
this State at the time of the passage of this Act, to apply to said 
Board, before the first day of January, Anno Dornini one thou- 
sand eight hundred and ninety-one, to cause his name, residence 
and place of business to be registered in a book to be kept for 
that purpose by the Secretary of said Board; and the said Board 






REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 103> 

shall issue to each person registered by it a certificate under its 
seal and the hand of its President and Secretary, setting forth 
that such person was, at the time of the passage of this Act, law- 
fully entitled, by the laws of this State, to practice dentistry, and 
is duly registered; the said Board, for good cause shown, may 
register and issue its certificate thereof, to any person applying; 
therefor, after said first day of January, Anno Domini one thou- 
sand eight hundred and ninety-one: Provided, it shall appear 
to the satisfaction of said Board, that the person so apply- 
ing was lawfully practicing or entitled to practice dentistry 
at the time of the passage of this Act, and that the re- 
fusal to issue such certificate will work hardship to said per- 
son so applying; the said Board may demand from any per- 
son applying for registration and certificate, proof of his right 
to the same under this Act, and may refuse to grant registration 
and certificate thereof to any person not lawfully entitled 
thereto. 

Sec. 4. And be it enacted, That any person aggrieved by such 
action of said Board may apply, within sixty days after such re- 
fusal by said Board, to the Supreme Court of this State for its 
writ of mandamus to compel said Board to register and issue its 
certificate to him; and in case any justice of said court shall is- 
sue or allow on such application an order on said Board to show 
cause, no suit for the collection of any penalty for violation of 
this Act shall be instituted again against such person until the 
final hearing and determination of such application. 

Sec. 5. And be it enacted, That any person who may desire to 
begin the practice of dentistry in this State after the passage of 
this Act shall file his name, together with an application for ex- 
amination, in the form provided for by the rules of said Board,, 
with the Secretary of said Board, and at the time of making such 
application shall pay to the Secretary of said Board a fee of twen- 
ty-five dollars, and shall present himself for examination at the 
first regular meeting of the Board thereafter held for examina- 
tion and licensing of practitioners in dentistry, due notice of 
which meeting shall be given him; the examination fee shall in 
no case be refunded, but should any applicant, from sickness or 
other good cause appearing to the satisfaction of the Board, fail 
to attend such examination, or should any person appearing faiL 
to pass successfully the examination, such person so failing to 
appear or failing to pass shall be admitted to any subsequent ex- 



104 world's history and 

animation or examinations without the payment of further or 
other fee; every applicant for examination shall, with his appli- 
cation, submit to the said Board, as a prerequisite to examina- 
tion, a diploma of graduation from a dental college recognized 
by said Board as in good standing and repute, and proof, if the 
T3oard shall so require, that the same was regularly issued and 
conferred upon the holder in due course; or, if not a graduate of 
;a dental college, a certificate under oath from a reputable and 
duly authorized dentist that he has studied with and under such 
dentists as a student for not less than five years continuously; all 
persons successfully passing such examination shallbe registered 
■as licensed dentists, in a book to be kept by the Secretary of the 
Board for that purpose, and shall receive from said Board a cer- 
tificate under the seal of said Board and the hand of its Presi- 
dent and Secretary, that the person named therein is lawfully au- 
thorized and licensed to practice dentistry in this State; such 
certificate, lawfully and regularly issued, shall be evidence in any 
of the courts of this State of the right of the person named there- 
in to practice dentistry in this State. 

Sec. 6. And be it enacted, That from and after the passage of 
this Act any person desiring to study dentistry in this State with 
any duly authorized dentist, for the purpose of presenting him- 
self for examination and license as a practitioner of dentistry in 
■this State at the expiration of his term of study, shall cause his 
xiame and residence and the name and residence of his preceptor 
i;o be registered with said Board, and his term of study shall 
commence and date only from such registration; any person so 
registered as a student may perform mechanical work in the of- 
fice of his preceptor, but no student shall perform any opera- 
tion upon the mouth or jaw of any person, save in the presence 
and under the supervision of his preceptor, under penalty of re- 
vocation of his registration as a student and such further penalty 
as is hereinafter provided for unlawful practice of dentistry in 
this State. 

Sec. J. A?id be it enacted, That it shall be unlawful for any 
person, not now by the laws of the State authorized, hereafter to 
practice dentistry in this State save after examination and license 
by the said Board of Registration and Examination in Dentistry, 
and no person shall be examined by said Board for license unless 
lie is at the time of such examination, the graduate of and the 
■holder of a diploma of graduation from a dental college recog- 



REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 105 

nized as in good repute by said Board, or shall have studied with 
a reputable dentist for five years continuously preceding his ap- 
plication for examination. 

Sec. 8. And be it enacted, That out of the funds coming into 
the possession of said Board shall be paid the expenses of said 
Board incurred in carrying out the provisions of this Act, and 
mileage to each member, at the rate of five cents per mile, 
for all distance necessarily traveled in the discharge of his 
duty, no part of the mileage or other expenses of the Board 
shall ever be paid out of the State treasury; all moneys re- 
ceived shall be held by the Secretary of the Board; and 
paid out only upon resolution of the Board and warrant of its 
President, and the Secretary shall give bond in such sum as 
the board shall, from time to time, direct, with good and 
sufficient surety, to be approved by the Board; and the said 
Board shall, in its annual report to be made to the Governor, 
submit a statement of all moneys received and disbursed by it 
during the period covered by said report. 

Sec. 9. And be it enacted, That any person, not now lawfully 
practicing or entitled to practice dentistry by the laws of this 
State, who shall practice dentistry in this State after the passage 
of this Act without having first obtained from said Board of Reg- 
istration and Examination in Dentistry a certificate of license to 
practice in accordance with the provisions of this Act, shall for- 
feit and pay the sum of three hundred dollars for each and every 
offense; any person now lawfully practicing or entitled to prac- 
tice dentistry under the laws of this State, who shall, after the first 
day of January, Anno Domini one thousand eight hundred and 
ninety-one, practice dentistry in this State without having first 
obtained from said Board of Registration and Examination in 
Dentistry a certificate of registration, in accordance with the pro- 
visions of this Act, shall forfeit and pay the sum of fifty dollars 
for each and every offense; any person who shall knowingly or 
falsely, and with the intent to deceive the public, claim or pre- 
tend to have or hold a certificate of registration or of license 
granted by said Board, or who shall falsely, and with the intent 
to deceive said Board, claim or pretend to be a graduate or the 
holder of a diploma of graduation from any dental college, not 
being such graduate, or rightfully holding or entitled to such 
diploma, shall forfeit and pay the sum of three hundred dollars; 
any person to whom a certificate of registration or of license 



106 world's history and 

shall be issued under the provisions of this Act, and who shall 
practice dentistry under a false name, with intent to deceive the 
public, shall be liable to have such certificate revoked, upon 
twenty days' notice of such proposed revocation, and of the 
time and place of considering such revocation, by order of the 
said Board; and any person who, after such revocation of his cer- 
tificate, shall continue to practice dentistry in this State, shall for- 
feit and pay the sum of three hundred dollars; a certificate of 
registration or of license granted to a person under one name 
shall not be pleaded as a defense to an action brought against 
him for practicing without a certificate under another name; each 
and every separate act of dentistry performed by any person, in 
violation of any of the provisions of this Act, shall be deemed 
and taken to be a distinct and separate offense; this Act shall not 
be construed to prevent any person from extracting teeth, nor to 
apply to any surgical operation performed by any regular licensed 
physician or surgeon. 

Sec. io. And be it enacted, That the penalties imposed and sums 
to be forfeited in and by the preceding section of this Act shall 
be sued for and recovered with costs of suit, in an action of debt, 
to be brought by the Board of Registration and Examination in 
Dentistry before any judge of any city district court or court of 
common pleas of the county wherein such offense shall have 
been committed, or in any county wherein such offender may re- 
side; one-half of such penalty or forfeit money shall be for the use 
of the State Board of Registration and Examination in Dentistry; 
and one-half shall be paid into the treasury of the State for the 
use thereof; and in case the defendant shall fail or neglect to pay 
the amount recovered against him, with costs, the judge or court 
before whom judgment has been obtained shall issue his process 
against the body of the defendant, and cause him to be com- 
mitted to the jail of the county in which the judgment is ob- 
tained until the judgment and costs are paid; the imprisonment, 
however, shall not exceed four calendar months from the date of 
such commitment. 

Sec. ii. And be it enacted, That the Act of the legislature of 
this State entitled, "An act to regulate the practice of dentistry 
and to protect the people against empiricism in relation thereto 
in the State of New Jersey," approved March the fourteenth, Anno 
Domi?ii one thousand eight hundred and seventy-three, the sup- 
plement thereto approved February seventeenth, An?io Domi?d 



REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 107 

one thousand eight hundred and eighty, and the supplement 
thereto approved March the twenty-seventh, Anno Domini one 
thousand eight hundred and eighty-four, and all Acts and parts 
of Acts inconsistent herewith, be and the same hereby are re- 
pealed. 

Sec. 12. And be it enacted, That this Act shall take effect im- 
mediately. 

TERRITORY OF NEW MEXICO. 

An Act to Regulate the Practice of Dentistry within the 
Territory of New Mexico. 

Be it E?iacted by the Legislative Assembly of the Territory of New 

Mexico : 

Section i. That it shall be unlawful for any person who is 
not at the time of the passage of this Act engaged in the prac- 
tice of dentistry in the Territory of New Mexico to commence 
such practice unless such person shall have received a certificate 
from the duly authorized Board of Dental Examiners hereinafter 
provided for. 

Sec. 2. A Board of Dental Examiners to consist of five prac- 
ticing dentists within the Territory of New Mexico is hereby 
created, whose duty it shall be to carry out the purposes and 
enforce the provisions of this Act. The members of said Board 
shall be appointed by the Governor. The term for which the 
members of said Board shall hold their offices shall be four years, 
and until their successors shall be appointed. In case of a 
vacancy occurring in the membership of said Board such vacancy 
shall be filled by appointment by the Governor. 

Sec 5 The said Board shall within sixty days after their 
appointment meet at the capital of the Territory of New Mexico 
and organize by electing one of its members President and one 
Secretary thereof. Said Board shall meet at least once in each 
year thereafter, and as often and at such times and places as it 
may deem proper and necessary. A majority of said Board shall 
at all times constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. 

Sec. 4. It shall be the duty of every person who at the time 
of the passage of this Act is engaged in the practice of dentistry 
in the Territory of New Mexico within six months from the date 
of the passage of this Act to cause his or her written application 
to be filed with the Secretary of said Board for a certificate to 
continue in the practice of dentistry within said Territory; and 



108 world's history and 

all persons whom the Board may find to have been engaged in 
the practice of dentistry within the Territory of New Mexico for 
the period of one year next preceding the passage of this Act 
shall be entitled to receive a certificate from said Board of Ex- 
aminers without further examination. 

Sec. 5. No person whose name is not registered on the books 
of said Board as a regular practitioner of dentistry, within the 
time prescribed in the next preceding section, shall be permitted 
to practice dentistry within the Territory of New Mexico until 
such person shall have been duly examined by said Board and 
regularly licensed in accordance with the provisions of this Act: 
Provided, further, That all persons presenting a diploma from a 
college recognized as reputable by the National Association of 
Dental Examiners and paying the sum of five dollars to the Sec- 
retary of the Board shall be entitled to receive a certificate with- 
out further examination. 

Sec. 6. In order to provide the means for carrying out and 
enforcing the provisions of this Act said Board of Examiners 
shall charge each person applying for a certificate to continue in 
the practice of dentistry the sum of five dollars for said certifi- 
cate, and all persons applying for an examination to procure a 
certificate to commence the practice of dentistry within the Ter- 
ritory of New Mexico shall pay to the Secretary of said Board, 
before submitting to said examination, the sum of twenty-five 
dollars. 

Sec. 7. Any person holding a license from said Board who 
shall be charged with immoral or unprofessional conduct may, if 
found guilty as charged, upon proper investigation had by said 
Board, have his or her license revoked by said Board. 

Sec. 8. All moneys received by the Board shall be held by 
the Secretary thereof as a special fund for paying the necessary 
expenses and for enforcing the provisions of this Act. 

The Secretary shall give to the Board a good and sufficient 
bond, to be approved by said Board and in an amount to be fixed 
by the Board. 

Sec. 9. No part of the salary or other expenses of said Board 
shall be paid out of the Territorial treasury. 

Sec. 10. It shall be the duty of the Secretary of the Board to 
make an annual report to the Governor of the Territory, at such 
times as may be directed by the Board, and such report shall be 
signed and approved by the President of the Board. 



REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 109 

Sec. ii. Any person who shall violate any of the provisions 
of this Act shall be deemed guilty of a misdemeanor and upon 
conviction thereof may be fined not less than twenty dollars nor 
more than one hundred dollars, or be imprisoned in the county 
jail not less than one month nor more than three months, or by 
both such fine and imprisonment, in the discretion of the court 
trying said cause. 

Sec 12. Any justice of the peace of the county in which such 
violation was committed shall have jurisdiction in all cases of 
violations of this Act, and it shall be the duty of the respective 
county attorneys to prosecute all violations of this Act. 

Sec. 13. Nothing in this Act shall be construed to interfere 
with physicians and surgeons in their practice as such. 

Sec. 14. This Act shall be in force from and after its pass- 
age. 

Approved February 23, 1893. 

NEW YORK. 

(Chapter 528.) 

An Act to Amend Chapter One Hundred and Fifty-two of 
the Laws of Eighteen Hundred and Sixty-eight, En- 
titled " An Act to Incorporate Dental Societies for 
the Purpose of Improving and Regulating the Practice 
of Dentistry in this State," and to Codify the Laws 
Regulating the Practice of Dentistry and to Punish 
Forgeries and Frauds in Medical and Dental Diplomas. 

Approved by the Governor May 12, 1892. 

The People of the State of New York, represented in Senate and As- 
sembly, do Enact as follows : 

Section i. No person shall practice dentistry either as prin- 
cipal, agent, assistant or employe, in the State of New York, or 
advertise or hold himself out to the public as so practicing den- 
tistry, who shall not be licensed and registered as prescribed by 
this Act. Any person who shall practice dentistry or advertise 
or hold himself out to the public as practicing dentistry in vio- 
lation of this section, shall be guilty of a misdemeanor, and upon 
a first conviction thereof shall be punished by a fine of not less 
than fifty dollars; and for every conviction of said misdemeanor 
subsequent to the first, the person convicted shall be punished 



110 world's history and 

by a fine of not less than one hundred dollars, or imprisonment, 
or by both fine and imprisonment. 

Sec. 2. A person only shall be deemed to be licensed to 
practice dentistry in this State who shall have attained the full 
age of twenty-one years, shall have had properly granted to him 
or her either by the Dental Society of the State of New York or 
by an incorporated medical or dental school or college, approved 
by the Dental Society of New York, a proper diploma conferring 
a recognized medical or dental degree, and shall have made the 
registration required by section three of this Act: Provided, fur- 
ther, That no diploma shall be deemed valid within the provis- 
ions of this Act if conferred irregularly, through fraud or false 
representation or without substantial compliance by the person 
to whom it may have been granted or the corporation conferring 
it with the general statutory requirements of this State as to 
course and duration of preparatory and professional study, and 
also with the regulations of said State Society and of the corpo- 
ration conferring the diploma as to study, attendance, examination 
and character, or if conferred by a school or college not recog- 
nized by said State Society as reputable and providing an ade- 
quate course of instruction and maintaining a proper standard of 
attainment, character and attendance: Provided, also, That all 
persons lawfully licensed and registered at the time this Act shall 
take effect shall be deemed lawfully licensed and registered here- 
under, subject only to the provisions of section three of this Act 
as to removal of practice. 

Sec. 3. Every person practicing dentistry in this State shall 
register in the office of the clerk of the county where his place of 
business is located and the office of the clerk of any county, into 
which he shall remove or in which he shall carry on his business, 
in a book to be prepared and kept by the clerk for that purpose, 
his name, age, office and postoffice address, legal authority for 
practicing dentistry in this State, and the date of such registra- 
tion, which he shall be entitled to make only upon presenting to 
the county clerk a certificate from the member of the State Board 
of Censors appointed by the State Dental Society for the judicial 
district in which said county is situated, to the effect that said 
applicant for registration has received a proper diploma, as pro- 
vided in section two of this Act, and upon the making by said ap- 
plicant of an affidavit stating his name, age, and legal authority 
to practice dentistry within this State. Every such certificate of 



REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. Ill 

a Censor shall be filed by the county clerk receiving it, and every 
person admitted to registration under the provisions of this Act 
shall be entitled upon the payment of a fee of fifty cents to the 
county clerk to receive from that official a certified transcript of 
his registration. All the affidavits made in pursuance of the pro- 
visions of this Act shall be preserved in a bound volume by the 
county clerk in whose office they are made: Provided, however, 
That all registrations lawfully made prior to the taking effect of 
this Act shall continue to be as valid and of the same effect as 
when made: Provided, also, That any registration procured by 
fraud or false statement of any kind shall be deemed null and 
void; and that the county clerk upon the presentation to him of 
a certified copy of the judgment convicting any person of a vio- 
lation of the provisions of the dental law shall note the fact and 
date of such conviction upon the registration. If any affidavit 
made pursuant of the provisions of this Act be willfully false in 
any material regard, the affiant shall be deemed guilty of per- 
jury and punishable by imprisonment for not less than two nor 
more than ten years. Any person who shall sell or barter, or of- 
fer, either orally, by writing or by printed advertisement, to sell 
or barter, or who shall by purchase, barter, fraud, false state- 
ments, bribe or promise to bribe, and without compliance with 
all provisions of law any diploma purporting to confer a medical 
or dental degree, or any certificate, transcript, or registration 
provided to be given under this Act or the statutes regulating 
the practice of medicine; or who shall substitute on any such 
diploma, certificate, or transcript for the same of the person to 
whom the same was given or granted the name of a different 
person, or shall fraudulently alter diploma, certificate, transcript 
or registration in any material regard, and any person who shall 
use or offer to use any such diploma, certificate or transcript as 
a license or color of license or means of obtaining license or reg- 
istration as a practitioner of medicine or dentistry shall be guilty 
of a misdemeanor; and upon conviction thereof shall be punished 
by a fine of not less than five hundred dollars or by imprison- 
ment for not less than six months or by both fine and imprison- 
ment; any person who without a proper diploma conferring the 
same shall assume the title of doctor of dental surgery, or 
master of dental surgery, or shall append to his or her 
name the letters D. D. S., or the letters M. D. S., or any 
other letters specifically used, by any medical or dental col- 



112 world's history and 

lege, school board or society to indicate that the person to 
whose name they are appended holds a recognized medical or 
dental degree shall be deemed guilty of a misdemeanor, and 
upon conviction thereof shall be punished by a fine of not less 
than two hundred and fifty dollars or by imprisonment for not 
less than three months, or by both fine and imprisonment; all 
fines and forfeitures of bail imposed and collected in conse- 
quence of violations of this Act shall be paid to the Dental Soci- 
ety of the State of New York: Provided, That if at the annual 
meetings of said society the Treasurer shall report an excess of 
the sums so paid over the expenses of the society in enforc- 
ing this Act, such excess shall be paid over by him to the Treas- 
urer of the State and become part of the common school fund: 
Provided, also, That any such fine or forfeiture imposed in an 
action brought by any incorporated county medical society for 
violations of the provisions of this Act relating to medical diplo- 
mas shall be paid to said prosecuting society. 

Sec. 5. Sections eight, nine and ten of chapter one hundred 
and fifty-two of the laws of eighteen hundred and sixty-eight, 
shall read respectively as follows: 

Sec. 8. The State Dental Society, organized as aforesaid, 
having already at its first meeting appointed eight censors, one 
from each of the said district societies, to constitute a State Board 
of Censors, divide into four classes, to serve one, two, three and 
four years, respectively, shall at each annual meeting appoint 
two censors, to serve each four years, and until their successors 
shall be chosen, and fill all vacancies that may have occurred in 
the Board by death or otherwise. Each district society shall be 
entitled to one, and only one, member of said Board of Censors. 
Said Board of Censors shall meet at least once in each year, at 
such time and place as they shall designate, and, being thus met, 
they, or a majority of them, shall carefully and impartially exam- 
ine all persons who are entitled to examination under the provis- 
ions of this Act, and who shall present themselves for that pur- 
pose, and report their opinion in writing to said State Dental 
Society, and on the recommendation of the said Board it shall be 
the duty of the President aforesaid to issue a diploma to such 
person or persons, signed by the President, the Secretary and 
said censors, and bearing the seal of said society, conferring 
upon him the degree of " Master of Dental Surgery" (M. D. S.)» 
and it shall not be lawful for any other society, college or cor- 



REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 113 

poration to grant to any person the said degree of " Master of 
Dental Surgery." 

Sec. 9. The State Dental Society shall have the power to 
determine what medical and dental colleges maintain a course of 
education and training adequate in duration and standard to en- 
title their diplomas to be approved and certified by the censors 
as qualifying their holders to be licensed to practice dentistry in 
this State, and so registered. Said society shall admit to its ex- 
aminations, provided for in section eight of this Act, only the 
following classes of persons, upon satisfactory proof of good 
moral characters: 

1. All duly licensed and registered dentists of this State. 

2. All persons coming from other States or countries who 
shall present to said society satisfactory proof of having been 
lawfully engaged in the practice of dentistry without the State 
for the term of six years. 

3. All such persons as shall have studied dentistry for a term 
of four years in the office or offices of some reputable and duly 
licensed and registered dentist or dentists of this State and shall 
have in other respects conformed to the regulations governing 
such examinations, which regulations not inconsistent with this 
Act said society may make and must publish at least twice in 
each calendar year in a leading dental journal. Every person 
actually engaged at the time this Act takes effect in studying 
dentistry under private preceptorship, as aforesaid, must, within 
three months from the passage of this Act, file with the Secretary 
of the State Dental Society a statement of his or her age, present 
address, commencement of terms of study and the name and 
address of his or her preceptors, who shall also certify that said 
statement, so far as it relates to himself, is true. Any person be- 
ginning such a course of study after the Act takes effect shall file 
a similar certificate, and until it shall be made the term of four 
years required by the statute shall not be deemed to be com- 
menced. No such student shall be eligible for examination for 
its diploma by said society who shall not have filed one of said 
certificates, all of which shall be preserved, bound and indexed 
by said Secretary. Any willfully false statement in any such 
certificates shall preclude the person making it from the privi- 
lege of examination. The censor for each judicial district 
of said State society shall be empowered to examine any appli- 
cant for the examination or certification of diploma granted under 



114 world's histoky and 

this Act as to his or her age, identity, course of study, and if a 
diploma is offered for certification as to the time, place and cir- 
cumstance of its conferment. In so doing the censors are em- 
powered to reduce the applicant's statements to the form of an 
affidavit and administer the usual oath in respect thereto taken 
by affiants as to the truth of depositions in legal proceedings. 

Sec. io. Every student, before filing the certificate called for 
by this Act, shall pay to the Secretary of the said State society a 
fee of five dollars. Every applicant for a censor's certificate, that 
his or her diploma is approved by said society as entitling the 
holder to registration, shall pay to the Secretary of said society, 
at the time of his application, a fee of ten dollars. Every appli- 
cant for examination by the censors of said society shall pay to 
said Secretary, at the time of his application, a fee of thirty dol- 
lars. None of these fees shall be returned to the applicant, but 
shall be paid into the treasury of said society. But any appli- 
cant for examination before said censors, who may have failed to 
obtain his diploma, may, for good cause shown, be allowed there- 
after to present himself for examination without payment of a 
further fee. 

Sec. 6. Nothing in this Act shall be construed to punish any 
person for performing merely mechanical work upon inert matter 
in a dental office or laboratory; or a registered student who, for 
purposes of clinical instruction, in the presence and under the 
immediate supervision of his preceptor, may assist the latter in 
dental operation, providing that such student shall not, under the 
pretense of so assisting a preceptor, practice dentistry by per- 
forming operations independently; or a duly licensed and regis- 
tered physician or surgeon for his lawful acts in the practice of 
his profession. Nothing in this Act shall be construed to sus- 
pend or discontinue any prosecution already commenced under 
the laws in force prior to the taking effect of this Act, and any 
violation of the provisions of this Act forbidding the practice of 
dentistry without lawful authority, committed by a person who 
shall have been previously convicted under the laws of which this 
Act is a codification, in any court within this State as the misde 
meanor of practicing dentistry without license or registration, 
shall be deemed a second offense within the meaning of this Act. 
such laws being to that extent kept in force. 

Sec. y. The following Acts are hereby repealed: Chapters 
three hundred and thirty-one of the laws of eighteen hundred 



REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 115 

and seventy, five hundred and forty of the laws of eighteen 
hundred and seventy-nine, three hundred and seventy-six of the 
laws of eighteen hundred and eighty-one, two hundred and eighty 
of the laws of eighteen hundred and eighty-eight, and three hun- 
dred and thirty-seven of the laws of eighteen hundred and 
eighty-nine. 

Sec. 8. This Act shall take effect immediately. 

NORTH CAROLINA. 

A Bill Entitled " An Act to Amend Chapter 34, Vol. 2, of 
the Code of North Carolina, Relating to Dentistry." 

The Gc?ieral Assembly of Nortli Carolina do Enact: 

Section i. That Section 3148 of the Code of North Caro- 
lina, being Chapter 34 of Vol. 2, be stricken out, and the follow- 
ing inserted in lieu thereof: Hereafter no person shall commence 
the practice of dentistry who has not obtained a certificate from 
a Board of Examiners duly authorized and appointed in accord- 
ance with Section 3149, and that part of Chapter 34 which relates 
to dentistry, which certificate shall be registered in the office of 
the clerk of the superior court of the county in which such per- 
son proposes to practice, for which the clerk shall receive a fee 
of fifty cents. 

Sec. 2. Any failure, neglect or refusal on the part of any 
person holding such certificate to register the same, as above 
directed, for a period of six months, shall work a forfeiture of the 
certificate, and no certificate, when once forfeited, shall be 
restored, except upon the payment to said Board of Examiners 
of the sum of twenty-five dollars as a penalty for such neglect, 
failure or refusal. 

Sec. 3. In order to provide means for carrying out and 
maintaining the provisions of this Act, the said Board of Exam- 
iners may charge a fee of ten dollars for each person applying 
for a certificate which in no case shall be returned; and the funds 
so derived shall be placed in the hands of the Secretary to be 
used in defraying the necessary expenses in conducting the 
meetings of said Board, and under no circumstances shall any 
part of such expense come out of the Treasury of the State. 

Sec. 4. Within six months from the time this Act takes 
effect, it shall be the duty of every person who is at that time 
lawfully engaged in the practice of dentistry in this State to 



116 world's history and 

cause his or her name, residence, date of diploma or license and 
date of commencing of the practice of dentistry to be registered 
with the Secretary of the State Board of Dental Examiners 
authorized and appointed as aforesaid, in a book kept for that 
purpose. The statement of every such person shall be verified 
on oath before a notary public or justice of the peace in such 
manner as may be prescribed by the said Board of Examiners, 
which shall provide upon application blanks for this purpose. It 
shall be the duty of the Secretary of the Board to furnish the 
clerk of the superior court of each county a certified list of the 
names of all persons in said county who have registered accord- 
ing to the provisions of the Act; and it shall be the duty of such 
clerk to register such names in a book kept for that purpose 
upon the payment to him of a fee of fifty cents. Any person 
thus registered can practice in one or more counties upon filing 
in such county or counties a duly certified transcript of such reg- 
istration. All persons now practicing who shall fail to register 
according to the provisions of this Act within the time prescribed, 
and who shall offer to practice dentistry, shall be deemed guilty of 
a misdemeanor, and upon conviction, shall be fined notmorethan 
fifty dollars nor less than twenty-five dollars for each offense. Any 
person who shall knowingly and falsely claim or pretend to have 
or hold a certificate of proficiency granted by said Board of 
Examiners shall be guilty of a misdemeanor, and upon convic- 
tion shall be fined not more than fifty dollars nor less than 
twenty-five dollars for each offense. All fines and penalties so 
recovered shall be appropriated to the school fund of the county 
in which the same shall have been recovered. 

Sec. 5. Nothing in this Act shall be so construed as to pro- 
hibit any one from extracting teeth. 

Sec. 6. That Section 3156 of said Chapter 34 is not intended 
to apply to this Act. 

Sec. 7. This Act shall take effect from and after its ratifica- 
tion. 

NORTH DAKOTA. 
An Act to Revise and Amend an Act Entitled "An Act to 
Insure the Better Education of Practitioners of Den- 
tal Surgery, and to Regulate the Practice of Dentistry 
in the Territory of Dakota." 
Be it Enacted by the Legislative Assembly of the State of North 

Dakota : 

Section i. That it shall be unlawful for any person who is 



REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 117 

not, at the time of the passage of this Act, lawfully entitled to 
practice dentistry in this State, pursuant to the provisions of the 
Act of which this Act is a revision and amendment, to practice, 
or attempt to practice, dentistry in this State, unless such per- 
sons shall have first received a license to practice dentistry from 
the Board of Dental Examiners, as hereinafter provided. 

Sec. 2. A Board of Examiners to consist of five practicing 
dentists is hereby created, whose duty it shall be to carry out 
the purposes and enforce the provisions of this Act. The mem- 
bers of said Board shall be appointed by the Governor. The 
term for which the members of said Board shall hold their offices 
shall be five years, except that the members of the Board ap- 
pointed by the Governor pursuant to the provisions of the Act to 
which this is an amendment, residing in North Dakota, and act- 
ing as such at the time this Act shall take effect, shall hold their 
respective offices until the close of the term for which they were 
respectively appointed. The offices of those living in South Da- 
kota are hereby declared vacant, and shall be filled as in case of 
any other vacancy. Any vacancy in said Board, whether by re- 
moval, death, resignation or otherwise, shall be filled by the 
Governor. No person who shall be in any manner pecuniarily 
interested in, or who shall be officially connected with, any dental 
college, or dental department of any school or university, shall 
be appointed a member of said Board. 

Sec. 3. Said Board shall have power to make reasonable 
rules and regulations for carrying into effect and maintaining the 
provisions of this Act. It shall choose one of its members Presi- 
dent and one Secretary thereof, and shall hold regular meetings 
twice in each year, and such other regular and special meetings as 
said Board may by its rules provide. A majority of said Board 
shall at all times constitute a quorum thereof for the transaction of 
business, but a less number may adjourn from time to time. The 
Board shall keep full and complete minutes of its proceedings, 
and of its receipts and disbursements, and a full and accurate list 
of all persons licensed and registered by said Board, and such 
records, together with the list of licensed and registered dentists, 
to be kept as aforesaid, shall be public records, and shall at all 
reasonable times be open to public inspection, and such records, 
or a transcript of the same, or of any part thereof, under the seal 
of the Board, duly certified by the Secretary thereof, shall at all 
times and places be competent evidence of the facts therein 



118 world's history and 

stated or recited. A sworn statement by the Secretary, under the 
seal of the Board, stating that any person is oris not a registered 
dentist, shall be prima facie evidence that such person is or is not 
entitled to practice dentistry in this State. The President of the 
Board and the Secretary thereof shall have authority to adminis- 
ter oaths, and the Board shall have power to hear testimony as to 
all matters relating to the duties imposed upon it by law. 

Sec. 4. It shall be the duty of every person who, at the time 
this Act shall take effect, is a legally qualified practitioner of den- 
tistry in this State, as shown by the books of registration kept by 
said Board, under the provisions of the Act of which this is an 
amendment, and who is desirous to continue such practice, and of 
all persons who shall thereafter be licensed by said Board to 
practice dentistry, to procure from the Secretary of said Board, 
on or before the 31st day of May, 1890, and annually thereafter,, 
a certificate of registration as a practitioner of dentistry in this 
State. Such certificate shall be issued by the Secretary upon pay- 
ment of a registration fee, to be fixed by the Board, which fee 
shall not exceed the sum of $2. All certificates so issued shall 
expire on the 31st day of May in each year, and shall be prima 
facie evidence of the right of the holder thereof to practice den- 
tistry in this State during the time for which they were issued. 
Any certificate or license granted by said Board may be revoked 
by the Board, upon conviction of the party holding it, of a viola- 
tion of any of the provisions of this Act. Every person receiv- 
ing such certificate shall conspicuously expose the same in his 
place of business. 

Sec. 5. Any person having pursued the study of dentistry in 
the office, or under the supervision, of some regularly practicing 
dentist, for at least three years, before applying for such examina- 
tion, not lawfully entitled to practice dentistry at the time when 
this Act shall take effect, who shall thereafter desire to practice 
dentistry in this State, shall appear before said Board and be ex- 
amined with reference to his knowledge and skill in dentistry,, 
and if, upon such examination, such person be found, in the judg- 
ment of said Board, to possess suitable qualifications to practice 
dentistry, and if the Board shall be satisfied that the applicant 
has a good moral character, it shall issue to such person a license 
to practice dentistry in accordance with the provisions of this 
Act: Provided, That any person desiring to commence the prac- 
tice of dentistry in this State, and having a diploma issued, or' 



REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 119 

purporting to be issued, by any reputable dental college, or den- 
tal department of any university, shall present the same to the 
State Board of Examiners, and said Board being satisfied as to 
the genuineness of the diploma, and the qualifications of the ap- 
plicant, shall issue a license to such person to practice dentistry in 
this State without, examination, on payment of the license fee 
hereinafter provided for. All licenses issued by said Board shall 
be signed by the several members thereof, and be attested by its 
President and Secretary, and the seal of said Board. 

Sec. 6. Any member of said Board may issue a temporary 
license to any applicant upon the presentation of such applicant 
of satisfactory evidence that he possesses the necessary qualifi- 
cations to practice dentistry, on the payment of $10, which license 
shall remain in force until the semi-annual meeting of said Board 
next thereafter, and no longer; but such license shall not be re- 
newed, nor shall it be granted to any applicant who has, within 
six months previous to his application, been rejected by said 
Board. Such license shall not be valid until it shall be attested 
by the Secretary of the Board, under its seal, and the Secretary 
shall keep a record of such licenses, the date of their issue and 
the name of the members by whom each license was issued. 

Sec. 7. Any person shall be regarded as practicing dentistry 
within the meaning of this Act, who shall perform upon the 
human teeth, or parts adjacent thereto, any' operation or opera- 
tions such as are commonly known and designated as dental 
operations or operations in dental surgery; or who shall hold 
himself or herself out, by means of signs, cards, advertisements 
or otherwise, as a dentist or dental surgeon. Any legally quali- 
fied practitioner of dentistry who has complied with the provis- 
ions of this Act, or any properly organized and equipped and 
reputable dental college, or dental department of any reputable 
school or university, may take into preceptorship a student or 
students who shall be permitted to perform such operations in 
the offices or infirmaries of such preceptors and under their im- 
mediate supervision, and not otherwise, during the term of three 
years from the commencement of such pupilage, and no longer, 
unless for special reasons such time shall, in the discretion of the 
Board, be thereafter extended for a period not exceeding one 
year: Provided, Nothing in this Act shall be construed to prevent 
any legally qualified resident physician and surgeon from ex- 
tracting teeth, or to prevent any person from using any domestic 



120 world's history and 

remedy or other proper means for the relief of pain in case of an 
emergency. 

Sec. 8. In order to provide means for carrying into effect 
and maintaining the provisions of this Act, said Board of Dental 
P2xaminers may require each person appearing before it for ex- 
aminations as aforesaid to pay said Board a fee not exceeding 
$10, which shall in no case be returned to such applicant; and if 
the applicant shall receive a license to practice, he shall there- 
upon pay the further sum of $5, which shall entitle him to receive 
also a certificate of registration as a practitioner of dentistry in 
this State for the current or registration year in which such 
license shall be issued, after the termination of which he shall 
annually obtain a certificate as hereinbefore provided. All mon- 
eys received by the Board shall be held by the Secretary thereof 
as a special fund for paying the necessary expenses and the com- 
pensation of the Board and its Secretary, as herein provided, and 
for enforcing the provisions of this Act; and the Secretary shall 
give such bond as the Board may from time to time require. No 
part of the salaries or other expenses of the Board shall be paid 
out of the State treasury, but the annual report of the Board 
shall be printed by the State. The Secretary of the Board shall 
receive a salary which shall be fixed by the Board, in addition to 
the necessary and legitimate expenses by him incurred in the 
discharge of his duties, and each member of the Board shall re- 
ceive as compensation the sum of $5 per day for each day actually 
employed by him in attending meeting, or in performing any 
special duty assigned to him by the Board, and shall be reim- 
bursed for legitimate and necessary expenses by him incurred 
in the performance of any official duty. Said Board shall, on or 
before the 1st day of December in each year, make an annual re- 
port of its acts and proceedings to the Governor, which report 
shall contain among other things, an accurate statement of all 
moneys received and disbursed during the previous year. 

Sec. 9. Any violations of any of the provisions of this Act 
shall subject the party violating the same to a penalty of not less 
than $25 nor more than $50 for the first offense; of not less than 
$50 nor more than $100 for the second offense, and of not less 
than $100 nor more than $250 for the third or any other subse- 
quent offense, and such penalties shall be sued for and recovered 
in any court of competent jurisdiction in the name of the people 
by the State's attorney of the county wherein such offense shall 



REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 121 

have been committed, or in which the offender may be found, and 
such penalty, when recovered, shall be paid into the common 
school fund of the county in which the suit shall be brought, and 
in case of the non-payment of such penalty, the party so offend- 
ing shall be liable to imprisonment for a period not exceeding 
six months, in the discretion of the court having cognizance 
thereof: Provided, That either party may appeal in the same time 
and manner as appeals may be taken in other cases, except that 
where an appeal is prayed in behalf of the people, no appeal 
bond shall be required to be filed, whether the appeal be from 
justice of the peace, or from the county or district court, or from 
the appellate court. But it shall be sufficient in behalf of the 
people of the State of North Dakpta, for the use of the Board of 
Dental Examiners, to pray an appeal, and thereupon an appeal 
may be had without bond or security; Provided, further, That no 
proceeding shall be commenced against any party for failure to 
procure the annual certificate of registration provided for in sec- 
tion four, until after such party shall have been served with proper 
notice of such failure, and the penalty thereby incurred. Each 
operation performed and each patient treated, contrary to the pro- 
visions of this Act, shall be deemed and held as a separate offense. 

Sec. io. Any person who shall willfully and falsely claim or 
pretend to have or hold a certificate of license or registration of 
this Board or of any similar Board of any other State, or who shall 
willfully and falsely, with intent to deceive the public, claim or 
pretend to be a graduate of or hold a diploma granted by any 
incorporated dental society or dental college, shall be subject to 
the penalties provided for in section nine of this Act, to be sued 
for and recovered and paid out as in said section provided. 

Sec. ii. All laws or parts of laws in conflict with this Act 
are hereby repealed. 

Approved February 6, 1890. 

OHIO. 

To Amend Sections 4404 and 6991 of the Revised Statutes 

of Ohio. 

Be it Enacted by the General Assembly of the State of Ohio: 

Section i. That Sections 4404 and 6991 of the Revised Stat- 
utes of Ohio be so amended as to read as follows: 

Sec. 4404. From and after July 4, 1892, it shall be unlawful 



122 world's history and 

for any person to practice dentistry in this State unless such per- 
son shall have first obtained a certificate of qualification issued 
by the State Board of Dental Examiners of this State, as herein- 
after provided: 

i. A Board of Dental Examiners, to consist of five practic- 
ing dentists, resident in this State, is hereby created, whose duty 
it shall be to carry out the purposes and to enforce the provisions 
of this Act. The members of the first Board of Dental Exam- 
iners under the provisions of this Act shall be appointed by the 
Governor of the State on or before the first day of May, 1892. 
The term for which members of said Board shall be appointed 
shall be three years, and until their successors shall be duly ap- 
pointedand qualified; and no person shall be appointed for or serve 
to exceed two terms in succession. All vacancies in said Board 
caused by expiration of term, or otherwise, shall be filled by the 
appointment of the Governor of the State. 

2. Said Board shall have power to make reasonable rules and 
regulations for the purpose of carrying out and enforcing the 
provisions of this Act. It shall choose one of its members Pres- 
ident, and one Secretary; and shall hold two regular meetings in 
the city of Columbus, on the last Tuesday of May and Novem- 
ber, in each year, and at such other times as .may be deemed 
necessary by said Board. A majority of said Board shall at all 
times constitute a quorum thereof for the transaction of business, 
but a less number may adjourn from time to time. The Board 
shall keep full minutes of all of its proceedings, and a full register 
of all persons licensed and certified as dentists by said Board, 
which shall be public records, and at all reasonable times open to 
inspection as such. A transcript of any of the entries in such 
minutes and register, certified by the Secretary under the seal of 
said Board, shall at all times and places be competent evidence 
of the facts therein stated. The members of the Board shall 
have power to administer oaths, and the Board shall have power 
to hear testimony in all matters relating to the duties imposed 
upon it by law. 

3. Any and all persons who shall desire to practice dentistry 
in this State after July 4, 1892, except such persons as have been 
regularly, since July 4, 1889, engaged in the practice of dentistry 
in this State, or who may hold, or may hereafter obtain, diplomas 
from any reputable dental college, shall file application in writing 
with the Secretary of said Board of Dental Examiners for exam- 



REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 123 

ination and license, and at the time of making such application 
shall pay to the Secretary of said Board a fee of ten dollars, and 
each applicant shall present himself before said Board at its first 
regular meeting after filing his application for examination by 
said Board. The examination shall be of an elementary and 
practical character, but sufficiently thorough to test the fitness of 
the applicant to practice dentistry. The examination may be 
written, or oral, or both, at the option of the Board, and shall in- 
clude the following subjects, to-wit: Anatomy, physiology, chem- 
istry, materia medica, therapeutics, metallurgy, histology, path- 
ology, and operative, mechanical and surgical dentistry. All 
persons successfully passing such examinations, or who may 
legally hold diplomas from any reputable college of the United 
States or any foreign country, or who may have been regularly, 
since July 4, 1889, engaged in the practice of dentisty in this 
State, of good moral character, shall be registered and licensed 
by said Board as dentists, and shall receive a certificate of such 
registration and license duly authenticated by the seal and signa- 
ture of the President and Secretary of said Board; and in no 
case shall the examination fee be refunded. 

4. Every person receiving such a certificate of registration 
and license as dentist shall, before engaging in the practice of 
dentistry in this State, place and retain in place, while engaged 
in the practice of dentistry in this State, such certificates of regis- 
tration and license in a conspicuous position at his place of busi- 
ness, in such a manner as to be easily seen and read. 

5. Every person who may legally hold a diploma from any 
reputable dental college in the United States, or any foreign 
country, or who has been regularly, since July 4, 1889, engaged 
in the practice of dentistry in this State, shall, upon application 
and payment of a fee of two dollars to the Secretary of said 
Board of Dental Examiners, and producing satisfactory and rea- 
sonable proofs of the fact that he holds such diploma, or has 
been so engaged in the practice of dentistry in this State, since 
July 4, 1889, receive a certificate of registration and license to 
practice dentistry in this State. Every applicant for license to 
practice dentistry under the provisions of this section shall, in 
person, by mail or otherwise, produce for the inspection of the 
Board of Dental Examiners his diploma, or the affidavits of him- 
self and two freeholders, stating that he has been regularly en- 
gaged in the practice of dentistry in this State, and at what place 



124 world's history and 

or places, since July 4, 1889; and if the Board of Dental Exam- 
iners shall, upon inspection thereof, find that the applicant is 
legally qualified under the provisions of this Act to practice den- 
tistry in this State, the Secretary shall, without unnecessary de- 
lay, deliver to the applicant a certificate of registration and 
license to practice dentistry in this State, or forward the same 
without expense to the Board in such manner as the applicant 
may direct. The certificate of the Secretary of said Board of 
Dental Examiners, under the seal of said Board, stating that any 
person is or is not a registered and licensed dentist, shall be prima 
facie evidence that such person is or is not entitled to practice 
dentistry in this State. 

Sec. 6991. All persons shall be said to be practicing dentistry 
within the meaning of this Act, who shall for a fee, salary or 
other reward paid, or to be paid, either to himself or to another 
person, perform dental operations of any kind, treat diseases or 
lesions of human teeth or jaws, or attempt to correct malpositions 
thereof. But nothing contained in this Act shall be taken to 
apply to acts of bo?tafidc students of dentistry done in the pur- 
suit of clinical advantages under the direct supervision of a 
preceptor who is a licensed dentist in this State, or while in 
attendance upon a regular course of study in a reputable dental 
college, or to the acts of legally qualified physicians and sur- 
geons. 

1. Out of the funds coming into the possession of the Board 
as above specified, the members of said Board may each receive 
a compensation in the sum of five dollars for each day actually 
engaged in the duties of their office as such Examiners; and a 
mileage of three cents per mile for all distance necessarily 
traveled ingoing to and coming from the meetings of said Board. 
Said expenses shall be paid from the fees and assessments 
received by the Board under the provisions of this Act, and no 
part of the salary or other expenses of the Board shall ever be 
paid out of the State treasury. All moneys received in excess 
of the sdiid per diem allowance and mileage as above provided 
for, shall be held by the secretary of said Board as a special fund 
for other expenses of said Board and carrying out provisions of 
this Act, he giving such bond as the Board shall from time to 
time direct. 

2. Any person who shall violate any of the provisions of this 
Act shall be guilty of a misdemeanor, and upon conviction thereof 



REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 125 

may be fined not less than twenty-five dollars nor more than one 
hundred dollars, or be confined not less than ten days nor more 
than one month in the county jail, or both. All fines thus received 
shall be paid into the common school fund of the county in which 
such conviction takes place. It is hereby made the duty of the 
prosecuting attorney of each county in the State to prosecute 
.every case to final judgment whenever his attention shall be called 
to a violation of the provisions of this Act. 

3. Any person who shall knowingly or falsely claim or pre- 
tend to have or hold a certificate of registration, or who shall 
falsely, and with intent to deceive the public, claim or pretend to 
be a registered and licensed dentist, not being such a registered 
or licensed dentist, shall be deemed guilty of a misdemeanor and 
shall be liable to the penalties provided in this Act. 

4. The Board of Examiners created by this amended Act 
may sue or be sued, and in all actions brought by or against it, it 
shall be made a party under the name of the Board of Dental 
Examiners of the State of Ohio, and no suit shall abate by reason 
of any change in the membership of said Board. 

Sec. 2. Said original sections 4404 and 6991, to which this is 
amendatory, are hereby repealed. 

Sec. 3. This Act shall take effect and be in force from and 
after its passage. 

OKLAHOMA. 

Chapter XXVIII., Oklahoma Statutes. Took effect December 

25th, 1890. 

An Act to Regulate the Practice of Dentistry Within the 

Territory of Oklahoma. 

Be it Enacted by the Legislative Assembly of the Territory of Oklahoma : 
Section, i. That it shall be unlawful for any person to practice, 
or attempt to practice, dentistry or dental surgery in the Territory 
of Oklahoma without having first received a license from the 
Board of Dental Examiners, as hereinafter provided. 

Sec. 2\ A Board of Dental Examiners is hereby created 
whose duty it shall be to carry out the purpose and enforce the 
provisions of this Act. The members of such Board shall be 
appointed by the Governor, and shall consist of five practicing 
dentists, residents of Oklahoma Territory, who shall have been en- 
gaged in the continuous practice of dentistry or dental surgery 



126 world's history and 

for at least two years prior to the passage of this Act. In case 
of a vacancy occurring in said Board such vacancy shall be filled 
by the Governor. 

Sec. 3. Said Board shall keep a record, in which shall be 
registered the names and residence and place of business of all 
persons authorized under this Act to practice dentistry or dental 
surgery in this Territory. It shall elect one of its members as 
President, one as Secretary, and one as Treasurer thereof, which 
election shall hold during the term for which the incumbent was 
appointed, or during his or her residence in the Territory. It 
shall meet at least once in each year, and as much oftener and 
at such times and places as it may deem necessary. A majority 
of such Board shall at all times constitute a quorum, and the pro- 
ceedings thereof shall, at all reasonable times, be open for public 
inspection. 

Sec. 4. Every person who holds a diploma from a recognized 
college of dentistry, or who was engaged in the practice of den- 
tal surgery in the Territory three months previous to the passage 
of this Act and who has been regularly engaged in the practice 
of dentistry for three years next preceding the passage of this 
Act, shall, within six months thereafter, cause his or her name, 
residence and place of business to be registered with the Board 
of Dental Examiners and pay the fee hereinafter provided, where- 
upon the Board shall issue a license duly signed by a majority 
of said Board, and such license shall be prima facie evidence of 
the right of the holder thereof to practice dentistry or dental 
surgery in the Territory of Oklahoma. 

Sec. 5. Any person desiring to commence the practice of 
dentistry or dental surgery in the Territory of Oklahoma, after 
the passage of this Act, shall, before commencing such practice, 
file for record in a book kept for that purpose with said Board 
of Dental Examiners, his or her diploma, or a duly authenticated 
copy thereof, and pay the fee as hereinafter provided, whereupon 
the said Board shall issue to such person a license, the same as 
provided in section four of this Act: Provided, however, That 
any person who shall pass a satisfactory examination before the 
said Board regarding his or her qualifications to practice den- 
tistry or dental surgery, and pay the fee as hereinafter provided, 
shall also be granted a license as provided in section four of this 
Act. 

Sec. 6. To provide for the proper and effective enforcement 



REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 127 

of this Act, said Board of Dental Examiners shall be entitled to 
the following fees, to-wit: For each license issued to persons 
engaged in the practice of dentistry or dental surgery in this 
Territory, three months previous to the passage of this Act, the 
sum of three dollars; for each license issued to persons not en- 
gaged in such practice three months previous to such passage, 
the sum of ten dollars. 

Sec. 7. The members of said Board shall each receive the 
compensation of three dollars per day for each and every day 
actually engaged in the duties of their office, which together with 
all other legitimate expenses incurred in the performance of such 
duties shall be paid from fees received by the Board under the 
provisions of this Act, and no part of the expenses of said Board 
shall at any time be paid out of the Territorial treasury. All 
moneys in excess of said per diem allowances and other expenses 
shall be held by the Treasurer of said Board as a special fund for 
meeting the expenses of said Board, he giving such bond as the 
Board shall from time to time direct, and such Board shall make 
an annual report of its proceedings to the Governor by the 
fifteenth day of December of each year, together with an account 
of all moneys received and disbursed by them in pursuance of 
this Act. 

Sec. 8. Any person who shall violate this Act by practicing, 
or attempting to practice, dentistry or dental surgery in this Ter- 
ritory without first complying with the provisions of this Act 
shall be deemed guilty of a misdemeanor, and upon conviction 
thereof shall be fined in a sum not less than twenty-five dollars 
nor more than two hundred dollars, or by confinement in the 
county jail for not more than six months, or by both such fine 
and imprisonment, in the discretion of the Court: Provided, That 
nothing in this Act shall be so construed as to prevent physicians 
and surgeons or other persons from extracting teeth, and all fines 
collected under this Act shall belong to the common school fund 
of the county where the offense was committed. 

This Act shall take effect and be in force from and after the 
final adjournment of this legislative assembly. 

OREGON. 

Chapter 37, Section 3339 of the Laws of Oregon respecting the 
practice of dentistry recites as follows: 
Section 3339. It shall be unlawful for any person to practice 



128 world's history and 

or attempt to practice dentistry or dental surgery in the State of 
Oregon without having first obtained a diploma from the faculty 
of some reputable dental college, school or university department 
duly authenticated by the laws of this State or some other of the 
United States, or by the laws of some foreign government, and in 
which college, school or university department there was at the 
time of the issuance of such diploma annually delivered a full 
course of lectures and instructions in dentistry or dental surgery, 
or who shall have passed a satisfactory examination before a 
competent Board of Dental Examiners as contemplated ?nd pro- 
vided for in this Act: Provided, That nothing in this Act shall ap- 
ply to any person engaged in the practice of dentistry or dental 
surgery in this State at the time of the passage of this Act, except 
as hereinafter provided; and Provided further, That nothing in 
this Act shall be so construed as to prevent physicians from ex- 
tracting teeth. 

Sec. 3340. A Board of Examiners consisting of four practic- 
ing dentists of acknowledged ability as such, and who are resi- 
dents of this State, is hereby created, who shall have authority to 
issue certificates to persons in the practice of dentistry or dental 
surgery in the State of Oregon at the time of the passage of this 
Act, and to decide upon the validity of such diplomas as may be 
subsequently presented for registration, and also to pass upon the 
qualifications of such persons who do not hold diplomas, but who 
may hereafter desire to enter into the practice of dentistry in 
this State as hereinafter provided. 

Sec. 3341. The members of the said Board shall be appointed 
by the Governor and shall serve for a term of four years, except- 
ing that the members of the Board first appointed shall hold 
their orifices as follows: Two for two years and two for four years, 
respectively, and until their successors are duly appointed. In 
case of any vacancy occurring in said Board, said vacancy shall 
be filled by appointment by the Governor. 

Sec. 3342. Said Board shall keep a record in which shall be 
registered the names and residence and places of business of all 
persons authorized under this Act to practice dentistry or dental 
surgery in this State. It shall elect one of its members President 
and one Secretary thereof, and it shall meet at least once in each 
year and as much oftener and at such times and places as it may 
deem necessary. A majority of the members of said Board shall 



REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 129 

constitute a quorum, and the proceedings thereof shall at all 
reasonable times be open for public inspection. 

Sec. 3343. Every person, whether holding a diploma or not, 
engaged in the practice of dentistry or dental surgery within 
this State at the time of the passage of this Act shall, within six 
months thereafter, cause his or her name and residence and 
place of business to be registered with said. Board of Examiners, 
upon which said Board shall issue to such persons a certificate 
duly signed by the members of said Board, setting forth the 
facts, which certificate shall entitle the person to whom it is 
issued to all rights and privileges as set forth in section 3339, 
and every such person who shall so register with said Board as a 
practitioner of dentistry may continue to practice the same as 
such without incurring any of the liabilities or penalties provided 
in this Act, except as hereinafter provided in section 3346. 

Sec. 3344. Hereafter, when any person may desire to enter 
into the practice of dentistry in this State, such person shall 
appear before said Board of Examiners at any of its regular or 
special meetings, to be examined with reference to his or her 
knowledge of chemistry, physiology, the anatomy of the head 
and face, dental pathology and skill in surgical and mechanical 
dentistry, and when the examination shall prove satisfactory, the 
Board of Examiners shall issue to such persons a certificate to 
that effect, in accordance with the provisions of this Act: Pro- 
vided y That when an applicant desiring to enter into the practice 
of dentistry shall present a diploma from any reputable dental 
college as set forth in section 3339, then, upon the holder fur- 
nishing satisfactory evidence to his or her right to the same, it 
shall be deemed sufficient evidence of his or her knowledge and 
skill to practice dentistry or dental surgery in this State, and the 
Board shall issue a certificate to that effect. 

Sec. 3345. The statement of every person making applica- 
tion to the Board of Examiners for a certificate granting the 
right to practice dentistry or dental surgery in this State, as pro- 
vided in this Act, shall be verified under oath before a notary 
public or justice of the peace in such manner as may be pre- 
scribed by the Board of Examiners. All certificates issued by- 
said Board shall be signed by said Board, and such certificate 
shall be prima facie evidence of the right of the holder to prac- 
tice dentistry in the State of Oregon. 

Sec. 3346. Any person who shall receive a certificate from 

9 



130 world's history and 

the Board of Examiners in accordance with the provisions of 
this Act shall, within one month thereafter, cause the same to be 
registered with the county clerk of the county in which said per- 
son shall reside or engage in the practice of dentistry, and the 
county clerk shall charge for registering such certificate a fee of 
one dollar, and failure or neglect on the part of such person to 
so register as provided in this section shall work a suspension of 
such certificate, and it shall be unlawful for said person to prac- 
tice dentistry or dental surgery in this State during such suspen- 
sion, and until after proper application to, and restoration by, 
the Board of Examiners of said certificate so suspended, and 
upon the payment of such fee as is provided for in section 3347: 
And it is hereby further provided, That each certificate issued by 
said Board shall be posted up, and open at all times to public 
inspection, in the owner's office or place of business. 

Sec. 3347. In order to provide the means for carrying out 
and maintaining the provisions of this Act, said Board of Exam- 
iners shall charge all such persons applying to, or appearing 
before, them for the purposes set forth in this Act the following 
fees, viz.: For examination of any such person who maybe or 
who may claim to be engaged in the practice of dentistry in this 
State at the time of the passage of this Act, two dollars and fifty 
cents, for the examination of any person holding a diploma as 
set forth and provided for in this Act, but who was not at the 
time of its passage engaged in the practice of dentistry in this 
State, five dollars, for the examination as to qualifications as set 
forth and provided for in this Act of any person not holding a 
diploma, but who may hereafter desire to practice dentistry in 
this State, twenty-five dollars, for restoring each suspended cer- 
tificate as provided for in section 3346, twenty-five dollars, and 
for each certificate issued by said Board to any of the persons 
named one dollar additional and out of the funds coming into 
possession of said Board from fees so charged; under the provis- 
ions of this Act all legitimate and necessary traveling expenses 
incurred by the members of said Board in attending the meet- 
ings thereof and transacting the necessary business appertaining 
thereto shall be paid, and the Secretary of said Board shall be- 
come the custodian of all moneys received as above provided, 
he giving such bonds as the Board shall from time to time 
direct, and said Board shall make an annual report to the Gov- 
ernor, by the first day of December of each year of its proceed- 



REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 131 

ings, together with an account of all moneys received and dis- 
bursed by them pursuant to this Act: Provided, That no part of 
the expenses of said Board shall ever be paid out of the State 
treasury. 

Sec. 3348. Any person who shall in violation of this Act, 
practice dentistry in the State of Oregon, shall be liable to pros- 
ecution in the circuit court, and it is hereby made the duty of 
the prosecuting attorney of the district in which said offense is 
committed to prosecute such offender, and on conviction of such 
person so offending he or she shall be fined not less than fifty 
nor more than two hundred dollars, or confined in the county 
jail six months for each and every offense: Provided, That any 
person so convicted shall not be entitled to any fees for services 
rendered, and if a fee shall have been paid, the patient or his or 
her heirs may recover the same as debts of like amount are now 
recoverable by law, and all fines collected under the provisions 
of this Act shall inure to the common school fund. 

PENNSYLVANIA. 

(Session of 1876. No. 27.) 

An Act to Regulate the Practice of Dentistry, and to Pro- 
tect the People Against Empiricism in Relation Thereto, 
in the State of Pennsylvania, and Providing Penalties 
for the Violation of the Same. 

Be it Enacted by the Senate and House of Represe?itatives of the Com- 
monwealth of Pennsylvania in General Assembly met, and it is 
hereby Enacted by authority of the sa?ne : 

Section i. That it shall be unlawful for any person, except 
regularly authorized physicians and surgeons, to engage in the 
practice of dentistry in the State of Pennsylvania, unless said 
person has graduated and received a diploma from the faculty of 
a reputable institution, where this specialty is taught, and char- 
tered under the authority of some one of the United States or of 
a foreign government, acknowledged as such, or shall have ob- 
tained a certificate from a Board of Examiners duly appointed 
and authorized by the provisions of this Act to issue such certifi- 
cate. 

Sec. 2. The Board of Examiners shall consist of six practi- 
tioners of dentistry who are of acknowledged ability in the pro- 
fession. Said Board shall be el'ected by the Pennsylvania State 



132 world's history and 

Dental Society, at their next annual meeting, as follows: Two 
shall be elected for one year, two for two years, and two for three 
years, and each year thereafter two shall be elected to serve for 
three years, or until their successors are elected. The said Board 
shall have power to fill all vacancies for unexpired terms, and 
they shall be responsible to said State Dental Society for their 
acts. 

Sec. 3. It shall be the duty of this Board: 

1. To meet annually at the time and place of meeting of the 
Pennsylvania State Dental Society, and at such other time and 
place as the said Board shall agree upon, to conduct the exami- 
nation of applicants. They shall also meet for the same purpose, 
at the call of any four members of said Board, at any time and 
place as may be designated. Thirty days' notice must be given 
of the meetings, by advertising in at least three periodicals, one 
of them being a dental journal, and all published within this 
State. 

2. To grant a certificate of ability to practice dentistry, 
which certificate shall be signed by said Board and stamped with 
a suitable seal, to all applicants who undergo a satisfactory 
examination, and who receive at least four affirmative votes. 

3. To keep a book in which shall be registered the names 
and the qualifications of such, as far as practicable, of all persons 
who have been granted certificates of ability to practice dentistry 
under the provisions of this Act. 

Sec. 4. The book so kept shall be a book of record, and a 
transcript from it, certified to by the officer who has it in keep- 
ing, with a seal of said Board of Examiners, shall be evidence in 
any court of this State. 

Sec. 5. Four members of this Board shall constitute a quo- 
rum for the transaction of business; and should a quorum not be 
present on any day appointed for their meeting, those present 
may adjourn, from day to day, until a quorum is present. 

Sec. 6. Any person who shall, in violation of this Act, prac- 
tice dentistry in the State of Pennsylvania, shall be liable to 
indictment in the court of quarter sessions of the proper county, 
and on conviction shall be fined not less than fifty or more than 
two hundred dollars: Provided, That any person so convicted 
shall not be entitled to a fee for services rendered, and if a fee 
shall have been paid, the patient, or his or her heirs, may recover 
the same as debts of like amount are now recoverable by law. 



REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 133 

Sec. 7. All fines collected shall inure to the poor fund of the 
county in which the prosecution occurs. 

Sec. 8. Nothing in this Act shall apply to persons who have 
been engaged in the continuous practice of dentistry in this 
State, for three years or over, at the time of or prior to the pass- 
age of this Act. 

Sec. 9. To provide a fund to carry out the provisions of the 
third section of this Act, it shall be the duty of the said Board of 
Examiners to collect from those who receive the certificate to 
practice dentistry, the sum of thirty ($30) dollars each; of which 
sum, if there be any remaining, after liquidating necessary ex- 
penses, the balance shall be paid into the treasury of the said 
Pennsylvania State Dental Society, to be kept as a fund for the 
more perfect carrying out of the provisions of this Act. 

The above bill was presented to the Governor on the sixth 
day of April, one thousand eight hundred and seventy-six, and 
was not returned within ten days after it had been presented to 
him; wherefore it has, agreeably to the constitution of the com- 
monwealth, become a law in like manner as if he had signed it. 

(Session of 1883. No. 116.) 

An Act for the Registration of Dentists Supplementary 
to the Act Entitled "An Act to Regulate the Prac- 
tice of Dentistry, and to Protect the People Against 
Empiricism in Relation Thereto, in the State of Penn- 
sylvania, and Providing Penalties for the Same," Which 
Became a Law on the Seventeenth Day of April, One 
Thousand Eight Hundred and Seventy-six, Providing for 
the Registration of Practitioners of Dentistry, and 
Penalties for Violations of the Same. 

Be it E?iacted by the Senate and the House of Represe?itatives of the 
Commonwealth of Pe?insylvania in Ge?ieral Assembly met, and it 
is hereby Enacted by authority of the same : 

Section i. That it shall be the duty of any person practic- 
ing dentistry within this commonwealth, within three months 
after the passage of this Act, and of any person intending to 
practice dentistry within this commonwealth, before commencing 
the same, to have recorded in the recorder's office in the county 
in which he or she practices or intends to practice, the diploma 
or certificate provided for in the Act to which this is a supple- 
ment. 



134 world's history and 

Sec. 2. Any person beginning to practice dentistry in this 
State, after the passage of this Act, having a dental diploma 
issued or purporting to have been issued by any college, univer- 
sity, society or association, shall present the same to the State 
Examining Board provided for in the Act to which this is a sup- 
plement, for approval; such Examining Board being satisfied as 
to the qualifications of the applicant and the genuineness of the 
diploma shall, without fee, indorse the same as approved, after 
which the same may be recorded as aforesaid. 

Sec. 3. Any person who is entitled to practice dentistry in 
this commonwealth, without a diploma or certificate under the 
provisions of the eighth section or the Act to which this is a sup- 
plement, shall make written affidavit before some person quali- 
fied to administer an oath, setting forth the time of his continu- 
ous practice and the place or places where such practice was 
pursued in this commonwealth, and shall, within three months 
after the passage of this Act, have such affidavit recorded in the 
recorder's office of the county in which he is practicing. And it 
shall be the duty of the Recorder to record such diplomas, cer- 
tificates and affidavits in a book provided for such purpose. 

Sec. 4. Any person who shall violate or fail to comply with 
any of the provisions of this Act, or of the Act to which this is 
a supplement, or who shall cause to be recorded any diploma or 
certificate which has been obtained fraudulently, or is in whole 
or in part a forgery, or shall make affidavit to any false state- 
ment to be recorded as aforesaid, shall be guilty of a misde- 
meanor, and, on conviction, shall be sentenced to pay a fine of 
not less than fifty dollars nor more than two hundred dollars, 
for each offense, for the use of the proper county. 

Sec. 5. All Acts or parts of Acts inconsistent herewith are 
hereby repealed. 

Approved, the 20th day of June, A. D., 1883. 

RHODE ISLAND AND PROVIDENCE PLANTATIONS. 
An Act to Establish a Board of Registration in Dentistry. 

// is Enacted by the General Assembly as follows: 

Section i. The Governor of the State shall, on the passage 
of this Act, appoint five graduates in dentistry residing and do- 
ing business in the State, who shall constitute a Board of Regis- 
tration in Dentistry. The term for which such members shall 



REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 135 

hold their office shall be three years, except that one of the 
members first appointed under this Act shall hold his office for 
one year, two for the term of two years, and two for the term of 
three years, respectively, and until their successors shall be duly 
appointed. In case of a vacancy occurring in said Board it shall 
be filled by the Governor in conformity with this section. 

Sec. 2. Said Board shall choose one of its members Presi- 
dent, and one Secretary thereof, and three of its members shall 
constitute a quorum. It shall meet at least once a year or 
oftener at the call of three members. 

Sec. 3. Within three months from the time of the passage of 
this Act, it shall be the duty of every person engaged in the 
practice of dentistry at that time in the State, to cause his or her 
name and place of business to be registered with said Board, who 
shall keep a book for that purpose, and persons so registering 
shall receive a certificate to that effect from the Board. 

Sec. 4. All persons, not graduates of regular dental colleges, 
who may desire to enter the practice of dentistry in this State, 
subsequent to the passage of this Act, may appear before said 
Board and be examined with reference to their knowledge and 
skill in dentistry; and to such as undergo a satisfactory examina- 
tion, certificates to that effect, signed by said Board, shall be is- 
sued. • All persons holding diplomas from reputable dental col- 
leges may present the same to said Board, and on such presenta- 
tion shall receive certificates without examination. 

Sec. 5. Each person receiving a certificate shall pay to said 
Board the sum of two dollars, and each person applying for an 
examination, shall pay, in addition to the fee for certificate, if 
granted, twenty-five dollars, which shall in no case be returned. 
The fees received for examinations, registration and certificates 
shall be appropriated to defray the expenses of the Board of 
Registration in Dentistry. 

Sec. 6. Any person who shall practice or attempt to practice 
dentistry in this State, in violation of the provisions of this Act, 
shall be deemed guilty of misdemeanor and liable to indictment 
therefor, and upon conviction shall be fined not less than fifty 
nor more than one hundred dollars for each and every offense; 
and such person's failure to duly register with the Board of Reg- 
istration in Dentistry shall be evidence of such violation. 

Sec. 7. This Act shall take effect upon its passage. 

Passed June I, 1888. 



136 WORLD'S HISTORY" AND 



SOUTH CAROLINA. 



An Act to Regulate the Practice of Dentistry and Pro- 
tect the People Against Empiricism in Relation 
Thereto in the State of South Carolina. 

Be it Enacted by the Senate and House of Represe?itatives of the State 
of South Carolina, How met and sitting in Ge?ieral Assembly, a?iu 
by the Authority of the same : 

Section i. That from and after the passage of this Act it 
shall be unlawful for any person or persons to engage in the 
practice of dentistry in the State of South Carolina unless said 
person or persons shall have received a diploma from the faculty 
of some dental college, duly incorporated under the laws of this 
or some other State of the United States, or foreign government 
in which is annually delivered in good faith, a full course of lect- 
ures and instructions in dentistry, or shall have obtained a 
license from a board of dentists duly authorized and appointed by 
this Act to issue such license. 

Sec. 2. It shall be the duty of the South Carolina State 
Dental Association, at the next annual meeting thereof after the 
passage of this Act, to elect a Board of Examiners to consist of 
five members, to be known by the title of the Board of Dental 
Examiners in the State of South Carolina. The members of this 
Board shall, at the first election.be elected for terms of one, two, 
three, four and five years, respectively, or until their successors 
shall have been elected. And it shall be the duty of the South 
■Carolina State Dental Association, at each subsequent annual 
meeting thereof, to elect a person for the term of five years to 
fill the place of the member of the Board whose term of office 
shall at the time expire, and also to fill such vacancies in the 
Board as may have occurred during the year. And if at any 
regular meeting of the Board any member or members shall fail 
to be present, the South Carolina State Dental Association may, 
at its discretion, declare the office of such absentee to be vacated, 
and may proceed to elect a new member or members for the 
unexpired term of such person or persons, or it may elect a 
member or members to fill, temporarily, the place or places of 
such absentees. This Board shall be organized by the election 
of a President or Secretary. 

Sec. 3. It shall be the duty of the Board of Examiners to 
meet annually at the time and place of meeting of the South 



REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 137 

Carolina State Dental Association, giving thirty days' notice in 
the public newspapers, published in not less than three different 
places in the State, viz., one in Charleston, one in Columbia, and 
one in Greenville, of such annual meeting. Secondly, to prescribe 
a course of reading for those who study dentistry under private 
instructions. Thirdly, to grant a license to any applicant who 
can furnish satisfactory evidence of having graduated and re- 
ceived a diploma from any incorporated dental college in good 
standing with the profession, without fee, charge, or examina- 
tion. Fourthly, to grant licenses to all other applicants who 
undergo a satisfactory examination. Fifthly, to keep a book in 
which shall be registered all persons licensed to practice den- 
tistry in the State of South Carolina. The expenses of said license 
shall be fifteen dollars, to be paid by the licensee. And that all 
persons who do now hold, or may hereafter hold, a license to 
practice dentistry in this State shall become a member of the 
South Carolina State Dental Association immediately upon the 
obtaining of said license; provided, he shall be allowed to waive 
his right of membership. 

Sec. 4. That the books so kept shall be a book of record; 
and a transcript from it, certified by the officer who has it in 
keeping, with the common seal, shall be evidence in any court 
of the State. 

Sec. 5. That three members of said Board shall constitute a 
quorum for the transaction of business, and should a quorum not 
be present on the day appointed for their meeting, those present 
may adjourn from day to day until a quorum is present. 

Sec. 6. That one member of said Board may grant a license 
to an applicant to practice until the next regular meeting of the 
Board, when he shall report the fact, at which time the tempo- 
rary license shall expire; but such temporary license shall not be 
granted by a member of the Board after the Board has rejected 
the applicant. 

Sec. 7. That every dentist in this State be required to keep 
record of all cases treated in his practice, in accordance with a 
form to be designated by the South Carolina State Dental Asso- 
ciation, and furnish his patient with a copy of the same, if so de- 
sired by the patient. 

Sec. 8. That any person who shall, in violation of this Act, 
practice dentistry in the State of South Carolina for fee or reward 
shall be liable to indictment, and on conviction shall be fined not 



138 world's history and 

less than fifty nor more than three hundred dollars: Provided, 
That nothing in this Act shall be so construed as to prevent any 
person from extracting teeth. 

Sec. 9. That on trial of such indictment it shall be incumbent 
on the defendant to show that he has authority under the law to 
practice dentistry, to exempt himself from such penalty. 

Sec. 10. That all fines collected shall inure to the educational 
fund of the county where the offender resides. 

Sec. 11. Those who have been in the regular practice of den- 
tistry in the State prior to the passage of this Act are exempt 
from the provisions of the same, except section 7 of this Act. 

Sec. 12. That the South Carolina Dental Association is 
hereby made a body politic and corporate, shall have and use a 
common seal, sue and be sued, plead and be impleaded, and be 
empowered to make all necessary by-laws not inconsistent with 
the State laws and constitution. 

Sec. 13. That this Act shall continue in force until repealed. 

Approved February 23, 1875. 

SOUTH DAKOTA. 

An Act to Insure the Better Education of Practitioners of 
Dental Surgery, and to Regulate the Practice of Den- 
tistry in the Territory of Dakota. 

Be it E?iacted by the Legislative Assembly of the Territory of Dakota: 
Section i. That it shall be unlawful for any person to engage 
in the practice of dentistry in this Territory unless he or she shall 
have obtained a certificate, as herein provided. 

Sec. 2. A Board of Examiners, to consist of five practicing 
dentists, is hereby created, whose duty it shall be to carry out the 
purposes u and enforce the provisions of this Act. The members 
of said Board shall be appointed by the Governor, who shall 
select them from ten candidates, whose names shall be furnished 
him by the South Dakota Dental Society and the Northwestern 
Dental Association; each shall furnish the names of five candi- 
dates, and the Governor shall select at least two from each five 
names so furnished, to be members of said Board. The term 
for which the members of said Board shall hold their offices shall 
be five years, except that the members of the Board first to be 
appointed under this Act shall hold their offices for the term of 
one, two, three, four and five years respectively, and until their 



REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 139 

successors shall be duly appointed. In case of a vacancy occur- 
ring in said Board, such vacancy shall be filled by the Governor 
from names presented to him by the Northwestern Dental Asso- 
ciation and the South Dakota Dental Society. It shall be the 
duty of the said dental organizations to present twice the number 
of names to the Governor of those to be appointed. 

Sec. 3. Said Board shall choose one of its members Presi- 
dent, and one the Secretary thereof, and it shall meet at least once 
in each year, and as much oftener and at such times and places 
as it may deem necessary. A majority of said Board shall at all 
times constitute a quorum, and the proceedings thereof shall, at 
all reasonable times, be open to public inspection. 

Sec. 4. Within six months from the time this Act takes ef- 
fect, it shall be the duty of every person who is at that time 
engaged in the practice of dentistry in this Territory to cause his 
or her name and residence, or place of business, to be registered 
with said Board of Examiners, who shall keep a book for that 
purpose. The statement of every such person shall be verified 
under oath, before a notary public or justice of the peace, in such 
a manner as may be prescribed by the Board of Examiners. 
Every person who shall so register with said Board as a practi- 
tioner of dentistry may continue to practice the same as such 
without incurring any of the liabilities or penalties provided in 
this Act, and shall pay to the Board of Examiners for such reg- 
istration a fee of one dollar. It shall be the duty of the Board of 
Examiners to forward to the register of deeds of each county 
in the Territory a certified list of the names of all persons resid- 
ing in his county who have registered in accordance with the pro- 
visions of this Act, and it shall be the duty of all registers of 
deeds to register such names in a book to be kept for that pur- 
pose. 

Sec. 5. Any and all persons who shall so desire may appear 
before said Board at any of its regular meetings, and be exam- 
ined with reference to their knowledge and skill in dental sur- 
gery; and if the examination of any such person or persons shall 
prove satisfactory to said Board, the Board of Examiners shall 
issue to such persons as they shall find to possess the requisite 
qualifications a certificate to that effect in accordance with the 
provisions of this Act; said Board shall also endorse as satisfac- 
tory diplomas from any reputable dental college, when satisfied 
with the character of such institution, upon the holder of such 



140 world's history and 

diploma furnishing evidence, satisfactory to the Board of his or 
her right to the same. All certificates issued by said Board shall 
be signed by its officers, and such certificate shall be prima facie 
evidence of the right of the holder to practice dentistry in the 
Territory of Dakota. 

Sec. 6. Any person who shall violate any of the provisions 
of this Act shall be deemed guilty of a misdemeanor, and upon 
conviction may be fined not less than fifty dollars or more than 
one hundred dollars, or be confined six months in the county jail. 
All fines received under this Act shall be paid into the common 
school fund of the county in which such conviction takes place. 

Sec. 7. In order to provide the means for carrying out and 
maintaining the provisions of this Act, the said Board of Examiners 
may charge each person applying to or -appearing before them 
for examination for a certificate of qualification, a fee of ten dol- 
lars, which fee shall in no case be returned; and out of the funds 
coming into the possession of the Board, from the fees so charged, 
the members of said Board may receive, as compensation, the 
sum of five dollars for each day actually engaged in the duties of 
their office, and all legitimate and necessary expenses incurred in 
attending the meetings of said Board; said expenses shall be paid 
from the fees and penalties received by the Board under the pro- 
visions of this Act, and no part of the salary or other expenses of 
the Board shall ever be paid out of the Territorial treasury. All 
moneys received in excess of said per diem allowance and other 
expenses, as above provided for, shall be held by the Secretary of 
said Board as a special fund for meeting expenses of said Board 
and carrying out the provisions of this Act, he giving such bonds 
as the Board from time to time direct. And said Board shall 
make an annual report of its proceedings to the Governor by the 
15th of December of each year, together with an account of all 
moneys received and disbursed by them pursuant to this Act. 

Sec. 8. Any person who shall receive a certificate of qualifi- 
cation from said Board shall cause his or her certificate to be 
registered with the register of deeds of any county or counties in 
which such person may desire to engage in the practice of den- 
tistry, and the registers of deeds of the several counties in this 
Territory shall charge for registering such certificate a fee of 
twenty-five cents for such registration. Any failure, neglect or 
refusal on the part of any person holding such certificate to reg- 
ister the same with the register of deeds, as above directed, for a 






REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 141 

period of six months, shall work a forfeiture of the certificate, 
and no certificate when once forfeited shall be restored, except 
upon the payment to said Board of Examiners of the sum of 
twenty-five dollars as a penalty for such neglect, failure or refusal. 

Sec. 9. Any person who shall knowingly and falsely claim or 
pretend to have or hold a certificate of license, diploma or de- 
gree granted by any society, or who shall falsely and with intent 
to deceive the public, claim or pretend to be a graduate from any 
incorporated dental college, not being such graduate, shall be 
deemed guilty of a misdemeanor, and shall be liable to the same 
penalty as provided in section six of this Act. 

Sec. 10. This Act shall take effect and be in force from and 
after its passage and approval. 

Approved March 10', 1885. 

TENNESSEE. 

A Bill to be Entitled "An Act to Regulate the Practice of 
Dentistry in the State of Tennessee, and to Punish Vio- 
lators Thereof." 

Be it Enacted by the Ge?ieral Assembly of the State of Te?messee : 

Section i. That it shall be unlawful for any person to prac- 
tice, or attempt to practice, dentistry or dental surgery in the 
State of Tennessee, without first having received a diploma from 
some reputable dental college, school, or university department, 
duly authorized by the laws of this State, or some other of the 
United States, and in which college, or school, or university 
department there are at the time of the issuance of said diploma 
annually delivered a full course of lectures and instructions in 
dentistry and dental surgery: Provided, That nothing in section 1 
of this Act shall apply to any person engaged in the practice of 
dentistry or dental surgery in the State at the time of the passage 
of this Act, except as hereinafter provided: And provided further, 
That nothing in this Act shall be so construed as to prevent 
physicians, surgeons or others from extracting teeth. 

Sec. 2. A Board of Examiners, consisting of six practicing 
dentists of acknowledged ability as such, two of whom shall be 
residents in each of the three subdivisions of the State — East, 
Middle and West Tennessee — is hereby created, who shall have 
authority to issue certificates to persons in the practice of den- 
tistry or dental surgery in the State at the time of the passage of 



142 world's history and 

this Act; and also to decide upon the validity of such diplomas 
as may be subsequently presented for registration, as hereinafter 
provided, and issue certificates to all applicants who may here- 
after apply to said Board and pass a satisfactory examination. 

Sec. 3. The members of said Board shall be appointed by 
the Governor and shall serve for a term of three years, excepting 
that the members of the Board first appointed shall be made as 
follows: Two for one year, two for two years, and two for three 
years, respectively, and until their successors are duly appointed. 
In case of vacancy occurring in said Board by resignation, re- 
moval from the State, or death, such vacancy may be filled for 
its unexpired term by the Governor, as provided by this Act. 

Sec. 4. Said Board shall keep a record, in which shall be 
registered the names and residences or places of business of all 
persons authorized under this Act to practice dentistry or dental 
surgery in this State. It shall elect one of its members President 
and one Secretary thereof. And it shall meet at least once in 
each year, at the time and place fixed for the meeting of the 
State Dental Association, and as much oftener and at such times 
and places as it may deem necessary. A majority of the mem- 
bers of said Board shall constitute a quorum, and the proceedings 
thereof shall be open to public inspection. 

Sec. 5. Every person engaged in the practice of dentistry or 
dental surgery within this State at the time of the passage of this 
Act shall, within six months thereafter, cause his or her name, 
residence and place of business, to be registered with said Board 
of Examiners, upon which said Board shall issue to such person 
a certificate duly signed by a majority of the members of said 
Board, and which certificate shall entitle the person to whom it 
is issued to all the rights and privileges set forth in section 1 of 
this Act. 

Sec. 6. Any person desiring to commence the practice of 
dentistry or dental surgery within the State after the passage of 
this Act shall, before commencing such practice, file for record 
in a book kept for such purpose, with said Board of Examiners, 
his or her diploma, or duly authenticated copy thereof, the valid- 
ity of which said Board shall have power to determine. If 
accepted, said Board shall issue to the person holding such 
diploma a certificate duly signed by all or a majority of the mem- 
bers of said Board, and which certificate shall entitle the person 
to whom it is issued to all the rights and privileges set forth in 



REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 143 

section I of this Act: Provided, That any person, whether holding 
a diploma aforesaid or not, shall have the privilege of making 
application to said Board, and, upon undergoing a satisfactory 
examination, shall be entitled to a certificate in like manner as a 
person holding a diploma, and upon the same terms. 

Sec. 7. To provide for the proper and effective enforcement 
of this Act, said Board of Examiners shall be entitled to the fol- 
lowing fees, to-wit: For each certificate to persons engaged in 
the practice in the State at the time of the passage of this Act, 
the sum of one dollar; for each certificate issued to persons not 
engaged in the practice of dentistry in the State at the time of 
the passage of this Act, the sum of five dollars. 

Sec. 8. The members of said Examining Board shall receive 
the compensation of five dollars per day for each day actually 
engaged in the duties of his office, which, together with all other 
legitimate expenses incurred in the performance of such duties, 
shall be paid from the fees and penalties received by the Board 
under the provisions of this Act, and no part of the expenses of 
said Board shall at any time be paid out of the State treasury. 
All moneys in excess of the said per diem allowance and other 
expenses shall be held by the Secretary of said Board as a special 
fund for meeting the expenses of said Board, he giving such 
bond as the Board may from time to time direct, and said Board 
shall make an annual report of its proceedings to the Governor 
by the 15th day of December of each year, together with an 
account of all moneys received and disbursed by them in the 
pursuance of this Act. 

Sec. 9. Any person who shall violate this Act by practicing 
or attempting to practice dentistry or dental surgery within the 
State without first complying with the provisions of this Act, 
shall be deemed guilty of a misdemeanor, and upon conviction 
thereof shall be fined in a sum not less than twenty-five nor more 
than three hundred dollars. 

Sec. 10. This Act shall take effect from and after its pass- 
age, the public welfare demanding it. 

TEXAS. 
An Act to Regulate the Practice of Dentistry in the State 

of Texas. 
Be it Enacted by the Legislature of the State of Texas: 

Section i. That from and after the passage of this Act it 



144 world's history and 

shall be unlawful for any person to engage in the practice of den- 
tistry in the State of Texas, unless such person has obtained 
license from a Board of Examiners duly appointed and author- 
ized by this Act to issue such license: Provided, That dentists 
who have been in regular practice of dentistry in this State for 
three years next preceding the passage of this Act shall not be 
required to submit to an examination and shall be entitled to a 
license without fee, which shall be transmitted to him by mail, 
otherwise upon his application accompanied by the satisfactory 
^evidence to the fact of his having been in the regular practice for 
the time required. 

Sec. 2. That the Board of Examiners shall be appointed by 
the judge of each judicial district, and shall be composed of three 
reputable dentists residing in said district, who shall hold their 
offices two years from the date of. appointment, and any vacancy 
shall be filled by the district judge as aforesaid. 

Sec. 3. The Board shall, immediately after appointment, 
select one of their number as President and one as Secretary, and 
adopt all rules necessary for the transaction of the business that 
may come before them. 

Sec. 4. Said Board shall meet annually at some central point 
in their respective districts to conduct examinations and grant 
licenses; notice of the time and place of such meetings shall be 
given for one month by publication in some newspaper published 
in the district. 

Sec. 5. Any applicant who shall furnish satisfactory evidence 
of having graduated and received a diploma from a reputable 
dental college, and any applicants under the provision of the first 
section of this Act, and all other applicants who undergo a satis- 
factory examination as to their qualifications, and shall pay to 
the said Board a fee of five dollars, to be used for the advertising 
and incidental expenses, shall be granted license, which license 
shall entitle the person to whom granted to practice dentistry in 
any county when the same has been recorded as required by Sec- 
tion 12. 

Sec. 6. Said Board shall keep a book in which shall be regis- 
tered the names of all persons licensed to practice dentistry by 
said Board. 

Sec. 7. The book so kept shall be a book of record, and a 
transcript from it, certified to by the officer who has it in keeping, 



REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 145 

with the common seal of said Board, shall be evidence in any 
court in this State. 

Sec. 8. That two members of said Board shall constitute a 
quorum for the transaction of business, and should a quorum not 
be present on the day appointed for its meeting the members 
present may adjourn from day to day until a quorum be present. 

Sec. 9. That one member of said Board may grant a license 
for an applicant to practice until the next regular meeting of the 
Board, when he shall report the fact, at which time such tempo- 
rary license shall expire, but such temporary license shall not be 
granted by a member of the Board within one year after the 
Board has rejected the applicant. 

Sec. 10. That any person who shall, in violation of the pro- 
visions of this Act, practice dentistry in this State, for a fee or 
reward, shall be liable to indictment, and on conviction shall be 
fined not less than one hundred nor more than two hundred dol- 
lars, nor shall it be construed to prevent persons from extracting 
teeth nor in any way interfere with physicians and surgeons in 
their practice as such. 

Sec. 11. That all fines collected from prosecution under this 
Act shall be appropriated to the common school fund in the 
county where collected. 

Sec. 12. That every person to whom license is issued by said 
Board of Examiners shall, within thirty days of the date thereof, 
present the same to the clerk of the county in which he resides, 
who shall officially record said license in a book in his office, and 
shall be entitled to demand a fee of fifty cents for his services, 
but a temporary license issued under Section q of this Act need 
not be recorded. 

Sec. 13. That on the trial of any person indicted under the 
provisions of this Act it shall be incumbent upon the defendant, 
in order to exempt him from the penalties of this Act, to show 
that he has authority, under the law, to practice dentistry in this 
State. 

Sec. 14. That all laws or parts of laws in conflict with this 
Act be, and the same are hereby, repealed. 

UTAH. 
No law. 



10 



145a world's history and 

UTAH. 

An Act Regulating the Practice of Dentistry in the Terri- 
tory of Utah. 

Be it Enacted by the Governor and Legislative Assembly of the Territory 
of Utah: 

Section i. It shall be unlawful for any person who is not at 
the time of the passage of this Act engaged in the practice of 
dentistry in this Territory, to practice dentistry therein unless he 
or she shall have obtained a certificate as hereinafter provided. ' 

Sec. 2. A Board of Examiners, to consist of five practicing 
dentists, is hereby created, whose duty it shall be to carry out the 
purposes and enforce the provisions of this Act. The members 
of said Board shall be appointed by the Governor, by and with 
the advice of the legislative council, from the dental profession of 
the Territory at large. The term for which the members of said 
Board shall hold their offices shall be four years, except that two 
of the members of the Board, first to be appointed under this Act, 
shall hold their office for the term of two years, two for the term 
of three years, and one for the term of four years, respectively, 
and until their successors shall be duly appointed and qualified. 
In case of a vacancy occurring in said Board, such vacancy shall 
be filled by the Governor. 

Sec. 3. Said Board shall choose one of its members President 
and one the Secretary thereof, and it shall meet at least once in 
each year, and as much oftener and at such times and places as it 
may deem necessary. A majority of said Board shall at all times 
constitute a quorum, and the proceedings thereof shall at all rea- 
sonable times be open to public inspection. 

Sec. 4. Within six months from the time that this Act takes 
effect it shall be the duty of every person who is now engaged in 
the practice of dentistry in this Territory to cause his or her name 
and residence or place of business to be registered with said 
Board of Examiners, who shall keep a book for that purpose. 
The statement of every such person shall be verified under oath 
before a Notary Public or Justice of the Peace in such manner as 
may be prescribed by the Board of Examiners. Every person 
who shall so register with said Board as a practitioner of dentis- 
try shall receive a certificate to that effect, and may continue to 
practice as such without incurring any of the liabilities or penal- 



REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 145b 

ties provided in this Act, and shall pay to the Board of Examin- 
ers for such registration a fee of one dollar. It shall be the duty 
of the Board of Examiners to forward to the County Clerk of 
each county in the Territory a certified list of the names of all 
persons residing in his county who have registered in accordance 
with the provisions of this Act, and it shall be the duty of all 
County Clerks to register such names in a book to be kept for 
that purpose. 

Sec. 5. Any and all persons who shall so desire may appear 
before said Board at any of its regular meetings and be examined 
with reference to their knowledge and skill in dental surgery; and 
if the examination of any such person or persons shall prove sat- 
isfactory to said Board, the Board of Examiners shall issue to 
such persons as they shall find to possess the requisite qualifica- 
tions a certificate to that effect, in accordance with the provisions 
of this Act. Said Board shall also endorse as satisfactory diplo- 
mas from any reputable dental college recognized by the National 
Association of Dental Examiners, upon the holder furnishing evi- 
dence satisfactory to the Board of his or her right to the same, 
and shall issue certificates to that effect within ten days thereaf- 
ter. All certificates issued by said Board shall be signed by its 
officers, and such certificates shall be prima facie evidence of the 
right of the holder to practice dentistry in the Territory of Utah. 
One member of said Board may grant a license to an applicant to 
practice until the next regular meeting of the Board, when he 
shall report the fact, at which time the temporary license shall 
expire; but such temporary license shall not be granted by a mem- 
ber of the Board after the Board has rejected the applicant. 

Sec. 6. Any person who shall violate any of the provisions 
of this Act shall be deemed guilty of a misdemeanor. 

Sec. 7. In order to provide the means for carrying out and 
maintaining the provisions of this Act, the said Board of Examin- 
ers shall charge each person applying to or appearing before 
them for a certificate of qualification the sum of five dollars, 
which fee shall in no case be returned; and out of the funds com- 
ing into the possession of the Board from the fees so charged and 
penalties received under the provisions of this Act all legitimate 
and necessary expenses incurred in attending the meetings of 
said Board shall be paid, and no part of the expenses of the Board 
shall be paid out of the Territorial treasury. All moneys received 
in excess of expenses above provided for shall be held by the 



145c world's history and 

Secretary of said Board as a special fund for meeting the expenses 
of said Board and carrying out the provisions of this Act, he giv- 
ing such bond as the Board from time to time shall direct. And 
said Board shall make an annual report of its proceedings to the 
Governor by the first of December of each year, together with an 
account of all moneys received and disbursed by them pursuant 
to this Act. 

Sec. 8. Any person who shall receive a certificate from the 
Board to practice dentistry shall cause his or her certificate to be 
registered with the County Clerk of the county in which such 
person may reside, and the County Clerk shall charge for regis- 
tering such certificate a fee of one dollar. Any failure, neglect 
or refusal on the part of any person holding such certificate to 
register the same with the County Clerk as above directed for a 
period of six months shall work a forfeiture of the certificate; 
and no certificate, when once forfeited, shall be restored, except 
upon the payment to the said Board of Examiners of the sum of 
twenty-five dollars as a penalty for such neglect, failure or refusal. 

Sec. 9. Any person who shall knowingly and falsely claim 
or pretend to have or hold a certificate of license, diploma or 
degree granted by any society organized under and pursuant to 
the provisions of this Act, or who shall falsely and with intent to 
deceive the public, claim or pretend to be a graduate from any 
incorporated dental college, shall be deemed guilty of a misde- 
meanor. 

Sec. 10. Nothing in this Act shall be so construed as to pro- 
hibit any person from extracting teeth. 

Sec. 11. This Act shall take effect and be in force from and 
after its approval by the Governor. 

Approved March 8th, 1894. 



146 world's history and 

VERMONT. 

(No. 118.) 

An Act Regulating the Practice of Dentistry. 

// is hereby Enacted by the General Assembly of the State of Vermont: 

Section i. There shall be a Board of Dental Examiners. 
The Board to consist of five dental graduates or practitioners of 
dentistry, to be appointed by the Governor in the month of 
November, 1882, and in the month of November biennially there- 
after. The term of office of members so appointed shall com- 
mence on the first day of December following their appointment 
and continue for two years, and until their successors are ap- 
pointed. The Governor shall fill vacancies in the Board. 

Sec. 2. The Board shall meet annually or oftener. Meetings 
shall be held on the call of three members. Thirty days' notice 
of each meeting shall be given by mail to each practicing dentist 
in the State known to the Board. 

Sec. 3. The Board shall at their meetings examine applicants 
for licenses to practice dentistry, and shall grant a license to each 
one whom they find qualified, on payment to the Board by such 
person of the sum of five dollars. The Board shall grant a 
license without fee to any person who has received a diploma 
from any incorporated dental college and to each person residing 
and engaged in the practice of dentistry within the State at the 
time of the passage of this Act, on application of such person 
accompanied by satisfactory proof of the facts which entitle him 
to such. 

Sec. 4. Any member of the Board may, when the Board is 
not in session, grant a license to practice dentistry to a person 
whom such member finds on examination to be qualified, on the 
payment of the sum of two dollars by such person. A license so 
granted shall be valid until the next meeting of the Board, but 
not longer. Each member shall make a report of licenses so 
granted by him at the meeting of the Board next following the 
granting of the license. A member shall not grant a license under 
the provisions of this section to one who has been rejected by the 
Board as unqualified. 

Sec. 5. Members of the Board shall receive three dollars, 
each, a day for time spent in examining applicants and granting 
licenses, if the fees received from applicants during the biennial 
term, in which such services are rendered, shall be sufficient 



REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 147 

therefor; and at the end of each biennial term the Board shall 
file, with the State auditor, a statement of their receipts and dis- 
bursements, verified by oath, and shall at the same time pay into 
the State treasury any excess remaining in their hands. 

Sec. 6. A person who, without a license in force, practices 
dentistry in this State for a compensation, or reward, shall be 
fined not less than twenty-five dollars, nor more than one hundred 
dollars. But no penalty shall attach to a person for merely 
extracting teeth. 

Sec. 7. The Board of Dental Examiners shall keep a book 
in which they shall cause to be entered the name of each person 
to whom a license has been issued under the provisions of this 
Act. 

Sec. 8. A person receiving a license from the Board of Den- 
tal Examiners shall, within thirty days from the time of receiving 
the same, cause it to be recorded in the office of the Secretary of 
State, who shall be entitled to twenty-five cents for recording 
each license. 

Sec. 9. A person who does not cause his license to be re- 
corded within the time required by the preceding section shall 
forfeit the license, and shall not be re-licensed until he has paid 
to the Board the sum of ten dollars. 

Sec. 10. This Act shall take effect from its passage, except 
Section six, which shall take effect on the first day of January, 1883. 

Approved November 29, 1882. 

VIRGINIA. 

Section 1767. From and after the passage of this Act it 
shall be unlawful for any person to engage in the practice of 
dentistry in the Commonwealth of Virginia, or to assist in the 
practice of dentistry as either assistant or employe, or to receive 
license from any commissioner of revenue, unless such person has 
graduated and received a diploma from the faculty of a reputable 
institution where this specialty is taught, and chartered under 
the authority of some one of the United States, or of a foreign 
government, acknowledged as such, and shall have obtained a 
certificate from the Board of Examiners duly appointed under 
the provisions of Section one thousand seven hundred and sixty- 
eight of Code of eighteen hundred and eighty-seven, to issue such 
certificates: Provided, That persons who shall be engaged in the 



1.48 world's history and 

practice of dentistry in the Commonwealth of Virginia on the 
first day of January, eighteen hundred and ninety, and who shall 
comply with the requirements of Section one thousand seven 
hundred and seventy-four of this Act shall be otherwise exempt 
from the provisions of this Section: And provided further, That 
nothing contained in this Section shall prevent a student who is 
pursuing a regular course of instruction from assisting a person 
in the practice of dentistry qualified as herein provided, or shall 
prevent any authorized physician or surgeon from extracting 
teeth for anyone suffering from toothache. 

Sec. 1768. The Board of Examiners shall consist of six prac- 
titioners of dentistry, of acknowledged ability in the profession, 
to be appointed by the Governor. The Board shall continue to 
be divided into three classes with two members each, one of which 
classes shall go out of office each succeeding year; and the 
Governor shall annually appoint the successors of each class, as 
it goes out, for the term of three years. He shall make the ap- 
pointments in each case from four persons who shall be nomi- 
nated by the Virginia State Dental Association, and reside in 
different sections of the State. All vacancies for unexpired 
terms shall be filled by the Governor on nominations made by 
the Board. If no nominations be *made by said Association or 
Board, as the case may be, or the nominations made be not ap- 
proved by the Governor, he shall appoint such persons as he may 
deem fit. 

Sec. 1769. It shall be the duty of this Board: First, To meet 
annually at the time and place of meeting of the Virginia State 
Dental Association, or at such other time and place as the Board 
shall agree upon, to conduct the examination of applicants. They 
shall also meet for the same purpose at the call of any four members 
of the Board, at such time and place as may be designated by said 
members. Thirty days' notice of the meetings shall be given by 
advertising in at least two of the daily papers published in the 
State. Second, To grant a certificate of ability to practice den- 
tistry to all applicants who undergo a satisfactory examination, 
and receive at least four affirmative votes, which certificate shall 
be signed by the members of the Board, and be stamped with a 
suitable seal (which they may adopt). Third, To keep a book 
in which shall be registered the name and qualification (as far as 
practicable) of every person to whom such certificate is granted. 

Sec. 1770. The book so kept shall be a book of record, and 



REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 149 

transcripts from it, certified by the officer who has it in keeping, 
with the seal of the Board affixed, shall be evidence in any court 
of this State. 

Sec. 1771. Four members of the Board shall constitute a 
quorum, and should a quorum not be present on any day ap- 
pointed for their meeting, those present may adjourn from time 
to time until a quorum be present. 

Sec. 1772. Any person who shall, in violation of this chapter, 
practice dentistry in this State, shall, on conviction thereof, be 
fined not less than fifty nor more than two hundred dollars, and 
shall not be entitled to any fee for service rendered; and if a fee 
shall have been paid, the patient may recover back the same. 

Sec. 1773. All fines collected under this chapter shall go to 
the public school fund of the county or corporation in which the 
prosecution is had. 

Sec. 1774. Every person practicing dentistry in the Com- 
monwealth of Virginia, at the time of the passage of this Act, 
shall register his name and postoffice address, together with the 
name of the college from which he is a graduate, or the length of 
time he has been practicing in this Commonwealth, with the 
Board of Examiners before renewing his license, and it shall be 
the duty of the Board to issue to each person so registering a 
certificate of registration stamped with the seal of the Board, but 
no fee shall be collected by the Board from persons so register- 
ing. 

Sec. 1775. To provide a fund to carry out the provisions of 
Section seventeen hundred and sixty-nine, it shall be the duty of 
the said Board to collect from those who appear before them for 
examination the sum of ten dollars each. 

WASHINGTON. 

(Chapter LV. H. B. No. 86.) 

An Act to Regulate the Practice of Dentistry in the State 
of Washington, and Declaring an Emergency. 

Be it Enacted by the Legislature of the State of Washington : 

Section i. The members of the Board of Dental Examiners 
to be appointed on or before the first Monday in February, 1894, 
for terms commencing the first Monday of March, 1894, shall be 
appointed and commissioned by the Governor for the following 



150 world's history and 

terms, to-wit: Two members of said Board for the term of one 
year, and three members of said Board for the term of two years. 
All members of said Board appointed subsequent to the year 
1894 for regular terms shall be appointed for the term of two 
years, and until their successors, respectively, are appointed and 
qualified. In each odd numbered year, subsequent to the year 
1894, two members of said Board shall be appointed, and in each 
even numbered year three members shall be appointed. Appoint- 
ments for each year shall be made on or before the first Monday 
in February of such year, and the term of office of each such 
member so appointed shall begin on the first Monday of March 
of such year. At least two of said members of said Board shall 
be selected from east of the summit of the Cascade mountains, 
and at least two from west of said summit. All vacancies occur- 
ring in said Board of Examiners may be filled by the Governor at 
any time. The Board of Dental Examiners appointed under the 
Act entitled "An Act to regulate the practice of dentistry, and to 
protect the people against empiricism in relation thereto in the 
Territory of Washington," approved January 28, 1888, whose 
terms of office will expire on the first Monday of March, 1894, 
are hereby recognized and confirmed as the State Board of Dental 
Examiners for the State of Washington, and said Board shall 
continue to hold their said orifices until the expiration of their said 
terms, and to perform the duties of the same in accordance with 
the provisions of this Act. 

Sec. 2. Each member of said Board hereafter shall, before 
entering upon the duties of his office, take and subscribe an oath 
or affirmation in substantially the following form: 

State of Washington, ) 
County of ) 

I, , do solemnly swear or affirm that I will sup- 
port the constitution and laws of the United States of America 
and of the State of Washington, and that I will faithfully per- 
form the duties of the office of member of the Board of Dental 
Examiners of the State of Washington. So help me God. 

(Signed) 

Sec. 3. The Board shall choose one of its members President 
and one Secretary thereof, and it shall meet at least twice in each 
year, in May and November, or oftener, at the call of the Presi- 
dent and Secretary. Thirty days' notice must be given of the 



REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 151 

time and place of the meeting of said Board by publication of 
such notice in at least four newspapers in general circulation pub- 
lished in the State of Washington, no two of such newspapers to 
be published in any one county. Three members of said Board 
shall constitute a quorum, and the proceedings thereof shall at 
all reasonable times be open to public inspection. 

Sec. 4. Any person or persons who desire to begin the prac- 
tice of dentistry in the State of Washington after the passage of 
this Act shall file his or her name, together with an application 
for examination, with the Secretary of the State Board of Dental 
Examiners, and, at the time of making such application, shall pay 
to the Secretary of the Board a fee of twenty-five dollars, and 
shall present him or herself at the first regular meeting thereafter 
of said Board to undergo examination before that body. No 
person shall be eligible for such an examination unless he or she 
shall be of good moral character, and shall present to said Board 
his or her diploma from some dental college in good standing, and 
shall give satisfactory evidence of his or her rightful possession 
of the same: Provided, That the said Board may admit to ex- 
amination such other persons of good moral character as shall 
give satisfactory evidence of having been engaged in the practice 
of dentistry ten years prior to the date of application for exami- 
nation. Said Board shall have the power to determine the good 
standing of any colleges from which such diplomas may be 
granted. Said examination shall be elementary and practical in 
character, but sufficiently thorough to test the fitness of the can- 
didate to practice dentistry. It shall include, written in the 
English language, questions on the following subjects: Anatomy, 
physiology, chemistry, materia medica, therapeutics, metallurgy, 
histology, pathology, operative and surgical dentistry, and also 
demonstrations of their skill in operative and mechanical den- 
tistry. All persons successfully passing such examination shall 
be registered as licensed dentists in the Board register as herein- 
after provided, and also receive a certificate to be signed by the 
President and Secretary of said Board and in substantially the 
following form to-wit: 

This is to certify that is hereby licensed to prac- 
tice dentistry in the State of Washington. This certificate must 
be filed for record in the office of the auditor of any county in 
which the party holding said certificate desires to practice, and it 



152 world's history and 

is unlawful for him (or her) to practice dentistry in any county 
in which said certificate is not filed for record. 

Dated at this .... day of A. D. 1 89 . . 



President of said Board of Dental Examiners. 



Secretary of said Board. 

Sec. 5. The certificates in this Act provided for shall entitle 
the holder thereof to practice dentistry in any county in the State 
of Washington: Provided, Such certificate shall first be filed for 
record in the office of the auditor of the county in which such 
holder desires to practice, and nothing herein contained shall be 
construed to permit any holder of any certificate to practice in 
any county in this State unless such certificate shall have been 
first recorded in the office of the auditor of such county as here- 
in provided: Provided further, That any such holder of a certifi- 
cate may practice in more than one or any number of counties in 
this State on having such certificate recorded in each of such 
counties in which such holder desires to so practice. Said Board of 
Dental Examiners shall, upon satisfactory proof of the loss of 
any certificate issued under the provisions of this Act, issue a 
new certificate in place thereof. Any person failing to pass the 
first examination successfully may demand a second examination 
at a subsequent meeting of said Board, and no fee shall be 
charged to [for] said examination: Provided, That the second 
examination is taken before the expiration of one year. 

Sec. 6. It shall be the duty of said Board to meet at the city 
of Olympia in said State on the 2d day of May, 1893, an ^ with- 
in ten days thereafter to transfer to a register, to be provided by 
them for that purpose, the name, residence and place of business 
of each and every person who at the time of the passage of this 
Act, pursuant to said Act. of the Legislature of the Territory of 
Washington, approved January 28, 1888, shall be qualified to prac- 
tice dentistry in the State of Washington, and who shall then be 
registered on the books of the Board. It shall be the duty of 
the Secretary of the said Board to send to each person so regis- 
tered prior to the passage of this Act, without fee, a certificate 
similar in form to the other certificate provided for by this Act, 
signed by the President and Secretary of said Board of Exam- 
iners, which certificate the holder thereof shall have recorded 
with the county auditor of the county in which the holder d^- 



REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 153 

sires to practice within ninety days from the date of said certifi- 
cates. 

Sec. 7. The county auditor of each county is required to re- 
cord, in a special book to be kept by him for that purpose, all 
certificates issued under the provisions of this Act, which may 
be presented to him for that purpose. After the record of any 
such certificate such auditor shall return the same with a certifi- 
cate of its record to the party entitled to the same. Said auditor 
shall receive for such filing and record a fee of one dollar. 

Sec. 8. Any person who as principal, agent, employer, em- 
ploye, assistant, or in any manner whatever shall practice den- 
tistry, or who for reward or hire shall do any act of dentistry 
without having filed for record and having recorded in the office 
of the auditor of the county wherein he shall so practice or do 
such act, a certificate from said Board of Dental Examiners en- 
titling him to so practice, shall be deemed guilty of a misde- 
meanor, and, upon conviction, shall be fined in any sum not less 
than fifty dollars nor more than two hundred dollars, or be con- 
fined for any period not exceeding six months in the county jail, 
for each and every offense: Provided, The foregoing provisions 
of this section shall not, prior to the 2d day of July, A. D. 1893, 
apply to any person who shall be a duly licensed and practicing 
dentist in this State at the time of the passage of this Act, and 
whose name shall be registered as such in the records of said 
Board. After said second day of July, A. D. 1893, all the pro- 
visions of this section shall apply to all persons whomsoever. 
All fines recovered under this Act shall be paid into the common 
school fund of the county in which conviction is had. 

Sec. 9. In any prosecution for misdemeanor under the pro- 
visions of this Act, the certificate of the county auditor of the 
county within which such misdemeanor is alleged to have been 
committed, to the effect that there is no certificate of the Board 
of Dental Examiners of this State on file in such auditor's office 
issued under the provisions of this Act to the person accused of 
such misdemeanor, shall be sufficient proof prima facie that such 
person is not entitled to practice dentistry in such county. 

Sec. 10. In order to provide the means for carrying out and 
maintaining the provisions of this Act, the said Board of Exam- 
iners shall charge such person applying to or appearing before 
them for examination for a certificate of qualification the fee 
hereinbefore provided for, which fee shall be in no case returned; 



154 world's history and 

and out of the funds coming into the possession of the Board 
from the fees so charged the sum of five dollars for each day act- 
ually engaged in the duties of their office, and all legitimate and 
necessary expenses incurred in attending to the duties of said 
Board shall be paid to each member of said Board. Said Board 
may also pay out of said fund all expenses which may be rea- 
sonably incurred by them in carrying out and maintaining the 
provisions of this Act. Said Board may, if deemed best by said 
Board, with the consent of the prosecuting attorney of any 
county, employ and compensate out of said fund special counsel 
to assist in the prosecution in the courts of such county and the 
Supreme Court of any offense alleged to have been committed 
under the provisions of this Act in such county. Said expenses 
shall be paid from the fees received by the Board under the pro- 
visions of this Act, and no part of the salary or expenses of said 
Board shall ever be paid out of the State treasury. All moneys 
received in excess of salaries and expenses as above provided 
for shall be held by the Secretary of said Board as a special fund 
for meeting the expenses of said Board and carrying out the 
provisions of this Act, he giving such bond as the Board may 
from time to time direct; and said Board shall make annual re- 
port of its proceedings to the Governor on or before the fifteenth 
day of October of each year, together with an account of moneys 
received and disbursed by them pursuant to this Act. 

Sec. ii. All persons shall be said to be practicing dentistry 
within the meaning of this Act, who shall for a fee or salary, or 
other reward, paid either to himself or to another person for oper- 
ations or parts of operations of any kind, treat diseases or lesions 
of the human teeth or jaws or correct malpositions thereof, but 
nothing in this Act contained shall be taken to apply to bona fide 
students of dentistry or one in pursuit of clinical advantages, un- 
der the direct supervision of a preceptor or licensed dentist in 
this State, during the period of their enrollment in a dental col- 
lege and attendence upon a regular uninterrupted course in such 
a college, nor to physicians in the regular discharge of their 
duties. 

Sec. 12. It shall be the duty of the prosecuting attorney for 
each county to attend to the prosecution of all complaints made 
under this Act, both upon the preliminary hearing in the justice 
court or before any magistrate before whom such complaint may 
be made, and also upon hearing in the court, either upon such 



REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 155 

complaint or upon any information or indictment filed against 
any person under this Act: Provided, Nothing in this Act shall be 
construed to prevent the prosecution of any person for violation 
of this Act upon information of the prosecuting attorney di- 
rectly. The attorney-general of this State shall appear in the Su- 
preme court and attend to the prosecution of all criminal cases 
arising under this Act which maybe appealed to said court or be 
taken to said court by writ of error. 

Sec. 13. Sections I, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 and 10 of the Act of the 
Territory of Washington entitled "An Act to regulate the prac- 
tice of dentistry and to protect the people against empiricism in 
relation thereto in the Territory of Washington," approved Janu- 
ary 28, 1888 (said sections being sections 2854, 2856, 2857, 2858, 
2859, 2860, 2861, 2862 and 2863, of the first volume of Hill's Stat- 
utes and Codes of Washington), are hereby repealed. 

Sec. 14. All laws or parts of laws in conflict with the pro- 
visions of this Act are hereby repealed. 

Six. 15. Whereas, no adequate law relative to the practice 
of dentistry exists, and great embarrassment and inconvenience in 
relation thereto in this State will arise from delay of time when 
this Act shall take effect, it is therefore declared that an emer- 
gency, exists, and that this Act take effect and be in force from 
and after the approval by the Governor. 

Approved March 8, 1893. 

WEST VIRGINIA. 

An Act to Regulate the Practice of Dentistry in this State, 
and to Protect the People Against Empiricism in Rela- 
tion Thereto. 

(Passed February 14, 1881.) 

Be it Enacted by the Legislature of J Vest Virginia : 

Section i. It shall be unlawful for any person to engage in 
the practice of dentistry, for compensation in this State, unless 
such person shall have received a diploma from some dental col- 
lege, duly incorporated under the laws of this State, or some 
of the United States, or foreign government in which is annually 
delivered, in good faith, a full course of lectures and instruction 
in dentistry, or shall have obtained a license from a Board of 
Dentists, duly authorized and appointed by the authorities of this 



156 world's history and 

State, or some one of the United States, in the manner herein- 
after mentioned. 

Sec. 2. It shall be the duty of the Board of Public Works to 
appoint nine dentists, learned in the profession, three of whom 
shall be appointed in each congressional district, who shall con- 
stitute a Board for the examination of applicants in their own 
district, and before which all applicants for license to practice 
dentistry shall appear and be examined touching his proficiency 
in said art, or profession, and if two, or more, of said Board deem 
the said applicant qualified to practice said profession, they shall 
sign said license. For making which examination the said exam- 
iners shall have a fee of two dollars each to be paid by the appli- 
cant: Provided, That nothing in this Act shall prevent any per- 
son from extracting teeth, or in any manner interfere with any 
person now engaged in the practice of dentistry in this State, 
The term of office of such Board shall be five years. 

Sec. 3. Any person violating the provisions of this Act shall 
be deemed guilty of a misdemeanor, and, on conviction thereof, 
shall be fined not less than ten, nor more than one hundred, dol- 
lars. 

Approved February 21, 1881. 

An Act to Amend and Re-enact Section Two of Chapter 
Forty-five of the Acts of One Thousand Eight Hundred 
and Eighty-one, Concerning Dentistry. 

(Passed February 12, 1883.) 

Be it Enacted by the Legislature of West Virginia : 

Section i. That section two of chapter forty-five of the Acts 
of one thousand eight hundred and eighty-one be amended and 
re-enacted so as to read as follows: 

Sec. 2. It shall be the duty of the Board of Public Works to 
appoint twelve dentists, learned in the profession, three of whom 
shall be appointed in each congressional district, who shall con- 
stitute a Board for the examination of applicants in their own 
district, and before which any applicant for license to practice 
dentistry shall appear and be examined touching his proficiency 
in such art, or profession, and if two, or more, of said Board shall 
deem the said applicant qualified to practice said profession, they 
shall sign said license. For making which examination the said 
examiners shall have a fee of two dollars each, to be paid by the 



REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 157 

applicant: Provided, That nothing in this Act shall prevent any 
person from extracting teeth, with or without compensation, or 
in any manner interfere with any person who was* engaged in the 
practice of dentistry in this State on the fourteenth day of May, 
one thousand eight hundred and eighty-one. The term of office 
of such Board shall be five years. 
Approved February 22, 1883. 

WISCONSIN. 

An Act to Regulate the Practice of Dentistry, and to 
Establish a Board of Dental Examiners. 

The People of the State of Wisconsin, represented in the Senate and 
Assembly, do Enact as follows: 

Section i. It shall be unlawful for any person who is not, at 
the time of the passage of this Act, engaged in the practice of 
dentistry in this State, to commence such practice, unless he 
shall have obtained a license as hereinafter provided. 

Sec. 2. A Board of Examiners, to consist of five practicing 
dentists, is hereby created, whose duty it shall be to carry out the 
purpose and enforce the provisions of this Act. That members 
of said Board shall be appointed by the Governor. Three mem- 
bers of this Board, at least, shall be members of the Wisconsin 
State Dental Society. The terms for which the members of said 
Board shall hold their offices shall be five years, except that the 
members of the Board first appointed under this Act shall hold 
their offices for the terms of one, two, three, four and five years, 
respectively, and until their successors are appointed and quali- 
fied. In case of vacancy occurring in said Board such vacancy 
shall be filled by the Governor. 

Sec. 3. Said Board shall choose one of its members Presi- 
dent, and one Secretary thereof, and it shall meet at least once in 
each year and as much oftener and at such times and places as it 
may deem necessary. A majority of said Board shall at all meet- 
ings constitute a quorum, and the proceedings thereof shall, at all 
reasonable times, be open to public inspection. 

Sec. 4. It shall be the duty of every person who is engaged 
in the practice of dentistry in this State, within six months from 
the date of the passage of this Act, and annually thereafter, to 
cause his or her name and residence or place of business to be 



158 world's history and 

registered with said Board of Examiners, who shall keep a book 
for that purpose, and every person who shall register with said 
Board, as a practitioner of dentistry, may continue to practice the 
same as such without incurring any of the liabilities or penalties- 
provided in this Act. . The Board of Examiners shall furnish to 
the county clerks a certified list of those registered, and it shall 
be the duty of the county clerks to register such names in the 
book kept for such purpose. Every person registering with the 
Board of Examiners shall pay as a fee therefor the sum of one 
dollar. 

Sec. 5. Any and all persons who shall so desire, may appear 
before the said Board at any of its regular meetings and be ex- 
amined with reference to their knowledge and skill in dental sur- 
gery, and if the examination of any such person or persons shall 
prove satisfactory to said Board, the Board of Examiners shall 
issue to such person, as they shall find from such examinations 
to possess the requisite qualifications, a license to practice den- 
tistry, in accordance with the provisions of this Act. But said 
Board shall at all times issue a license to any regular graduate of 
any reputable, legally incorporated dental college, which requires 
that the candidate for graduation shall attend two full courses of 
lectures of five months each, the last of which shall be attended in 
the institution granting the diploma, without examination, upon 
the payment by such graduate to the said Board of a fee of one 
dollar. All the licenses issued by said Board shall be signed by 
the members thereof and be attested by its President and Sec- 
retary; and such license shall be prima facie evidence of the 
rights of the holder to practice dentistry in the State of Wis- 
consin. 

Sec. 6. Any person who shall violate any of the provisions 
of this Act, or who shall pursue or practice dentistry in this State 
without having annually registered, or who shall pursue or prac- 
tice dentistry in this State without having a license therefor, as 
herein provided, or who, having such license, shall fail or neg- 
lect to annually register, shall be deemed guilty of a misde- 
meanor, and upon conviction thereof, shall be fined not less than 
ten dollars and not more than one hundred dollars for each and 
every offense. And each patient treated and each operation per- 
formed shall be deemed a separate offense under this Act; and 
each registration shall expire on the thirtieth day of September 
of each year: Provided, That this shall not be construed so as 



REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 159 

to prevent regular practicing physicians, residents of this State, 
from extracting teeth. 

Sec. 7. In order to provide the means for carrying out and 
maintaining the provisions of this Act, the said Board of Exam- 
iners may charge each person applying to, or appearing before, 
them for examination for license to practice dentistry, a fee of 
ten dollars. And out of the funds coming into their possession, 
from the fees mentioned in this Act, the members of said Board 
may receive all legitimate and necessary expenses incurred in at- 
tending the meetings of said Board and conducting the business 
thereof. Said expenses shall be paid from the fees received by 
the Board, under the provisions of this Act, and no part of the 
expenses of said Board shall be paid out of the State treasury. 
All moneys received in excess of said expenses, above provided 
for, shall be held by the secretary of said Board as a special fund 
for meeting the expenses of said Board, he giving such bond as 
the Board shall from time to time direct. And said Board shall 
make an annual report of its proceedings to the Governor, on the 
thirtieth day of September in each year, together with an account 
of all moneys received and distributed by them pursuant to this 
Act. 

Sec. 8. This Act shall take effect and be in force from and 
after its passage and publication. 

Approved March 23, 1885. 

Amended April 5. 1887. 

WYOMING. 

Section i. It shall be unlawful for any person to practice 
dentistry or dental surgery in the State of Wyoming without 
first having received a diploma from a reputable dental college 
or university, duly incorporated or established under the laws of 
some one of the United States or some foreign government, which 
is recognized as such by the National Association of Dental 
Examiners: Provided, that nothing in section one of this Act 
shall apply to any bona fide practitioner of dentistry or dental 
surgery in this State at the time of the passage of this Act; And 
provided, that nothing in this Act shall be so construed as to pre- 
vent physicians or surgeons from extracting teeth. 

Sec. 2. Every person who shall hereafter engage in the prac- 
tice of dentistry or dental surgery in this State, shall file a copy 
of his or her diploma with the county clerk of the county in 



160 world's history and 

which he or she resides, which copy shall be sworn to by the 
party filing the same, and the clerk shall give a certificate with 
the seal of the county attached thereto, to such party filing the 
copy of his or her diploma, and shall file or register the name of 
the person, the date of filing, and the nature of the instrument, 
in a book to be kept by him for that purpose. 

Sec. 3. Every bona fide practitioner of dentistry or dental 
surgery residing in this State at the time of the passage of this 
Act, and desiring to continue the same, shall, within sixty days 
after the passage of this Act, file an affidavit of said facts as to 
the length of time he or she has practiced in this State, with the 
county clerk of the county in which he or she resides, and the 
said clerk shall register the name of and give a certificate to the 
party filing the affidavit, in like manner and of like effect as 
hereinbefore provided. • 

Sec. 4. All certificates issued under the provisions of this 
Act shall be prima facie evidence of the right of the holder to 
practice under this Act. 

Sec. 5. Every person violating the provisions of this Act 
shall, on conviction thereof, be deemed guilty of a misdemeanor, 
and be punished by a fine of not less than fifty dollars, nor more 
than two hundred dollars, for each and every offense, or be 
imprisoned in the county jail for sixty days, or both fine and 
imprisonment, at the discretion of the court, and all fines col- 
lected shall belong to and be paid into the common school funds 
of the county where the offense was committed. 

Sec. 6. Any person who shall have filed his or her affidavit 
or diploma, as required in sections two and three of this Act, in 
one county and remove to another county, shall, before entering 
on the practice of his or her profession in such last named 
county, procure a certified copy of the record of his or her 
former registry, and cause such transcript to be filed and recorded 
in the dental register of such county in which he or she has 
removed. 

Sec. 7. This Act shall take effect and be in force from and 
after its passage. 

Approved 1893. 






1 



REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 161 



DOMINION OF CANADA. 

(BRITISH COLONY.) 

Area, 3,470,257 square miles. Population, 4,829,420. Capital, 
Ottawa; population, 44,160. 

THE PROVINCE OF QUEBEC. 

Any person wishing to study dentistry must pass the matricu- 
lation examination for admission to the study of medicine, at 
McGill or Laval, and before indentureship 

Arrangements have been made in 1892 to obtain the degree 
of Doctor of Dental Surgery from McGill and Laval Universities, 
which, however, is not necessary in order to obtain the license. 
The latter, however, is only recognized in the Province of Que- 
bec, while the degree will be recognized by the National Asso- 
ciation of Dental Faculties, and will entitle its holder to practice 
in nearly all the provinces of Canada, as well as in most of the 
neighboring states of the American Union. 

THE DENTAL COLLEGE OF THE PROVINCE OF QUEBEC. 

In accordance with the amended Act of Incorporation (1892), 
the Board established The Dental College of the Province of 
Quebec, in Montreal, to be affiliated, for obtaining the degree of 
Doctor of Dental Surgery, with the Universities of McGill (Eng- 
lish) and Laval (French). 

The course of study for the license extends over four full 
years, of twelve months each, under indentures with a licensed 
dentist of the Province of Quebec, and is divided as follows: 

First Year — Exclusively in the laboratory of licentiate. 

Second Year — Anatomy, Physiology and Chemistry Lect- 
ures. 

Third Year — Dental Lectures, and Technique in Operating, 
and Prosthetic Dentistry. 

Fourth Year — Dental Lectures, Operating and Prosthetic 
Dentistry. 

applicants for the degree of doctor of dental surgery. 
The course extends over three calendar years as follows, with 
matriculation, but not necessarily indentureship, except in the 
case of applicants for license: 
11 



162 world's history and 

First Year — Anatomy, Physiology, Chemistry, Prosthetic, 
Technique and Practical Dentistry for the latter half of the 
term. 

Second Year — Anatomy, Physiology, Chemistry (with Pass 
Examination in McGill or Laval) and Prosthetic Dentistry, Pa- 
thology, Materia Medica, Therapeutics, Histology and Operative 
Dentistry. 

Third Year — Dental Pathology, Dental Materia Medica, 
Therapeutics and Surgery, Operative and Prosthetic Dentistry. 

The above course is in conformity with the requirements of 
the " National Association of Dental Faculties," and is subject to 
additions by McGill or Laval. 

All persons residing within the Province, authorized by law 
to practice the profession of dentist therein, and who have ob- 
tained a certificate as a licensed surgeon dentist in this Province, 
and who are registered as such, are incorporated under the appel- 
lation of the " Dental Association of the Province of Quebec," 
having a common seal, with power to change, amend, cancel or 
renew the same. 

Under such name the corporation shall be vested with all the 
powers conferred upon civil corporations under the laws of the 
country, but shall be precluded from acquiring any real estate of 
over ten thousand dollars in value. 

Dominio?i Dental Journal (official organ of the Ontario Den- 
tal Association) is the only dental publication in Canada. It is 
published monthly. Editor-in-chief, W. George Beers, L. D. S., 
Montreal, P. Q. 

The Canadian Journal of Dental Scie?ice was issued from Montreal, 
1868-77. Editor, W. G. Beers. 

There is one dental society, the Odonto logical Society of Quebec. 

The number of dentists in Quebec is about 140. 

ONTARIO. 

An Act Respecting Dentistry, Consolidated with Amend- 
ments OF 189I AND I892. 

Her Majesty, by and with the advice and consent of the Legislative 
Assembly of the Province of Ontario, Enacts as follows: 
1. "The Royal College of Dental Surgeons of Ontario," in- 
corporated under the Act passed in the thirty-first year of Her 
Majesty's reign, and chaptered 37, is continued, and every person 



REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 163 

who holds a valid and unforfeited certificate of license to prac- 
tice dentistry which has been granted to him by the Board of 
Directors of the said college, shall be a member of the said cor- 
poration. 

2. ( I ) The said college shall have power to acquire and hold 
real estate not exceeding at any time in annual value $5,000, and 
may alienate, exchange, mortgage, incumber, lease or otherwise 
charge or dispose of the same, or any part thereof, as occasion 
may require, and may erect buildings for the purpose of accom- 
modating lecturers on dentistry, or for a library, dental museum, 
or specimen room, or for other purposes for the use of the mem- 
bers of the said college. 

(2) No such alienation, exchange, mortgage, incumbrance, 
lease, charge or disposition, shall be made, given or effected, ex- 
cept with the consent of the Board of Directors, which consent 
shall be signified by the votes of a majority of the members pres- 
ent at a meeting of the Board duly called for that purpose; and 
notice of such meeting shall be duly given to every member of 
the Board, by letter mailed to his last registered address, seven 
days before the day appointed for such meeting, and the notice 
shall state the object of such meeting. The President and Sec- 
retary shall have power to affix the corporate seal of the college 
to any instrument necessary to carry out the intention of the 
Board. 

3. (1) There shall be a Board of Directors of the said Royal 
College of Dental Surgeons of Ontario, to be constituted in the 
manner hereinafter provided for in this Act and referred to in 
this Act as the " Board." 

(2) The Board shall consist of eight members, all of whom 
shall be members of the said Royal College of Dental Surgeons 
of Ontario, who shall hold office for two years, and of whom any 
four shall form a quorum. 

(3) One member of the Board shall be elected from each of 
the electoral districts by the members of the college resident in 
such district, and each member of the Board shall be an elector 
in the electoral district he represents, and shall not be a member 
of the faculty of the school of dentistry constituted under section 
nine of the said Act respecting dentistry. When a vacancy occurs 
in the representation of the faculty such a vacancy shall be filled 
by the faculty. 

(4) One member of the Board shall be elected by and from 



164 world's history and 

the faculty of the school of dentistry constituted under section 
nine of the said Act respecting dentistry. 

(5) Any member of the Board may at any time resign by let- 
ter directed to the Secretary, and in the event of such resigna- 
tion, or a vacancy occurring by death or otherwise, the remaining 
members of the Board shall elect some fit and proper person 
from among the members of the college to fill the vacancy for 
the remainder of the term from the members in the electoral dis- 
trict in which the vacancy occurs. 

4. (1) Elections of the Board shall be held on the second 
Wednesday of December in every second year, reckoning from 
the year 1890; and the present Board of Directors shall hold office 
until the first meeting of the new Board. 

(2) The persons qualified to vote at such elections shall be 
the members of the Royal College of Dental Surgeons of Ontario, 
under the provisions of the Acts respecting dentistry heretofore 
in force, or under the provisions of this Act, and are not in arrears 
in respect to any fees payable under the provisions of this Act, 
and are resident in the Province of Ontario. 

(3) The votes at said elections shall be given by closed vot- 
ing papers, and shall be delivered to the Secretary of the said 
college by registered letter before the second Wednesday in 
December in the year in which the election takes place. 

(4) The Province of Ontario shall be divided into seven elec- 
toral districts. 

" (5) The manner of holding such election shall, with respect 
to notification of the electors of the time and place of holding 
the election, the nomination of candidates therefor, the presiding 
officer thereat, the taking and counting of the votes, the giving 
of a casting vote in case of an equality of votes, and other neces- 
sary details, be determined by by-laws to be passed by the 
Board, and in default of such by-laws the Lieutenant-Governor 
in Council may prescribe the time and manner of holding such 
elections. 

(6) Every newly elected Board shall hold its first meeting in 
Toronto, on the fourth Tuesday in March, or at such other time 
as may be fixed by the retiring Board, and the members of such 
Board shall hold office until the first meeting of their successors. 
Special meetings of the Board shall be called by the President 
on request in writing of four members of the Board. 



REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 165 

5. (1) Every Board shall at its first meeting elect a President, 
Treasurer and Registrar, and shall appoint a Secretary who shall 
reside in the City of Toronto, and such other officers as the Board 
may consider necessary. The Treasurer and Secretary shall re- 
ceive such remuneration for their services as the Board may 
decide. 

(2) The Board shall from time to time, in the event of the 
President being absent, from any cause whatever, elect, from 
among its members, a person to preside at its meetings, who shall 
have the same powers and exercise the same functions as the Presi- 
dent. 

6. There shall be allowed and paid to each of the members 
of the Board such fees for attendances (in no case to exceed $5 
per day), and such reasonable traveling expenses as may from 
time to time be allowed by the Board. 

7. Each member of the college engaged in the practice of 
dentistry in the Province of Ontario shall pay to the Treasurer, 
or to any person deputed by the Treasurer to receive the same, 
on or before the first day of November of each year, such annual 
fee as may be determined by by-law of the Board, not less 
than $1 nor more than $3, toward the general expenses of the 
college, and such fee shall be recoverable with costs by suit in 
the name of the Royal College of Dental Surgeons of Ontario, 
in the Division Court having jurisdiction where the member so 
in default resides, and such member shall not be entitled to re- 
cover in any court for any services rendered in the practice of 
dentistry while so in default, but no funds collected under this 
section shall be disbursed otherwise than for the expenses of the 
Board and the enforcement of the penal clauses of this Act. 

8. All moneys under the control of the Board shall be paid 
to the Treasurer, and shall be applied to the carrying of this Act 
into execution. 

9. The Board shall have power and authority to make ar- 
rangements for the establishment of a school of dentistry in the 
City of Toronto. 

10. The Board shall have power and authority to appoint one 
or more examiners for the matriculation or preliminary examina- 
tion of all students entering the profession, or may accept in lieu 
of such matriculation or preliminary examination evidence that 
any student has passed any other satisfactory examination. Such 
examination shall be passed prior to entering into articles of in- 



166 world's history and 

denture with a licentiate of dentistry, and the commencement of 
study shall date from the signing of said articles. 

ii. The Board shall have power and authority to fix and de- 
termine, from time to time, a curriculum of studies to be pursued 
by students, and to fix and determine the period for which every 
student shall be articled and employed under some duly licensed 
practitioner, and the examination necessary to be passed, and 
the fees to be paid into the hands of the Treasurer of the Boards 
before receiving a certificate of license to practice the profession 
of dentistry, and to fix and determine the conditions upon which 
dentists residing elsewhere than in Ontario, and students and 
graduates from other dental colleges, may be admitted to mem- 
bership in the Royal College of Dental Surgeons of Ontario. 

12. The Royal College of Dental Surgeons of Ontario may, 
subject to the approval of the Lieutenant-Governor in Council^ 
make arrangements with any university or college in Ontario, 
for the attendance of students of the Royal College of Dental 
Surgeons at such lectures or classes in any such university or 
college as may come within the course of subjects of instruction 
prescribed by the rules, by-laws, and regulations of the said, the 
Royal College of Dental Surgeons of Ontario, and may, subject 
as aforesaid, agree with any such university or college for the 
use of any library, museum or property belonging to, or under 
the control of, such university or college, and may affiliate with 
any such university or college, and may enter into all arrange- 
ments necessary for such end, upon such terms as may be agreed 
upon. 

13. The Board of Directors of the college shall also have 
authority to examine candidates and grant certificates of license 
to practice dental surgery in this Province. 

14. With a view to encourage the attainment of a higher 
standard of education among the licentiates of the college, the 
Board may by by-law provide that any licentiate in dentistry, 
being a member of the college of not less than five years' stand- 
ing, shall receive the title of " Master of Dental Surgery " of said 
college, upon passing such examinations and complying with such 
regulations as the Board of Directors may from time to time 
prescribe. 

15. (1) The Board shall from time to time make such rules, 
regulations and by-laws as may be necessary for the proper and 
better guidance, government, discipline and regulation of the 



REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 167 

said Board and said profession of dentistry, and the carrying out 
of this Act, which said rules, regulations and by-laws shall be 
published for two consecutive weeks in the 0?itario Gazette. 

(2) Any or all of such rules, regulations and by-laws shall be 
liable to be canceled and annulled by an order of the Lieutenant- 
Governor of this Province. 

16. All persons being British subjects by birth or naturaliza- 
tion, who were engaged on the 4th day of March, 1868, in the 
practice of the profession of dentistry, or who, not having been 
residents of Ontario, have had three years' experience in the 
practice of dentistry, shall be entitled to the certificate of " Li- 
centiate of Dental Surgery," upon furnishing to the Board satis- 
factory proof of their having been so engaged, or having had such 
experience, and upon passing the required examination, and upon 
payment of the fees authorized and fixed by the Board (of the 
payment of which the Treasurer's receipt shall be sufficient evi- 
dence); and all persons being British subjects by birth or natural- 
ization, who were constantly engaged for five years and upwards 
in established office practice, next preceding the said 4th day of 
March, 1868, in the practice of the profession of dentistry in the 
Province of Ontario, shall, upon proof as aforesaid, and upon 
payment of the fees aforesaid, be entitled to such certificate 
without passing any examination. 

17. (1) The Board once at least in every year, at a time or 
times to be fixed by the Board, shall cause to be held an exam- 
ination of the candidates for certificates and titles which the 
Board has authority to grant. 

(2) At every such examination the candidates shall be exam- 
ined by examiners to be appointed for the purpose by the Board, 
and the candidates shall be examined orally or in writing or 
otherwise, in the subjects which the Board consider the most fit- 
ting for such examination. 

(3) The examiners shall receive such remuneration as may be 
fixed by the Board. 

(4) Each examiner, by acceptance of his appointment as such, 
shall become bound by the terms of the following declaration, 
and shall, if required, sign the same in the presence of the Presi- 
dent, Vice-President or Secretary of the Board: 

" I solemnly declare that I will perform my duty of examiner 
without fear, favor, affection or- partiality towards any candidate, 



168 world's history and 

and that I will not knowingly allow to any candidate any advant- 
age which is not equally allowed to all." 

18. (i) The Board shall hold at least one meeting in each 
year in the city of Toronto, at such place as may from time to 
time be fixed by the Board, for the purpose of granting certifi- 
cates of license and doing such other business as may properly 
come before them. The said meetings shall be held at such 
times as the Board may appoint, and shall continue from day to 
day until the business before the Board is finished; but no meet- 
ing shall continue for more than one week. 

(2) Every person desirous of being examined, touching his 
qualifications for the practice of the profession of dentistry, shall, 
at least one month before such examination, pay into the hands 
of the Treasurer the required fees, and enclose and deliver to the 
Secretary the Treasurer's receipt for the same, together with satis- 
factory evidence of his apprenticeship and compliance with the 
rules and regulations from time to time prescribed by the Board, 
and of his integrity and good morals. 

19. If the Board is satisfied by the examination that the per- 
son is duly qualified to practice the profession of dentistry, and is 
further satisfied that he is a person of integrity and good moral 
character,' it shall, subject to such rules, regulations and by-laws, 
grant him a certificate of license and the title of " Licentiate of 
Dental Surgery," which certificate and title shall entitle him to 
all the rights and privileges conferred by this Act. 

20. Every certificate of license shall be sealed with the cor- 
porate seal of the college and signed by the President and Sec- 
retary of the Board; and the production of such certificate of 
license shall be prima facie evidence in all courts and upon all 
proceedings of whatever kind, of its execution and contents. 

21. The Secretary of the said Board shall, on or before the 
fifteenth day of January, in each year, enclose to the Provincial 
Secretary a certified list of the names of all persons to whom cer- 
tificates of license have been granted during the then next pre- 
ceding year. 

22. (1 ) No person who is not a member of the said the Royal 
College of Dental Surgeons of Ontario shall practice the profes- 
sion of dentistry, or perform any dental operation upon, or pre- 
scribe any dental treatment for any patient, for hire, gain or hope 
of reward, whether by, way of fees, salary, rent, percentage of 
receipts, or in any other form whatever, or shall pretend to hold, 



REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 169 

or take or use any name, title, addition or description implying 
that he holds a certificate of license to practice dentistry, or that 
he is a member of the said the Royal College of Dental Surgeons 
of Ontario, or shall falsely represent, or use any title representing 
that he is a graduate of any dental college. 

(2) Every person who contravenes any of the provisions of 
this Act, shall for each such offense incur a penalty of $20. 

(3) Provided that this section shall not prevent any duly in- 
dentured and registered student of dentistry from receiving clin- 
ical instruction and practice under the personal supervision of a 
member of the college. 4 

23. Every penalty imposed by this Act may be recovered 
with full costs of prosecution on summary conviction before any 
one or more of Her Majesty's Justices of the Peace for the county 
in which the offense is committed. 

24. Except where it is herein otherwise provided, the pro- 
cedure upon any such prosecution shall be that prescribed by the 
Act respecting summary convictions before Justices of the Peace 
and appeals to General Sessions. 

25. The penalty and costs imposed upon any such conviction 
shall be forthwith paid over to the convicting Justice, and the 
penalty shall be by him paid over to the Secretary of the said 
college; and in case the said penalty and costs are not paid forth- 
with, the said Justice may issue his warrant to commit the de- 
fendant to the common gaol of the county, there to be im- 
prisoned for any term not exceeding one month, unless the 
penalty or costs are sooner paid. 

26. The penalty imposed by Section 22 of this Act may be 
recovered with full costs of suit in the name of the Royal Col- 
lege of Dental Surgeons of Ontario, in the proper Division Court. 

27. On any prosecution or action under this Act, the burden 
of proof that the defendant is entitled to practice the profession 
of dentistry as aforesaid, or to use the title assumed by him, or 
that he is a graduate of the dental college of which he professes 
to be a graduate (as the case may be), shall be upon the defend- 
ant. 

28. No person who contravenes any of the provisions of this 
Act or any amending Act, shall be entitled to sue or recover in 
any court for any work done, or materials provided by him, in 
the ordinary and customary work of a dentist. 

29. Nothing in this Act shall affect or interfere with the 



170 world's history and 

rights and privileges conferred upon legally qualified medical 
practitioners by the Acts relating to the practice of medicine and 
surgery in this Province. 

There now exist two institutions for dental education in the 
Province of Ontario, viz., School of Dentistry of the Royal Col- 
lege of Surgeons of Ontario, and University of Toronto De- 
partment of Dentistry. From the former institution the student 
receives the degree of Licentiate of Dental Surgery. But there 
can also be obtained another degree from that college. Section 
2 of By-law No. 9, of Consolidated By-laws of the Royal College 
of Dental Surgeons of Ontario, reads: 

"All licentiates of dental surgery of the Province of Ontario, 
of not less than five years' standing, shall be eligible for exam- 
ination for the title of Master of Dental Surgery." 

Section 4 further reads: "The examination shall embrace the 
following subjects, viz.: Minute Anatomy of the Head and Neck, 
Visceral Anatomy and Physiology, Pathology, Dental Histology, 
Chemistry, Dental Materia Medica and Therapeutics, Dental 
Surgery, Operative Dentistry, and Practical Dentistry." 

From the University of Toronto Department of Dentistry 
the student receives the degree of Doctor of Dental Surgery. 

The study of dentistry in the Province of Ontario involves a 
course of three and one-half full calendar years under indentures 
(not being engaged in any other business or occupation during 
the term). 

The number of dentists in Ontario is about 480. 

There are four dental societies; Ontario Dental Association, 
Eastern Ontario Dental Association, Toronto Dental Society, 
and Hamilton Dental Society. 

NOVA SCOTIA. 

An Act to Incorporate the Dental Association of the 
Province of Nova Scotia. Assented to this ic/th Day of 
May, 1891. M. B. Daly, Lieutenant-Governor. 

preamble. 

Whereas, By petition it has been represented that the profes- 
sion of dentistry is extensively practiced in the Province of Nova 
Scotia, and that it is expedient for the protection of the public 
that there should, by enactment, be established a certain standard 
of qualification required of each practitioner of the said profes- 



REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 171 

sion, and that certain privileges and protection should be afforded 
to such practitioners: 

Be it therefore E?iacted by the Governor, Council and Assembly as 
follows : 

Hereafter no person shall begin or enter upon the study of 
dentistry in any or all of its several branches, for the purpose of 
qualifying himself to practice the same in this Province, unless 
he shall have obtained from the Provincial Dental Board a cer- 
tificate that he has satisfactorily passed a matriculation or pre- 
liminary examination in the subjects specified in schedule " B " 
to this chapter. 

SCHEDULE " B. 

Standard of Matriculation or preliminary examination estab- 
lished under this chapter. 

Compidsory. English Language including Grammar, Composi- 
tion and Writing and Decimal Fractions and the Extraction of 
the Square Root. Algebra to the end of Simple Equations. 
Geometry, first three books of Euclid. Latin, one book-transla- 
tion and Grammar. Elementary Mechanics of Solids and Fluids. 

And one of the following optional subjects : History of England 
with questions in Modern Geography, French translation, one 
Greek Book, History of Nova Scotia, History of the Dominion 
of Canada. 

No candidate shall be admitted to such matriculation or pre- 
liminary examination unless he shall have, at least fourteen days 
previous to such examination, given notice to the Registrar of 
the Board of his intention to present himself for such examina- 
tion and transmitted to the Registrar a certificate showing that 
he has completed his sixteenth year, and shall before the exam- 
ination, have paid a fee of ten ($10) dollars to the Registrar. 

Subject to the exceptions hereinafter made, no person shall 
practice dentistry in all or any of its several branches in Nova 
Scotia unless his name shall be registered in the book of Registry 
of the Provincial Dental Board and unless he shall have received 
from such Board a license to practice. 

No person shall be entitled to have his name entered in the 
Register of the Provincial Dental Board or to receive a license 
to practice from such Board unless he shall satisfy the Board 
that he has passed the matriculation or preliminary examination; 
and after passing such examination he has followed his studies 



172 world's history and 

during a period of not less than three years (twelve months of 
which may be under the direction of one or more regularly qual- 
ified dental practitioners) that during such three years he has 
attended at some university, college or incorporated school of 
dentistry in good standing, courses of lectures, amounting to- 
gether to not less than twelve months on General and Practical 
Anatomy, Physiology, Chemistry, Operative Dentistry, Mechan- 
ical Dentistry, or Dental Therapeutics; and that he has attended 
the clinics, both in Operative and Mechanical Dentistry in some 
university or dental college, recognized by the Board, for a period 
of not less than two years; that he has, after examination in the 
subjects of the course, obtained a degree or diploma from such 
university, college, or incorporated school of dentistry, or for 
want of such degree or diploma that he has satisfactorily passed 
an examination in the various branches hereinbefore specified, 
before examiners to be appointed by the Provincial Dental 
Board; that he is not less than twenty-one years of age and that 
he has paid to the Registrar of the Board a fee of twenty ($20) 
dollars; Provided, That the Provincial Dental Board shall have 
power, with the approval of the Dental Association, to make such 
alterations in the foregoing curriculum as may from time to time 
be required, subject to the approval of the Governor-in-council. 
The last preceding section shall not apply to any person in 
actual practice in the Province of Nova Scotia, previous to the 
passing of this Act, but such person shall be entitled to be regis- 
tered and to receive a license to practice under this chapter by 
payment of five ($5) dollars; and notwithstanding the provisions 
of such section, any person upon producing to the Provincial 
Dental Board conclusive evidence that he has passed a matricu- 
lation or preliminary examination, such as is required by this 
chapter for persons beginning their dental studies in Nova Sco- 
tia; that he has before graduating or taking a diploma, studied 
for at least three years in the manner provided in Section 14 of 
this chapter or pursued what the Board shall deem an equivalent 
course of study, and has passed a. final examination in the subjects 
of such course or for want of any such requisitions, any one who 
may have commenced their studies before the passage of this 
Act and shall have fulfilled such conditions as the Board may 
determine; and shall pay a fee of twenty ($20) dollars, shall 
be entitled to be registered and to receive a license to practice. 



REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 173 

QUALIFICATIONS FOR MATRICULATION. 

As a student in dentistry: 

(a) The applicant must be the full age of sixteen years. 

(&) A written application for matriculation accompanied by 
certificate of age and character, at least fourteen (14) days before 
the examination. (See Section 12, Act of Incorporation.) 

(c) A matriculation fee of ten ($10) dollars must be paid to 
the Secretary-Registrar before the examination. 

(d) Candidates must pass an examination in the branches 
named in Section 36, Schedule "B," Act of Incorporation), or 

They must possess a degree, in Arts (not honorary) from some 
recognized university, or 

An "A" license from the Council of Public Instruction of 
Nova Scotia, or 

A "B" license from the same source, including an examination 
in Latin. 

(e) After having passed the examination satisfactorily, a cer- 
tificate from the Dental Board shall be given to that effect by the 
Secretary, and his studentship shall commence at that date. 

EXAMINATIONS FOR LICENSE TO PRACTICE DENTISTRY. 

Candidates for license to practice dentistry must qualify as 
follows: 

1. He must be the full age of twenty-one years. 

2. He must forward to the Secretary- Registrar fourteen (14) 
days before the examination: 

(a) A written application for examination, accompanied by 
a satisfactory certificate of character, and 

(&) The license fee of twenty ($20) dollars must be paid be- 
fore the examination takes place. 

(c) The matriculation certificate, unless Section 16, Act of 
Incorporation applies. 

(d) He must have been a student of dentistry for three full 
years under one or more licensed preceptors, a part of which may 
have been spent in some dental college recognized by the 
Board. 

(e) A written statement from himself and certificates from 
his preceptor or preceptors as to the length of time in months he 
was studying under his or their direction, and if he has attended 
any school of dentistry to present his class tickets and diploma. 

(/) He shall pass an examination before the Board on the 



174 world's history and 

subjects usually included in a dental education, and to perform 
operations in the mouth and to give practical evidence of skill in 
Prosthetic Dentistry. 

(g) The examination shall be written, oral and clinical, and 
comprises the following subjects: 

1. Anatomy, especially of the head and neck. 

2. General Physiology and Dental Histology. 

3. Principles and Practice of Medicine and Surgery, as ap- 
plied in Dentistry. 

4. Operative Dentistry, Dental Pathology. 

5. Therapeutics and Materia Medica. 

6. Prosthetic Dentistry, Metallurgy. 

7. Chemistry and Anaesthetics and other branches usually re- 
quired for a dental education. 

FINAL EXAMINATIONS. 

The Board of Examiners shall consist of practitioners, who 
shall prepare a set of examination papers, which shall be sub- 
mitted to the whole Board of Examiners, and a definite value 
placed upon each question, the aggregate value of each paper to 
be 100, 60 per cent, of correct answers to which shall pass the 
student, provided no subject shall fall below 35. 

An oral and clinical examination shall be held by each ex- 
aminer and the replies and operations shall be rated by the same 
standard as the written examination. 

.The Board of Examiners shall meet and examine the papers 
and operations, and if the student reaches the average of 60 per 
cent, on the whole work and does not fall below 50 in any clinic, 
he shall receive a certificate to practice dental surgery in Nova 
Scotia. 

REGISTRATION OF DIPLOMAS. 

Any person in possession of a diploma from a college of den- 
tistry recognized by the Board, and who has been a student of 
dentistry for thirty-six months may be registered by the Regis- 
trar without examination, provided that he must possess the 
scholastic qualifications required in By-law No. 18, Sub-section 
(d), otherwise the applicant must pass a matriculation examina- 
tion as required in Sections 1 1, 12 and 14 of the Dental Act. All 
students of dentistry who were not registered under Section 16 of 
the Act of 1891, before October 1, 1892, are required to pass the 
matriculation examination as set forth in By-law No. 18, Sub- 
section (d). 



REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 175 

The number of dentists registered in Nova Scotia was, Octo- 
ber I, 1892, 72. 

There exists one dental society in Nova Scotia. 

NEW BRUNSWICK. 

Dr. C. A. Murray writes from Moncton, N. B., June 9, 1893: 

"Previous to 1890 we had no law to regulate the practice of 
dentistry in any way; but during that year we succeeded in get- 
ting a bill through the ' House of Assembly.' Since that time we 
found where we could improve it very materially, and in 1893, the 
present year, we were successful in getting an amendment to the 
original act, and now we have a law which suits our purpose very 
well. 

" I will endeavor to give you some of the leading features. 
We will register no persons without passing the preliminary ex- 
amination before the Board of Examiners. This examination 
consists of a fair knowledge in the following subjects: English 
Grammar, Composition, Arithmetic, Geography, English and 
Canadian History, Algebra, Geometry, Chemistry and Latin. 

" The applicant must also have fulfilled all the requirements 
for graduation in some one of the dental colleges or schools in 
the United States, recognized by the National Association of 
Dental Faculties, and received a degree therefrom, or in some 
dental college or dental school in the Dominion of Canada or in 
Europe, in good standing, requiring for graduation an attendance 
of at least three school-years, of six months each, or more, and 
received a degree therefrom; or, 

" He must have fulfilled all the requirements for graduation 
in some dental college or school, in good standing, requiring for 
graduation an attendance of at least two school-years, of six 
months each, or more, and received a degree therefrom; and 
also passed an examination before the Board of Examiners in the 
following subjects: Physiology, Anatomy, Chemistry, Histology, 
Osteology, Dental Materia Medica, Therapeutics, Operative Den- 
tistry, Prosthetic Dentistry, Oral Surgery and Metallurgy. 

"An applicant for registration must be a resident of the Prov- 
ince for at least six months before being registered. 

"A person who violates the law is proceeded against accord- 
ing to the provisions of Chapter 62 of the Consolidated Statutes 
of the Dominion, or, in other words, the offender is arrested and 



176 world's history and 

placed in prison, where he awaits his trial, and, if proved guilty, 
is fined for each and every offense. 

"There are about sixty dentists in this Province of New 
Brunswick, about two-thirds of whom are graduates from Ameri- 
can colleges. 

"We have one society, the New Brunswick Dental Society. 
This society appoints a Dental Council, composed of seven mem- 
bers of the society, who transact all business of the society. The 
Dental Council appoints the Board of Examiners." 

MANITOBA. 

The Dental Association of Manitoba was incorporated in 1883. 

Manitoba Dental Association Act, as Amended May 18, 1888. 

Whereas, The profession of dentistry is extensively practiced 
in the Province of Manitoba, and it is expedient for the protec- 
tion of the public that a certain standard of qualification should 
be required of each practitioner of said profession, and that cer- 
tain privileges and protection should be afforded to such practi- 
tioners; 

Therefore, Her Majesty, by and with the consent of the Legislative 
Assembly of the Province of Manitoba, E?iacts as follozvs: 

1. The following persons, that is to say, James Lee Benson, 
Samuel Fowell Buxton Reid, Robert Ardea Harvie, John C. 
Bowers, H. D. Burritt, George F. Bush, Maj. C. Clarke, Robert 
R. Dalgleish, Archie Doherty, Edward William Emmons, T. J. 
Jones, James A. McCausland, Daniel McPhee, Jule Witham Nor- 
ton, Robert Hutcheson Robertson, J. B. Visburgh, J. Johnson 
White, Nicholas Franklin White, and every other person who 
holds a valid and unforfeited certificate of license to practice 
dentistry which has been granted to him by any Board of Direct- 
ors, duly elected under this Act, and who is registered under 
this Act, shall form the Dental Association of the Province of 
Manitoba. 

2. The said Association is hereby incorporated under the 
name and style of "The Manitoba Dental Association," and the 
said Association shall be deemed tobe abody corporate and politic, 
and by the same name shall have perpetual succession and a 
common seal, with power to break, alter, change or make new 
the same, and by the name aforesaid may sue and be sued, im- 



REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 177 

plead and be impleaded, answer and be answered unto in all 
courts and places whatsoever, and may have, hold, receive, enjoy, 
possess and retain, for the purposes of said corporation, all such 
sums of money as may at any time be given or bequeathed to 
and for the use of the same, and by the said name purchase, take, 
hold, and enjoy any real estate or any estate or interest, derived 
or arriving out of real estate for the purpose aforesaid, and for 
no other purpose, and may sell, grant, lease, or otherwise dispose 
of, the same, but the real estate so held by the said corporation 
shall at no time exceed in annual value the sum of five thousand 
dollars. 

3. The Board of Directors of said Association shall consist 
of five members, who shall hold office for three years; any mem- 
ber may at any time resign by letter directed to the Secretary, 
and, in the event of any such resignation, or a vacancy occurring 
by death or otherwise, the remaining members of the Board shall 
elect some fit and proper person from among the licentiates, be- 
ing members of this Association, to supply such vacancy. 

4. The first Board of Directors shall be composed of the foi- 
ing persons: Jas. L. Benson, Samuel F. B. Reid and Robert A. 
Harvie, dentists of the city of Winnipeg; H. D. Burritt, of the 
town of Emerson, and J. Johnson White, of the Town of Portage 
la Prairie, and their term of office shall continue three years from 
the passing of this Act. 

5. Every subsequent election of Directors shall be held in 
the city of Winnipeg, on the second Tuesday of January in every 
third year, and one month's notice by circular of such intended 
election shall be given by the Secretary to each member of the 
Association. 

6. The persons qualified to vote at the said election shall be 
those licentiates who have obtained certificates of license under 
the provisions of this Act, and who are at the date of such elec- 
tion duly registered under this Act. 

7. The election of directors shall be by ballot, and the licen- 
tiates receiving the highest number of votes shall be the directors 
for the then ensuing term. 

8. The Secretary of the Association shall publish in the 
Manitoba Gazette the names of those persons who have been 
elected members of the Board of Directors, such publication to 
be in two successive issues of said Gazette next after the said elec- 
tion shall be held. 

12 



178 world's history and 

9. The Board of Directors shall meet once a year on the sec- 
ond Tuesday in January, in the city of Winnipeg, and such meet- 
ing may be continued by adjournment from day to day until the 
business of the Board is finished, but no session shall exceed one 
week. 

10. The said Board shall have no power to transact anybusL 
ness of the Association unless a majority of the members are 
present; and at their first meeting the said Board of Directors 
shall elect from among themselves a President, Secretary, Treas- 
urer, and Registrar. 

11. All moneys forming part of the funds of this Association 
shall be paid to the Treasurer, and shall be applied to carry on 
the objects of this Act. 

12. All persons in the Province of Manitoba who are and 
have been in regular and continuous office practice as dentists 
for a period of not less than six months immediately preceding 
the 7th day of July, A. D. 1883, shall, upon payment of such fees 
as are or shall be fixed by by-law of the Board of Directors, be 
entitled to receive certificates of license and to be registered un- 
der the provisions of this Act. 

13. Any person who is a member of any college of dentistry 
of any of the Provinces of the Dominion of Canada having au- 
thority by law to grant certificates of license or diplomas to prac- 
tice dentistry, or who is a member of any association or school of 
dentistry having the like powers in the United Kingdom of Great 
Britain and Ireland, and who produces sufficient evidence of such 
membership and testimonials of good character and conduct, 
shall, upon payment of the required fees, be admitted as a mem- 
ber of this Association, and be entitled to receive a certificate of 
license to practice dentistry in this Province, and to be registered 
under the provisions of this Act: Provided, Jwwcver, That the said 
Board may in their discretion grant certificates of license to, and 
register, others than those possessing the qualifications hereinbe- 
fore mentioned upon being satisfied of their proficiency and 
upon production of satisfactory evidence of membership in a 
college or school of dentistry approved by said Board. 

14. The Board of Directors shall, from time to time, make 
such rules, regulations, and by-laws as may be necessary for the 
better guidance, government, discipline and regulation of the 
said Board, and said profession of dentistry, and the carrying out 
of this Act. 



REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 179 

15. The said Board shall have power and authority to ap- 
point one or more examiners for the matriculation or prelimi- 
nary examination of all students entering the profession; or may 
accept in lieu of such matriculation or preliminary examination 
evidence that any student has passed any other satisfactory ex- 
amination; such examination shall be passed prior to entering 
into articles of indenture with a licentiate of dentistry, and the 
commencement of study shall date from the signing of said 
articles. 

16. The said Board shall also have the power and authority 
to fix and determine from time to time a curriculum of studies 
to be pursued by students, and to fix and determine the period 
for which every student shall be articled and employed under 
some duly licensed and registered practitioner, and the examina- 
tion necessary to be passed before the Board, and the fees to be 
paid into the hands of the Treasurer of said Board before receiv- 
ing a certificate of license to practice the profession of dentistry 
and registration under this Act. 

17. The Board of Directors of said corporation shall also 
have authority to examine candidates and grant certificates of 
license to practice dental surgery in this Province. 

18. The said Board shall hold one meeting in each and every 
year in the City of Winnipeg, at such place as may from time to 
time be fixed by the Board for the purpose of examining students, 
granting certificates of license, and doing such other business as 
may properly come before them; such meetings shall be held on 
the second Tuesday of January of each year, and shall continue 
from day to day until the business before the Board is finished, 
but no such meeting shall continue for more than one week. 

19. Every person being desirous of being examined by the 
said Board touching his qualifications for the practice of the 
said profession of dentistry, shall at least one month before the 
sitting of the said Board pay into the hands of the Treasurer the 
required fees, together with satisfactory evidence of his term of 
apprenticeship having been fulfilled, and as to integrity and good 
morals. 

20. If the Board is satisfied by the said examination that the 
person is duly qualified to practice the profession of dentistry, 
and is further satisfied that he is a person of integrity and good 
moral character, it shall grant him a certificate of license, subject 
to the rules, regulations and by-laws promulgated under the 



180 world's history and 

authority of this Act and the title of Licentiate of Dental Sur- 
gery, which certificate and title shall entitle him to all the rights 
and privileges of this Act, subject, however, to the provisions of 
this Act respecting registration. 

21 Every certificate of license shall be sealed with the cor- 
porate seal of the Association and signed by the President and 
Secretary and Registrar of said Board, and the production of 
such certificate of license shall be prima facie evidence in all 
courts of law, and in all proceedings of whatever kind of its 
execution and contents. 

22. The Secretary of the said Board shall, on or before the 
first day of February in each and every year, enclose to the Pro- 
vincial Secretary a certified list of the names of all persons then 
registered as members of the said Association for the then cur- 
rent year. 

23. Every person holding a valid and unforfeited certificate 
of license to practice dentistry under the provisions of this Act, 
and who on or before the second Tuesday of January in each 
year shall have paid to the Registrar appointed by said Board a 
registration fee of $2, or who having during the then current year 
obtained a certificate of license from said Association to practice 
the profession of dentistry forthwith pays to the said Registrar 
a registration fee of $2, shall subject to the other provisions of 
this Act be entitled to have his name entered in the register 
referred to in the next succeeding section of this Act, and a copy 
of such register certified by the said Registrar shall be evidence 
in any court of justice in Manitoba that the persons therein 
named are the members of the said Association for the said 
year. 

(23a.) It shall be the duty of the Registrar as early as possi- 
ble in each year to make a correct register in the form of Sched- 
ule "A" to this Act of the names and addresses of all persons 
who may be entitled to registration under this Act as members 
of the said Association for the then current year. 

(d) No person shall be entitled to have his name on the said 
register unless the Registrar is satisfied by proper evidence that 
such person is entitled to be registered, and any appeal from a 
decision of the Registrar shall be decided by the Board of 
Directors of said Association. 

(c) If it shall at any time be proved to the satisfaction of 
the said Board that the name of any person has been improperly 



REVIEW OF DENTJSTRY. 1S1 

inserted in the register for the year, such name may be erased 
therefrom by order of said Board. 

(d) Upon any person being registered under this Act, he 
shall be entitled to receive a certificate under the corporate seal 
of said Association, and signed by the Registrar in the form of 
Schedule " B " to this Act, or to the like effect. 

24. All persons registered under this Act and no other shall 
be entitled to practice the profession of dentistry in the Province 
of Manitoba, and no person shall be entitled to any of the privi- 
leges of a licentiate or member of the said Association or to 
practice the profession of dentistry who is in default in respect 
to any fees payable by him by virtue of this Act. 

25. In case a charge is made against any licentiate of unpro- 
fessional conduct or other misconduct, provided for by the 
By-laws to be passed under the provisions of this Act, the Board 
of Directors shall have power to hear and determine the same, 
and for this purpose to summon witnesses before them, and ad- 
minister an oath of affirmation to such witnesses; and if any licen- 
tiate shall be found guilty of the charge preferred against him, 
he shall forfeit his certificate and title, and the same shall be 
canceled; such forfeiture, however, may be annulled, and the 
said license and all rights and privileges thereunder fully re- 
newed and restored by said Board in such manner and upon 
such conditions and terms as the said Board shall think fit; 
Provided, however, that nothing in this Act contained shall em- 
power the said Board to deal with any criminal or other offense 
provided for by law. 

26. Any licentiate who shall be convicted of any malpractice 
shall forfeit his license, and the same shall be canceled; but the 
Board shall have power to restore the same if it shall think fit 
and proper, notice of such restoration to be given for two weeks 
in some local paper to be determined upon by the Board. 

27. It shall not be lawful for any person not holding a valid 
certificate of license and duly registered under this Act to prac- 
tice the profession of dentistry within the Province of Manitoba 
for hire, gain or hope of reward; and if any person after the pass- 
ing of this Act not holding such certificate of license and duly 
registered shall practice or profess to practice within this Prov- 
ince the said profession of dentistry, either publicly or privately, 
for hire, gain or hope of reward, or voluntarily and falsely pre- 
tends to be a duly qualified licentiate of dentistry, or assumes any 



182 world's history and 

title, addition or description other than he actually possesses and 
is legally entitled to, or shall use any name, title, addition or de- 
scription implying or calculated to lead people to infer or believe 
him to be a duly qualified licentiate of dentistry, he shall be 
liable, upon conviction in a summary manner before any justice 
of the peace having jurisdiction where the offense is committed,, 
to a -penalty not exceeding two hundred dollars and not less 
than fifty dollars for the first offense, and for each and every sub- 
sequent offense to a penalty of four hundred dollars. 

27a. Provided that this section shall not prevent any duly 
indentured and registered student of dentistry from receiving clin- 
ical instruction and practice under the personal supervision of a 
member of the said Association. 

28. All prosecutions under the provisions hereof may be 
brought and heard before any justice of the peace having jurisdic- 
tion where the offense is committed, and such justice of the peace 
shall have power, in addition to the aforesaid penalty, to award 
payment of costs, and in case such penalty and costs be not paid 
forthwith- after conviction, he shall have power to issue a war- 
rant of distress therefor against the goods and chattels of the 
party so convicted, or in default of distress, to imprisonment for 
any period not exceeding six months. 

29. In any such prosecution and trial, the onus of proof as to 
being a legally qualified licentiate of dentistry and a duly regis- 
tered member of said Association is upon the person charged. 

30. Any penalties imposed by this Act may be also pro- 
ceeded for or recovered by suit in any court of law having juris- 
diction, and one-half of all penalties recovered shall go to the 
prosecutor, and the remainder shall be paid to the Treasurer of 
the Association, and form part of the funds of the Association. 
Any person may be complainant or prosecutor, provided always 
that every such prosecution shall be commenced within six 
months of the alleged offense. 

31. No person shall be entitled to recover in any court of law 
for any professional services rendered or materials provided by 
him in the exercise of the profession of a dentist unless he be a 
duly and legally qualified licentiate of dentistry and duly regis- 
tered under the provisions of this Act. 

32. Within two months after the coming into force of this 
Act there shall be an election of a new Board of Directors to be 



REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 183 

chosen as by this Act prescribed, and the members of the present 
Board shall hold office only until their successors are elected. 

33. For the purpose of voting at such election each member 
must have paid $10 to the Treasurer and be otherwise qualified 
for membership as provided in this Act; but unless the new Board 
to be so elected shall reduce the entrance fee to the sum of $10, 
no person who shall not have paid the full sum required by the 
By-laws shall have the privilege and rights given by this Act and 
said Chapter 53 of 46th and 47th Victoria, nor be entitled to regis- 
tration unless and until he shall pay the excess over and above 
such $10 prescribed by the By-laws of the new Board. 

34. Should the new Board of Directors to be elected as 
herein provided deem the fees provided by By-law to be excess- 
ive, such Board may repeal such By-law as to fees and prescribe 
a lower sum or sums for fees, and in such case the Treasurer shall 
immediately refund. to those who have paid the larger sum the 
difference between such fees and those substituted therefor. 

35. Nothing in this Act contained shall interfere with the 
privileges conferred upon physicians and surgeons by the various 
Acts relating to the practice of medicine and surgery in this 
Province; but in case a regular physician or surgeon shall desire 
to practice dentistry as a profession, and to publicly avow him- 
self as a practitioner of said profession Of dentistry, he shall first 
obtain a license from said Board of Directors by paying the neces- 
sary fees and passing an examination in operative and mechanical 
dentistry only. 

36. This Act shall be cited as the "Manitoba Dental Associ- 
ation Act." 

CONSOLIDATED BY-LAWS OF THE DENTAL ASSOCI- 
ATION OF THE PROVINCE OF MANITOBA. 

(In effect January 17, 1885.) 

PREAMBLE. 

Whereas, The Dental Association of Manitoba is incorpor- 
ated by the Act of the Legislature of the Province of Manitoba 
in the Dominion of Canada; and whereas power is given to the 
Board of Directors of the said Association, at its first meeting, 
and from time to time after, to make By-laws, Rules and Regu- 
lations for the government of the said Association and Board, it 
is hereby enacted by authority of the same: 



184 world's history and 

by-law i. — officers. 
That the officers of this Board shall consist of a President, 
Secretary, Treasurer, Registrar, and such committees as may be 
appointed for the working of the said Board; the same to be 
elected immediately after and from the newly-elected members 
of the Board. 

BY-LAW 2. — DUTIES OF OFFICERS. 

Section i. It shall be the duty of the President to preside at 
all meetings of the Board; to enforce the due observance of the 
By-laws, Rules and Regulations; to announce the result of the 
voting; to give the casting vote in case of a tie; to see that 
the other officers perform their respective duties, and to sign all 
orders on the Treasurer recommended by the Finance Commit- 
tee. He shall also have power to call special meetings, and shall 
be obliged to do so on a requisition signed by three members of 
the Board. In the absence of the President, the remaining mem- 
bers of the Board shall select a chairman, who shall discharge the 
same duties and have the same power and functions as the Presi- 
dent. 

Sec. 2. The Secretary's duties shall be: To conduct, under 
the direction of the Board of Directors, the correspondence re~ 
lating to the affairs of the Association; to keep copies of all such 
letters written by him, and files of all letters received; to keep a 
true record of the proceedings of each meeting of the Board; to 
read the minutes of the same at the next regular meeting; to 
notify members of the meetings; keep a correct list of licentiates, 
with the date of license; lay before the Board a summary of its 
transactions at each regular meeting; attest all orders on the 
Treasurer, and (within the consent of the President) transact all 
business requiring attention between the various meetings of the 
Board, and to deliver to his successor in office all books, papers, 
etc., belonging to the Board, in his hands. 

Sec. 3, It shall be the duty of the Treasurer: To hold all 
the funds of the Board; to pay all orders drawn on him signed 
by the President and Secretary; to keep a true account of all 
moneys received and expended by him; to give a report to the 
Board at every regular meeting upon the state of the finances, 
and deliver to his successor in office all moneys, books, papers, 
or other property of the Board that may be in his possession. 

Sec. 4. It shall be the duty of the Registrar: To keep a true 



REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 1 S5 

record of all certificates of license issued by and under the 
authority of the Board; to insert the date of such certificate, the 
name of the licentiate, residence, qualification, etc., in a book 
specially provided for that purpose. 

BY-LAW 3. — SECURITY OF TREASURER. 

The Treasurer of this Board shall give security to the satisfac- 
tion of the Board in the sum of one thousand dollars ($iooo) lawful 
money of the Province, for faithfully accounting for the moneys 
he may receive as such. 

BY-LAW 4. — CERTIFICATE. 

Section i. The certificate of Licentiate of Dental Surgery to 
be granted by this Board shall be signed by the President, Secre- 
tary, Treasurer, Registrar, and members of the Board present at 
the time granted. 

Sec. 2. The following shall be the form of certificate: 

" The Dental Association of the Province of Manitoba, Canada, 
by virtue of the authority vested in it by the Legislature of Mani- 
toba, awards this certificate to , who has com- 
plied with all the requirements of law, and after (examination by 
the) or (application to the) Board of Directors, has been adjudged 
qualified to practice dentistry in all its branches, and entitled to 
the title of Licentiate of Dental Surgery, which is hereby con- 
ferred on him. In witness whereof we have hereunto subscribed 
our hands and affixed the seal of the Association at the City of 
Winnipeg, in the Province of Manitoba, this day 
of in the year of our Lord one thousand eight hun- 
dred and 

Sec. 3. For all persons in the Province of Manitoba who are 
and have been in regular and continuous office practice as den- 
tists for a period of not less than six months immediately pre- 
ceding the seventh day of July, A. D. eighteen hundred and 
eighty-three, and all students who comply with the requirements 
of By-law 9 of the By-laws of the Manitoba Dental Associa- 
tion, the fee for said certificate shall be forty dollars of the law- 
ful money of the Dominion of Canada. And for those to whom 
certificates are granted under Section 13 of the Manitoba Dental 
Act, as amended, the fee for said certificate shall be one hundred 
dollars of the lawful money of the Dominion of Canada. 



180 world's history and 

by-law 5. — association seal. 

The Seal of the Association shall be a Maple Leaf in the center, 
surrounded with the words, " Dental Association of the Province 
of Manitoba." 

BY-LAW 6. — TO PROVIDE FOR MATRICULATION. 

Section 1. On and after the passing of this By-law, every 
person desirous of entering upon the study of dentistry in the 
Province of Manitoba shall, previous to signing indentures with 
a licentiate of dental surgery in the Province of Manitoba, 
present to the Secretary of the Board a certificate of having sat- 
isfactorily passed the High School Intermediate Examination, or 
some equivalent certificate, and on receipt of prescribed fee of 
ten dollars ($10) the said Secretary shall issue to such student a 
Certificate of Matriculation and Registration as a student of den- 
tistry within the Province of Manitoba. A public school teacher's 
certificate, a certificate of matriculation in the Manitoba Medical 
College, in the Law Society of Manitoba, or in any of the univer- 
sities of the Dominion of Canada, or passing a satisfactory ex- 
amination before the Board of Directors, will be accepted as 
equivalent to the intermediate certificate. 

BY-LAW 7. — INDENTURES. 

The student, having matriculated as above, will enter into in- 
dentures with a licentiate for four years. Blanks for this pur- 
pose will be furnished in triplicate by the Secretary, one copy of 
which is to be returned to the Secretary, to be filed in his office at 
least within thirty days of the signing of said indentures. The 
articles require that the whole of the fouryears be spent as a bona 
fide pupil in the office of his preceptor, exception only being 
made for such time as the student shall be engaged in the study 
of dentistry at a reputable dental college. 

BY-LAW 8. — FINAL EXAMINATIONS. 

Having complied with the foregoing requirements, and hav- 
ing forwarded to the Secretary an application in the form pre- 
scribed by the Board, upon payment of the prescribed fee, the 
student will be admitted to examination for license to practice 
dentistry. This examination will be held in Winnipeg on the 
second Tuesday in January in each year. Students who have 
been under a preceptor previous to and at the time of the passing 
of this By-law will be admitted for final examination on produc- 



REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 187 

tion of satisfactory evidence to the effect that they have been 
bona fide students of dentistry for four years other than the pre- 
scribed indentures. 

BY-LAW 9. — APPLICATION FOR LICENSE. 

Section i. Any student of dentistry desiring to obtain a cer- 
tificate of license to practice dentistry in the Province of Mani- 
toba is required: First, To be of the full age of twenty-one years. 
Second, To have served in the office of a licentiate of dental 
surgery for a period of four years under indentures in the form 
approved by the Board of Directors of the Dental Association of 
the Province of Manitoba. Third, To transmit to the Secretary 
of said Board, at least one month before the date fixed for the 
examination, a notice of his desire to be examined for such certifi- 
cate, accompanied by the Treasurer's receipt for the fee of forty 
dollars required by Section 3 of By-law 4, and by a declaration by 
himself, and a declaration by his preceptor, according to the 
form approved by the said Board, or to the like effect. Fourth, To 
pass an examination before the Board on the following subjects: 
Minute Anatomy of the Head and Neck, General Physiology and 
Dental Histology; Chemistry, Materia Medica, and Therapeutics; 
Principles and Practice of Dental Surgery; Operative Dentistry 
and Dental Pathology, Mechanical Dentistry; and to perform an 
operation on the mouth before the examiners, and to exhibit a 
specimen of his skill as a mechanical dentist. 

Sec. 2. Regularly registered physicians and surgeons of Mani- 
toba will be admitted licentiates of dental surgery of Manitoba, on 
— First, Furnishing satisfactory evidence of such registration. 
Second, Payment of regular examination fee. Third, Passing exam- 
ination before the Board in Dental Pathology, Dental Histology, 
Operative Dentistry, and Mechanical Dentistry. 

BY-LAW 10. — PAYMENT OF BOARD. 

At each and every meeting of the Board of Directors the mem- 
bers present shall be entitled to the sum of five dollars ($5) per 
day, inclusive of traveling expenses. 

BY-LAW II. — ALTERATIONS. 

Any section of these By-laws or any of the Rules of Order or 
Regulations of the Board may be amended and additions may be 
made to the same by a two-thirds vote of the members present at a 



188 world's history and 

regular meeting, provided notice of the intended amendment or 
addition shall have been given in writing at the previous regular 
meeting. 

There were, in June, 1893, twenty licensed dentists in Mani- 
toba. Dr. R. H. Robertson, of Portage la Prairie, says in a letter, 
dated June 27, 1893: "We have not organized any dental society 
outside of the Manitoba Dental Association, but expect to, at the 
January meeting of the Association, which will likely be called 
Manitoba Dental Society." 

There is no dental school in Manitoba, only a Board of 
Directors. 

BRITISH COLUMBIA. 

An Act to Regulate the Practice of Dentistry in the Prov- 
ince of British Columbia. 

Whereas, The profession of dentistry is extensively practiced 
in Europe, the United States and the Dominion of Canada; and 
whereas the said profession of dentistry is protected by law in 
Europe, the greater portion of the United States and in parts of 
Canada; and whereas it is expedient for the protection of the 
public that there should, by enactment, be established a certain 
standard of qualification required of each practitioner of the said 
profession or calling, and that certain privileges and protection 
should be afforded to said practitioners; 

Therefore, Her Majesty, by and with the advice and consent of the 
Legislative Assembly of the Province of British Columbia, Enacts 
as follows : 

1. That it shall be unlawful for any person to practice, or at- 
tempt to practice, the profession of dentistry or dental surgery 
in the Province of British Columbia, without having first received 
a diploma from the faculty of some reputable dental college, 
school or university department duly authorized by the laws of 
Great Britain and its dependencies, or the laws of some foreign 
government, and in which college, school or university depart- 
ment there was at the time of issuance of such diploma annually 
delivered a full course of lectures and instructions in. dentistry or 
dental surgery, and without having had issued to him a certificate 
under the provisions of this Act; Provided, That nothing in Sec- 
tion 1 of this Act shall apply to persons who have been there 
months in actual practice in this Province, previous to the pass- 
age of this Act, except as hereinafter provided, and nothing in 



REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 189 

this Act shall be so construed as to prevent physicians, surgeons 
and others from extracting teeth. 

2. A Board of Examiners, consisting of three practicing 
dentists, residents of this Province, is hereby created, who shall 
issue certificates to persons in the practice of dentistry or dental 
surgery in this province, who have been three months in actual 
practice in said Province previous to the passage of this Act; and 
also to decide upon the validity and sufficiency of character of 
such diplomas as may be subsequently presented for registration 
as hereinafter provided. 

3. The members of said Board of Examiners shall be ap- 
pointed by the Lieutenant-Governor in Council upon the passage 
of this Act, and shall serve for a term of three years, excepting 
that the members of the Board first appointed shall hold their 
offices as follows: One for three years, one for two years, one for 
one year, respectively, and until their successors are duly ap- 
pointed. In case of any vacancy occurring in said Board, such 
vacancy shall be filled by the Lieutenant-Governor in Council 
from those in actual practice in the said Province. 

4. The said Board of Examiners shall keep a record in which 
shall be registered the names, residences, or places of business, 
of all persons authorized under this Act to practice dentistry in 
this Province. The Board shall elect from its members a Presi- 
dent and a Secretary, and shall meet at least once a year, and 
whenever applications for certificates shall be made. A majority 
of the members of said Board shall constitute a quorum. 

5. Every person engaged in the practice of dentistry within 
this Province at the time of the passage of this Act shall, within 
three months thereafter, cause his name and residence and place 
of business to be registered with the said Board of Examiners, 
upon which said Board shall issue to such person a certificate 
duly signed by a majority of the members of said Board, and 
which certificate shall entitle the person to whom it is issued to 
all the rights and privileges set forth in this Act. 

6. To provide for the proper enforcement of this Act, the 
said Board of Examiners shall be entitled to the following fees 
(to-wit): For each certificate issued to persons engaged in the 
practice of dentistry in this Province at the time of the passage 
of this Act, the sum of ten dollars; for each certificate issued to 
persons not engaged in dentistry at the time of the passage of 
this Act, the sum of twenty-five dollars. 



190 world's history and 

7. There shall be allowed and paid to each of the members 
of the said Board of Examiners such fees for attendance, in no 
case to exceed ten dollars per day, and such reasonable traveling 
expenses as the said Board shall allow from time to time. Said 
expenses shall be paid out of the fees and penalties received by 
the said Board under the provisions of this Act. 

8. All moneys in excess of necessary expenses shall be held 
by the Secretary of the said Board as a special fund for meeting 
the expenses of said Board, he giving such bonds as the Board 
may from time to time direct. 

9. The said Board at its first meeting, and from time to time 
thereafter, shall make such Rules, Regulations and By-laws, not 
inconsistent with the provisions of this Act, as may be necessary 
for the proper and better guidance of the said Board, which Rules, 
Regulations and By-laws shall first be published for one month in 
the British Columbia Gazette, and in one or more newspapers circu- 
lating in the Province. Any or all of such Rules, Regulations and 
By-laws shall be liable to be canceled and annulled by an order 
of the Lieutenant-Governor in Council. 

10. The Secretary of the said Board shall, on or before the 
fifteenth day of January in each and every month, enclose to the 
Provincial Secretary an annual report of its proceedings, together 
with an account of all moneys received and disbursed by said 
Board of Examiners; also a list of the names of all persons to 
whom certificates have been granted and the qualifications there- 
for, and such lists shall be published in the Gazette. 

11. If any person, after the period of three months after the 
passage of this Act, not holding a valid certificate, practices the 
said profession or calling of dentistry or dental surgery, or will- 
fully or falsely pretends to hold a certificate under this Act, or 
takes or uses any name, addition, or inscription, implying that he 
is duly authorized to practice the profession or calling of dentis- 
try or dental surgery, he shall upon a summary conviction thereof 
before any Justice of the Peace, for any and every such offense, 
pay a penalty not exceeding one hundred dollars nor less than 
twenty-five dollars, and the half of any such penalty shall be paid 
to the Board of Examiners; and it is further provided that no 
person who is not qualified under the provisions of this Act shall 
recover in any court of law for any work done or any materials 
used by him in the ordinary work of a dentist. 

" 12. Any British subject, being a resident of this Province (not 



REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 191 

entitled to the privileges and benefits of this Act under Section 
I ), desirous of entering the profession or calling of dentistry, 
shall be apprenticed to a practitioner duly qualified under this 
Act for a period of three years, and shall file his articles of 
apprenticeship with the Secretary within one calendar month 
after the said articles have been executed. 

13. Any such person having been so apprenticed as aforesaid, 
shall, at the completion of the term of his apprenticeship, and 
upon the production to the Secretary of satisfactory evidence of 
his having served his apprenticeship, and of his good moral char- 
acter, be entitled to be examined as to his fitness to practice the 
profession or calling of dentistry before the Board of Examiners 
appointed under this Act, and shall, upon passing such examina- 
tion to the satisfaction of the said Board, receive a certificate 
upon the payment of a fee of ten dollars, which shall entitle 
him to all the rights and privileges of this Act. 

This Act is valid since 1891. 

The British Columbia Dental Association was founded Febru- 
ary 16, 1 89 1. 

The number of dentists in British Columbia was, in June, 1893, 
twenty-four. 

PRINCE EDWARD ISLAND. 

The Act respecting the practice of dentistry in the Province 
of Prince Edward Island, was passed July 15, 1891. It reads as 
follows: 

Whereas, It is desirable to regulate the practice of dentistry 
in the Province of Prince Edward Island; 

Be it Enacted by the Lieutenant-Governor, Council and Assembly as 
follows: 

1. This Act may be cited as "The Prince Edward Island 
Dental Act." 

2. That no person shall practice the profession of dentistry 
or dental surgery in the Province of Prince Edward Island with- 
out having first received a certificate as hereinafter provided, 
entitling him to practice dentistry or dental surgery. 

3. That such certificate shall be issued by the Provincial 
Secretary, upon production to him of diploma of graduation in 
dental surgery from the faculty of any Canadian dental college, 



192 world's history and 

or the faculty of any Canadian university having a special 
dental department, or from any such institution duly authorized 
by the laws of Great Britain or any of her dependencies, or from 
any dental college in the United States of America recognized 
by the National Board of Dental Examiners of the said United 
States of America, or from any recognized dental institution of 
any other foreign country which required at the time of issue of 
such diploma or license, attendance at a regular course of lectures, 
and an apprenticeship of not less than two years; or to a person 
who has been in regular practice in Prince Edward Island as a 
dentist or dental surgeon for a period of six months, immediately 
preceding the passing of this Act; and it shall be the duty of the 
persons claiming to be entitled to the certificate required by this* 
section to produce to the said Provincial Secretary evidence, 
satisfactory to him, of his being entitled thereto. 

4. And it is further enacted, that notwithstanding anything 
herein contained, such certificate as aforesaid may be issued to 
any dental student who at the time of the passing of this Act 
was actually apprenticed to any surgeon dentist in this Province, 
and who shall actually at the time of applying for such certificate, 
have served apprenticeship of at least two years, and who shall 
also produce a certificate to the Provincial Secretary from such 
surgeon dentist testifying to the effect that the applicant 
was duly apprenticed before the passing of this Act for 
at least one month, and has at the time of application com- 
pleted an apprenticeship of at least two years. Provided Always, 
that nothing herein contained, shall be construed to require 
physicians, surgeons, or others to take out such certificate for the 
purpose of qualifying them to extract teeth. 

5. That before any such certificate is granted, the applicant 
shall pay the Provincial Secretary the sum of five dollars 

6. After three months from the passing of this Act, any per- 
son not holding a valid certificate issued by the said Provincial 
Secretary as aforesaid, who practices dentistry or dental surgery 
except extracting teeth, shall be. guilty of an infraction of this 
Act, and shall be liable upon summary conviction, before the 
stipendiary magistrate of the city of Charlottetown, or the stipen- 
diary magistrate of the town of Summerside, or before any two 
justices of the peace for the county in which the offender 
resides, to a fine of not less than five dollars, nor more than 
twenty-five dollars, besides costs of suit, to be levied by distress 



REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 193" 

of the defendants' goods and chattels, or in default thereof to be 
imprisoned for a period not exceeding one month. 

7. That no person who has not received the certificate re- 
quired by this Act, shall recover in any court of law any fees of 
money for any professional services, or operation performed by 
him, nor for any materials provided by him, in the practice of 
dentistry or dental surgery. 

8. That nothing in this Act shall be construed to prevent 
surgeons or physicians from temporarily filling teeth or other- 
wise attending to them for the prevention or cure of toothache. 




13 



194 world's history and 



MEXICO. 

(republic.) 

Area, 740,970 square miles. Population, 11,632,924. 
Capital, Mexico; population, 329,355. 

We are informed through a dentist, practicing in City of Mex- 
ico, that " no person can practice dentistry in Mexico unless he 
has a diploma from a reputable dental college." 

There is no dental college in existence in Mexico. 

The exact number of dentists in Mexico it has been impossi- 
ble to ascertain, but in the City of Mexico about forty are prac- 
ticing. 




CENTRAL AMERICA. 



REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 197 



BRITISH HONDURAS. 

(BRITISH COLONY.) 

Area, 7,562 square miles. Population, 27,452. 
Capital, Belize; population, 6,000 to 7,000. 

For the following information we owe thanks to C. W. Bryant, 
M. D., D. D. S., of Belize. 

"There is no law in British Honduras regulating the practice 
of dentistry; no examination is required; no school or society 
exists. In Belize, with a population of 6,000 to 7,000, of which 
only 4 per cent, are white people, there are three dentists prac- 
ticing." 

The Doctor further says: " One dentist could do all the work 
and not be busy more than nine months out of twelve, because 
the colored people have good teeth, and for the most part are 
poor and can not afford to pay for the dentist's services. The 
worst with them is extraction, and it will be years before the 
people of Central America will require many dentists. The mode 
of living of the people is such that their teeth are better than the 
Americans' and Europeans', and the people are not educated to 
have their dental organs operated on, and do not know the bene- 
fits of attending to their teeth." 



COSTA RICA. 

(republic.) 

Area, 23,233 square miles. Population, 213,785. 
Capital, San Jose; population, 25,000. 

According to a consular authority, there exists no law in 
Costa Rica relating to the practice of dentistry. A few dentists 
(the exact number not ascertained) practice in this republic. 



198 world's history and 

GUATEMALA. 

(republic.) 

Area, 46,800 square miles. Population, 1,394,233. 
Capital, Guatemala; population, 65,796. 

In Guatemala a dentist can establish himself without any ex- 
amination, as no law, of any kind, governing dentistry, exists. 

No dental schools or society exist, and most of the dentists 
in Guatemala have for some time studied in the United States. 

In Guatemala City six dentists practice. 

According to a consular authority, " dentistry is a good, profita- 
ble profession in Guatemala, as those who are established here 
are doing a very good business." 



HONDURAS. 

(republic.) 

Area, 47,090 square miles. Population, 431,917. 
Capital, Tegucigalpa; population, 12.6C0. 

The following letter covers our subject and explains itself: 

Consulate of the United States, ) 
Tegucigalpa, Honduras, December 19, 1892. ) 
Dr. Herman Lennmalm, Rockford, 111. 

Sir : Your letter of the 21st of November last, concerning the require- 
ments for the practice of dentistry in this republic, reached me to-day, and in 
reply I have to say: 

There is no dental college or institution for instruction in dentistry in this 
republic. 

A dentist coming here from abroad to practice his profession is required 
to present his diploma, or other certificate, to the Medical Faculty of the 
National University, and satisfy that body that he is qualified to practice his 
profession. 

This body is located in this city. Such a case has never arisen, I believe, 
but I presume the applicant would have to pass an examination, as do appli- 
cants for the privilege to practice medicine. 

I cannot give you the number of dentists in this republic. There are two 
in this city — Dr. Fred Sahuque, of New Orleans, and Dr. Martin Aguero, of 
Mexico. 

Trusting that this information is what you desire, I am, sir, 

Yours very truly, 

James J. Peterson, 

United States Consul. 



REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 199 

NICARAGUA. 

(republic.) 

Area, 49,500 square miles. Population, 350,000. 
Capital, Managua; population, 18,000. 

No law relative to the practice of dentistry exists in Nicaragua. 
Number of dentists, not known. 



SALVADOR. 

(republic.) 

Area, 7,255 square miles. Population, 664,513. 
Capital, San Salvador; population, 16,327. 

We take great pleasure in reproducing the following letter 
from United States Vice-Consul in San Salvador: 

" Consulate of the United States, ) 
San Salvador, December 15, 1892. $ 

"Dr. Herman j^ennmalm, Rockford, 111. 

"Dear Sir: In answer to your favor of November 21, I have to state that 
there are no laws in Salvador regulating the practice of dentistry; that no ex- 
aminations are required for said practice; that there are three American 
dentists and three native ones practicing the profession., and that there are no 
dental schools in the country. 

"As a rule American dentists are considered the best in Salvador, and they 
do very well in their business. 

" Hoping these data will be of some use to you, I remain, sir, 

Your obedient servant, 

G. J. Dawson, 

United States Vice-Consul" 



WEST INDIES. 



202 world's history and 

BAHAMAS. 

(BRITISH COLONY.) 
Area, 5,450 square miles. Population, 48,000. 
Capital, Nassau; population, 5,000. 

There are no laws in the colony governing the practice of 
dentistry. 

Two dentists, graduates of the University of Pennsylvania, at 
Philadelphia, practice in Nassau. 



BARBADOS. 

(BRITISH COLONY.) 

Area, 166 square miles. Population, 180,000. 
Capital, Bridgetown; population, 25,000. 

From a dentist practicing in Barbados, we have been for- 
warded a letter, containing the following: 

"As far as I know the laws of Barbados make no mention of 
dentistry. About five or six years ago an English Act was pub- 
lished in our Official Gazette, but I do not see how it could affect 
a self-governing colony. There are usually five dentists in Bar- 
bados, of whom one is graduated at Harvard, two at the Penn- 
sylvania University, and two at Pennsylvania College of Dental 
Surgery. No instruction is given here on the subject of dentistry, 
and there has, naturally enough, never been a dental school or 
association in Barbados. I understand that there are several 
dozen tooth-extractors throughout the town and country." 



BERMUDA. 

(BRITISH COLONY.) 

Area, 20 square miles. Population, 15,743. 
Capital, Hamilton; population, 8,000. 

There are no laws in Bermuda regulating the practice of den- 
tistry, consequently no examinations are required. At present 
(in the early part of 1893) there are in Bermuda five practicing 
dentists. 



REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 203 

CUBA. 

(SPANISH COLONY.) 

Area, 36,013 square miles. Population, 1,631,687. 
Principal city, Havana; population, 250,000. 

The professional education of dentists has no place in the 
organization of the public institutions of Cuba. 

There is no lack of dentists in the island, perhaps 500, 
all told, most of whom perambulate from house to house in town 
and country, carrying their whole kit in their coat pockets or 
under their arm-pits. 

In Havana there are about thirty who have a local habitation 
in which they receive their patients, but many of these dentists 
also go to the residences or places of employment of those who 
call them; and this class is numerous, because the climate of 
Cuba induces to indolence, especially of the softer sex, who are 
not so accustomed to go out of doors as the American and Euro- 
pean women are. 

Habit is a strong, dominating force, and in Spain, especially 
in Andalusia, the barber and dentist very often is one and the 
same individual, combining in himself the two callings. He goes 
to the houses of his patrons whenever called; and many of the 
Cuban dentists are from Spain, migrated to Cuba, where they and 
their pupils make up the body of dentists and determine the 
social standing of the profession. 

There are four or five American dentists and Cubans with 
American education established at Havana. 

In Cuba it is not necessary to attend the classes in the univer- 
sity in order to be graduated and obtain a diploma. Private 
studies are accredited by examinations for sufficiency, and under 
this law there are in Havana two private institutions for instruc- 
tion in dentistry. 

One was established by a tonsorial artist, the other by a 
teacher of languages, neither of which "professors," as we are 
credibly informed, ever had the advantages of any institution for 
dental education. The first of these is no longer in Havana, but 
his college continues and is conducted by one of his pupils. 

Both these colleges have made an arrangement with the gov- 
ernment to have their pupils examined annually by a joint com- 
mission of the school and the government, and the university 
issues to them their diplomas. 



204 world's history and 

Since ten to twelve years there exists one dental society in 
Havana, "Sociedad Odontologica." 

One reason why the profession is not now prospering in Cuba, 
is that the native Cuban population, which was formerly wealthy, 
and visited the United States often enough to become cognizant 
of the skill of American dentists, and employed those of them 
who are established in Havana, are now in poverty. The Spaniards 
under the protecting favor of their government have gradually 
succeeded the Cubans in the possession of the property, but they, 
from habit, employ the dentist only to a limited extent. 



CURACAO. 

(dutch colony.) 

Our correspondent in Curacao writes that dentists wishing to 
practice in Curacao are required to pass an examination. As 
there does not exist any university in the island, the government 
appoints a committee for the purpose. The correspondent fur- 
ther says: "Here is a large number of dentists, all young men of 
this place, who have studied partly here, partly in the United 
States, mostly in New York. Having passed their examination, 
they obtain a license from the government to practice. There 
are so many, that a large number go to Venezuela, Colombia, 
Santo Domingo, and Haiti. We have often visits of American 
dentists, who usually stay here about a month and then proceed 
farther." 



HAITI. 

(republic.) 

Area, 10,204 square miles. Population, 960,000. 
Capital, Port-au-Prince; population, 40,000. 

Part of the dental education in Haiti is acquired at the med- 
ical department of the university. The program in use in France 
is followed in the pursuit of dental education at Haiti. Many 



REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 205 

students of dentistry go from Haiti to France for more advanced 
studies. 

Foreign dentists, on arriving in Haiti, with the intention to 
practice dentistry, are required to show their diplomas and pass 
an examination. 

There are eight dentists practicing in Port-au-Prince, and two 
to three in each of the other towns. 

The first dentist in Haiti was William Grice. 

For the above information we are indebted to Dr. L. A. Joseph 
George, of Port-au-Prince. 



JAMAICA. 

(BRITISH COLONY.) 

Area, 4,200 square miles. Population, 633,887. 
Capital, Kingston; population, 40,000. 

The history of dentistry in Jamaica, as below, is kindly for- 
warded to us by Dr. Ernest Sturridge, of Kingston: 

"The history of dentistry in Jamaica up to date covers a very 
short period, there being several of the writer's acquaintances 
who remember well when there was not a qualified dentist on the 
island, and also the arrival of the first man to practice the profes- 
sion in the then primitive style. About the year 1836 a man by 
the name of Dias landed in Jamaica, and commenced the practice 
of dentistry. He was probably the very first to practice the pro- 
fession as a distinct business, and, from all I can gather, his 
work consisted principally of filling, in a primitive style, with 
amalgam, and, perhaps, tin foil, filing the teeth, and extracting 
with the key. 

"About seven years later, in 1843, Mr. Macquersin followed, 
and during his practice, in about the year 1858, introduced the 
first gold plate (a sample), made in England. He used to operate 
in gold foil and amalgam, and was considered a good workman. 

"Then, up to 1858, jewelers used to carve plates out of 'sea- 
horses' tusks,' and very little of the work was done, being too ex- 
pensive. 

"A remarkable man in the field of dentistry made his appear- 
ance about this time. He was a black man by the name of 
Pompy. He came from Cuba (was a -slave there) in about 1843, 



206 world's history and 

and practiced in a primitive way for about twenty years in Ja- 
maica. He was well trained, and did some good work, some of 
which remains to this day; notably, a fair sized gold filling, which 
I examined about a year ago, and which, although a little rough 
on the surface, shows signs of being thoroughly packed and is 
quite good after over forty years of use. In all fairness, however, 
I must state that the teeth of the patient which contained the fill- 
ing are exceptionally good. Pompy, in his time, seems to have 
introduced extraction in a less primitive style than existed before 
in Jamaica, and many useful men, following his example, have 
done a great deal of extracting all over the island among the 
poor black population of Jamaica; the key as well as forceps 
were used then. 

" The men I have already named, and perhaps one or two 
others, seem to have been the only steady practitioners (if they 
can be so termed) in Jamaica during a period of about thirty-four 
years, and very little notice seems to have been taken of them or 
their profession. 

" The ensuing thirty-three years up to date show a different 
state of things. More have come. Perhaps in this latter period 
as many dentists have died here as there are years in the period, 
thirty-three, but few have done much to elevate the standing of 
dentistry, which is still in the background of the many profes- 
sions. 

" Next to Pompy, and during his time, about i860, three gen- 
tlemen of better standing and well qualified started practicing in 
Jamaica. They seem to have done very fair work, and, although 
there were others here, did most of the practice at Kingston; but 
we find that it was not until about twenty years ago that Jamaica 
could boast of a really well qualified dentist, " American dentist." 
He. however, did not practice here very long. Gradually others 
began to practice in, the island, until we find that, for the last ten 
or twelve years, there have been from ten to nineteen practition- 
ers here — some qualified, some not qualified — graduates from New 
York, Philadelphia and Baltimore. 

" The island has no dental laws whatever, the laws of the land 
not protecting the dental practitioner in the use of anaesthetics, 
and I doubt if he can collect his fees in a court of law. 

" Jamaica has to-day many men practicing dentistry who are 
not graduates of any college (about six is the number now in 
Kingston). 



REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 207 

"Thus we see that, in short, there are no laws regulating the 
practice of dentistry in Jamaica; no requirements for examination 
prior to starting in practice. No dental school, journal or society 
exists. 

"There are at present nineteen dentists practicing in Jamaica, 
and two who are not practicing. Of the thirteen graduates there 
are three from New York, one from Baltimore, one from Philadel- 
phia, six from University of Pennsylvania, and two unknown. 



LEEWARD ISLANDS. 

(BRITISH WEST INDIES.) 

Consist of Antigua, Montserrat, St. Christopher, Nevis, Domi- 
nica and the Virgin Islands, forming part of the group of the 
Lesser Antilles. 

By Act of 1871 these six, previously separate colonies, were 
formed into one. The Federal colony contains about 120,000 in- 
habitants. 

We have sought information from Antigua, St. Christopher 
and Nevis. Information from the two latter shows that there are 
no laws upon the subject of dentistry, no examinations required, 
no local dentist on either island, and the practice is attended to 
by visitors. 

Population in St. Christopher, about 32,000; in Nevis, about 
11,000, 90 per cent, of whom are colored. 



MARTINIQUE. 

(FRENCH COLONY.) 
Largest town, St. Pierre. 

No laws exist regulating the practice of dentistry in this 
island. Six dentists are practicing in Martinique. 



208 world's history and 

PUERTO RICO. 

(SPANISH COLONY.) 

Area, 3,550 square miles. Population, 784,709. 
Capital, San Juan; population 23,414. 

Dr. Luiz I. Salicrup writes from San Juan, June 6, 1893: 

" There are no laws regulating the practice of dentistry in 
Puerto Rico, except that dentists having foreign diplomas must 
submit to an examination before being granted a license to prac- 
tice. 

" The first requirement for this examination is the posses- 
sion of a diploma, proving that the necessary studies have been 
made. If the diploma is granted by a Spanish college, its pres- 
entation suffices; if by a foreign college, an examination must 
be undergone. 

" The fees for examination and permit to practice are from 
$200 to $300, Spanish gold, and in addition the yearly taxes are 
$34 to the State, and nearly the same amount to the municipality. 

" There are many dentists in the island with diplomas from 
colleges in the United States. In San Juan there are four with 
American diplomas, and three who practice with a special license. 
Besides these there are some itinerants who do not deserve to be 
classed as dentists. A number of dental practitioners are dis- 
tributed in different towns on the island. But as no register is 
kept, the exact number is next to impossible to ascertain. 

" No dental society, school or journal exists in Puerto Rico." 



ST. BARTHOLOMEW. 

(FRENCH COLONY.) 

There never was a resident dentist at St. Bartholomew. Oc- 
casionally some traveling dentist visits the island. 



REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 209 

ST. THOMAS. 

(DANISH COLONY.) 

United States Consul Saml. B. Home has kindly informed us 
in a letter, dated May 27, . 1893, that none but regular graduates,, 
possessing diplomas, can practice in the Danish islands. 

Three dentists are practicing in St. Thomas. 



TRINIDAD. 

(BRITISH WEST INDIES.) 

Area, 1,754 square miles. Population, 208,230. 
Capital, Port of Spain. 

The following is an abstract of the Dentists' Ordinance of 
March 8, 1887, governing the practice of dentistry in Trinidad: 

DENTIST. 

38. From and after the passing of this ordinance no person 
shall be entitled to take or use the name or title of Dentist 
(either alone or in combination with any other word or words) 
or of "Dental Practitioner," or any name, title, addition or de- 
scription implying that he is registered under this ordinance, or 
that he is a person specially qualified to practice dentistry, unless 
he is registered under this ordinance. 

39. Any person, who, after the passing of this ordinance, not 
being registered under this ordinance: 

(1) Takes or uses any such name, title, addition or descrip- 
tion as aforesaid; 

(2) Practices dentistry or dental surgery, or performs any- 
dental operation, in respect of which he shall demand or receive 
any fee or gratuity, shall be liable on summary conviction to a 
penalty not exceeding twenty pounds. 

40. Any person, who, at the commencement of this ordi- 
nance: 

(a) Holds any diploma or license from any university, col- 
lege or incorporated society in Great Britain, or Ireland, or in 
any British possession, having authority to grant the same, con- 
ferring a legal title to practice dental surgery or dentistry; 
14 



210 world's history and 

(b) Holds a diploma or license from some foreign university, 
college or body, authorized to grant such diploma or license to 
practice dental surgery or dentistry, and is bona fide engaged in 
the practice thereof in this colony, either separately, or in con- 
junction with the practice of medicine, surgery or pharmacy, 
shall be entitled to be registered under this ordinance. 

41. Where a person, who is not a British subject, or who has 
practiced for more than five years in the United Kingdom, or 
elsewhere, shows that he has obtained some recognized certifi- 
cate (as hereinafter defined) granted in a foreign country, and 
that he is of good character, and either continues to hold such 
certificate, or has not been deprived thereof for any cause which 
disqualifies from registration under this ordinance, such person 
shall, upon payment of a registration fee of £$, be entitled to be 
registered as a dentist under this ordinance 

42. The certificate granted in a foreign country, which is to 
be deemed such a recognized certificate as is required for the 
purpose of this ordinance, shall be such certificate, diploma, 
membership, degree, license, letters, testimonials, or other title, 
status or document, as may be recognized by the Council as 
entitling the holder thereof to practice dentistry or dental sur- 
gery, in such country, and as furnishing sufficient guarantees of 
the possession of the requisite knowledge and skill, for the effi- 
cient practice of dentistry or dental surgery, and shall, upon pay- 
ment of a registration fee of £$, be entitled to be registered under 
this ordinance. 

Four dentists are practicing on the Island, all residing at Port 
of Spain. 



SOUTH AMERICA. 



REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 213 



ARGENTINE REPUBLIC. 

(republic.) 

Area, 1,125,086 square miles. Population, 4,046,654. 
Capital, Buenos Ayres; population, 538,385. 

Dr. N. Odahl, of Buenos Ayres, writes in a letter dated May 
24, 1893: 

" The odontological course at the University of Buenos Ayres 
requires two years of study. The student must pass two prelimi- 
nary examinations, and the final dental examination, the last one 
being practical and theoretical. 

" The candidate is, after the first year, examined in the fol- 
lowing branches: Anatomy, Pathology, Surgery. The second 
year's course comprises Surgery, Hygiene, Materia Medica, 
Therapeutics, Operative and Prosthetic Dentistry. 

" Dentists from foreign countries are required to submit them- 
selves to the same examination, in order to be permitted to prac- 
tice in the Argentine Republic. 

" The student, before he enters the studies of dentistry, must 
have graduated from the National College (corresponding to the 
degree of B. S. or A. M. in the United States). He must also 
produce a certificate of good moral character and a certificate of 
vaccination. 

" The Examination Committee consists of three 'academicos' 
and five professors, the dean of the medical department of the 
University presiding at the examination. 

" There are no statistics relative to the number of dentists in 
the country, but there are about fifty practicing in the capital. 
Half of this number are foreigners, Americans, Italians, Span- 
iards, etc." 



214 world's history and 

BOLIVIA. 

(republic.) 

Area, 784,554 square miles. Population, 2,333,350. 
Capital, Sucre; population, 32,000. 

The following letter, which we have had the pleasure to re- 
ceive from United States Minister to Bolivia, Hon. F. J. Grant, 
speaks for itself: 

La Paz, May 4, 1893. 
Dr. Herman Lennmalm, Rockford, 111. 

Dear Sir : Your letter of March 23, 1893, was duly received and was 
referred by me to Dr. Jose H. Zalles, a practicing dentist of this city. I am 
informed by Dr. Zalles that he is the only resident practicing dentist in the 
Republic of Bolivia. Traveling dentists occasionally come to the country 
but their stay in each town is short, and their visits are not usually repeated. 

There are absolutely no laws in this country governing the practice of 
dentistry. Indeed, the government takes no cognizance of the profession in 
any manner. I presume that it is scarcely necessary for me to add that, as 
Dr. Zalles is the only dentist in the country, there are no dental schools, 
societies or journals. I am, sir, 

Your obedient servant, 

F. J. Grant, 

United States Minister. 



UNITED STATES OF BRAZIL 

Area, 3,209,878 square miles. Population, 14,002,335. 
Capital, Rio de Janeiro; population, 500,000. 

For the information given below we owe thanks to the United 
States Consui-General at Rio de Janeiro, and C. A. Hastings, 
D. D. S., of Rio de Janeiro: 

There exist two faculties of medicine in the United States of 
Brazil, one in Rio de Janeiro and one in Bahia. 

All who wish to practice dentistry must pass an examination 
before the medical faculty, and, after having passed, register 
their diplomas at the office of the Board of Health in the locality 
where they intend to practice. 

The Instituto dos Cirurgioes Dentistas do Rio de Janeiro is 
the only dental society in Brazil. 

No dental journal exists. One was started about twenty years 
ago, but only two numbers were published. 



REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 215 

The number of dentists in Rio de Janeiro is about eighty, and 
in the whole country about 250. 

Dentists are taxed 80,000 reis, and 10 per cent, additional on 
the office rent, besides a municipal tax. 

The first law in Brazil regarding the dental examination was 
passed April 28, 1854, in relation to Section 3, Article 21, of Decree 
No. 1387 and reads as follows: 

CHAPTER VII. 

Article 80. Any one desiring to be examined for the pur- 
pose of obtaining the title of dentist must, with the application, 
bring documents proving his good moral character. 

Art. 81. The dental examination comprises: (1) Anatomy, 
Physiology, Pathology and the anomalies of the teeth, gums and 
alveolar processes; (2) Hygiene and Therapeutics of the teeth; 
(3) Descriptions of dental instruments; (4) Their theoretical and 
practical use; (5) Materials used in prosthetic and operative dent- 
istry. 

Art. 82. The candidate thus having proved his efficiency to 
the faculty, receives the title of Approved Dentist. (Dentista 
Approvado) 

This first law was revised in 1881 and again in 1891, and con- 
tains the following restrictions: 



STATUTES FOR THE FACULTIES OF MEDICINE AND 
PHARMACY IN UNITED STATES OF BRAZIL. 

(Dated January 10, 1891.) 

CHAPTER IV. 

Relating to Courses in Connection with the Faculty. 

Article 3 1 . The preparatory requirements for the odontolog- 
ical course are as follows: The Portuguese Language, the French or 
English Language, Arithmetic, Elementary Geometry, Physics 
and Chemistry. 

Art. 33. In order to obtain the title of Surgeon Dentist the 
candidate is required to pass examination in the following 
branches, disposed of in two series: First series — Anatomy, His- 
tology, Physiology and Dental Hygiene. Second series — Chem- 
ical and Prosthetic Dentistry. 



216 world's history and 

CHAPTER V. 

Concerning Licenses for Foreign Professionals. 

Article 34. Doctors of medicine and surgery, pharmacists, 

dentists and midwives, who have studied or passed examination 

in foreign countries, are required to submit to examination in 

order to gain permission to practice in this country. 

CHAPTER XIV. 

Article 146. Examination in each series shall be written, 
practical and oral. 

Art. 147. The practical examination shall consist in the 
solution of technical questions in every branch requiring practi- 
cal exercise. 

a. For this purpose the Board of Examination shall for each 
day prepare lists, covering ten points or questions, one to be 
allotted to each candidate for examination. 

b. If the examinations should require several days, the prac- 
tical questions shall be' changed as much as possible for each 
day. 

c. The nature of the questions, the time occupied in solving 
the questions, and the manner in which they are solved, shall be 
subject to a test by the Board of Examination. 

Art. 148. The written examination shall precede the others 
and may serve as a motive for further questions. 

1. The points (questions) in the written examination, num- 
bering ten for every examination branch, shall be taken by the 
candidate for examination by drawing lots (without tampering). 

2. The same rules as are prescribed in a, b and c, in Article 
147, shall, as much as possible, be followed in this examination. 

3. The examination specimens (proofs) shall, the same day, 
be registered and subscribed to by all the professors. 

Art. 149. In the oral examination the candidate shall not be 
examined more than fifteen minutes by each of the present pro- 
fessors, each one of them examining in his special branch. 

Art. 150. The decisions of the practical, as well as of the 
written and oral examinations, shall be collective, and under roll 
call, in each branch of the series. 

CHAPTER XXIII. 

The fee required for the title of Surgeon Dentist (Ciritrgido 
Dentista) is 150 milreis. 



REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 217 

BRITISH GUIANA. 

(BRITISH COLONY.) 

Area, 109,000 square miles. Population, 278,477. 
Capital, Georgetown; population, 55,300. 
From the city of Demerara we are informed as follows: "We 
have no college, school or other body of dentistry. We have 
two dentists here, one American and one Frenchman. We have 
not been able to ascertain the number of dentists in the capital or 
in the colony as a whole. 



CHILI. 

(republic.) 

Area, 293,970 square miles. Population, 2,665,926. 
Capital, Santiago; population, 236,870. 

The laws governing the practice of dentistry in Chili are of 
June 21, 1844 (Article 23), and of October 18, 1888, and contain 
the following: 

ESCUELA DE DENTISTICA REGLAMENTO. 

(School of Dentistry Regulations.) 

Santiago, October 18, 1888. 
Decreto: 

I approve the following regulations prepared by the Council 

•of Public Instruction during the session of June 9, 1888: 

Article i. Under the direction of the faculty of medicine 
and pharmacy, and located in a school of medicine, there shall be 
established a special school, in which will be taught the branches 
necessary to obtain the title of dentist. 

Art. 2. To matriculate in the dental school, a certificate will 
be required which will indicate that the applicant has passed the 
following primary studies: Spanish grammar, geography and 
arithmetic, and the following secondary studies of chemistry, 
physics, natural history, hygiene, drawing and a foreign lan- 
guage. 

Art. 3. The studies which constitute the course of dentistry 
will be the following, divided in two years: 



218 world's history and 

First year — Anatomy, Physiology, Pathological Anatomy and 
Dental Therapeutics. 

Second year — Clinical and Surgical Dentistry. 

Art. 4. All the branches of the first year will be taught in 
daily classes of one hour and a half each. 

Art. 5. The first year branches will be taught one after the 
other, during the months of March, April, May and June, Anat- 
omy and Physiology, and the rest of the year will be devoted to 
the other studies. 

Art. 6. The classes of Clinical Dentistry will be daily, and 
have nine hours' duration weekly; the Surgical class will be daily 
for one hour. 

Art. 7. The whole of the first year the studies will be in 
charge of a single professor, who must possess the title of Sur- 
geon and Physician. 

Art. 8. The whole of the second year the studies will be in 
charge of a single professor, who must possess the title of Dent- 
ist. 

Art. 9. The first year students are obliged to personally 
make dissections of Normal and Pathological Anatomy, and must 
assist in the daily clinics of dentistry for two hours. 

Art. 10. The students of the second year must practice for 
themselves, under the direction of the professor, all clinical oper- 
ations and make the mechanical and chemical preparations that 
the professor indicates. 

Art. 11. At the end of each year a theoretical and practical 
examination of the branches studied will take place before a 
Commission, composed of the respective professors, and two 
members of the Faculty of Medicine and Pharmacy. 

Art. 12. The general examination, to receive the title of 
Dentist, will be rendered before a Commission, composed of the 
two professors of the course and three members of the Medical 
Faculty. This examination will consist of a technical proof of 
knowledge for one hour and a half and practical examination, 
the operations being designed by the Commission, and in presen- 
tation of specimen work, or the individual upon which the clin- 
ical operations were performed. 

Art. 13. Each professor will have an assistant, who will 
remain two years in his position and receive four hundred dollars 
annually. 

Art. 14. The professors of dentistry will receive an annual 



REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 219 

salary of twelve hundred dollars, and they will be appointed to 
the position by the Dean of the Medical Faculty, and the assist- 
ants will be proposed by the respective professors. 

Art. 15. The title of Dentist will be granted by the Dean of 
the Faculty of Medicine and Pharmacy to those who have passed 
the examinations and complied with all the requirements of these 
regulations. 

Transitory Article. All who have, at the time of the open- 
ing of the course of dentistry, passed final examinations in Anat- 
omy, may incorporate themselves from that time as alumni in 
the second year of the course; to obtain the title, they must pass 
the examinations of the first year. 

The School of Dentistry, to which these regulations refer, will 
commence its course from next March, 1889. You will take 
notice, communicate, publish and insert this decree in the "Bulle- 
tin of the Laws and Decrees of the Government." 

F. Puga Borne, Secretary. Balmaceda. 

For foreign dentists to receive a diploma in Chili an applica- 
tion is first made to the Rector of the University, which applica- 
tion is placed in his hands by the Secretary of the University, 
who examines all diplomas presented before proceeding to sub- 
mit the application. 

This application is next handed to the Secretary of the Medi- 
cal Faculty, who sends it to the Dean, with the recommendation 
that an examining committee be appointed; this committee or 
commission having been named, the application, with the signa- 
tures of the commission, is then placed in the hands of the clerk 
of the University Faculty, who personally interviews each mem- 
ber (five), and appoints an hour to suit the convenience of all. 

Then a formal notification is sent to each, that application has 
been presented to the Rector of the University, and that they 
were named by the Dean of the Faculty of Medicine and Phar- 
macy on the commission to examine on such a date, that the ses- 
sion will commence at four, post meridian, sharp. 

The examination will be of one hour and a half duration, dur- 
ing which time the candidate is seated in front of a table on 
which has been placed a skull (articulated) At the close of the 
examination you are requested to retire, when the ballot is taken; 
if approved, your diploma is signed and delivered to you imme- 
diately. 

Before having entered the examining room you will have been 



220 world's history and 

requesteu to pay the fee of the examiners, which is $10 each, and 
$4 to the clerk of the University. 

" Every one contemplating opening an office abroad, with a 
medical or dental diploma, will save themselves an immense 
amount of delay by conforming to the consular or diplomatic 
regulations. 

" A diploma is not legal without the signature of the President 
and the Secretary of the concern that issues it. If American it is 
well to have the signature of the Secretary of the American Med- 
ical Society, as well as the signature of the consul of the coun- 
try or countries to which you intend to direct yourself; on ar- 
riving at your destination go immediately to the proper legal 
authorities for the legalization of the diploma. When in doubt as 
to how to proceed, go to the consul or minister, whose desire as 
well as duty it is to assist and direct you. By doing this you 
will ensure yourself protection as well as respect." 

A law, dated February 6, 1887, declares that women may pass 
examinations to obtain professional title, if they will subject them- 
selves to the same regulations as for the men. It reads: 

Vina del Mar, February 6, 1887. 

Considering: 

First, That it is proper to encourage women to adopt serious 
and solid studies; 

Second, That they may practice with advantage some of the 
scientific professions; and 

Third, That it may be a means which will assist them to gain 
a livelihood; 

Decreto: 

I declare that women have a right to be admitted to render 
valid examinations to obtain professional titles, providing they 
will submit to the same conditions to which men are subjected. 

Miguel Luis Amunategui, Secretary. Pinto. 

Dona Eloisa Diaz and Dona Ernestina Perez were the first 
women to graduate from the University. 

In a session of the Council on December 27, 1886, the Rector, 
Don Jorje Huneeus, confirmed on the first the title of "Licentiate 
of Medicine and Pharmacy," and she received the congratula- 
tions of the Rector in the name of the Council for having been 
the first of her sex that had obtained the degree in the University 
of Chili. 



REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 221 

The requirements for examination are that the candidate com- 
plies with the regulations of the school; if he is in possession of 
a foreign diploma, he will be expected to comply with the re- 
quirements, so far as they are applicable to his particular case. 
He will be given an examination by a special commission, which 
commission will demand practical examples of work, fillings, and 
plate; also a theoretical examination in branches studied in this 
school. 

The number of dentists in Chili is probably 200, counting 
phlebotomists (who also occupy themselves in filling and extract- 
ing, as well as bleeding) and dentists with, and 75 per cent with- 
out, diplomas, which include French, Spanish, English, Germans 
and Americans; in this number must be enumerated four women 
and the natives who have and who have not been to the States 
(about ten in all). Along with these are Scotch, Irish, English 
and German dentists who continually masquerade as American 
dentists. 

The name of the dental school is "La Escuela Dentistica de 
la Universidad de Chile" (The School of Dentistry of the Uni- 
versity of Chili) 

No dental societies nor journals exist. 

Until a few years ago, when some sons of what are called aris- 
tocratic families received dental diplomas, the profession was re- 
garded much the same as the barber, shoemaker or any other 
trade. These young men were sent to the United States to study. 
They were sent with all the advantages that letters of introduc- 
tion and diplomatic protection could do for them; they returned 
to Chili to practice their adopted profession. They, like all 
people among their own, are not well received, which recalls 
"The prophet in his own," etc., etc. 

Relating to the dental work done among the people of Chili, 
Dr. Macartney, of Santiago, says, among other things: 

"A dentist may explain the advantage of some particular high- 
class work; when he has finished, they will inquire if that is the 
cheapest, and if there is anything cheaper they will always select 
it. To such an extent is this true that not one plate in fifty is 
made on any material except rubber, and this, too, in the practice 
of the leading dentists." 

For the above we are under obligations to Dr. J. Clyde Mac- 
artney, of Santiago. 



222 world's history and 

ECUADOR. 

(republic.) 

Area, 118,630 square miles. Population, 1,220,000. 
Capital, Quito; population, 80,000. 

No laws exist in Ecuador regulating the practice of dentistry, 
and no dental school. 

We are not able to state the exact number of dentists in the 
capital, Quito, but in Guayaquil (about 30,000 inhabitants) about 
ten dentists practice, some of whom have acquired their dental 
education in United States (Philadelphia). 



FALKLAND ISLANDS. 

(About 200 in number.) 

(BRITISH COLONY.) 

Area, 6,500 square miles. Population, 2,000 (not fully). 

A consular authority writes from Port Stanley, April 3, 1893; 

t* * * * There are no resident dentists in these islands. 
There are three medical men who operate in dentistry when it 
becomes absolutely necessary. About two or three months ago 

a Dr F , who came originally from Boston, but last from 

Buenos Ayres, arrived here, and during his stay enjoyed a some- 
what extensive and lucrative practice. He is at present in Buenos 
Ayres, but intends, I believe, to return and make a further short 
stay here, in order to complete work which he has commenced, 
etc ^ ^ ^ m& '' 



FRENCH GUIANA. 

(FRENCH COLONY.) 

Area, 46,697 square miles. Population, 25,796. 
Capital, Cayenne; population, 10,600. 

The Governor of this colony has informed us in a communi- 
cation, dated Cayenne, January 2, 1894, that there exists a law in 



REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 223 

the colony regarding the practice of medicine and pharmacy, 
dated February 20, 1884, but none regarding the practice of dent- 
istry. The dentists are only required to pay an annual fee of 
thirty francs. 



PARAGUAY. 

(republic.) 

Area, 91,970 square miles. Population, 430,000. 
Capital, Asuncion; population, 24,£ 



It gives us great pleasure to acknowledge the receipt of the 
following sketch of the history of dentistry in Paraguay, for- 
warded by United States Vice-Consul at Asuncion, E. M. Flagg, 
Doctor of Dental Surgery. It is dated January 18, 1893, and 
contains the following valuable information: 

The progress of professional matters in this Republic is re- 
cent and rapid. It dates from the close of the famous war of 
Paraguay against the combined armies of Uruguay, Argentine 
Republic and Brazil, which ended in 1870, after five years' dura- 
tion, in the almost total extermination of the Paraguayans, the 
population being reduced, according to some authorities, from 
1,300,000 to 150,000. Previous to this war, the country had been 
virtually closed to the outside world. In the United States we 
would call this closure " protection." The brain of the people 
had long been ruled by an ecclesiastical despotism, which was 
succeeded by a political despotism. 

Science is ever opposed to despotism They cannot well 
exist together, and science was not allowed to flourish in Para- 
guay. As a compensation for the slavery of mind and body, the 
Paraguayans always had plenty to eat and drink and smoke, and 
if they had nothing but superstitions, with which to cure their 
diseases, they at least had no starvation. 

The war had one good effect: It brought the people in con- 
tact with other people, and gave their minds a chance to act, 
through the interchange of ideas. Soon after the close of the 
war, a remnant of survivors, some of whom had been educated 
abroad, met in Asuncion, and formed a constitution, modeled 



224 world's history and 

after that of the United States, and, among other matters, sought 
to be regulated, was the practice of the professions. 

There was no medical faculty at that time, but a Board of 
Health (Consejo de Higiene), composed of surgeons, physicians, 
and apothecaries, was convened, and privileged to examine can- 
didates for future practice in the country. 

The law reads that: 

i. Any person who desires to practice any branch of the 
healing art must present his diploma, duly certified, and he will 
be entitled to an examination by the Board of Health, when, if 
he be found fit, the said diploma will be endorsed (revalidated) 
and he will be permitted to practice freely throughout the 
republic. 

2. The Board of Health will be permitted to give licenses to 
those who are not regular graduates (facultativos), but whom an 
examination shall prove to be apt in the healing art. and they 
may practice in any department throughout the republic, where 
there is no regular graduate, and until a regular graduate shall 
establish himself in that department; the licensee shall then no 
longer be permitted to practice there, but shall be allowed to 
remove to and practice in another department of the republic 
where there is no regular graduate. 

These examinations by the Board of Health were for the most 
part merely theoretical, and very few candidates were rejected. 

All sorts of diplomas were presented for endorsement, not 
excepting the notorious " Buchanan." 

About this time all the trades and professions were scheduled 
and taxed. The physician was taxed $80 a year, payable every 
six months, and he was placed in the category with lawyers and 
other learned professions. The dentist was taxed $40 per year 
and classed with barbers, cock-fighters, blacksmiths, etc. Such 
was the state of affairs in Paraguay till about two years ago. 

The close of the war, and settlement of the country, was 
accompanied with the occupation of the capital by the victors, 
many of whom brought their families to reside with them; and 
the families in turn required services, such as they had been 
accustomed to, for they did not like the primitive service of the 
native Paraguayan. Thereby Paraguay got its first introduction 
to North American dentistry. 

The American dentists came mostly from the Argentine 
(Buenos Ayres) and made only flying visits, but the gold-filling 



REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 225 

was introduced for the first time and some attempts made at 
treatment of diseased teeth. However, it must be admitted that 
any aching tooth was generally extracted and dental prosthesis 
confined to the making of rubber work. 

In August of 1885, the writer came to Asuncion and remained 
five months, and started to practice by condemning the wholesale 
extraction of teeth and introduced the crown, the bridge, regu- 
lating operations and, in short, all that now constitutes modern 
dentistry. Leaving Asuncion in December of 1885, he was 
obliged to return in 1887, owing to ill health, and so decided to 
establish himself, being the first regularly established North 
American dentist in Paraguay. 

Barbers, blacksmiths and quacks, generally, are still permitted 
to mutilate the human mouth and call themselves dentists. They 
have acquired rights, vested interests, and cannot be disturbed in 
the exercise of these rights, but all new-comers must submit to 
the following laws if they would practice medicine or any of its 
specialties: 

The candidate presenting the diploma for endorsement and 
soliciting examination must be examined by the Medical Faculty 
of the University of Paraguay. It is a regular medical examina- 
tion, theoretical and practical. (I know of but one who has suc- 
ceeded in passing it since the establishment of the Faculty.) He 
must operate on the cadaver, or the living subject, and if he has 
a specialty as oculist, or aurist, or dentist, he must, in addition to 
the medical examination, be examined by an expert in the 
specialty to w 7 hich he intends to devote himself in Paraguay. 

Owing to the severe financial crisis from which the country is 
suffering, a lack of funds has caused the closing of the medical 
school and the Faculty is, at present, doing little more than to 
examine candidates for practice. 

One of them has started a weekly paper, called the Mentor of 
Hygiene. 

The Board of Health is still in existence, and when a candi- 
date for practice has passed the Faculty, they notify the Board of 
Health, but this is merely a matter of courtesy to the Board of 
Health. It does not confer any special powers upon it. 

The new law is still (January, 1893,) in manuscript, but will 
soon be printed. 

According to the new tax laws the professional dentist must 
pay S200 a year for the privilege of treating the Paraguayan 

15 



226 world's history and 

mouth, and he is classed among the learned professions, lawyers, 
engineers, etc. The physician still pays $80 per year, and the 
only satisfaction that you can get from the tax-gatherer when 
you complain of the distinction made against you is: "Well! 
Dentistry is a specialty and the dentist ought to pay more than 
the general practitioner because he makes more money." 
Barber-dentists still pay the same tax as formerly. 



PERU. 

(republic.) 

Area, 463,747 square miles. Population, 2,621,844. 
Capital, Lima; population, 101,488. 

Through the courtesy of Dr. G. W. Sparrock, located at Lima, 
we are enabled to give the following complete account of dent- 
istry in Peru: 

There is no dental school attached to the University of Peru. 
Dental students matriculate in the Faculty of Medicine. For 
two years lectures on Anatomy, Physiology and Chemistry are 
delivered. During those two years the dental student must 
learn the principles and practice of dentistry from a qualified 
practitioner. On a certificate from him, the student is admitted 
-±0 examination and receives a diploma from the Faculty. 

Upon arriving, a stranger must present his diploma and pass 
an examination before he is permitted to practice. 

Dr. Sparrock, in his communication, says: "On my arrival, in 
1890, finding the poor without the means of obtaining the services 
of a dentist, I opened an hospital for their benefit in 1891, and 
attached a school in 1892. Over 5,000 persons have been treated, 
free of charge, in two years. My hospital and school are the first 
and only ones established in Peru. They are under the control 
of the Supreme Governor. 

" I do not know the exact number of dentists in Peru, but in 
Lima we have about twenty qualified practitioners, and as many 
more unqualified. 

" We have no dental journal. There in one dental society — 
' Asociacion Dental de Lima.' " 

The only statutes governing the free professors (Profesores 
litre), i. e., dentists having pupils or students, read as follows: 



REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 227 

THE PRACTICE OF DENTISTRY. 

The Minister of Instruction has approved the following regu- 
lations formulated by the Medical Faculty for the free instruction 
in dentistry. 

CHAPTER I. 

Concerning the Free Instruction in Dentistry. 

Article i. Until a practical school of dentistry shall be 
established in the faculty of a college, the free instruction shall 
be permitted under the following conditions: 

CHAPTER II. 

Regarding the Professors of Free Instruction in Dentistry. 

Article 2. In order to become a profesor libre in dentistry, 
it is required: 

1. To possess a dental diploma from the Faculty of Medi- 
cine. 

2. To have been practicing as public dentist for at least five 
years. 

3. To obtain corresponding license from the Faculty. 

4. To be over thirty years of age. 

5. To submit to the programmes' and rules established by 
the Faculty. 

CHAPTER III. 

Article 3. The concession of the Faculty is obtained, the 
above conditions having been complied with and approved, and 
a petition entered with the Faculty. 

Art. 4. A concession or license may only be issued to a 
dentist having more than six students. 

Art. 5. A concession is issued for a fixed term not'less than 
two years. 

CHAPTER IV. 

Article 6. Every free dental school shall have an infirmary or 
clinic for the assistance of the poor, for the practical training of 
students, and a laboratory for prosthetic dentistry. 

Art. 7. A register of the names of the students, and a record 
showing the attendance of each student at lectures shall be kept; 



228 world's history and 

and every year a list of the matriculated students shall be sub- 
mitted to the Faculty, showing when the students have not been 
present, together with corresponding certificates as to the time 
they have attended the lectures and instruction. 

Art. 8. At the close of the third year the student receives a 
certificate that he has completed his course; this certificate must 
be presented to the Faculty in order to obtain for the student the 
right to examination for receiving a dentist's diploma. 

Art. 9. A certificate from a dentist whose course of instruc- 
tion has not been approved by the Faculty possesses no value. 

Art. 10. A committee, appointed by the Faculty shall inspect 
the condition and curriculum of the free practical dental schools. 

Art. 11. The interior order and discipline of the schools are 
regulated by the directors, having been approved by the Faculty. 

Art. 12. The fees for each term and for the certificate of 
practice shall be fixed by the directors of the school. 

Art. 13. Substitutes or assistants at the free dental schools 
must be dentists possessing diplomas from the Faculty. 

Art. 14. No student is permitted to enter the free practical 
dental schools without having regularly matriculated as a dental 
student in the Medical Faculty. 

Art. 15. If a student fails to pass the Faculty examinations, 
he does not receive credit for that year's practice at the free den- 
tal school at the succeeding year's examination. 

Art. 16. During the last term of the third year every student 
must attend the surgical clinic at the school and perform the 
operations prescribed by the chief of the clinic. 

Art. 17. The Board of Examination for the practical dental 
examination shall be composed of the three Faculty professors 
and one professor of free instruction; the last to be elected 
yearly by the " free professors," and with the same privileges en- 
joyed by the other members of the Board. 



REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 229 

SURINAM (DUTCH GUIANA). 

(dutch colony.) 

Area, 46,060 square miles. Population, 57,365. 
Capital, Paramaribo; Population, 27,752. 

We had the pleasure to receive, in due time, this letter from 
Dr. A. B. Bibaz, of Surinam: 
"Dr. Herman Lennmalm, Rockford, 111. 

"Dear Sir : I have the honor to bring to your notice, that your letter of 
December 17, 1893, directed to the government of this colony, was sent to me 
by said government, with the request to give you the necessary information 
concerning dentistry in this country. 

"There are two licensed dentists in this colony, viz.: Gabriel Benjamin 
Jessurun and myself, Albert Bueno Bibaz. 

" D. Arrias, M. D., was the first person to introduce dentistry in Surinam, 
but it was not very often he filled a tooth or made a set of artificial teeth. This 
was about fifty years ago. 

"Twenty-five years ago dentistry became better known in Surinam. 

"Although dentistry has been practiced here for such a period the great- 
est part of the people have no idea of the profit of consulting a dentist, 
because every physician extracts teeth. 

"As a rule the people have pearl-white teeth. With the lower classes 
their teeth, in general, remain good and without decay until they become 
thirty years of age. They seldom consult a dentist or ask for any kind of fill- 
ings, as they can have their teeth extracted at little or no expense at the Gov- 
ernment hospital. 

"There is, as yet, no law regulating the practice of dentistry in this colony, 
but there has been introduced into the Congress (Koloniale Staaten) a bill for 
regulating the practice of medicine. 

"In that bill the following stipulations regarding the practice of dentistry 
are found: 

" Persons authorized to practice dentistry in the Netherlands shall also be 
authorized to practice in Surinam; also such persons who pass an examination 
in Surinam and receive diplomas as surgeon dentist. 

" The applicant is required to submit to examination and to possess satis- 
factory knowledge in the following branches: Dutch Language, Arithmetic, 
Anatomy, Physiology, Therapeutics, Hygiene, Writing of Prescriptions, Opera- 
tive and Prosthetic Dentistry. 

" The candidate for examination shall pay a fee of $12 to the Secretary of 
the Examination Committee. 

"After he has passed a satisfactory examination the dentist shall take the 
following oath (or promise): 'I swear (promise) that I shall practice the pro- 
fession of dentistry according to my best knowledge and power, as per the 
prescriptions of the law, and that I shall not discover to anybody what in my 
practice is entrusted to me as a secret, or what comes to my cognizance, unless 
compelled to do in virtue of law. So truly help me, God Almighty.' (So I 
promise). 



230 world's history and 

" No one is permitted to practice dentistry before the Medical Inspector 
has countersigned the diploma of a surgeon dentist. 

" The dentist is not authorized to administer anaesthetics (only local) with- 
out the assistance of a physician. 

" He is not permitted to prescribe medicine for internal use. 

"The law relating to the unlawful practice of dentistry reads: Every 
person practicing dentistry without possessing a license, shall be punished by 
imprisonment from one day to one year, or by a fine of $4 to $40. 

" Other violations of this law are subjected to fines of from forty cents 
to $40. 

" In case of the offense being repeated within two years after the first 
verdict, the fine may be increased to $80, and the imprisonment to eighteen 
months. Violations of the stipulations of this law shall be prosecuted accord- 
ing to the ordinance of 1874. 



URUGUAY. 

(republic.) 

Area, 72,110 square miles. Population, 648,300. 
Capital, Montevideo; population, 175,000. 

The course of dental instruction required of the student cov- 
ers four years; two years for the preparatory course, and two 
years for the higher studies. 

The preparatory course of two years embraces the following 
branches: Arithmetic, Physics, Chemistry, Zoology and Gymnas- 
tics. 

The higher course embraces: Anatomy, Physiology, Pathol- 
ogy, Materia Medica, Therapeutics, Operative and Prosthetic 
Dentistry. 

A new dental law for Uruguay is about to be enacted. 

The number of dentists in Uruguay was, in May, 1893, accord- 
ing to Dr. Angel Guerra, of Montevideo, nineteen. Of those, sev- 
enteen were located in the capital, Montevideo; one in the county 
or state of San Jose, and one in Salto. 

There is no dental society, school or journal in Uruguay. 

The examination is passed before a body appointed for that 
purpose, and the instruction must be gained from some private 
source. 



REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 231 

VENEZUELA. 

(republic.) 

Area, 632,695 square miles. Population, 2,234,385. 
Capital, Caracas; population, 70,466. 

The laws of Venezuela require all persons desiring to practice 
dentistry to pass an examination (in Spanish) before a Board of 
Examination, consisting of two dentists and three physicians. 
The applicant has to pay an examination fee (not returnable) of 

There is a dental faculty connected with the University of 
Caracas (Dr. Mortimer Ricardo, Dean). 

In Caracas there are about twenty dentists, but (according to 
Dr. W. F. Phillips, of Washington, D. C.) only four good profes- 
sional dentists. A few traveling dentists are to be found through- 
out the country. 




EUROPE. 



234 world's history and 



AUSTRIA-HUNGARY. 

(empire.) 

Area, 240,942 square miles. Population, 41,076,804. 
Capital, Vienna; population, 1,355,255. 

Until the year 1873 every practicing dentist was required to be 
"Magister der Zahnheilkunde"; this degree being conferred upon 
the graduate by the State. 

At that time every person desiring to practice the profession 
of dentistry was required to be "Doctor Universal Medicinae" 
(Doctor of Medicine). 

"Der Zahntechniker" or "Zahnkiinstler" was still permitted to 
make artificial dentures, but all necessary preliminary operations 
were to be performed by the " Doctor Universal Medicinae." It 
seems, however, that this law hardly can be, and not always is, 
observed 

The number of dentists, as below, we have taken from 
"Dental Kalender fur Deutschland Oesterreich-Ungarn und die 
Schweiz": 

In Vienna: Dentists or Zahnarzte, 86; Zahntechniker, 81. 

Oesterreich unter der Enns (population, 2,330,621): Dentists 
(Zahnarzte), 6; Zahntechniker, 2. 

Oesterreich ob der Enns (population, 770,553): Zahnarzte, 4; 
Zahntechniker, 5. 

Salzburg (population, 167,569): Zahnarzte, 4; Zahntechniker, 1. 

Steiermark (population, 1,242,833): Zahnarzte, 12; Zahntech- 
niker, 4. 

Karnthen (population, 355,744): Zahnarzte, 4; Zahntech- 
niker, 2. 

Krain (population, 490,680): Zahnarzte, 2. 

Ktistenland, including Triest, Gorz, Gradiska, Istrien (popula- 
tion, 672,307): Zahnarzte, 5; Zahntechniker, 3. 

Dalmatien (population, 500,535): Zahnarzte, 2. 

Tirol-Vorarlberg (population, 809,112): Zahnarzte, 10; Zahn- 
techniker, 8. 

Bohmen (population, 5,697,909): Zahnarzte, 37; Zahntech- 
niker, 73. 



REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 235 

Of those there are practicing in Prague (population, 177,498): 
11 Zahnarzte and 8 Zahntechniker. 

Mahren (population, 2,193,388): Zahnarzte, 17; Zahntech- 
niker, 7. 

Schlesien (population, 579,713): Zahnarzte, 4; Zahntech- 
niker, 5. 

Galizien (population, 6,201,549): Zahnarzte, 19; Zahntech- 
niker, 19. 

Bukowina (population, 604,712): Zahnarzte, 4; Zahntech- 
niker, 7. 

Ungarn (Hungary); (including Siebenburgen) (population, 
13,728,622): Zahnarzte, 118; Zahntechniker, 45. 

Of those there are practicing in Buda-Pesth (population, 5 12,- 
000): 56 Zahnarzte and 25 Zahntechniker. 

Kroatien-Slavonien (population, 1,194,415): Zahnarzte, 4. 

Bosnien-Herzegowina: Zahnarzt, 1. 

The dental schools or institutions for dental education are: 

Zahnarztliches Universitats-Ambulatorium (Vienna). 

Zahnarztliche Abtheilung an der Allgemeinen Poliklinik 
(Vienna). 

Zahnarztliche Klinik (Budapest). 

The dental societies in Austria-Hungary are (according to 
Dental Kalender fur Deutschland, Oesterreich-Ungarn und die 
Schweiz): 

In Vienna: Verein Oesterreichischer Zahnarzte; founded 1861. 
Members, 34. President, Dr. Pichler; Treasurer, Dr. Gerhold; 
Secretary, Dr. Metnitz. 

Verein Wiener Zahnarzte. President, Dr. Tausig. Members, 14. 

In Budapest: Verein Budapester Zahnarzte; founded in 1875. 
President, Dr. Grosz; Secretary, Dr. Rozgonyi. Members, 26. 

Odontologische Gesellschaft Ungarns. President, Dr. Iszlai; 
Treasurer, Dr. S. Bauer; Secretaries, Drs. Dalnoky and Lang. 
Members, 25. 

In Prague: Verein der Zahnarzte Bohmens; founded in 
1887. President Dr. Bastyr; Secretary, Dr. Wachsmann; Treas- 
urer, Dr. Kulhanek. Members, 19. 

Zahntechnische Vereine or societies are: 

In Vienna: Verein Oesterreichischer Zahnkiinstler; founded 
1880. Members, 106. 

Genossenschaft der Zahntechniker Wiens. Members, 101. 



236 world's history and 

In Budapest: Budapester Zahntechnischer Verein; founded 
1887. 

One dental journal is published in Austria-Hungary; "Oes- 
terreichische-Ungarische Vierteljahrsschrift fur Zahnheilkunde." 



BELGIUM. 

(kingdom.) 

Area, 11,373 square miles. Population, 6,093,798. 
Capital, Brussels; population, 477,398. 

The law of 1818 regarding the Healing Art, modified by a 
Royal decree of December 30, 1884, regulates the practice of 
dentistry in Belgium. 

The law of 1884 approves the programme relative to the exam- 
inations required for obtaining a dentist's diploma. 

The candidate for examination must have studied dentistry 
during the period of two full years under a regularly licensed 
dentist. 

The course of study embraces: Anatomy, Physiology, Pathol- 
ogy, Clinical or Operative Dentistry, Prosthetic Dentistry. 

Two hours are given to the written and forty-five minutes to 
the oral examination. 

The dental students attend the clinics at Hopital St. Jean 
and St. Pierre, at Brussels. 

The number of dentists in Belgium is about 350; in Brussels 
(477,398 inhabitants) there were in 1893, 93; in Antwerp (232,- 
418 inhabitants), 21; in Liege (Luttich) (146,162 inhabitants) 21; 
in Ghent (152.391 inhabitants) 1 1, etc. 

No dental society exists in this country. 

No dental journal is now published in Belgium. 

Revue Odontologique de Bruxelles, founded 1884, and Revue 
Odontologique de Belgique, founded 1885, have both ceased to 
exist. 



REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 237 

BULGARIA. 

(principality.) 

Area, 37,860 square miles. Population, 3,154,375. 
Capital, Sofia; population, 30,428. 

The laws regulating the practice of dentistry in Bulgaria are 
in force from June, 1893, and read as follows: 

REGULATIONS 
For the Examinations (Curriculum) of Candidates for the 
Free Practice of Dentistry in Bulgaria; also the 
Responsibilities of Practicing Dentists, Founded on 
Articles 12, 14 and 24 of the Sanitary Statutes. 

Article I. — Examinations. 
Section i. A candidate seeking the privilege of practicing 
dentistry in Bulgaria, must present a written petition to the 
Municipal Sanitary Council, bearing the Internal Revenue stamp 
prescribed, with the following documents: 

a. A certificate, descriptive of the personality of the candi- 
date, for his proper identification; 

b. His diploma; 

c. A license to practice in the place where he obtained his 

diploma, if that should not secure for him the right to practice. 

[Note. — The candidate examined is required to pay a fee of $20, to re- 
munerate the Examination Committee; should he fail to pass examination 
half of this fee is refunded.] 

Sec. 2. The President of the Municipal Sanitary Council pre- 
sents the documents to the Medical Council, who, if they are 
found correct, appoints the Examining Committee. 

Sec. 3. In the report of the examination, conducted accord- 
ing to the affixed programme, are mentioned briefly the written 
and oral questions; also the opinions of the committee. 

Sec. 4. This report is then submitted to the Medical Council, 
who gives its final decision. 

Sec. 5. In case of disapproval the Medical Council gives the 
candidate from six months to a year, in which time he can again 
apply for examination. 

Sec. 6. A candidate who fails to pass in the second examina- 
tion forfeits his rights to any further consideration. 

Sec. 7. A candidate passed by the Medical Council is then 
submitted to the Secretary of State for his approval. 



238 world's history and 

Sec. 8. The Examining Committee consists of three persons, 
two of whom are physicians and one a regularly admitted dentist. 

Sec. 9. The examination is conducted according to the fol- 
lowing programme: 

1. Theoretical examination, consisting of: 

a. One question on each of the following subjects: Surgical 
Dental Anatomy, Pathology, Materia Medica and Therapeutics. 

b. One case of injured teeth, gums, the roof of the mouth, 
etc., which he must examine, and demonstrate its Anaemnesis, 
Diagnosis, Prognosis and Therapeutics. 

2. Operative examination: 

a. Practical knowledge of the different dental instruments, as 
well as demonstrating the way of performing an actual operation 
on a living subject. 

b. Performing one of the following operations: Filling a 
decayed tooth, extraction of a tooth or a root, cleaning of teeth. 

3. Technical examination, which consists of making a set of 
false teeth, an apparatus for regulating teeth on a model of plas- 
ter of Paris. 

[Note. — The selection of the material for making the false teeth is made 
by the examiners. The candidate produces everything mentioned from the 
selected materials at his own expense, and the product becomes his property.] 

Article II. — The Responsibilities of the Independent 

Dentist. 

Section 10. An independent dentist means one who is reg- 
ularly admitted to practice in the country, but who holds no 
government or municipal office. (Article 85 of the Sanitary 
Laws.) 

Sec. 11. Every independent dentist is obliged to render as- 
sistance, without delay, in all cases which cannot be postponed. 

Sec. 12. Every independent dentist is entitled to compensa- 
tion from his patients. (Article 31 of the Sanitary Laws.) 

Sec. 13. Complaints against dentists should be made to the 
Medical Council. (Article 32 of the Sanitary Laws.) 

Sec. 14. No dentist is permitted to practice any other branch 
of medicine except his own specialty. 

Sec. 15. A dentist is, under no circumstances, permitted to 
administer anaesthetics. 

Sec. 16. A dentist has no right to prescribe or administer 
medicines for internal use. 



REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. ^39 

Sec. 17. For filling teeth, for false teeth, for obturators, and 
appliances for regulating teeth, the use of oxidizing metals is 
strictly prohibited. 

Sec. 18. Cleaning teeth with mineral acids is forbidden. 

Sec. 19. After a candidate has been permitted to practice, 
he may settle in some community, from whence he may operate 
in its immediate vicinity, within certain reasonable boundaries; 
but the practice of promiscuously extracting teeth, "as the char- 
latans (itinerants) do," is strictly prohibited. 

Article III. — Penalties for Dentists. 

Section 20. Dentists in possession of the prescribed diploma, 
but who practice without permission of the Medical Council, are 
fined from $2 to $6. In case the offense is repeated, the fine is 
doubled, and imprisonment for from one to five days, in addition 
thereto, is the penalty. 

Sec. 21. Persons who practice dentistry without a diploma 
are fined from $30 to $40. In case of repetition, imprisonment 
for from one to two months is added to the above penalty. 

Sec. 22. Cases of crimes committed in the practice of den- 
tistry are tried in conformity with the common laws of the coun- 
try; but the courts must admit the opinion of the Medical 
Council in every such case. 

(Signed) 

Secretary of State. 
Ratified by the Municipal Sanitary Council: 
(Signed) 

Secretary. 
In Bulgaria there exists one medical society, in which also 
enter dental practitioners. The society consists (May, 1893,) of 
thirteen civil physicians, seven army physicians, three apotheca- 
ries, one chemist, one veterinary surgeon and one dentist. The 
President of the society is Dr. Piscullieff; Secretary, Dr. Popoff. 
There exists no school in Bulgaria, either for students of 
medicine or dentistry. 

Five dentists practice in Bulgaria: In Sofia, I. A. Muszler, 
Z. Hof, J. Schreibmann; in Filippopel, W. Argazoff; in Rust- 
schuk, Fr. Flammich. 

For the above information we are indebted to Dr. I. A. 
Muszler. of Sofia. 



240 world's history and 

DENMARK. 

Area, 14,124 square miles. Population, 2,185,159. 
Capital, Copenhagen; population, 375,251. 

Dentistry has always, in the laws of Denmark, been consid- 
ered a specialty of medicine. As a rule, the practice of dentistry 
has been open only to regular physicians. The progress and de- 
velopment of dentistry has, however, converted this rule into an 
exception. 

Already at the end of the last century, when the use of arti- 
ficial teeth became more common, a want was felt for more skill- 
ful and experienced dentists, especially in the prosthetic part of 
the art. Hence a special examination for prospective practitioners, 
not physicians, in this special branch of medicine was, in 1796, 
ordered to be held at the Chirurgical Academy, and the first ex- 
amination took place March 20, 1798. This examination became 
later a requirement, almost exclusively, for candidates of dent- 
istry, as the regularly authorized physicians in the latter half of 
this century became a very insignificant minority of the whole 
number of practicing dentists. 

Until the present time, the practice of dentistry has mostly 
been governed through administrative decrees or regulations 
derived from the ordinance regarding quackery, of September 5, 
1794. Section 6 of that ordinance reads: " If any one who is 
not a regular physician shall have acquired special proficiency 
or extraordinary knowledge in some part or another of the med- 
ical art, or in the curing of some disease or another, he may, 
after having proved himself to possess such proficiency, by the 
testimony of the governor and physician, expect to receive 
through the Chancelly a license to practice; but only in the dis- 
trict where he lives, and his right to prescribe medicine shall be 
limited within the parts in which he has proved himself pro- 
ficient." 

This ordinance is still to be considered as the fundamental 
law for the power of the administration to confer license to prac- 
tice dentistry upon other persons than authorized physicians, as 
there is no later legislation relative to this point. 

It is, therefore, ruled by the Department of Justice (as suc- 
cessor to the Chancelly, in 1849,) that, according to the present 
law, the privilege to practice dentistry can not be conferred upon 
all who have fulfilled certain requirements, but that it always re- 



REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 241 

quires a certain license to practice, and this license is, further- 
more, always given with a local limit. 

The opinion was that no more candidates ought to be admit- 
ted to the dental examination than would be able to secure license 
to practice, the conferring of a license being regulated by the de- 
mand for dentists at that time. Owing to a similar view, the 
privilege to appear at an examination has also been governed by 
the permission from the Chancelly, and later from the Depart- 
ment of Justice. 

Such was the state of things until 1873, when, by the power 
of a royal decree, dated February 19 of that year, a regular ex- 
amination was required of the candidate. "The common pre- 
paratory examination" entitled to admission to this regular dental 
examination. Before 1873 there was required of the student, or 
applicant, only a common technical knowledge; but at that time 
an examination in prosthetic dentistry or "technics" was intro- 
duced, consisting of making and inserting artificial teeth, which 
was to be passed, before the candidate was permitted to undergo 
the final examination. 

According to the royal decree of June 19, 1888, a clinical 
examination was added, and a school of dentistry was established 
where instruction in theoretical and clinical dentistry for the 
dental examination was to be had. 

The instructors are: A President, who must be a "docent" of 
Surgery of the Medical Faculty of the University, and two pro- 
fessors in the clinical and theoretical branches, the first of which 
shall be a physician practicing in Copenhagen. The other must 
have passed the medical examination at the University. 

Persons who seek admittance to this school must have 
passed the common preparatory examination (as per the royal 
decree of August 30, 1881), and have studied dentistry with a 
dentist in Denmark. 

The student who seeks admission to this school shall, accord- 
ing to an ordinance from the Minister (Secretary) of the Church 
and Instruction Department (issued October, 1892), have studied 
dentistry with a practicing dentist in Denmark at least one year 
before he is admitted to the school. 

Since 1888 the students are required to possess a degree cor- 
responding to the degree of A. M. in the United States before 
they are admitted to the school. 

Before the student can be admitted to the technical examina- 

16 



242 world's history and 

tion, he must have attended a course of at least one year, and at 
least during two calendar years have been a student with one or 
several dentists in Denmark. 

The qualifications for graduation are as follows: The candi- 
date must be twenty-one years of age, must have passed the 
technical examination, and have attended a full course at the 
dental school. 

The above programme, confirmed January 20, 1889, makes 
the obligatory course for all who desire to pass the final exami- 
nation extend over four subsequent half years. 

This dental school was opened for students February 1, 1889, 
and the first graduation at the school was held in December, 1890, 
and January, 1891. 

In 1873, when a regular examination was decided upon, there 
were also passed certain regulations for the practice of dentistry, 
and limitations for the same. 

The practice of dentistry had heretofore been open for regu- 
larly authorized physicians, but an ordinance of March 3, 1873, 
issued by the Department of Justice, reads: "License to prac- 
tice dentistry, which is conferred by the Department of Justice, 
may, for the future, be expected only when the applicant, who 
must be twenty-five years of age and must prove by responsible 
persons that he is of good moral character, has passed an exami- 
nation, according to the ordinance issued March 1, 1873." 

This ordinance of March 3, 1873, was, on March 8, 1892, modi- 
fied, so that an applicant for license, who was under twenty-five 
years of age, was entitled to receive this license if he, after hav- 
ing passed examination, had been a clinical assistantto an author- 
ized dentist for a period of two years. A person who has received 
this license is authorized to clean, fill and extract teeth, insert 
artificial teeth and treat diseases of the teeth and gums at the 
place where he is living; but he may not practice any other 
branch of surgery or medicine. The dentist was also authorized 
to prepare and dispense medicine for external use; but only for 
his own patients. He may not prescribe medicine for internal 
use; and may administer anaesthetics for general anaesthesia 
only with the assistance of an authorized physician. 

It may be noted, that by virtue of a royal resolution of April 
28, 1877, women are entitled to the same rights and privileges in 
regard to the study and practice of dentistry. 

These laws and ordinances have been interpreted in different 



REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 243 

ways, and several cases have been brought up in the courts con- 
cerning- the unlawful practice of dentistry. Before 1844 the ex- 
clusive privilege of the authorized dentist to insert artificial teeth 
was uncontested by all concerned; but this year the Chancelly, 
in a case before the courts, ruled that manufacturing and insert- 
ing of artificial teeth should be considered as a "free trade." The 
Department of Justice has up to date upheld this ruling, and this 
has resulted in the forming of a separate class or corporation of 
"Tandteknikere." This corporation was, in 1873, registered at 
Copenhagen as Forfserdigere af Kunstige Taender (makers or 
manufacturers of artificial teeth). 

The question naturally arose, whether it was necessary for 
these Forfaerdigere af Kunstige Taender to possess any medical 
knowledge, and during the handling of these cases in the courts, 
it has been clearly proven that they must constantly violate the 
laws, as they necessarily must prepare the mouth by extracting, 
filing, cutting, etc., before they could insert any artificial teeth, 
although they were not permitted to undertake any operations 
at all. 

In this connection it might be noted that according to an 
opinion given by the Department of Justice, June 14, 1881, the 
title Tandlaege (dentist) is not under the laws of Denmark re- 
served for the regularly authorized dentists. 

As before intimated, the dental education in Denmark is 
under the supervision of the Church and Instruction Depart- 
ment; but the practice of dentistry in other respects, is consid- 
ered as a part of the Civil Medical Board and comes under the 
jurisdiction of the Royal Collegium of Health. 

[Note. — The above is from a sketch of V. Haderup, M. D., of Copenhagen, 
published in Skandinaviska Ta7idlakare-F'6re7iingens Tidskrift, March, 1892.] 

The first person to receive license to practice dentistry in 
Denmark, was Johan Christoph Folman, oculist and dentist. His 
license was issued in the year 1701, during the reign of Frederik 
IV., and he was authorized to practice in all parts of the country. 

The next license was issued January 3, 1716, to Salomon Poul- 
sen von Quoten; but his field of operation was limited to Copen- 
hagen. Next after him came, in 1722, Creutzhaler and Scarpetta. 

Johan Gotfried Conradi is named as the first court dentist or 
"court tooth operator." He was engaged as dentist at the court 
of King Christian VII. 



244 world's history and 

The Dental Societies of Denmark are: 

Dansk Tandlaegeforening (The Danish Dental Society), 
founded 1873. 

Tandlsegeselskabet Kobenhavin (The Dental Society of Copen- 
hagen), founded December 28, 1891. 

Jysk-Fynsk Dental Society (a society for the Provinces of 
Jylland and Fyen), founded November 27, 1892, at Aarhus. 

Skandinaviska Tandlakare Foreningen (Scandinavian Dental 
Society), consists of dentists from Sweden, Norway, Denmark 
and Finland. The membership was, March 1, 1893, ! 3^t viz.: 
from Sweden, 43; Norway, 41; Denmark, 35; Finland, 17. 

The number of dentists in Denmark is about no. In the 
capital, Copenhagen, between 50 and 60 practice. In 1893 there 
were 3 lady dentists practicing in Denmark. 

Regarding dental journalism in Denmark we find that Jan- 
uary 1, 1885, the first number of Ska?idi?iavisk Tidskrift for Tand- 
Iceger (Scandinavian Journal for Dentists) was issued from Copen- 
hagen by V. Haderup and O. Klepsch. This journal was later 
edited by R. Martin, from Stockholm, Sweden, the name having 
been changed to Skandinavisk Tidskrift for Tandlakare. It died 
out at the end of the year 1889, but reappeared in 1892, then 
under the name of Skandi?iaviska Tandlakare-F'6reni?ige?is Tidskrift, 
and was again issued from Copenhagen During 1892 and 1893 
it was edited from that place, Dr. Carl Christensen being its edi- 
tor-in-chief. Since January, 1894, the journal has been edited from 
Helsingfors, Finland, its editor-in-chief being Dr. Matti Ayrapaa. 
The journal is issued quarterly. 



FINLAND. 

(grand duchy.) 

Area, 144,221 square miles. Population, 1,950,000. 
Capital, Helsingfors; population, 44,000. 

It was about 1883, 1885 and 1886 that some persons, especially 
practicing qualified dentists, more and more came to feel the 
necessity of regulations for the practice of dentistry in Finland. 
Their first efforts and representations did not amount to much, 
and the old state of things remained unchanged. 



REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 245 

But on September 2, 1889, there was a convention at Helsing- 
fors, at the office of Dr. S. C. Bensow, to which all dentists, at 
that time practicing in Finland, were invited. On this occasion 
it was decided to petition His Majesty, the Emperor, concerning 
regulations for the practice of dentistry, and the education and 
examinations of dentists in Finland. As a result a petition, 
accompanied with plans and projects for the purpose, was pre- 
sented to His Majesty November 26, 1889. 

These propositions were sent to the Medical Board and to the 
Medical Faculty of the University of Helsingfors, to be exam- 
ined. The result appeared in 1891 as: "His Imperial Majesty's 
gracious order, regarding the regulation of the dental education 
in Finland. Issued at Helsingfors November 4, 1891." 

The contents of this order or decree are as follows: 

Section i. Instruction in the dental art shall be given at the 
Medical Faculty of the Alexander University, and for this pur- 
pose a professorship in dentistry shall be instituted. The yearly 
compensation for this professor shall be 5,000 marks. This 
instructor shall be appointed by the "University Consistorium," 
according to the proposition of the Medical Faculty, and his 
duties shall be to instruct in the dental art, according to the Fac- 
ulty's ruling, at the Polyclinic for Diseases of the Teeth, estab- 
lished in connection with the Chirurgical Polyclinic at Helsing- 
fors. This Polyclinic for Diseases of the Teeth shall be superin- 
tended by the Professor of the Chirurgical Clinic, and for its 
maintenance the yearly amount of 1,000 marks is appropriated. 

Sec. 2. The complete course of dental instruction comprises: 

a. Preliminary examination for the medical degree, or the 
examination of Candidate of Philosophy, required for gaining a 
"learned" degree in the Faculty of Medicine (as per the gracious 
ordinances of June 6, 1883, and May 2, 1889). 

b. Public examinations for the degree of Candidate of Den- 
tistry, comprising examination in Anatomy, Physiology and 
Materia Medica; said examination to be held before the respect- 
ive medical faculties. 

c. Practical service during the period of eighteen months in 
a dentist's laboratory. Of these eighteen months, six months' 
service is required after the student has passed examination as 
Candidate of Dentistry; one year's attendance at the Policlinic 
for Diseases of the Teeth, two months' attendance at the Sur- 
gical Clinic and one month's attendance at the Syphilitic Clinic. 



246 world's history and 

d. The final dental examination before the professor of the 
Surgical Clinic, the professor of the Dental Art, and one legally 
authorized dentist, appointed by the Faculty, the last named to 
decide regarding the prosthetic and technical specimens of the 
candidates. 

The first instructor in dentistry (as named in section i) is 
Matti Ayrapaa, M. D., "Docent" of Odontology at the Univer- 
sity of Helsingfors. 

The first persons to practice dentistry in Finland were (accord- 
ing to Dr. S. C. Bensow, in Skandinaviska Tandlakare-Foreningens 
Tidskrift, June, 1892,) the Swede, Erik Leonard Fougelberg, who 
seems to have visited here in 1849, an ^ with certainty in 1850. 
Fougelberg might have arrived somewhat earlier than the Ger- 
man Heinz, who was practicing in Finland at that time. In 1850 
the Swedish dentist, Carl Huselius, made his appearance. He 
practiced here until 1856, when he returned to Sweden. 

The first legally authorized or registered dentist in Finland 
was S. C. Bensow, still practicing at Helsingfors. The date of his 
registration is November 16, 1852. Next on the register is Th. 
Weber, who registered November 7, 1873. Both Bensow and 
Weber had graduated in Sweden. 

About the year 1857, two dentists, Verhein, from Germany, 
and Mallan, from Russia, arrived. Mallan soon left for other 
parts, but Verhein stayed until 1866 or 1867, when he returned to 
Germany. 

In 1865 the Swedish dentist Tornquist was practicing in Fin- 
land. 

The first person to pass a dental examination in Finland was 
registered December 21, 1889. 

Finska Tandlakaresallskapet (the Finnish Dental Society) is 
the only dental society for Finland proper. It was founded April 
16, 1892, in Helsingfors. Its charter members were: Messrs. 
Becher, Bensow, Chryscinicz, Olander, Wasenius, Weber, West- 
phal and Ayrapaa, of Helsingfors; Cederberg, of Vasa; Liljeblad, 
of Wiborg, and Widenas, of Abo. 

Skandinaviska Tandlakare Foreningen (Scandinavian Dental 
Society) consists of dentists from Sweden, Norway, Denmark 
and Finland. The membership was, March 1, 1893, 136, viz.: 
From Sweden 43, Norway 41, Denmark 35, Finland 17. 

The number of dentists in Finland was, when the last report 
was received, about thirty. 



REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 247 

The Scandinavian Dental Society's Journal is edited at Helsing- 
fors since January I, 1894. Editor-in-chief is Matti Ayrapaa, 
M. D. (See Denmark.) 



FRANCE. 

(republic.) 

Area, 204,092 square miles. Population, 38,218,903. 
-Capital, Paris; population, 2,344,550. 

The first ordinance regarding the practice of dentistry in 
France dates from the year 1614. It was later followed by 
another of 1699. In those ordinances, the dentist was placed on 
a level with the oculist, the bone setter and the lithotomist, every 
one being considered an " expert" in his branch of surgery. 

Later came the edict of May, 1768, which is rightly considered 
as being the most important ordinance relating to the profession, 
prior to the Revolution. This edict had for its principal purpose 
— to be sure — the organization of the College of Surgery of Paris, 
but we find in Section 9 four articles in relation to the dentists. 

According to Article 126, it was required of the candidate to 
matriculate at the college of surgery as " expert." Article 127 
prescribed that the aspirant should stay at least two years with a 
master of surgery or expert dentist in Paris, and three years in 
the provinces. Article 128 contained stipulations for the theo- 
retical and practical examinations to which the aspirant was sub- 
jected, the construction of the examination committee and the 
formalities to which the candidate had to submit himself, in case 
he was admitted. The candidate was also compelled to take 
oath before the King's First Surgeon or his lieutenant. Article 
129 contained the penalties prescribed in cases of dentists who 
went beyond their specialty and practiced as " surgeon dentists " 
instead of " expert dentists." 

Thus we see that during the ancient regime, the dentists, like 
physicians and surgeons, were compelled to matriculate at a col- 
lege of surgery, pass their examination, and be sworn, in order 
to obtain the title of " expert." 

Things w 7 ent on in this way until the time of the Revolution. 



248 world's history and 

At this period, May 2-17, 1791, a decree was issued proclaiming 
the free exercise of all professions, arts and trades. A second 
decree, of August 18, 1792, abolished, as a consequence, the uni- 
versities, the faculties, the professors and teachers. 

The necessity of re-establishing those conditions, however, 
made itself apparent in a very short time. 

Fourcroy, in the Legislative Assembly, said, regarding the 
motives for the law of Ventose 19, in the year XL: "The most 
complete anarchy has succeeded the ancient organization. The 
lives of the citizens are in the hands of persons as covetous as 
ignorant. The most dangerous empiricism, the most shameless 
charlatanism everywhere imposes on and deceives credulity and 
honesty. The cities, as well as the country, are infested with 
quacks who distribute poison and death with an irrepressible 
audacity and insolence * * * ." For these reasons 
the law of Ventose 19, in the year XL, was promulgated. This 
law was later repealed for the one now in force. As a conse- 
quence of this law, every distinction between the surgeons and 
physicians disappeared, but there were created two classes of 
physicians, viz., doctors of medicine and health officers (officiers 
de sante). 

Article 1 of this law reads: ■" Nobody shall have the right to 
practice medicine or surgery, or style himself as health officer, 
without having passed examination, as prescribed by the present 
law." 

Art. 2. "Every person who shall obtain the privilege of 
practicing the healing art, must possess the title ot Doctor of 
Medicine, or Surgery, or Health Officer * * * 

Art. 3. "Doctors of Medicine and Surgery, who have obtained 
their licenses from the old faculties of Medicine, colleges of Sur- 
gery, or the surgical societies, shall have the privilege to continue 
the practice of the healing art." 

Nothing was mentioned in this law regarding dentists, who 
from that time considered themselves authorized to practice 
without submitting- to the conditions of the above cited law. 

Now the question arose whether the law of the year XL in- 
cluded the dental profession. The doctrine asserted that by the 
expressions " Doctor of Medicine, or Surgery, or Health Officer" 
the law of Ventose was undoubtedly intended to embrace the 
different branches of the healing art. It was further argued: " Is 
it not equally just that every one of the different branches of the 



REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 249 

art shall be protected against empirics and charlatans? Is it pos- 
sible, one continued, to establish a fair distinction between the 
exercise of the profession of dentistry, reduced to the extraction, 
and treatment of the diseases proper of the teeth and the exer- 
cise of that branch of medicine or surgery which treats the 
diseases of the mouth? Is there not a connection between 
diseases of teeth which need to be extracted, and diseases of the 
mouth of which the former are consequences? Before extraction 
is it not indispensable to judge if extraction is necessary; that is, 
whether there exists some special disease of the mouth? And 
the very act of extracting teeth, must not that also be executed 
in a different way, according to the conformation, disposition and 
temperament of the subject? 

11 I believe," said Dr. Reveille-Parise, " that the profession of 
dentistry, worthily and legitimately exercised, demands extensive 
and profound knowledge, regarding the causes of diseases of the 
teeth, their effects and the means of struggling with the same; 
that the operations involved are founded on the same basis and 
governed by the same general medical systems as those of other 
parts of the body; that the scientific and theoretical part neces- 
sarily must be allied with manual surgery. Consequently, my 
personal opinion is that the profession of dentistry ought to be 
considered as one of the branches of medicine, and that it is im- 
possible to separate it therefrom, without dissolving the unity, 
and the established principles of the medical art." 

Such was the opinion of authors and interpreters of the law 
of Ventose, of the year XI. And still the dentists continued 
to practice, altogether disregarding the Medical Faculty. Dent- 
istry was practiced freely and without restraint; everyone who so 
wished established himself as a dentist. Soon, however, the 
question arose from the domain of speculation to that of the 
courts of justice. It was, in 1827, carried to the Supreme Court, 
during a suit against a woman exercising, exclusively, in some 
part of the country, the profession of a dentist. She had on her 
business cards styled herself as a dentist and added that she 
neither practiced medicine nor surgery. The Appellate Court 
(" la Cour de Cassation") in a decree dated February 23, 1827, 
decided, on the ground "that the law of Ventose, XL, had not re- 
established the provisions of Article 126, of the Edict of 1768, and 
as said law only concerned those who wished to practice the 
healing art in its entireness, that such person, who pretended to 



250 world's history and 

only exercise the profession of dentistry, was not under obliga- 
tion to secure a diploma." 

As far as the Appellate Court was concerned, the dentist was 
free to exercise his profession without having previously ob- 
tained any diploma or in any way having qualified as a dentist. 

It is not necessary to say that this jurisprudence was adverse 
both to the text and the spirit of the law of the year XI. Also the 
physician-dentists, that is, dentists with diplomas as physicians, 
never considered this question as definitely decided. Encour- 
aged through a decree pronounced by "la Cour Regulatrice," 
Juiy 20, 1833, deciding that the prohibition manifest in the law of 
the year XI. was general and absolute, they resolved to submit the 
question to a judicial authority. Consequently they brought suit 
against several dentists not in possession of the title of Doctor 
or Health Officer. 

Proceedings were instituted, accusing those guilty of illegal 
practice of medicine, who had practiced one of the branches of 
the healing art, without possessing a diploma as physician, or 
health officer, as required by the law of Ventose 19, in the year 
XI. A judgment from the "Tribunal Correctionnel de la Seine" 
was delivered December 16, 1845. The accused were fined fifteen 
francs each, in accordance with Articles 1 and 35 of the aforesaid 
law. One of the fined parties having appealed, the judgment was 
confirmed by " la Cour de Paris " February 21, 1846. The physi- 
cians were triumphant, when on an appeal " la Cour de Cassa- 
tion " (the Appellate Court) decided, May 15, 1846, that the 
dentists who kept within the bounds of that profession and did not 
practice any other branch of the healing art could not be com- 
pelled to provide themselves with any diploma. Then there was 
a dissent between " la Cour de Paris '" and " la Cour de Cassa- 
tion." It is not without its historical interest to listen to the 
theories of those two courts: 

" La Cour de Paris " argued: " The provisions of the Jaw of 
Ventose, XL, are general and absolute, they embrace all 
branches of the healing art; or, the dental art, which requires 
various knowledge of anatomy and surgery, especially of the 
anatomy and pathology of the mouth, is evidently a branch or 
part of the healing art; moreover, in the ancient laws the profes- 
sion of dentistry was considered and regulated as a part of the 
surgery." 

"La Cour de Cassation" said, on the contrary: "At the time 



REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 251 

of the promulgation of the law of the year XL, the liberty of the 
exercise of the professions, arts and trades had been proclaimed, 
by the decree of May 2-17, 1791, and the faculties of Medicine 
and Surgery having been abolished by the decree of August 18, 
1792, there did not exist more than one way of re-establishing: 
by disposing of its Article 1, that nobody could practice the pro- 
fession of a physician, surgeon, or health officer, or obtain the 
right to practice the healing art, without having been examined 
and admitted, according to the prescriptions. It follows, from 
its Article 3, that these provisions could be applicable only to 
such doctors of medicine and surgeons, admitted by the ancient 
faculties of Medicine and Surgery and the surgical societies, who 
practiced the healing art in 1791; according to Articles 126 and 
129 of the ordinance of May, 1768, it existed independently from 
the doctors of medicine, and the surgeons admitted, according to 
the forms indicated by Article 3 of the law of Ventose 19, of 
the year XI., expert dentists who devoted themselves exclusively 
to the cure of the teeth. This Article 3 evidently does not in- 
clude among the doctors of medicine and surgeons the expert 
dentists. One cannot suppose that the individual who had ob- 
tained, in the form and according to the conditions established 
in the edict of 1768, nothing else but the title of Expert Dentist, 
should be entitled, under the conditions contained in Articles 3 
and 23 of the law of Ventose, XL, to acquire the right to practice 
medicine and surgery, even under the restrictions said law in- 
flicted on the mere health officer. It follows, therefore, that per- 
sons who only exercise the practice of dentistry are not submit- 
ted to the previously necessary conditions regarding the studies, 
examination and admission that this law prescribes." 

The judgment of the "Cour de Paris" having been reversed, 
this question, of such importance to the dental world, was carried 
to another court of appeal. The court of Amiens was designated 
as a reference tribunal. In a decree, dated June 26, 1846, this 
court decided that "if it is theoretically true, that the dental 
art, considered in extenso shall be to the healing art what the part 
is to the whole, it is equally true that the dental profession can 
consider itself limited to such performances, and practical in- 
dentures as extraction of teeth, and making artificial dentures; 
that, indeed, this limited profession for many long years has 
been exercised by a herd of individuals, not provided with 
diplomas, and without other requisite medical qualities than 



252 world's history and 

audacity and manual dexterity; that, consequently, the law of 
Ventose, XL, is not applicable to the dentists." 

This latter decree seems to have definitely settled this ques- 
tion, as, since June 26, 1846, it has not been brought before the 
courts, and since that time the dentists have exercised their art 
without any judicial contestations from the physician-dentists. 

In consequence of this jurisprudence, there was only one way 
for the Medical Faculty to obtain the regulations for the exer- 
cise of the dental profession — through a special law. In 1847, the 
Government, in the Chamber of Peers, introduced a bill project- 
ing regulations. It was passed, but before it Was discussed and 
voted upon in the Lower Chamber, the Revolution came. The 
following legislation did not take up the project, and there was 
nothing done in regard to this subject for more than thirty years. 

It is not until 1880 that another bill, on the initiative of the 
Government, was introduced in the Chambers. Three years 
later another project, emanated from parliamentary initiative, 
was also introduced. These two projects were made one. Their 
aim was to revise the law of Ventose, XL, as far as the practice 
of medicine was concerned, but there were also included some 
provisions relating to the dentists. Several Legislatures ad- 
journed, without this question being discussed in the Chambers. 
It never got further than into some legislative committees. In 
1887 a report was made, but the provisions regarding dentists 
had been abandoned. Again, in 1889, the integral project was 
taken up in the Chamber of Deputies. In 1890 it went to the 
Senate, and November 30, 1892, the present dental law was 
passed. 

This law contains regulations for examinations and conditions 
for the practice of medicine, dentistry and midwifery. We relate 
below the most important articles concerning the practice of 
dentistry. 

Section 2 reads: No one can exercise the profession of dent- 
istry who is not provided with a diploma of a doctor of medi- 
cine, or that of a dental surgeon. The diploma of a dental sur- 
geon will be issued by the French Government to those who have 
pursued a course of studies provided for in accordance with the 
regulations of the Superior Council of Public Instruction, after 
examination before a superior State medical institution. 

Sec. 5. Physicians, dentists and midwives who have obtained 
their diplomas in foreign lands, whatever their nationality may 



REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 253 

be, cannot exercise their profession in France, unless they obtain 
their respective diplomas according to the above provisions. A 
certain limited dispensation from studies and examinations may 
be granted by the Minister (of Public Instruction ) in conformity 
with a resolution of the Superior Council of Public Instruction. 

Sec. 7. Foreign students who apply for the diploma of Sur- 
geon-Dentist are submitted to the same regulations as to the time 
of studies and examinations as the French students. 

Sec. 9. Doctors of medicine, surgeon dentists and midwives 
are obliged, from the month of their establishment, to register at 
the prefecture or sub-prefecture, and at the recorder's office of 
their ward. 

Sec. 10. Every year there shall be published in the departe- 
me?its (provinces), through the prefects and the judicial authority, 
lists with full names, residence, dates and character of diploma 
of physicians, surgeon-dentists and midwives. 

These lists are published in January every year, in all town- 
ships in the provinces. Certified copies are transmitted to the 
Ministers of the Interior, Public Instruction and Justice (Attor- 
ney-General). 

A personal medical register for France and the colonies is 
published yearly by the Department of the Interior. 

Sec. 18. Illegal exercise of dentistry is punished by a fine of 
from 50 to 100 francs, and, in case of repetition of the offense, by 
a fine of from ioo to 500 francs. 

Sec. 19. Illegal exercise of the practice of medicine or dent- 
istry, together with the usurpation of the title of Doctor or Health 
Officer (officier de sante) is punished by a fine of from 1,000 to 
2,000 francs, and, in case of repetition, by a fine of from 2,000 to 
3,000 francs, and imprisonment from six to twelve months, or 
only fine or imprisonment. 

The usurpation of the title of Dentist is punished by a fine of 
from 100 to 500 francs, and, in case of repetition, by a fine of 
from 500 to 1,000 francs, and imprisonment from six to twelve 
months, or only fine or imprisonment. 

Sec. 22. Any one who practices medicine, dentistry or mid- 
wifery without having registered, as prescribed in Section 9, is 
fined from 25 to 100 francs. 

Among the oldest dental practitioners of France we first men- 
tion Ambroise Pare, familiarly called the " barber-dentist." *" He 

* The Rise, Fall and Revival of Prosthetic Dentistry, by B. J. Cigrand. 



254 world's history and 

was born 15 17, was an army surgeon, and he educated himself in 
anatomical science and surgery, and was one of the first great 
lights. He was successively surgeon to four kings of France, and 
was attached to the French armies as Surgeon-General as late as 
1569. 'To Pare,' says Sabine, ' we owe the revival and improve- 
ment in surgical practice.' It was while in the army that he dis- 
covered the possibility of success in transplanting teeth. His 
success in his ventures proved him capable, and he turned his 
attention largely to this new surgical discovery. He subsequently 
constructed artificial dentures, having as bases gold and silver. 
Pare exerted a great influence on the surgical and dental arts. 
His extensive medical and surgical experience he published in 
1562, and later, the editions having been translated into all 
modern languages. In 1590, Pare died." 

Among Pare's successors among the pioneers of dentistry in 
France, we mention, citing the same source, Hemard, who, in 
1622, manufactured ivory dentures; Petrie Torest, who, in 1602, 
invented the elevator; Dupont, a Parisian dentist, who, in 1633, 
advertised himself as a specialist on " Implantation of Teeth." 

In 1728 Dr. Fauchard endeavored to find a substitute for 
natural teeth in porcelain. He was not successful, but he had 
given the " tip," and later, about 1770, an apothecary of St. Ger- 
main, by the name of Duchateau* discovered " a paste, which, 
when baked, became very hard." One Mr. Guerard undertook, 
in 1776, to manufacture the substance, and with the aid of a dent- 
ist produced a porcelain tooth. 

Among other more prominent dentists of this early period, is 
Professor Lafargue, who in 1805 published a book on the prac- 
tice and art of dentistry. Dr. Debarre is the publisher of a vol- 
ume called " Prosthetic Dentistry." Fronzi,** who was prac- 
ticing in the beginning of this century, was a prominent man in 
the field of Prosthetic Dentistry, and in the improvement of 
enameled teeth. * 

Dr. Fauchard, of France, is said to have been the first person 
to refer to gold-leaf as a filling material. 

Dental Schools of France are: 

Ecole Dentaire de Paris, founded 1880. This school confers 
the degree of D. E. D. P. — Diplome de l'Ecole Dentaire de Paris. 

Ecole Dentaire de France; founded 1884. The degree given 

* Items of Interest, Vol. XIII., p. 13. 
** Dental Cosmos, Vol. XXIII., p. 671. 



REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 255 

at this college is D. E. D. F. — Diplome de l'Ecole Dentaire de 
France. 

The course of study comprises a period of three years. 

Ecole Dentaire pour preparation aux examens de l'Etat 
(Dental School for preparation for state examination). 

Examination for admission to Ecole Dentaire de Paris and 
Ecole Dentaire de France is required. This examination is writ- 
ten and oral. The oral examination comprises the following 
branches: History of France, Geography, Arithmetic, either 
Physics or Chemistry, either Algebra, Geometry or Mechanics, 
either Zoology, Botany or Geology, either the English or Ger- 
man language. Persons who have been in practice three or five 
years, or are graduates from a medical faculty, or graduates from 
some foreign dental college, may be admitted to the second or 
third year's class. 

The following dental associations are now in existence in 
France: 

Association Generale des Dentistes de France. 

Societe Civile de l'Ecole et Dispensaire Dentaire de Paris. 

Societe d' Odontologie de Paris; 57 rue Rochechouart. 

Societe d' Odontologie de France, 3 rue de l'Abbaye. 

Societe de Stomatologie, Paris. 

Societe des Dentistes du Sud-Ouest, Bordeaux. 

The dental journals of France are: 

Le Pr ogres Dentaire ; founded, 1874; Paris. 

' L Odontologie ; founded, 1 880; 57 rue Rochechouart, Paris. 

Revue Odontologiquc ; founded, 1880; 3 rue de 1' Abbaye; Paris. 

Le Monde Dentaire ; founded since 1885; Paris. 

Revue Internationale d' Odontologie ; founded, 1889; 2 rue 
d'Amsterdam, Paris. 

L Avcnir Dentaire ; founded, 1890; Paris. 

The number of dentists in France is 2,000. 

Our source of information regarding the history of dental 
legislation in France has been "Code du Chirurgien-Dentiste," 
by Emile Roger and Charles Godon. 

For other valuable assistance we are under obligation to Dr. 
R. Heide, professor at l'Ecole Dentaire de Paris. 



256 world's history and 

GERMANY. 

(empire.) 

Area, 211,168 square miles. Population, 46,855,704. 
Capital, Berlin; population, 1,574,885. 

In Prussia, under the law of August 24, 1825, aspirants for the 
title of dentist could not present themselves for examination, 
unless they already were practicing physicians, surgeons of the 
first class, or surgeons of the second class. 

By an ordinance of December I, of the same year, however, 
this law was modified, so that dentists became permitted to sub- 
stitute the diploma of physician, or surgeon, for a certificate of 
a satisfactory course in Anatomy, General and Special Surgery, 
Materia Medica, Therapeutics and Clinical Surgery. The candi- 
date should also have studied one year with a dentist. 

Later, in 1852, by an ordinance of October 8, the medical pro- 
fession became united, so that there should be only one class of 
physicians, and now the requirements that persons wishing to 
practice dentistry were to be obliged to be physicians also, 
appeared somewhat unjust. The result was the ordinance of 
September 25, 1869, which provided for special examinations for 
persons desiring to become practitioners of dentistry. 

According to Section 2 of this ordinance, the examination 
should be passed before the same committee of examination who 
examined aspirants for the medical degree, with the exception, 
that to this committee should be added one dental practitioner. 

The present law of Germany, governing the studies and 
examinations in dentistry, dates from July 5, 1889, and reads as 
follows: 

Ordinances Regarding the Examinations of Dentists, En- 
acted and Adopted July 5, 1889. 

Section I. The authorities empowered to grant licenses to 
dentists, are as follows: 

1st. The Central Board of the States within the Federation, 
with one or more Universities, namely, at present: The ministe- 
riums of the Kingdoms of Prussia, Bavaria, Saxony and Wiirttem- 
berg, the Grand Duchies of Hesse, Baden, Mecklenburg-Schwerin, 
and in conjunction the Ministeriums of the Grand Duchy of 
Saxony and the Saxonian Duchies; 



REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 257 

2d. The Ministerium of Alsace-Lorraine. 

The license must be worded in conformity with the estab- 
lished formula. 

Sec. II. The license will be issued to such persons only, who 
have regularly passed their examinations, according to the fol- 
lowing regulations herein described: 

Sec. III. The dental examinations will be conducted before a 
committee of physicians, and at least one practicing dentist 
(Sec. III. of the ordinances governing the Practice of Dentistry, 
of June 2, 1883; "Central-Blatt fur Das Deutsche Reich," p. 191). 
The Chairman conducts the examinations, and shall be present 
during all its details; he shall also watch the proceedings, that 
they are conducted in strict conformity with the Rules and Regu- 
lations governing such examinations, and in the order herein 
prescribed; in case of the temporary absence of any member of 
the Examining Board, he shall choose a representative, and at 
the close of the examinations, he shall promptly report the 
proceedings of the committee, with an account of expenses 
incurred. Two examinations are held every year: one in summer 
and one in winter. The applications of students for examination 
must be presented to the committee (Sec. I.) by April 1, and 
November 1. Tardy applications are considered only in special 
cases, and then for good and valid reasons. 

Sec. IV. Admission to examination is conditioned upon cer- 
tificates: 

1st. Of qualification for entering a German " gymnasium " 
or "Real" gymnasium, such qualification to be proven by diploma 
from such "gymnasium " (college), or by a certificate from a 
Special Committee of Examination from any of above mentioned 
institutions of learning. 

2d. Of at least one year's practical instruction at a Dental 
School or with an approved dentist. 

3d. Of having studied dentistry for at least four terms at the 
Universities in the German Empire. 

To this application must be added certified proof, that all of 
the above conditions have been complied with in all respects; 
also a short autobiography of the applicant. A copy of these 
directions shall be handed to the applicant, with his: order of 
admission. The candidate must appear in person before the 
-chairman of the Examination Committee, without special sum- 
mons, within three weeks after he has received the order for ad- 

17 



258 . world's history and 

mission; the latter as a proof of his identity, also a receipt for 
dues paid. (Sec. XIII.). 

Sec. V. The examination is divided into four parts: 

1st. In the first part of the examination, the candidate is re- 
quired, in the presence of the Surgeon-member of the Examina- 
tion Committee, to develop a case, submitted to him for exami- 
nation, of disease of the teeth, or gums, or hard gums, etc.; and 
demonstrate the anaemnesis, diagnosis, and prognosis of the 
case, and method of curing same, after which this demonstration 
must immediately be written up in a report and countersigned 
by the Examiner, who on the same day prepares a critical report 
of same, which, with date thereof and his (the candidate's) sig- 
nature, must be placed in the hands of the Examiner the follow- 
ing morning. 

2d. In the second part, the candidate is examined in — 
i. Anatomy and Physiology. 2. General Pathology, Therapeutics, 
and Pharmacology, including Toxicology. 3. Special Surgical 
Dental Pathology and Therapeutics. 

In each of these branches the candidate must, under the spe- 
cial supervision of a member of the Examination Committee, an- 
swer two questions, in writing, within locked doors, and without 
any outside aid or assistance. The questions are determined by lot. 
For this purpose the Committee is supposed to prepare a num- 
ber of questions, embracing the respective branches as completely 
as possible, and to revise the same every year, before the opening 
of the examinations. (Section III., No. 3.) 

Sec. 3d. In the third part, which is itself subdivided into two 
parts, the candidate must, in the presence of one of the Exami- 
ners, demonstrate: 

1. His practical knowledge of the use of various dental in- 
struments; also in a dental operation upon a living subject, part 
of which must consist of two fillings, one of which must be a gold 
filling — two extractions and one cleansing of the teeth. 

2. His practical knowledge in making and inserting artificial 
cases or adjusting appparatus for irregularities of the teeth, in 
the course of which he must make at least one substitute piece 
of artificial teeth or mechanism for the mouth of a living subject. 

Selection of material must be conducted by the Examiner. The 
examination in this course must be made by a practical dentist. 
If several practicing dentists are apppointed on the Committee, 



REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 259 

the Chairman may appoint a special examiner for each subdivis- 
ion of part 3. 

4th. In the fourth part the candidate is to be examined orally, 
in the presence of the chairman, by at least three examiners, one 
of whom must be a practicing dentist, in the Anatomy, Physiol- 
ogy, Pathology and Dietetics of the teeth, about diseases of the 
teeth and gums, about the preparation and effects of dental rem- 
edies, and about the indications calling for application of the 
different Dental Operations. This part of the examination is 
conducted publicly. 

Sec. VI. The questions, and the patients, for the different 
parts of the examination are not to be assigned to the candidate 
until the beginning of each part. Between the different parts of 
the examination no longer time, as a rule, than eight days is 
allowed. At the conclusion of each part of the examination, the 
examiners are obliged to submit their reports without delay to 
the Chairman. If a candidate does not fully pass in any one of 
the three first parts, he has the choice, as far as circumstances 
permit, whether to proceed with the examination in the other 
parts at once or wait until he has completed the part not fully 
passed. To the fourth part of the examination only those are 
admitted who have passed in the first three sections. 

Sec. VII. As to the results of the examination, a special 
mark is entered against each part by the exclusive use of the 
terms: "Very good (i); Good (2); Satisfactory (3); Unsatisfac- 
tory (4); Poor (5). For the second part, a mark is entered 
against the science by the respective examiner in that science. 
Each single part of the examination is considered as "passed" 
only when at least both branches are marked "satisfactory." By 
the six marks obtained in the different parts, the mark for the 
entire part is determined according to the rule prescribed in Sec- 
tion IX. In the third part a mark is entered against each subdivis- 
ion and the "section mark" is determined by adding the figures of 
each mark and dividing the sum total by two, fractions not con- 
sidered. For the fourth part of the examination, the result is 
determined upon the basis of the total result of the examination 
in this section, by a majority resolution of the members of the 
Committee who have taken part in same, including the Chairman. 
In case of a tie, the vote of the Chairman decides the question. 
If only one of the members of the Committee casts his vote for 
the mark "Poor," or if two or more of them cast their votes for 



260 world's history and 

the mark "Unsatisfactory," a better mark than "Unsatisfactory" 
cannot be given. 

Sec. VIII. If one part of the examination, or a part of the 
second or third parts of same, is marked " Unsatisfactory," or 
"Poor," it must be reported as follows: Respecting entire parts, 
if the mark " Unsatisfactory" has been given, the candidate can- 
not again enter for examination before the expiration of three 
months; if the mark " Poor" has been given, not before the ex- 
piration of six months. In the case of single subdivisions of 
parts 2 and 3, not before the expiration of six and eight weeks; 
respectively. The time for repeating the examination is fixed by 
the Chairman of the Committee, and the candidate so informed. 
If an application for repeating the examination is not entered 
within a year, the whole course must be repeated whether passed 
in part or not. Exceptions are allowed in special cases only. 
The second part examination takes place in the presence of the 
Chairman. If a candidate fails to pass in this second examina- 
tion he will not be admitted to any further examination. Excep- 
tions to this decision are made for special reasons only. 

Sec. IX. If a candidate has passed in all parts of the exami- 
tion, the average mark is determined in the following manner: 
The numerical values of the several marks are added together, 
and the sum total divided by four; no fractions less than over 
one-half considered. When the mark has been fixed, the Chair- 
man sends in the examination reports to the proper authorities 
(Section I.) for their approval. 

Sec. X. If an applicant for examination does not appear per- 
sonally before the Chairman at the proper time, or misses the 
appointed date, without a valid excuse, the Chairman may defer 
his application until the following term (Section III., No. 3). If 
a candidate withdraws from a part of the examination already 
started, without valid reason, it will affect his case to the same 
extent as the mark " Poor" for that special part. 

Sec. XI. The examination may be continued or repeated be- 
fore that Committee, only, before which it was started. Excep- 
tions maybe made for special reasons only. The references, 
etc., sent in with the application will not be returned to the candi- 
date until he has passed the entire examination. Should he claim 
them sooner, all proper authorities (Section I.) must be notified 
by the Chancellor of the Empire, before the same are returned, 
that the candidate has entered but not finished the examination, 



REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 261 

and that his credentials have been returned to him on demand. 
A note in reference to the result of the examination hitherto per- 
formed shall be entered on the original copy of the last univer- 
sity graduating certificate. 

Sec. XII. Approved physicians wishing to obtain approba- 
tion as dentists are exempt from examinations mentioned in Sec- 
tion IV., Nos. i and 3, and need only pass in first, third and fourth 
parts of the examinations. 

Sec. XIII. The fees for the entire examination amount to 
70 marks, viz.: 10 marks for Part 1; 5 marks for each subdivision 
of Part 2; 7.50 marks for each subdivision of Part 3; 20 marks for 
Part 4, and 10 marks for sundries and official fees. In second 
examinations (repetitions), there will be charged, besides the 
regular fees for each part to be repeated, 3 marks; for each 
subdivision of Parts 2 and 3, 1 mark, and other expenses and fees. 
If one withdraws from the examination, or it is deferred, the fees 
for parts not yet entered will be returned in full; minor fees in 
proportion. 

Sec. XIV. At the close of each term of examination (Section 
III., No. 3) lists of the graduates are appended to the examina- 
tion reports and presented to the Chancellor of the Empire by 
the authorized Central Board of Magistrates. These reports are 
returned to the Magistrates. 

Sec. XV. As to the admission of the exceptions provided 
for in Section VIII., Nos. 3 and 5, and in Section XL, Part 1; 
also as to the dispensation of the conditions for admission, men- 
tioned in Section IV., the Chancellor of the Empire gives a de- 
cision, in accordance with the report of the authorized Territo- 
rial Central Board of Magistrates (Section I.). 

Sec. XVI. The above ordinances went into effect Novem- 
ber 1, 1889. 

Besides the regular dentists, there are in Germany two other 
kinds of dental practitioners: der Zahnkiinstler (artistic dentist) 
and der Zahntechniker (technical dentist). They are "mechan- 
ical dentists," who have established themselves by reason of the 
facilities accorded; and they cannot be accosted by the law, and 
must therefore be said to be protected by .the law. 

Relating to the older German dental practitioners there is lit- 
tle to be said. The Germans were for a long time very conserva- 
tive and skeptical regarding the beneficence and usefulness of 
the dentist and his art, and as a rule he was not overburdened 



262 world's history and 

with work. Among the oldest dentists in Germany we may men- 
tion Dr. Mesue, who, about the year 1540 reinvented the process 
of filling teeth with gold leaf.* A dentist to Frederick the 
Great, by the name of Pfaff** describes, in his left papers, how, 
in 1756, he made plaster models of the mouth. He does not, 
however, seem to have been any greater eminent light among the 
dental pioneers of Germany. 

There appeared in the last century several authors on dental 
topics in Germany. Among these we might mention Glaubrecht, 
Brunner, Krautermann, Lentin, Meyer, Pasch and Blumenthal. 

DENTAL COLLEGES AND SCHOOLS. 

After Dental Kale?ider fur Deutschland , Oesterreich-Ungarn tmd 
die Schweiz. 



Zahnarztl 
Zahnarztl 
Zahnarztl 
Zahnarztl 



Zahnarztliches Universitats-Institut, Kiel. 



Zahnarztl 
sen. 

Zahnarztl 
Zahnarztl 
Zahnarztl 



ches Institut der Koniglichen Universitat, Berlin, 
ches Institut der Koniglichen Universitat, Breslau. 
che Abtheilung der Universitat, Halle, 
ches Institut der Universitat, Jena. 



ches Institut der Universitat; Konigsberg in Preus- 



ches Institut der Universitat; Leipzig, 
ches Universitats-Institut; Marburg, 
cher Cursus und Klinik; Erlangen. 
Zahnarztliches Institut der Universitat; Strassburg. 
Cursus und Poliklinik des Privat-docent Dr. Weil; Miinchen. 
Cursus und Poliklinik des Privat-docent Dr. Bonneken; Bonn. 
Cursus und Poliklinik des Privat-docent Dr. Carl Rose; Frei- 
burg, in Baden. 

The following are private institutions: 

Dr. Erich Richter's Zahnarztliche Poliklinik und Vorberei- 
tungsanstalt fur Studirende der Zahnheilkunde; Berlin 

Poliklinik und Vorbereitungs-Institut fur Studirende der 
Zahnheilkunde des Dr. Eichler; Frankfurt an der Oden. 
Cursus und Poliklinik des Dr. J. Berten; Wurzburg. 

DENTAL SOCIETIES OF GERMANY. 

Zahnarztlicher Verein; Founded 1857; Hamburg. 
Centralverein Deutscher Zahnarzte; founded 1859. 
Zahnarztlicher Verein. Founded 1863; Frankfurt am Main. 

*The Rise, Fall and Revival of Dental Prosthesis, by B. J. Cigrand. 
**Dental Cosmos, Vol. XXIIL, p. 671. 



REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 263 

Berliner Zahnarztliche Gesellschaft; founded 1874; Berlin. 

Verein Schleswig-Holsteinischer Zahnarzte; founded 1875; 
Flensburg. 

Verein der Zahnarzte fur Rheinland und Westfalen; founded 
1879; Koln. 

Zahnarztlicher Verein fiir Mittel-Deutschland; founded 1882 
Erfurt. 

Zahnarztlicher Verein fiir Nieder Sachsen; founded 1883 
Hannover. 

Gesellschaft Deutscher Zahnarzte zu Berlin; founded 1885 
Berlin. 

Deutsche Vereinigung in Amerika Graduirter Doctoren der 
Zahnheilkunde; founded 1885; Berlin. 

Zahnarztlicher Verein fiir das Konigreich Sachsen; founded 
1885; Dresden. 

Verein Bayerischer Zahnarzte; founded 1886; Miinchen. 

Verein Badischer Zahnarzte; founded 1888; Karlsruhe. 

Deutsche Odontologische Gesellschaft; Sitz Berlin; founded 
1889. 

Der Vereinsbund Deutscher Zahnarzte; founded 1890. 

Gesellschaft Ostpreussischer Zahnarzte; founded 1891; 
onigsberg, in Preussen. 

AUgemeine Deutsche Zahnarztliche Wittwenkasse. 

ZAHNKUNSTLER SOCIETIES. 

Verein Deutscher Zahnkiinstler. To this association the fol- 
lowing societies belong: 

Verein Sachsischer Zahnkiinstler. 

Zahntechniker-Verein fiir Thiiringen und Franken. 

Verein Badischer Zahntechniker. 

Verein Ost- und Westpreussischer Zahnkiinstler. 

Verein Hamburg-Altonaer Zahnkiinstler. 

Verbund Brandenburgischer Zahnkiinstler. 

Verein der Zahnkiinstler in der Provinz Sachsen, in Anhalt und 
Thiiringen. 

Verein Nordwestdeutscher Zahnkiinstler. 

Verein Bayerischer Zahntechniker. 

Verein Schlesischer Selbstandiger Zahnkiinstler. 

Verein Frankfurter Zahnkiinstler. 

Verein Pommerscher Zahnkiinstler. 

Verein Schleswig-Holsteinischer Zahnkiinstler. 



264 world's history and 

Verein Mecklenburgischer Zahnkiinstler. 
Thiiringer Zahnkiinstler-Innung. 
Zahnkunstlerinnung fur die Rheinprovinz. 



Zahnkiinstler-Innung zu Berlin. 

Erste Westfalische Zahntechniker-Innung fiir die Reg-Bez. 
Arnsberg und Miinster. Bochum. 

Zahnkunstlerinnung fiir die Rheinprovinz. 

Thiiringer Zahnkunstlerinnung. 

Verein Sachsiseher Zahnkiinstler; Chemnitz and Leipzig. 

Vereinigung Wiirttembergischer Dentisten; Stuttgart. 

Allgemeine Freiwillige Dentisten-Sterbe-Kasse. 

Verein Schlesischer Selbstandiger Zahnkiinstler. 

Verein Hamburg-Altonaer Zahnkiinstler. 

Verein der Zahnkiinstler der Provinz Sachsen, Anhalt und 
Thiiringen. 

Verein Badischer Zahntechniker. 

Frankfurter Zahntechniker Verein. 

Verbund Bayerischer Zahntechniker. 

Localverein der Zahntechniker Miinchens. 

Verein Selbstandiger Zahnkiinstler der Provinz Brandenburg- 
Berlin. 

Verbund Braunschweiger-Zahntechniker. 

Verein Ost- und Westpreussischer Zahnkiinstler; Konigsberg. 

Verein Nordwestdeutscher Zahnkiinstler; Oldenburg. 

Verein Pommerscher Zahnkiinstler; Stettin. 

Verein Selbstandiger Zahntechniker in Schleswig-Holstein; 
Elmshorn. 

Verein Mecklenburgischer Zahnkiinstler; Rostock. 

Zahntechniker- Verein fiir Thiiringen und Franken. 

The dental journals of Germany are: 

Correspondenzblatt fiir Zahndrztc ; founded 1871; Berlin. 

Deutsche Monatsschrift fiir Zahnheilkimde ; Leipzig. 

Die Zahntechnische Reform 1; founded 1881; Berlin. 

Monatsschrift des Verei?is Dcutscher Zalinkiinstler ; founded 1881; 
Koln am Rhein. 

Zahndrztliches Woclmiblatt ; founded 1887; Hamburg. 

Zahndrztliche Rundschau ; founded 1892; weekly; Berlin. 

Dental Kalender fiir Dcutschland % Ocsterrcich-Ungarn und die 
Schweiz ; founded 1887; yearly; Berlin. 



REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 265 

Other dental periodicals published in Germany, but now dis- 
continued, are: 

Der Zahnarzt; founded 1855; discontinued 1856. 

Dcutsclie VierteljahrsscJirift ; continued as Deutsche Monats- 
schrift fur Zahnheilkunde. 

Zahndrstlicher Almanach ; founded in 1876. 

Notizen-Kalender fiir Zahnarzte ; founded 1877; discontinued 
1880. 

Der Zalindrztliche Bote ; founded 1879; discontinued 1887. 

Centralblatt fiir Zahnheilkunde; founded 1883; discontinued 
1886. 

The number of dentists in Germany is (after Dental Kale?ider 
fiir Deutscliland, Oesterreich-Ungarn und die Schweiz) : 

Brandenburg. Population, 4,121,645. Zahnarzte, 203 (in Ber- 
lin, 167); Zahnkiinstler, 436 (in Berlin, 294). 

Hannover. Population, 2,280,491. Zahnarzte, 48; Zahnkiinst- 
ler, 75. 

Hessen-Nassau. Population, 1,664,000. Zahnarzte, 74; Zahn- 
kiinstler, 76. 

Pommern. Population, 1,521,21 1. Zahnarzte, 24; Zahnkiinst- 
ler, 90. 

Posen. Population, 1,752,094. Zahnarzte, 21; Zahnkiinst- 
ler, 45. 

Ostpreussen. Population, 1,958,132. Zahnarzte, 21; Zahn- 
kiinstler, 39. 

Westpreussen. Population, 1,433,800. Zahnarzte, 18; Zahn- 
kiinstler, 42. 

Rheinprovinz. Population, 4,710,313. Zahnarzte, 85; Zahn- 
kiinstler, 130. 

Sachsen (Provinz). Population, 2,579,852. Zahnarzte, 53; 
Zahnkiinstler, 101. 

Schlesien. Population, 4,223,807. Zahnarzte, 61; Zahnkiin- 
stler, 193. 

Schleswig-Holstein. Population, 1,217,393. Zahnarzte, 34; 
Zahnkiinstler, y6. 

Westfalen. Population, 2,428,736. Zahnarzte, 26; Zahnkiin- 
stler, 78. 

Hohenzollersche Lande. Population, 66,148. Zahnkiinstler, 4. 

Bayern. Population, 5,589,382. Zahnarzte, 69; Zahntechniker, 
290. 



200 world's history and 

Sachsen (Kingdom). Population, 3,500,513. Zahnarzte, 69; 
Zahnkiinstler, 220. 

Wiirttemberg. Population, 2,035,443. Zahnarzte, 33; Zahn- 
techniker, 74. 

Baden. Population, 1,656,817. Zahnarzte, 37; Zahntech- 
niker, 91. 

Hessen. Population, 994,614. Zahnarzte, 20; Zahntechniker, 28. 

Mecklenburg-Schwerin. Population, 578,565. Zahnarzte, 22; 
Zahnkiinstler, 44. 

Sachsen-Weimar-Eisenach. Population, 325,824. Zahnarzte, 
10; Zahnkiinstler, 17. 

Mecklenburg-Strelitz. Population, 97,978. Zahnarzt, 1 ; Zahn- 
kiinstler, 11. 

Oldenburg. Population, 355,000. Zahnarzte, 7; Zahnkiinstler, 
10. 

Braunschweig. Population, 403,029. Zahnarzte, 11; Zahn- 
kiinstler, 17. 

Sachsen-Meiningen. Population, 223,920. Zahnarzte, 2; 
Zahnkiinstler, 9. 

Sachsen-x\ltenburg. Population, 170,867. Zahnarzte, 2; 
Zahnkiinstler, 10. 

Sachsen-Coburg-Gotha. Population, 206,329. Zahnarzte, 6; 
Zahnkiinstler, 9. 

Anhalt. Population, 271,759. Zahnarzte, 7; Zahnkiinstler, 14. 

Schwarzburg-Rudolstadt. Population, 85,838. Zahnarzte, 3; 
Zahnkiinstler, 6. 

Schwarzburg-Sondershausen. Population, 75,514. Zahnarzt, 
I ; Zahnkiinstler, 2. 

Waldeck und Pyrmont. Population, 57,283. Zahnkiinstler, 2. 

Reuss altere Linie. Population, 62,759. Zahnarzt, 1; Zahn- 
kiinstler, 4. 

Reuss jiingere Linie. Population, 119,555. Zahnarzte, 3; 
Zahnkiinstler, 8. 

Schaumburg-Lippe. Population, 39,183. Zahnarzt, 1 ; Zahn- 
kiinstler, 2. 

Lippe-Detmold. Population, 128,414. Zahnarzte, 3. 

Freie und Hansastadt Liibeck. Population, 75,459. Zahn- 
arzte, 5; Zahnkiinstler, 8. 

Freie und Hansastadt Bremen. Population, 180,309. Zahn- 
arzte, 21; Zahnkiinstler, 16. 



REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 267 

Hamburg. Population, 624,199. Zahnarzte, 39; Zahnkunstler. 
102. 

Elsass-Lothringen. Population, 1,603,987. Zahnarzte, 19; 
Zahntechniker, 48. 



GREAT BRITAIN AND IRELAND. 

(kingdom.) 

Area, 121,481 square miles. Population, 37,740,283. 
Capital, London; population 4,211,056. 

The dental law of the United Kingdom dates from 1878, and 
reads as follows: 

An Act to Amend the Law Relating to Dental Practi- 
tioners. 

[22nd July, 1878.J 

Whereas, it is expedient that provision be made for the regis- 
tration of persons specially qualified to practice as dentists in 
the United Kingdom, and that the law relating to persons prac- 
ticing as dentists be otherwise amended: 

Be it therefore Enacted by the Queen s most Excellent Majesty, by and 
with the advice and consent of the Lords Spiritual and Temporal, 
a?id Commons, in this present Parliament assembled, and by the 
authority of the same, as follows: 

1. This Act may for all purposes be cited as the Dentists 
Act, 1878. 

2. In this Act "General Council" means the General Council 
of Medical Education and Registration of the United Kingdom, 
established under the Medical Act, 1858: and "Branch Council" 
means a branch of the said Council as constituted by the same 
Act: 

"General registrar" means the person appointed to be the reg- 
istrar by the General Council, and "local registrar" means the 
registrar appointed by a branch Council under the Medical Act, 
1858. 

"British possession" means any part of Her Majesty's domin- 
ion exclusive of the United Kingdom. 



268 world's history and 

"Medical authorities" means the bodies and universities who 
choose members of the General Council. 

REGISTRATION. 

3. From and after the first day of August one thousand eight 
hundred and seventy-nine, a person shall not be entitled to take 
or use the name or title of "dentist" (either alone or in combina- 
tion with any other word or words), or of "dental practitioner," 
or any name, title, addition, or description implying that he 
is registered under this Act, or that he is a person specially qual- 
ified to practice dentistry, unless he is registered under this Act. 
// is hereby declared that the words "title, addition, or description," 
where used in the Dentists Act, 1878, include a?iy title, additio?i to a 
name, designation or description, whether expressed in words or by 
letters, or partly in oneway and partly i?i the other. 

Any person who after the first day of August, one thousand 
eight hundred and seventy-nine, not being registered under this 
Act, takes or uses any such name, title, addition, or descrip- 
tion as aforesaid, shall be liable on summary conviction, to a fine 
not exceeding twenty pounds; provided that nothing in this sec- 
tion shall apply to legally qualified medical practitioners. 

4. With respect to the offence of a person not registered un- 
der this Act taking or using any name, title, addition, or descrip- 
tion as above in this Act mentioned, the following provisions 
shall have effect: 

( 1.) He shall not be guilty of an offence under this Act — 

(a.) If he shows that he is not ordinarily resident in 
the United Kingdom, and that he holds a quali- 
fication which entitled him to practice dentistry 
or dental surgery in a British possession or for- 
eign country, and that he did not represent him- 
self to be registered under this Act; or 
(b.) If he shows that he has been registered and con- 
tinues to be entitled to be registered under this 
Act, but that his name has been erased on the 
ground only that he has ceased to practice. 
(2.) A prosecution for such offence shall be instituted only 

as hereinafter mentioned. 
If a person takes or uses the designation of any qualification 
or certificate in relation to dentistry or dental surgery which he 
does not possess, he shall be liable, on summary conviction on 



REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 269 

such prosecution as hereinafter mentioned to a fine not exceeding 
twenty pounds. 

A prosecution for any of the offences above in this Act men- 
tioned [shall not be instituted by a private person, except with 
the consent of the General Council, or of a branch council, but]* 
may be instituted by the General Council, by a branch council, 
or by a medical authority, if such Council or authority think fit, 
or by a private person. 

5. A person registered under this Act shall be entitled to 
practice dentistry and dental surgery in any part of Her Majesty's 
dominions, subject to any local law in force in that part, and from and 
after the first day of August, one thousand eight hundred and 
seventy-nine a person shall not be entitled to recover any fee or 
charge in any court, for the performance of any dental operation 
or for any dental attendance or advice, unless he is registered 
under this Act, or is a legally qualified medical practitioner. 

6. Any person who— 

(a.) Is a licentiate in dental surgery or dentistry of any of 
the medical authorities; or 

(b.) Is entitled as hereinafter mentioned to be registered as 
a foreign or colonial dentist; or 

(c.) Is at the passing of this Act bona fide engaged in the 
practice of dentistry or dental surgery, either separately 
or in conjunction with the practice of medicine, sur- 
gery, or pharmacy, 
shall be entitled to be registered under this Act. 

7. Where a person entitled to be registered under this Act 
produces or sends to the general registrar the document confer- 
ring or evidencing his licence or qualification, with a statement 
of his name and address, and the other particulars, if any, re- 
quired for registration, and pays the registration fee, he shall be 
registered in the dentists' register. 

Provided that a person shall not be registered under this Act 
as having been at the passing thereof engaged in the practice of 
dentistry unless he produces or transmits to the registrar, before 
the first day of August one thousand eight hundred and seventy- 
nine, information of his name and address, and a declaration 
signed by him in the form in the schedule to this Act or to the 

* All the words included between brackets have been repealed by the Medical Act, 
1886, section 26. in which it is enacted that "a prosecution for any such offences may be insti- 
tuted by a private person accordingly." 



270 world's history and 

like effect; and the registrar may, if he sees fit, require the 
truth of such declaration to be affirmed in manner provided by 
the Act of the session held in the fifth and sixth years of the 
reign of King William the Fourth, chapter sixty-two, intituled 
"An Act to repeal an Act of the present session of Parlia- 
ment, intituled 'An Act for the more effectual abolition of oaths 
" 'and affirmations taken and made in various departments of the 
" 'State, and to substitute declarations in lieu thereof, and for the 
" 'more entire suppression of voluntary and extra-judicial oaths 
" 'and affidavits,' and to make other provisions for the abolition 
"of unnecessary oaths." 

A person resident in the United Kingdom shall not be dis- 
qualified for being registered under this Act by reason that he 
is not a British subject; and a British subject shall not be dis- 
qualified for being registered under this Act by reason of his 
being resident or engaged in practice beyond the limits of the 
United Kingdom. 

8. Where a person who either is not domiciled in the United 
Kingdom, or has practiced for more than ten years elsewhere 
than in the United Kingdom, or in the case of persons practicing 
in the United Kingdom at the time of the passing of this Act for 
not less than ten years, either in the United Kingdom or else- 
where, shows that he holds some recognized certificate (as here- 
inafter defined) granted in a British possession, and that he is 
of good character, such person shall, upon payment of the regis- 
tration fee, be entitled, without examination in the United King- 
dom, to be registered as a colonial dentist in the dentists' regis- 
ter. 

9. Where a person who is not a British subject, or who has 
practiced for more than ten years elsewhere than in the United 
Kingdom, or in the case of persons practicing in the United 
Kingdom, at the time of the passing of this Act, for not less than 
ten years, either in the United Kingdom or elsewhere, shows that 
he obtained some recognized certificate (as hereinafter defined) 
granted in a foreign country, and that he is of good character, 
and either continues to hold such certificate, or has not been 
deprived thereof for any cause which disqualifies him for being 
registered under this Act, such person shall, upon payment of the 
registration fee, be entitled, without examination in the United 
Kingdom, to be registered as a foreign dentist in the dentists' 
register. 



REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 271 

io. The certificate granted in a British possession or in a 
foreign country, which is to be deemed such a recognized certifi- 
cate as is required for the purposes of this Act, shall be such cer- 
tificate, diploma, membership, degree, license, letters, testimo- 
nial, or other title, status, or document as may be recognized for 
the time being by the General Council as entitling the holder 
thereof to practice dentistry or dental surgery in such possession 
or country, and as furnishing sufficient guarantees of the posses- 
sion of the requisite knowledge and skill for the efficient practice 
of dentistry or dental surgery. 

If a person is refused registration as a colonial dentist, or as a 
foreign dentist, the general registrar shall, if required by him, state 
in writing the reason for such refusal, and if such reason be that the 
certificate held or obtained by him is not such a recognized certifi- 
cate as above defined, such person may appeal to the Privy 
Council, and the Privy Council, after hearing the General Coun- 
cil, may dismiss the appeal or may order the General Council to 
recognize such certificate, and such order shall be duly obeyed. 

ii. (i.) A register shall be kept by the general registrar to be 
styled the dentists' register; and that register shall — 

(a) Contain in one alphabetical list all United Kingdom 

dentists, that is to say, all persons who are registered 
under this Act as having been at the passing thereof 
engaged in the practice of dentistry or dental surgery, 
and all persons who are registered as licentiates in 
dentistry or dental surgery of any of the medical 
authorities of the United Kingdom; and 

(b) Contain in a separate alphabetical list all such colonial 

dentists as are registered in pursuance of this Act; and 

(c) Contain in a separate alphabetical list all such foreign 

dentists as are registered in pursuance of this Act. 

(2.) The dentists' register shall contain the said lists made 
out alphabetically according to the surnames, and shall state the 
full names and addresses of the registered persons, the descrip- 
tion and date of the qualifications in respect of which they are 
registered, and, subject to the provisions of this Act, shall contain 
such particulars and be in such form as the General Council from 
time to time direct. 

(3.) The General Council shall cause a correct copy of the 
dentists' register to be from time to time and at least once a year 



272 world's history and 

printed under their direction, and published and sold, which copy 
shall be admissible in evidence. 

(4.) The dentists' register shall be deemed to be in proper 
custody when in the custody of the general registrar, and shall 
be of such a public nature as to be admissible as evidence of all 
matters therein on its mere production from that custody. 

(5.) Every local registrar shall keep such register and perform 
such duties in relation to registration under this Act as the Gen- 
eral Council from time to time direct, and receive such remunera- 
tion out of the registration fee as the General Council assign 
him. 

Every registrar shall, in all respects in the execution of his 
discretion and duty in relation to any register under this Act, 
conform to any orders made by the General Council under this 
Act, and to any special directions given by the General Council. 

(6.) The General Council may, if they think fit, from time to 
time make, and when made, revoke and vary, orders for the regis- 
tration in (on payment of the fee fixed by the orders) and the 
removal from the dentists' register of any additional diplomas, 
memberships, degrees, licences, or letters held by a person regis- 
tered therein, which appear to the Council to be granted after 
examination by any of the medical authorities in respect of a 
higher degree of knowledge than is required to obtain a certifi- 
cate of fitness under this Act. 

12. (1.) The general registrar shall, from time to time, insert 
in the dentists' register any alteration which may come to his 
knowledge in the name or address of any person registered. 

(2.) The general registrar shall erase from the dentists' regis- 
ter the name of every deceased person. 

(3.) The general registrar may erase from the dentists' regis- 
ter the name of a person who has ceased to practice, but not 
(save as hereinafter provided) without the consent of that per- 
son; and the general registrar may send by post to a person- 
registered in the dentists' register a notice inquiring whether or 
not he has ceased to practice, or has changed his residence; and 
if the general registrar does not, within three months after send- 
ing the notice, receive any answer thereto from the said person, 
he may, within fourteen days after the expiration of the three 
months, send him by post in a registered letter another notice, 
referring to the first notice, and stating that no answer thereto 
has been received by the registrar, and if the general registrar, 



REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 273 

either before the second notice is sent receives the first notice 
back from the dead letter office of the Postmaster General, or 
receives the second notice back from that office, or does not 
within three months after sending the second notice receive any 
answer thereto from the said person, that person shall, for the 
purpose of the present section, be deemed to have ceased to prac- 
tice and his name may be erased accordingly. 

(4.) In the execution of his duties the general registrar shall 
act on such evidence as in each case appears sufficient. 

13. The General Council shall cause to be erased from the 
dentists' register any entry which has been incorrectly or fraudu- 
lently made. 

Where a person registered in the dentists' register has, either 
before or after the passing of this Act, and either before or after 
he is so registered, been convicted either in Her Majesty's do- 
minions or elsewhere of an offence which, if committed in Eng- 
land, would be a felony or misdemeanor, or been guilty of any 
infamous or disgraceful conduct in a professional respect, that 
person shall be liable to have his name erased from the register. 

The General Council may, and upon application of any of the 
medical authorities shall, cause inquiry to be made into the case 
of a person alleged to be liable to have his name erased under 
this section, and, on proof of such conviction or of such infamous 
or disgraceful conduct, shall cause the name of such person to be 
erased from the register: 

Provided, that the name of a person shall not be erased under 
this section on account of his adopting or refraining from adopt- 
ing the practice of any particular theory of dentistry or dental 
surgery, nor on account of a conviction for a political offence out 
of Her Majesty's dominions, nor on account of a conviction for 
an offence which, though within the provisions of this section r 
does not, either from the trivial nature of the offence or from 
the circumstances under which it was committed, disqualify a 
person for practicing dentistry. 

Any name erased from the register in pursuance of this sec- 
tion shall also be erased from the list of licentiates in dental sur- 
gery or dentistry of the medical authority of which such person 
is a licentiate. 

14. Where the General Council direct the erasure from the 
dentists' register of the name of any person, or of any other entry, 
the name of that person, or that entry, shall not be again entered 

18 



274 world's history and 

in the register, except by direction of the General Council, or by 
order of a court of competent jurisdiction. 

If the General Council think fit in any case, they may direct 
the general registrar to restore to the dentists' register any name 
or entry erased therefrom, either without fee or on payment of 
such fee, not exceeding the registration fee, as the General Coun- 
cil from time to time fix, and the registrar shall restore the same 
accordingly. 

The name of any person erased from the dentists' register at 
the request of such person, or with his consent, shall, unless it 
might, if not so erased, have been erased by order of the General 
Council, be restored to the register on his application, on pay- 
ment of such fee not exceeding the registration fee as the General 
Council from time to time fix. 

Where the name of a person restored to the register in pur- 
suance of this section has been erased from the list of licentiates in 
dental surgery or dentistry of any medical authority, that name 
shall be restored to such list of licentiates. 

15. The General Council shall for the purpose of exercising 
in any case the powers of erasing from and of restoring to the 
dentist's register the name of a person or an entry, ascertain the 
facts of such case by a committee of their own body, not exceed- 
ing five in number, of whom the quorum shall be not less than 
three, and a report of the committee shall be conclusive as to 
the facts for the purpose of the exercise of the said powers by 
the General Council. 

The General Council shall from time to time appoint and shall 
always maintain a committee for the purposes of this section, and 
subject to the provisions of this section may from time to time 
determine the constitution, and the number and tenure of office 
of the members of the committee. 

The committee from time to time shall meet for the despatch 
of business, and subject to the provisions of this section, and of 
any regulations from time to time made by the General Council, 
may regulate the summoning, notice, place, management, and 
adjournment of such meetings, the appointment of a chairman, 
the mode of deciding questions, and generally the transaction and 
management of business, including the quorum, and if there is 
a quorum the committee may act, notwithstanding any vacancy 
in their body. In the case of any vacancy the committee may ap- 



REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 275 

point a member of the General Council to fill the vacancy until 
the next meeting of that Council. 

A committee under this section may, for the purpose of the 
execution of their duties under this Act, employ at the expense 
of the Council such legal or other assessor or assistants as the 
committee think necessary or proper. 

16. There shall be payable in respect of the registration of any 
person who, before the first day of January, one thousand eight 
hundred and seventy-nine, applies to be registered under this 
Act, a fee not exceeding two pounds; and in respect of the regis- 
tration of any person who after that day applies to be registered, 
a fee not exceeding five pounds. 

17. Subject to the provisions of this Act, the General Coun- 
cil may from time to time make, alter, and revoke such orders 
and regulations as they may see fit for regulating the general 
register and the local registers, and the practice of registration 
under this Act and the fees to be paid in respect thereof. 

EXAMINATIONS. 

18. Notwithstanding anything in any Act of Parliament, char- 
ter, or other document, it shall be lawful for any of the medical 
authorities (hereinafter referred to as colleges or bodies) who have 
power for the time being to grant surgical degrees, from time to 
time to hold examinations for the purpose of testing the fitness of 
persons to practice dentistry or dental surgery who maybe desirous 
of being so examined, and to grant certificates of such fitness; and 
any person who obtains such a certificate from any of those col- 
leges or bodies shall be a licentiate in dental surgery or dentistry 
of such college or body, and his name shall be entered on a list 
of such licentiates to be kept by such college or body 

Each of the said colleges or bodies shall admit to the exam- 
inations held by them respectively under this section any person 
desirous of being examined who has attained the age of twenty- 
one years, and has complied with the regulations in force (if any) 
as to education of such college or body. 

19. Subject to the provisions hereinafter contained with 
reference to a medical board, the council or other the governing 
body of the Royal College of Surgeons of Edinburgh, and of 
the Faculty of Physicians and Surgeons of Glasgow, and of the 
Royal College of Surgeons in Ireland, and of any university in the 
United Kingdom, respectively, may from time to time appoint a 



276 world's history and 

board of examiners for the purpose of conducting the examina- 
tions and granting the certificates hereinbefore mentioned. 

Each of such boards shall be called the Board of Examiners 
in Dental Surgery or Dentistry, and shall consist of not less than 
six members, one-half of whom at least shall be persons regis- 
tered under this Act, and such registration shall (notwithstand- 
ing anything in any Act of Parliament, charter, or other 
document) be deemed the only qualification necessary for the 
membership of such board. 

The persons appointed by each such council or other govern- 
ing body shall continue in office for such period, and shall con- 
duct the examinations in such manner, and shall grant certificates 
in such form, as such council or other governing body may from 
time to time, by bye-laws or regulations, respectively direct. 

A casual vacancy in any such board of examiners may be 
filled by the council or other governing body which appointed 
such board, but the person so appointed shall be qualified as the 
person in whose stead he is appointed was qualified, and shall hold 
office for such time only as the person in whose stead he is ap- 
pointed would have held office. 

20. Such reasonable fees shall be paid for the certificates to 
be granted under this Act by the Board of Examiners of the Royal 
College of Surgeons of Edinburgh, the Faculty of Physicians and 
Surgeons of Glasgow, and of the Royal College of Surgeons in 
Ireland, and of any such university as aforesaid respectively, as 
the council or other the governing body of each of those colleges 
or bodies may from time to time, by bye-laws or regulations, re- 
spectively direct. 

21. The Royal College of Surgeons of England shall con- 
tinue to hold examinations and to appoint a Board of Examiners 
in dentistry or dental surgery for the purpose of testing the fit- 
ness of persons to practice dentistry or dental surgery who may 
be desirous of being so examined, and to grant certificates of 
such fitness, subject and according to the provisions of their 
charter dated the eighth day of September one thousand eight 
hundred and fifty-nine, and the bye-laws made, or to be made, in 
pursuance thereof; and any person who obtains such a certificate 
shall be a licentiate in dental surgery of the said college, and his 
name shall be entered on a list of such licentiates to be kept by 
the said college. 

22. Every medical authority shall from time to time, when 



REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 277 

required by the General Council, furnish such Council with such 
information as such Council may require as to the course of study 
and examinations to be gone through in order to obtain such 
certificates as are in this Act mentioned, and generally as to the 
requisites for obtaining such certificates; and any member or 
members of the General Council, or any person or persons 
deputed for this purpose by such Council, or by any branch 
council, may attend and be present at any such examinations. 

23. Where it appears to the General Council that the course 
of study and examinations to be gone through in order to obtain 
such certificate as in this Act mentioned from any of the said col- 
leges or bodies are not such as to secure the possession by per- 
sons obtaining such certificate of the requisite knowledge and 
skill for the efficient practice of dentistry or dental surgery, the 
General Council may represent the same to Her Majesty's Privy 
Council. 

24. The Privy Council, on any representation made as afore- 
said, may, if they see fit, order that a certificate granted by any 
such college or body after such time as may be mentioned in the 
order shall not confer any right to be registered under this Act. 

Any such order may be revoked by the Privy Council on its 
being made to appear to them, by further representation from 
the General Council or otherwise, that such college or body has 
made effectual provisions, to the satisfaction of the General 
Council, for the improvement of such course of study or exami- 
nation. 

25. After the time mentioned in this behalf in any such 
Order in Council, no person shall be entitled to be registered 
under this Act in respect of a certificate granted by the college 
or body to which such order relates after the time therein men- 
tioned, and the revocation of any such order shall not entitle any 
person to be registered in respect of a certificate granted before 
such revocation. 

26. If it appears to the General Council that an attempt has 
been made by any medical authority to impose on any candidate 
offering himself for examination an obligation to adopt or refrain 
from adopting the practice of any particular theory of dentistry 
or dental surgery as a test or condition of admitting him to ex- 
amination, or granting a certificate of fitness under this Act, the 
General Council may represent the same to the Privy Council, 
and the Privy Council may thereupon issue an injunction to the 



278 world's history and 

authority so acting directing them to desist from such practice, 
and in the event of their not complying therewith, then to order 
that such authority shall cease to have power to confer any right 
to be registered under this Act so long as they continue such 
practice. 

27. A certificate under this Act shall not confer any right or 
title to be registered under the Medical Act,. 1858, in respect of 
such certificate, nor to assume any name, title, or designation 
implying that the person mentioned in the certificate is by law 
recognized as a licentiate or practitioner in medicine or general 
surgery. 

28. In the event of a Board being at any time after the pass- 
ing of this Act established, whether under the name of a Medical 
Board or otherwise, for nominating on behalf of any two or more 
of the medical authorities examiners of persons desirous of prac- 
ticing medicine and surgery, whether such Board (in this Act 
referred to as a medical board) is established under the Medical 
Act, 1858, or otherwise, a person shall not receive a certificate of 
fitness to practice as a dentist from any medical authority repre 
sented on such Board, or, if such Board is established for the 
whole of England, Scotland, or Ireland, shall not be entitled to 
be registered in respect of any certificate obtained in England, 
Scotland, or Ireland, as the case may be, unless he has obtained 
from such Board a certificate that he has shown by examination 
that he is qualified to practice dentistry or dental surgery: Pro- 
vided, That one-half at least of the examiners at any such ex- 
amination shall be persons registered under this Act. 

The Medical Board shall, in such manner as may be from time 
to time directed by the General Council, certify to the general 
registrar and to the medical authorities the persons who have 
shown by examination that they are qualified to practice dent- 
istry or dental surgery, and every person so certified shall on 
application receive from the Royal College of Surgeons of Eng- 
land, or the Royal College of Surgeons of Edinburgh, or the 
Faculty of Physicians and Surgeons of Glasgow, or the Royal 
College of Surgeons of Ireland, a certificate of fitness constitut- 
ing such person a licentiate in dental surgery or dentistry of such 
college or faculty. 

If a medical authority certify to the general registrar the 
names and addresses of the persons who, having been so certi- 
fied by a medical board, have received certificates from that au- 



REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 279 

thority, together with the other particulars required for the reg- 
istration of such persons, the general registrar may, upon pay- 
ment of the registration fee, register every such person in the 
dentists' register without application from that person. 

The General Council shall have the same power of making 
rules respecting the examination of persons desiring to obtain 
certificates of being qualified to practice dentistry or dental sur- 
gery as they have for the time being in respect of the examina- 
tion of persons desiring to obtain a qualification to practice med- 
icine and surgery, and there shall be the same right of appeal to 
the Privy Council against such rules. 

The General Council and the Privy Council shall have the 
same control over the Medical Board, so far as regards the ex 
amination of persons desiring to practice dentistry or dental sur- 
gery, as they have as regards the examination of persons desir- 
ing to practice medicine and surgery, and shall have the same 
power of dismissing the members of such Board. 

The General Council may cause to be framed, and may ap- 
prove, and when approved, submit to the Privy Council, a scheme 
to carry into effect the provisions of this Act with respect to a 
Medical Board, and rules respecting examinations, and for ex- 
tending, with or without any exception or modification, to the 
examination of persons desirous of practicing dentistry or dental 
surgery, the provisions of any Act for the time being in force 
with respect to the examination of persons desiring to practice 
medicine or surgery, and any such scheme when confirmed by 
the Privy Council shall have full effect. 

Any such scheme may provide for the fees to be paid on ad- 
mission to the examinations, and for the application of such fees 
for public purposes, and generally for such matters as appear to 
be necessary or proper for carrying into effect the scheme and 
regulating the examinations. 

It shall be lawful for Her Majesty at any time after the said 
appointed day to declare by order in Council that Section twen- 
ty-eight of the said Dentists Act, 1878, shall be in force on and 
after a day to be named in such order, but in the meantime and 
until such order has been made, and before such day as last afore- 
said, such section shall not be .deemed to be in force. 

SUPPLEMENTAL. 

29. A copy of the register of dentists for the time being, 
purporting to be printed and published in pursuance of this Act, 



280 world's history and 

shall be evidence in all cases (until the contrary be made to ap- 
pear) that the persons therein specified are registered according 
to the provisions of this Act; and the absence of the name of 
any person from such copy shall be evidence (until the contrary 
be made to appear) that such person is not registered according 
to the provisions of this Act: Provided, that in the case of any 
person whose name does not appear in such copy, a certified copy 
under the hand of the registrar of the General Council of the 
entry of the name of such person in the dentists' register shall be 
evidence that such person is registered according to the provis- 
ions of this Act. 

The following copies of any orders made in pursuance of the 
Medical Acts or this Act, or the Dentists Act, 1878, shall be evi- 
dence; that is to say, 

(1.) Any copy purporting to be printed by the Queen's 
printer, or by any other printer in pursuance of an author- 
ity given by the General Council: 
(2.) Any copy of an order certified to be a true copy by the 
registrar of the General Council, or by any other person 
appointed by the General Council either in addition to or 
in exclusion of the registrar to certify such orders. 

30. Every person registered under this Act shall be exempt, 
if he so desires, from serving on all juries and inquests whatso- 
ever, and from serving all corporate, parochial, ward, hundred, 
and township offices, and from serving in the militia; and the 
name of any registered person shall not be returned in any list 
of persons liable to serve in the militia or in any such office as 
aforesaid. 

31. The powers by this Act vested in the Privy Council may 
,be exercised by any two or more of the Lords and others of Her 

Majesty's most honorable Privy Council. 

Any order made by the Privy Council, or any appeal to them 
under this Act, may be made conditionally or unconditionally, 
and may contain such terms and directions as to the Privy Coun- 
cil seem just. 

32. All moneys arising from fees paid on registration or from 
the sale of copies of the registers, or otherwise received by the 
General Council under this Act, shall be applied, in accordance 
with such regulations as may be from time to time made by the 
General Council, in defraying the expenses of registration and 
the other expenses of the execution of this Act, and subject 



REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 281 

thereto, towards the support of museums, libraries, or lecture- 
ships, or for public purposes connected with the profession of 
dentistry or dental surgery, or towards the promotion of learning 
and education in connection with dentisty or dental surgery. 

33. The treasurers of the General and Branch Councils shall 
enter in books to be kept for that purpose a true account of all 
sums of money by them received and paid under this Act; and 
such accounts shall be submitted by them to the General Coun- 
cil and Branch Councils respectively at such times as the Coun- 
cils may respectively require. Such accounts shall be published 
annually, and shall be laid before both Houses of Parliament in 
the month of March in every year, if Parliament be then sitting, 
or if Parliament be not sitting, then within one month after the 
commencement of the next sitting of Parliament. 

34. Any registrar who willfully makes or causes to be made 
any falsification in any matter relating to any register under this 
Act shall be deemed guilty of a misdemeanor in England or Ire- 
land, and in Scotland of a crime or offence punishable by fine or 
imprisonment, and shall, on conviction thereof, be liable to be 
imprisoned for any term not exceeding twelve months. 

35. Any person who willfully procures or attempts to pro- 
cure himself to be registered under this Act, by making or pro- 
ducing, or causing to be made or produced, any false or fraudu- 
lent representation or declaration, either verbally or in writing, 
and any person aiding and assisting him therein, shall be deemed 
guilty of a misdemeanor in England and Ireland, and in Scotland 
of a crime or offense punishable by fine or imprisonment, and 
shall, on conviction thereof, be liable to be imprisoned for any 
term not exceeding twelve months. 

36. Every registrar of deaths in the United Kingdom, on 
receiving notice of the death of any person registered under this 
Act, shall forthwith transmit by post to the registrar of the Gen- 
eral Council and to the registrar of the Branch Council for that 
part of the United Kingdom in which the death occurs, a certifi- 
cate under his own hand of such death, with the particulars of 
time and place of death, and may charge the cost of such cer- 
tificate and transmission as an expense of his office. 

37. Any person who has been articled as a pupil and has 
paid a premium to a dental practitioner entitled to be registered 
under this Act in consideration of receiving from such prac- 
titioner a complete dental education, shall, if his articles expire 



282 world's history and 

before the first day of January one thousand eight hundred and 
eighty, be entitled to be registered under this Act as though he 
had been in bona fide practice before the passing of this Act. 
Moreover it shall be lawful for the General Council by special 
order to dispense with such of the certificates, examinations, or 
other conditions for registration in the dentists' register required 
under the provisions of this Act, or under any bye-laws, orders, or 
regulations made by its authority, as to them may seem fit, in 
favor of any dental students or apprentices who have commenced 
their professional education or apprenticeship before the passing" 
of this Act. 

38. All bye-laws, orders, and regulations made by the General 
Council, or by any medical authority under the authority of this 
Act, shall be made and may be from time to time altered or re- 
voked in such manner, and subject to such approval or confirma- 
tion (if any); as in the case of other bye-laws, order, or regulations 
made by such medical authority. 

39. Subject to the other provisions of this Act, all notices 
and documents required by or for the purpose of this Act to be 
sent may be sent by post, and shall be deemed to have been 
received at the time when the letter containing the same would 
be delivered in the ordinary course of post; and in proving such 
sending it shall be sufficient to prove that the letter containing 
the notice or document was prepaid, and properly addressed, and 
put into the post. 

Such notices and documents may be in writing or in print, or 
partly in writing and partly in print, and when sent to the General 
Council, or a medical board, or a medical authority, shall be 
deemed to be properly addressed if addressed to the General 
Council, medical board, or medical authority, or to some officer 
of such Council, board, or authority, at the principal office or 
place of business of such Council, board, or authority; and when 
sent to a person registered in the medical register, shall be 
deemed to be properly addressed if addressed to him according 
to his address registered in that register. 

40. All fees under this Act may be recovered as ordinary 
debts due to the General Council, and all penalties under this 
Act may be recovered and enforced as follows, that is to say: 
In England, before two or more justices of the peace, in manner 
directed by the Act of the session of the eleventh and twelfth 
years of the reign of Her present Majesty, chapter forty-three, 



REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 283 

intituled " An Act to facilitate the performance of the duties of 
" justices of the peace out of sessions within England and Wales 
"with respect to summary convictions and orders," and any Act 
amending the same; and in Scotland before the sheriff or sheriff 
substitute, or two justices, in manner provided by the Summary 
Procedure Act, 1864, and any Act amending the same; and in 
Ireland, within the police district of Dublin metropolis, in manner 
directed by the Acts regulating the powers and duties of justices 
of the peace for such district or of the police of such district, 
and elsewhere in Ireland, before two or more justices of the 
peace, in manner directed by the Petty Sessions (Ireland) Act, 
1851, and any Act amending the same. 

EDUCATIONAL BODIES FOR DENTAL STUDENTS. 

LONDON. 

Dental Hospital of London and London School of Dental 
Surgery, Leicester Square. Founded in 1858. 

National Dental Hospital and College, Great Portland Street, 
W. Founded in 1861. 

The following general hospitals have also instructors and pro- 
fessors of dentistry attached to them: 

Charing Cross Hospital. 

London Hospital and Medical College. 

Guy's Hospital Medical School. 

St. Bartholomew's Hospital and College. 

St. Thomas Hospital. 

St. George's Hospital. 

Middlesex Hospital. 

St. Mary's Hospital Medical School. 

Westminster Hospital. 

King's College, Strand, W. C. 

EDINBURGH. 

The Incorporated Edinburgh Dental Hospital and School. 
Edinburgh School of Medicine, Surgeons' Hall. 

GLASGOW. 

Dental Hospital and School, No. 4, Chatham Place, Stirling 
Road. 

BIRMINGHAM. 

Mason College (with Queen's Faculty of Medicine). 
Birmingham Dental Hospital, 71 Newhall Street. 



284 world's history and 

manchester. 
The Owens College (Dental Department). 
The Victoria Dental Hospital of Manchester, Devonshire 
Street, All Saints. 

LIVERPOOL. 

Dental Hospital, Mount Pleasant. 

PLYMOUTH. 

Dental Hospital. 

EXETER. 

Devon and Exeter Dental Hospital. 

Cooke's School of Anatomy, Physiology and Surgery. 

DUBLIN. 

Dental Hospital of Ireland, 25 Lincoln Place. 



The degree of licentiate in dental surgery must be received 
from one of the following colleges: 

Royal College of Surgeons of England. 

Royal College of Surgeons of Edinburgh. 

Faculty of Physicians and Surgeons of Glasgow. 

Royal College of Surgeons in Ireland. 

The requirements for obtaining the dental diploma are as 
follows: 

ROYAL COLLEGE OF SURGEONS OF ENGLAND. 

Regulations Relating to the Diploma in Dental Surgery. 

education. 
Candidates who register as dental students on or after the 1st 
January, 1890, are required to produce the following certificates: 

1. Of registration as a dental student by the General Med- 
ical Council, 299 Oxford street, London, W. 

2. Of having been engaged during four years in the acquire- 
ment of professional knowledge, subsequently to the date of such 
registration. 

3. Of having received instruction in chemistry, including 
chemical physics, practical chemistry and materia medica. 

4. Of having attended, at a recognized medical school: 

(a) A course of lectures on Anatomy during not less than 
six months, or one winter session. 

{b) A course of lectures on Physiology during not less than 
six months, or one winter session. 



REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 285 

(c) A separate practical course of Physiology during not less 
than three months. 

(d) A course of lectures on Surgery during not less than six 
months, or one winter session. 

(e) A course of lectures on Medicine during not less than 
six months, or one winter session. 

Students are required to attend examinations which are held 
in the several classes. 

5. Of having performed Dissections at a recognized school 
during not less than twelve months. 

6. Of having attended, at a recognized hospital or hospitals 
in the United Kingdom, the practice of Surgery and clinical lec- 
tures on Surgery during two winter sessions. 

7. Of having attended at a recognized school, two courses of 
lectures upon each of the following subjects, viz.: Dental Anat- 
omy and Physiology (Human and Comparative), Dental Surgery, 
Dental Mechanics, and one course of lectures on Metallurgy, by 
lecturers recognized by this college. 

Students are required to attend examinations which are held 
in the several classes. 

8. Of having been engaged, during a period of not less than 
three years, in acquiring a practical familiarity with the details 
of Mechanical Dentistry, under the instruction of a competent 
practitioner. In the cases of qualified surgeons evidence of a 
period of not less than two instead of three years of such instruc- 
tion will be sufficient. 

This instruction may be taken prior to the date of registration 
as a dental student. 

9. Of having attended at a recognized dental hospital, or in 
the dental department of a recognized general hospital, the prac- 
tice of Dental Surgery during the period of two years. 

10. Of being twenty-one years of age. 

[Note. — Professional study prior to the date of registration as a dental 
student is not recognized except in the case of Chemistry, Practical Chemistry, 
and Materia Medica, and of instruction in the details of Mechanical Dent- 
istry; see Clauses 3 and 8.] 

EXAMINATION FOR THE L. D. S. 

The examination is partly written, partly practical, and partly 
oral. 



286 world's history and 

The written examination comprises General Anatomy and 
Physiology, General Pathology and Surgery, Dental Anatomy 
and Physiology, and Dental Pathology and Surgery. 

At the practical examination candidates may be examined: 

{a) On the treatment of Dental Caries, and may be required 
to prepare and fill cavities with gold or plastic filling or material, 
or to do any other operation in Dental Surgery. 

(Candidates must provide their own instruments.) 

(b) On the Mechanical and Surgical treatment of the various 
irregularities of children's teeth. 

(c) On Mechanical Dentistry. 

The oral examination comprises the several subjects included 
in the curriculum of professional education, and is conducted by 
the use of preparations, casts, drawings, etc. 

Candidates who have passed the second examination of the 
Examining Board in England, or who shall produce evidence of 
having passed the examination in Anatomy and Physiology re- 
quired for the License in Surgery of the Royal College of Sur- 
geons of Edinburgh, the Royal College of Surgeons in Ireland, 
or the Faculty of Physicians and Surgeons of Glasgow, or an ex- 
amination in Anatomy and Physiology required for a degree in 
Medicine or Surgery at a university in the United Kingdom, will 
be exempt from re-examination in those subjects. 

Candidates who are members of the college or who have 
passed the examination in Surgery of the Examining Board in 
England, or who shall produce evidence of having passed the 
examination in Surgery for the License in Surgery of the Royal 
College of Surgeons of Edinburgh, the Royal College of Sur- 
geons in Ireland, or the Faculty of Physicians and Surgeons of 
Glasgow, or an examination in surgery for a degree in Medicine 
or Surgery at a university in the United Kingdom, will be exempt 
from re-examination in General Surgery and Pathology. 

A candidate whose qualifications shall be found insufficient 
will be referred back to his studies, and will not be admitted to 
re-examination within the period of six months, unless the Board 
shall otherwise determine. 

Examinations will be held in May and November in each 
year. 

Candidates are required to give fourteen clear days notice of 
their intention to present themselves for examination. 



REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 287 

The fee for the diploma is ten guineas. 

[Note. — A ticket of admission to the Museum, to the Library, and to the 

College Lectures will be presented to each candidate on his obtaining the 

diploma.] 

Edward Trimmer, 

14th November, 1889. Secretary. 

[N. B. — All applications with reference to the Examination for the 
Diploma in Dental Surgery should be addressed to Mr. F. G. Hallett, Secre- 
tary of the Examining Board in England, Examination Hall, Victoria Em- 
bankment, London, W. C] 

ROYAL COLLEGE OF SURGEONS, EDINBURGH. 

Dental Diploma. 

1. All students who intend becoming candidates for the 
License in Dental Surgery of the college shall have their names 
inscribed in the register of dental students instituted by the Gen- 
eral Medical Council. Such candidates must pass the complete 
examination in the following subjects: (i) English Language, 
including Grammar and Composition; (2) Latin, including 
Grammar, Translation from specified authors, and Translation of 
easy passages not taken from such authors; (3) Elements of 
Mathematics, comprising (a) Arithmetic, including Vulgar and 
Decimal Fractions; (b) Algebra, including Simple Equations; 
(c) Geometry, including the first book of Euclid, with easy ques- 
tions on the subject-matter of the same; (4) Elementary Me- 
chanics of Solids and Fluids, comprising the Elements of Statics, 
Dynamics, and Hydrostatics; (5) One of the following optional 
subjects: {a) Greek; (b) French; (c) German; {d) Italian; (e) 
any other Modern Language; (/) Logic; (g) Botany; (k) Zool- 
ogy* (0 Elementary Chemistry. 

2. The preliminary examination maybe passed before any of 
the Boards recognized by the General Medical Council, and the 
subjects embraced in the examination should be specified on the 
certificate. 

3. Registration is effected with the Registrar of the General 
Medical Council, Mr. William John Clarke Miller, B. A., 299 
Oxford Street, London, W. 

4. Students who commenced their professional education by 
apprenticeship to dentists entitled to be registered, or by attend- 
ance upon professional lectures, before July 22, 1878 (when 
dental education became compulsory), shall not be required to 
produce evidence of having passed a preliminary examination. 



288 world's history and 

professional education. 

1. Candidates shall produce certificates of having been en- 
gaged during four years in professional studies, subsequent to 
the date of registration, and of having received three years' in- 
struction in Mechanical Dentistry from a registered dental prac- 
titioner, except in the case of previously registered medical 
practitioners, when two years will be considered sufficient. One 
year's bo?ia fide apprenticeship with a registered dental practi- 
tioner, after being registered as a dental student, may be counted 
as one of the four years of professional study. The three 
years of instruction in Mechanical Dentistry, or any part of them, 
may be taken by the student either before or after his registra- 
tion as a student; but no year of such mechanical instruction 
shall be counted as one of the four years of professional study 
unless taken after registration. 

2. Candidates who have commenced their studies prior to 
October I, 1890, must have attended the following curriculum: 
Anatomy, one winter course; Practical Anatomy and Demon- 
strations, nine months; or Practical Anatomy, nine months, and 
Anatomy of the Head and Neck, one course of twenty lectures; 
Physiology, one course of not less than fifty lectures; Chemistry, 
one winter course; Surgery, one winter course; Medicine, one 
winter course; Materia Medica, one course of three months; 
Practical Chemistry and Metallurgy, one course of three months; 
attendance on the Practice of Surgery and Clinical Lectures on 
Surgery at a recognized hospital, one course of six months, or 
two courses of three months. 

3. Candidates commencing their studies after October 1, 1890, 
must have attended the following curriculum: Anatomy, one 
course, six months, Practical Anatomy, twelve months; Chem- 
istry (with Metallurgy), one course, six months; Practical Chem- 
istry, one course, three months; Physiology, one course, six 
months; Materia Medica, one course, three months; Surgery, one 
course, six months; Medicine, one course, six months; attend- 
ance on the Practice of Surgery, and Clinical Lectures on Sur- 
gery, at a recognized hospital. These courses must have been 
attended at a university, or in an established school of medicine, 
or in a provincial school specially recognized by the college as 
qualifying for the diploma in Surgery. 

' In addition to these courses, candidates will require to have 
attended in a recognized dental hospital, or with teachers recog- 



REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 289 

nized by the college, the following special courses of lectures and 
instruction: Dental Anatomy and Physiology (Human and Com- 
parative), Dental Surgery and Pathology, Dental Mechanics, one 
course of each; two years' attendance at a dental hospital, or the 
dental department of a general hospital, recognized by the col- 
lege. 

Certificates of attendance on such of these courses of the new 
curriculum as may be respectively required, will entitle candi- 
dates to appear either for the first dental examination, or for the 
first and second examinations, for the triple qualification, as they 
may select, and subject to the existing regulations for each quali- 
fication. 

Candidates who have passed the first and second examina- 
tions for the triple qualification will be exempt from the first 
dental examination, and will have the advantage of being admis- 
sible either to the final dental examination or to the final exam- 
ination for the triple qualification, or to both. But the first 
dental*examination will not be held as equivalent to the first and 
second triple examination, and will admit to the final dental ex- 
amination only. 

Candidates who are licentiates of this college, or who may be 
registered medical practitioners, will require to produce certifi- 
cates of attendance on the special subjects only, and will be ex- 
amined in these only for the dental diploma. And candidates 
who shall produce satisfactory evidence of having passed in any 
of the subjects of the first dental examination before any dental 
or surgical licensing board recognized by the Royal College of 
Surgeons of Edinburgh will be exempt from examination in such 
subject or subjects; but no examination will be recognized as 
giving exemption unless it is co-extensive in its scope with the 
examination of this college, and is the only or the final examina- 
tion on the subject or subjects required by the Board at which it 
was passed. 

EXAMINATIONS. 

1 . Candidates shall be subjected to two professional examina- 
tions, herein called the first and second examinations, to be con- 
ducted at separate times, partly in writing, and partly orally, and 
shall be conducted in the same manner as the ordinary surgical 
examinations. 

2. The first examination shall embrace the subjects of Anat- 

19 



290 world's history and 

omy, Chemistry and Physiology. Candidates who desire to pass 
this examination must apply to Mr. J. Robertson, I, George Square, 
Edinburgh, not later than one week preceding the examination, 
and must then produce all the required certificates of having 
passed the preliminary examination, having been registered as 
•dental students, and of having attended the prescribed courses on 
Anatomy, Chemistry and Physiology. Each candidate shall pay 
to Mr. J. Robertson the sum of £4. 4s. not later than 11 a.m. of 
the Saturday preceding the examination, after which no entries 
can be received. In the event of a candidate being unsuccessful, 
£2. 2s. will be returned to him; and where the candidate is suc- 
cessful the fee of £4. 4s. paid by him will be held as paid to ac- 
count of the total fee of ,£10. 10s. payable for the diploma. 

3. The second examination shall embrace the subjects of Sur- 
gery, Medicine and Therapeutics, and the special subjects of 
Dental Anatomy and Physiology, Dental Surgery and Pathology, 
and Dental Mechanics. Candidates must apply to Mr. J. Rob- 
ertson, not later than one week previous to the day of examina- 
tion, and must then produce to him: 1, Satisfactory evidence of 
having attained the age of twenty-one years; 2, A certificate of 
registration in the books of the General Medical Council; 3, The 
certificates of having attended the lectures and other prescribed 
courses of instruction; and shall lodge the requisite schedule 
of courses of study. Each candidate for this examination shall 
pay to Mr. j. Robertson the sum of £6. 6s., not later than the Fri- 
day preceding the date of examination, and in the event of his 
ibeing unsuccessful ^3. 3s. will be returned to him. 

4. No candidate shall, if unsuccessful, be remitted for a shorter 
period than three months. These rules shall apply to any subse- 
quent rejection. 

5. No candidate shall be admissible to examination who has 
been rejected by any other Licensing Board within the three 
preceding months. 

6. Should a candidate obtain in the first oral examination not 
less than 65 per cent, of the marks on any subject and not less 
than 55 per cent, in the written examination on the same subject, 
he may be exempted from further examination upon it; his name 
being recorded to this effect by the examiners. 

7. Candidates who claim exemption from the first dental ex- 
amination on the ground of having passed the first and second 
triple qualification examinations shall, before being admitted to 



REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 291 

the second dental examination, be required to pay the total fee 
of ;£io. ios., payable for the dental diploma, of which £3. 3s. will 
be returned in case of rejection. 

TITLE AND DIPLOMA. 

Those candidates who pass this examination shall be entitled 
to the designation of Licentiate in Dental Surgery of the Royal 
College of Surgeons of Edinburgh, and shall obtain the dental 
diploma of the Royal College. Each candidate before receiving 
his diploma shall, in entering his or her name in the books of the 
college, sign the following declaration: " I hereby promise faith- 
fully to maintain and defend all the rights and privileges of the 
Royal College of Surgeons of Edinburgh, and to promote its in- 
terests to the utmost of my power. I promise, in the event of 
my admission as a Dental Licentiate of this college, to refrain 
from advertising or employing any other unbecoming modes of 
attracting business, and I shall not allow my name to appear in 
connection with any one who does so. I also promise to obey 
all the laws of the said Royal College, made or to be made." 

The diploma is registrable in the dentists' register under the 
Act 41 & 42 Vict. c. 33 (1878); and those who also hold registra- 
ble medical and surgical qualifications may have them added as 
additional qualifications. Registration is effected with the Regis- 
trar of the General Medical Council, Mr. William John Clarke 
Miller, B. A., 299, Oxford Street, London, W. 

The attention of all dental licentiates is drawn to the recom- 
mendation of Crown Counsel, that in the administration of anaes- 
thetics due care should be taken to ascertain the condition of the 
patient, and that when the practitioner does not himself possess 
a medical qualification, he should in such cases obtain, where 
practicable, the presence or assistance of a qualified medical 
practitioner. 

FACULTY OF PHYSICIANS AND SURGEONS OF 

GLASGOW. 

The Dental Diploma. 

1. Candidates for the dental diploma must have been engaged 
during a period of not less than four years in acquiring profes- 
sional knowledge. During at least three years they must have 



292 world's history and 

been engaged in acquiring a knowledge of Mechanical Dentistry 
under a practitioner registered under the Dentists Act.* 

2. Candidates must have attended the following curriculum: 
Anatomy, one winter session; Anatomy of Head and Neck, not 
less than twenty lecturesf; Dissection, nine months; Physiology, 
one course of six months; Chemistry, one course, six months; 
Practical Chemistry, with Metallurgy, one course, three months; 
Surgery, one course, six months; Medicine, one course, six 
months; Materia Medica, one course, three months; attendance 
at a recognized surgical hospital, with Clinical Instruction, not 
less than six months. Also the following courses, special to 
dentistry: Dental Anatomy and Physiology, Human and Com- 
parative, not less than twenty-four lectures; Dental Surgery, not 
less than twenty lectures; Metallurgy, not less than twelve lec- 
tures; Mechanical Dentistry, not less than twelve lectures or 
demonstrations; attendance for two years on a recognized Dental 
hospital, or the dental department of a recognized general hos- 
pital. 

3. The examination shall be conducted at two sittings. At 
the first of these the subjects shall be Anatomy, Physiology, and 
Chemistry (with Metallurgy). At the second the subjects shall 
be Surgery, Medicine (with Materia Medica), and the subjects 
special to dentistry, viz.: Dental Anatomy and Physiology, Dental 
Surgery and Pathology, and Dental Mechanics. 

4. The examination shall be conducted both by written 
papers and oral questions. Preparations, casts, instruments, 
drawings, etc., may be employed at the discretion of the exam- 
iners. Candidates are also tested in manipulative skill by an ex-, 
amination in a dental hospital. 

5. The fee for the dental diploma shall be ten guineas, four 
guineas being deposited with the Secretary on entering for the 
first part of the examination, and six guineas on entering for the 
second part. 

6. Unsuccessful candidates are remitted to their studies for 
not less than six months. 

7. In the case of a candidate being unsuccessful at the first 
part of the examination, the sum of two guineas of the fee depos- 

*The three years' instruction in Mechanical Dentistry may be taken either before or after 
registration as a student; but no year of such mechanical instruction shall be counted as one 
of the four years of professional study unless taken after registration. One year's appren- 
ticeship after registration may be counted as one of the four years of professional study. 

f Or, as an alternative, a second course of Anatomy. 



REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 293 

ited shall be retained to meet the expenses of the examination. 
At the second part of the examination, the sum of three guineas 
shall be retained for a similar purpose from the fee of every un- 
successful candidate. In both cases the remainder of the fee 
shall be returned to the candidate. 

8. Candidates already qualified under the Medical Act shall 
be required to produce only the Certificates of Attendance in the 
subjects special to dentistry, and shall be examined in these sub- 
jects only. 

9. Every candidate, on being admitted as a Licentiate, shall 
subscribe to the following declaration: "I do solemnly and sin- 
cerely declare that I will exercise the several parts of my profes- 
sion to the best of my knowledge and ability, for the good, safety, 
and welfare of all persons committing themselves or committed to 
my care; and I hereby promise as a Licentiate in Dental Surgery 
that I will not advertise or employ any other unprofessional modes 
of attracting business, nor will I allow my name to be connected 
with any one who does so; and that I will loyally obey all by- 
laws of the Faculty, made or to be made, for the regulation of 
Licentiates in Dental Surgery." 

10. The earliest age at which a candidate shall be admitted 
a Licentiate is twenty-one 

11. The examinations shall be held half-yearly, in May and 
October. Candidates are required to enter at least one week be- 
fore the period of examination. 

ROYAL COLLEGE OF SURGEONS IN IRELAND. 
License in Dentistry. 

The first and second examinations required to be passed by 
candidates who are not entitled to present themselves sine curri- 
culo are as follows: 

First Dental Examination. — Candidates shall be required, before 
admission to the first dental examination, to produce certificates 
of having attended a medico-chirurgical hospital nine months; 
winter courses of Practical Anatomy (with Demonstrations and 
Dissections), Physiology, Surgery and Chemistry; and a summer 
course (three months) of Practical Chemistry, Practical Physi- 
ology and Materia Medica. Candidates shall be examined in: 
I. Anatomy — Bones, Joints, Muscles and Topographical Anatomy 
of the Viscera of the Chest, Abdomen and Pelvis. 2. Histology 



294 world's history and 

and the Physiology of the Circulatory, Respiratory and Digest- 
ive Systems. 3. Surgery — The signs, terminations and treat- 
ment of Inflammation, Wounds, Haemorrhage, Burns, Scalds, Ul- 
cers and Bandaging. 4. Chemistry. 5. Materia Medica. The 
candidates are examined in numerical order, and the examina- 
tion occupies two days. 

Second Dental Examination. — Candidates are required, before 
admission to the second dental examination, to produce evidence 
of having passed the first dental examination, also certificates of 
having subsequently attended a medico-chirurgical hospital (nine 
months as an extern pupil, or six months as a resident pupil); 
winter courses of Demonstrations and Dissections, Practical 
Anatomy, Surgery and Medicine; and a summer course (three 
months) of Medical Jurisprudence. Candidates are examined in: 
1. Anatomy. 2. Physiology. 3. Surgery — not including Opera- 
tive, Clinical and Ophthalmic Surgery, which are reserved for the 
final examination. The candidates are examined in numerical 
order, and the examination occupies three days. 

Preliminary Examination, Registration a?id Matriculation. — The 
regulations of the college which refer to the preliminary examina- 
tion of the candidates for the letters testimonial apply to the 
candidates for the dental license. Every candidate for the license 
in dentistry shall be required to pass a preliminary examination 
and three professional examinations. 

Professional Examinations. — The first and second professional 
examinations shall be held in July and October in each year. 
Should the student fail to pass in July, he may present hitnself in 
October. These examinations are, in all respects, identical with 
the second and third professional examinations for the letters 
testimonial under the new scheme, are conducted at the same 
time and are subject to the same regulations. 

Third and Filial Professional Examination. — The third profes- 
sional examination shall be held in April, July and October. The 
candidates shall be required, before admission to the final ex- 
amination, to produce evidence — {a) Of having passed the sec- 
ond professional examination, or of having obtained a diploma 
in Surgery recognized by the college, (b) Of having attended, 
subsequent to registration by the General Medical Council, the 
following courses of lectures recognized by the college: Dental 
Surgery and Pathology, Dental Mechanics, of each two courses; 
Dental Anatomy and Physiology, Dental Metallurgy, one course. 



REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 295 

(c) Of having attended for two years the practice of a dental 
hospital recognized by the college, (d) Of having been engaged 
in acquiring a practical knowledge of Mechanical Dentistry, for 
at least two years, in a public laboratory recognized by the col- 
lege; or for at least three years under the instruction of a regis- 
tered dentist. The candidate shall also submit a piece of 
mechanical work certified to be of his own making. The candi- 
date holding a diploma in Surgery recognized by the college 
shall be required to produce certificates of one course of each of 
the above special dental subjects, and of half the hospital attend- 
ance and half the laboratory work required from other dental 
students. As this remission has been made on the understanding 
that the qualified surgeon shall devote his whole time to the 
dental work, the special dental courses, hospital attendances, and 
laboratory work required from him must all be taken out after 
the date of his diploma in surgery. The fee for the final examina- 
tion shall be, in the case of Licentiates in Surgery of the college, 
and for dental students, £y ys. For re-examination, if rejected, 
£4 4s. For candidates holding a surgical diploma other than 
that of the Royal College of Surgeons in Ireland, £12 12s. For 
re-examination, if rejected, £6 6s. Candidates shall be examined 
in: 1. Dental Surgery — Theoretical, Clinical, and Operative. 2. 
Dental Mechanics — Theoretical and Operative. 3. Dental An- 
atomy and Physiology. 4. Metallurgy and Physics. 

Examinations for the License i?i Dentistry sine Curriculo. — Candi- 
dates who were in practice before July, 1878, and whose names 
are on the Dental Register, and who are unable to furnish the 
certificates required by the foregoing regulations, may be ad- 
mitted to examination if they shall present the schedule of ap- 
plication as hereinafter set forth, accompanied by any certificate 
they may have of general education, or degree in arts or medi- 
cine, and any particulars of professional education, and by the 
required examination fee. The application of the candidate for 
examination shall be made by a printed form, on which shall be 
set forth a certificate signed by two fellows, members or licenti- 
ates of a college of surgeons, and by two licentiates in dental 
surgery in the Royal College of Surgeons in Ireland, or two mem- 
bers of the British Dental Association, or of the Odontological 
Society, or of the Association of Surgeons practicing dentistry. 
This certificate shall be to the effect that applicant is of good 
moral character, has been five years engaged in the practice of 



296 world's history and 

dentistry, is a registered dentist, and has not, during the past two 
years, attracted business as a dentist by advertising or other un- 
becoming practices. The application must also contain a declara- 
tion by the applicant in the following terms: " I of 

hereby declare that I am twenty-one years of age and 

upwards; that if I shall be granted a diploma in dental surgery of 
the Royal College of Surgeons in Ireland, and so long as I hold 
the same, I will not seek to attract business by advertising or by 
any other practice considered by the college to be unbecoming; 
and I agree that such diploma shall be cancelled on it being 
proven, to the satisfaction of the President and Council, that I 
have done so." Any licentiate violating this undertaking will be 
liable to have his diploma canceled, and to have his license from 
the college erased from the official Dental Register. The Schedule 
of Application shall be sent to the Registrar of the college at least 
three weeks before the date of the examination. It shall be in the 
discretion of the Court of Dental Examiners — subject to the ap- 
proval of the President and Council — without assigning cause, to 
determine whether or not the candidate shall be admitted to ex- 
amination for the dental diploma. The examinations for candi- 
dates sine curriculo shall comprise the same subjects, and shall be 
conducted in the same manner, as the second and final profes- 
sional examinations hereinbefore set forth. The fee for this ex- 
amination shall be £2\\ re-examination, if rejected, £\o ios. 

Diplomas from Harvard University, Dental Department, Bos- 
ton, Mass., are recognized by the English Medical Council, except 
for British subjects. 

The diploma of the Dental College of the University of Mich- 
igan is also recognized in England. 

DENTAL ASSOCIATIONS OF GREAT BRITAIN. 

Odontological Society of Great Britain, 40 Leicester Square, 
London. 

Odonto-Chirurgical Society of Scotland, 5 Lauriston Lane, 
Edinburgh. 

The British Dental Association (incorporated June 3, 1880; 
834 members), 40 Leicester Square, London. 

BRANCHES OF THE BRITISH DENTAL ASSOCIATION. 

The Midland Branch of the British Dental Association. 
British Dental Association, Western Branch. 



REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 



29" 



British Dental Association, Eastern Counties Branch. 

Metropolitan Branch of the British Dental Association. 

Students' Society of the Dental Hospital of London, Leices- 
ter Square, W. C. 

Students' Society of the National Dental Hospital and Col- 
lege. 

Students' Society of the Dental Hospital of Liverpool. 

The Students' Society of the Victoria Dental Hospital of 
Manchester. 

Table Showing the Numbers and Qualifications, with Per- 
centage of the Total, of Persons Registered in the 
Dental Register for 1892. 



Description of Qualifications. 



Total. 



I. UNITED KINGDOM DENTISTS. 

*(A) Licentiates in Dental Surgery of the following Col- 
leges: — 

(a) Royal College of Surgeons of England 

\b) Royal College of Surgeons of Edinburgh 

(c) Faculty of Physicians and Surgeons of Glas- 

gow 

(d) Royal College of Surgeons in Ireland 

Licentiates in Dentistry 

(B) Persons, on their own declaration, in bo?iafide prac- 
tice of Dentistry: — 

(a) With additional Surgical Qualifications set 

forth elsewhere 

(b) Without any additional Qualifications 

United Kingdom Dentists 

II. FOREIGN DENTISTS. 

Doctors of Dental Medicine of the University of Har- 
vard 

Doctors of Dental Surgery of the University of Michi- 
gan 

Total 



Number. Percentage. 



533 
104 

97 
445 



1,179 



27 
3,671 



4,877 

7 
12 



10.88 
2.12 

1.98 
9.09 



24.07 



.55 
75.00 



4, 



99.62 

.14 
.24 



100.00 



DENTAL JOURNALS PUBLISHED IN GREAT BRITAIN, 

The British Journal of Dental Science, London. Founded 1856. 
The Journal of the British Dental Association, London. Founded 
1880. 



*By these Licentiates there have also been registered 130 of the Surgical and of the Med- 
ical Qualifications set forth elsewhere. 



298 world's history and 

The Dental Record, London W. Founded 1881. 

Transactions of the Odonto logical Society of Great Britain, Lon- 
don. Founded 1878. 

Quarterly Circular, published by C. Ash & Sons, Limited. 

From "The Rise, Fall and Revival of Dental Prosthesis," by 
Dr. B.J. Cigrand, we cite the following, which have ceased to 
exist: 

Quarterly fournal of Dental Science. Founded 1843. Discon- 
tinued after 1886. 

The Quarterly fournal of Dental Science (N. S.) Founded, 
London, 1857. Discontinued after 1859. 

The Dental Review. Founded, London, 1858. Discontinued 
after 1886. 

Archives of Dentistry. Founded 1865, London. Discontinued 
after 1886. 

Among the pioneer dentists of England we should name 
Thomas Berdmore, dentist to King George III., one of his pupils 
being John Woofendale, who emigrated to the United States and 
practiced in New York and Philadelphia. W. died in 1828. John 
Watts was at one time in partnership with Berdmore. 

Another of the more prominent dental practitioners of the 
last century was M. Patence, of London. 



GREECE. 

(kingdom.) 

Area, 25,041 square miles. Population, 2,187,208. 
Capital, Athens; population, 107,251. 

For the following facts regarding dentistry in Greece we owe 
thanks to Dr. J. Neumann, of Athens, 

Every Greek, or citizen of Greece, is required to make a verbal 
or written demand to the Secretary of the Sanitary Department 
(Board of Health) of the State, when he (or she) is desirous to 
pass the dental examination. The candidate is not required to 
present any documents except a certificate from the proper 
authority, proving that he is of Greek nationality or citizenship, 
but he has to pay 30 francs for examination fees. 

The Secretary of the Sanitary Department notifres the appli- 



REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 299 

cant of the day for examination. The applicant then must appear 
at the Secretary's office, where he is examined by four physicians 
and a commission appointed by the Secretary. No dentist is in- 
cluded in this commission. 

The candidate is asked a few questions concerning the anat- 
omy of the upper and lower jaws, the bones, muscles and blood- 
vessels; what a dentist has to do when a person suffers from 
toothache; when he will extract a tooth or kill the nerve and save 
the tooth; what materials he will use for filling teeth, and how he 
would do it. 

The examination, which is oral, lasts, as a rule, 10 to 15 min- 
utes, after which the candidate, if successful, receives his license 
(diploma) to practice dentistry. 

There is neither a practical nor a written examination. The 
candidate is not required to possess a certain degree of school or 
other scientific education. Anyone is admitted to this exam- 
ination. 

If the candidate is a foreigner, he must show a certificate from 
a dental school or dentist of his country, duly endorsed by the 
Legation of that country. 

There is no dental school in Greece, nor anybody who teaches 
dentistry. 

There is no dental society nor any dental journal. 

The registered dentists in Greece number 45. 

In Athens there are 20. 



ICELAND. 

(DANISH COLONY.) 

Area, 39,200 square miles. Population, 70,000. 
Principal city, Reykjavik; population, 1,350. 

There are no particular laws governing the practice of dent- 
istry in Iceland. 

There is one dentist, O. Nikolin, practicing on the island. He 
was born in 1850, graduated in Denmark in 1883, an ^ is located 
at Reykiavik. 



300 world's history and 

ITALY. 

(kingdom.) 

Area, 114,410 square miles. Population, 30,947,306. 
Capital, Rome; population, 273,268. 

The status of dentistry in Italy may be said to be decidedly 
behind the times, and occupies about the same position that the 
profession occupied in America twenty-five or thirty years ago. 
Dentists, in their relations with each other, observe the same de- 
gree of secrecy in regard to inventions and methods as existed at 
that time, and many of them are not adverse to advertising some 
special system, of which they are the inventors and only users. 
So strong is the feeling of jealousy and dislike that a society 
is an impossibility. 

The first and only dental society of which Italy can boast was 
organized about three years ago, but owing to differences among 
the members was soon abandoned without the reading of a single 
paper or the discussion of a subject relative to the art of dent- 
istry. 

The laws relating to the practice of dentistry have, until within 
the past three years, caused dentistry to rank with pharmacy, 
midwifery, etc. They show, better than any extended descrip- 
tion could do, the position dentists were content to occupy in the 
social fabric and the estimation in which they were held by the 
public. 

The first law regulating the practic of dentistry in Italy was 
passed November 13, 1859, as follows: 

LAW No. 3725. 
On the Administration of Public Instruction. 

Article CXL. The examinations passed, and the degrees 
obtained without the kingdom, will not be recognized by the 
State, except in cases of special legislation, viz.: Those having 
obtained diplomas from any Italian university, or from any for- 
eign university of fame, and can offer proof of having effectively 
completed the studies and examinations, identical to those re- 
quired by the State universities, will be relieved of the special 
examinations and may enter at once for the general examina- 
tions for the degree to which they aspire. 

Those persons, who by work, discoveries, etc., or who have 



REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 301 

won merited fame by exhibiting singular ability, will also be 
exempted from the general examinations. 

This concession will be made by Royal Decree, following the 
advice of the Superior Council. Those who can offer proof of 
having completed one or more of the prescribed studies in any 
of the above indicated universities, will be admitted to the rela- 
tive examinations. 

This, like many other laws, was a dead letter and had abso- 
lutely no effect upon the practice of dentistry. On December 
22, 1888, the subject was again brought up and the following law 
passed: 

LAW No. 5849, THIRD SERIES. 
In Regard to Hygiene and Public Sanitation. 

Article XXIII. No one may practice a profession as physi- 
cian, surgeon, veterinary surgeon, druggist, dentist, phlebotomist, 
or midwife, unless they be of age and have obtained a diploma, 
showing their ability, from a university, institute or college, 
authorized by the kingdom or by the application of Article 
CXL. of the law passed November 13, 1859, on the administra- 
tion of public instruction. Any one intending to practice one of 
these professions in a community, and who by law has obtained 
the required authority, must cause his diploma to be registered 
in the manner demanded by the regulations Those convicted 
of evading this law are punishable by a fine of not less than 100 
lire and subject to the severer penalties established by the penal 
code. 

The physicians and surgeons practicing only among foreigners 
are exempted from the restrictions of the foregoing article. 

The year following, in 1889, further additions were made to 
the legislation upon the subject, as follows: 

LAW No 6442, THIRD SERIES. 

Regulations Regarding Hygiene, Passed December 9, 1889. 

Article LIX. Physicians, surgeons, midwives, veterinary 
surgeons, dentists, and phlebotomists, who intend to practice 
habitually in a community, must register their diploma at the 
municipal office, within a month from the day, in which they be- 
come residents. 

Article LX. To the phlebotomists, dentists, botanists, vet- 



302 world's history and 

erinary surgeons, assistant druggists, and midwives, who were in 
actual practice, in accordance with existing regulations, before 
the present enactment, are accorded the rights heretofore en- 
joyed. 

Article LXI. The prefects must publish annually, in the 
month of January, a list of those practicing professions in the 
province and transmit the same to the Minister of the Interior. 

This was not deemed sufficient to raise the standard of dent- 
istry, and the succeeding year brought forth the decree which is 
now in force, as follows: 

By Royal Decree, April 24, 1890— Law 6850, Third Series — 
" the possession of a diploma in medicine and surgery is made 
obligatory, before the practice of dentistry can be entered upon." 

The same decree establishes that the teaching of dentistry 
shall be in the surgical institutes of the Kingdom, which can 
exhibit the necessary means and the presence of persons com- 
petent, to do such teaching, according to the latest progress in 
the specialty. The nomination of the teacher must be made 
according to the existing rules for conferring the charge, or, 
eventually, for extra professors, according to the decision of the 
Superior Council. 

Those who have commenced the study of dentistry, prior to 
the publication of this decree, may finish their studies and obtain 
the relative diploma, according to the pre-existing laws. Dent- 
ists and phlebotomists having commenced their studies prior to 
this decree will be permitted to practice their profession under 
Article LX. of the law passed October 9, 1889. 

The Sanitary and Hygie?iic Review of March 1, 1891, published 
the following note, directed to the Minister of Public Instruction, 
in regard to the application of the Royal decree passed April 24, 
1890, on the practice of dentistry in the kingdom: 

The Royal decree, passed April 24, 1890, demands, for the 
practice of dentistry, a diploma in Medicine and Surgery. But 
from this it must not be inferred that all those holding said di- 
plomas are permitted to practice. Physicians and surgeons may 
not practice dentistry unless they have taken a special course in 
the specialty. 

This constitutes the literal translation of all the laws which 
have existed in Italy relating to dentistry, with the exception of 
a Royal decree, passed October 20, 1876, naming the sum of 
30 lire as the examination fee. 



REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 303 

Thus it will be seen that the requirements for graduation are 
very stringent, perhaps more so than in any other country in the 
world. A student, before entering upon the study of medicine, 
must be a graduate from the Lyceum, a diploma from which is 
equivalent to the M. A. degree in the United States. 

The medical course embraces six years, after which a course 
of one year in the study of dentistry is required, before the can- 
didate can secure his diploma. 

The last inquiry in regard to the sanitary and hygienic condi- 
tion of the communities, in 1885, gave the number of practicing 
dentists as 806, but it is understood that many were included who 
had no right or authority to be classed as such. According to 
the last census, taken in 1881, there were but 488 practicing den- 
tists, and it is hardly to be supposed that there would be an in- 
crease of nearly 100 per cent, in four years. 

The teaching of dentistry is still included in the course of 
Phlebotomy; for as yet no medical or surgical faculty has been 
officially appointed to teach that branch of surgery. The direct- 
ors of the University of Rome wished to add a dental depart- 
ment to the university with one or more chairs, but owing to the 
lack of funds and the indifference displayed by the dentists, ac- 
tion has been indefinitely postponed. 

At present there are three schools where degrees in Phle- 
botomy may be obtained, admitting the possessor to practice 
dentistry, viz.: at Rome, Pisa and Padua. 

There are two dental journals published in Italy. The, oldest 
is a progressive journal, which well deserves its name of // Pro- 
gresso Dentistico. It is edited in Milan and is issued monthly. 
The other is L Odontoj atria, of which the first number appeared 
in the spring of 1893. Edited in Palermo. 

We are indebted to A. T. Webb, M. D., D. D. S., of Rome, for 
the above exhaustive contribution. 



304 world's history and 



LUXEMBURGH. 

(grand duchy.) 

Area, 998 square miles. Population, 211,088. 
Capital, Luxemburgh; population, 18,187. 

Only citizens of this country are permitted to practice in 
Luxemburgh. They must be Bachelors of Arts before they can 
pass the special dental examination. The special curriculum in- 
cludes Anatomy, Surgery, Therapeutics, General Physiology and 
Medicine, Dental Surgery, Chemistry and Laboratory Work, and 
requires three years of study. The foregoing college course re- 
quires seven years. 

The examination is written, oral and clinical, and lasts one 
whole day. There is no dental school or other dental institution 
in Luxemburgh. The dentists are not permitted to advertise. 
Two dental physicians are practicing in Luxemburgh, but owing 
to the moderate requirements in instruction, there are a number of 
dental quacks in the neighbouring towns. 

The above information has been kindly forwarded to us by 
J. Weber, D. D. S., Professor at the Royal Athenaeum and Italian 
Consul at Luxemburgh. 



MALTA. 

(ENGLISH POSSESSION.) 

170,000 inhabitants. 

The following report from the United States Consul, John 
Worthington, to United States Department of State covers every- 
thing of interest that can now be ascertained pertaining to the 
state of dentistry in the Maltese Islands: 

DENTISTRY IN MALTA. 

[Report by Consul Worthington.] 

I have received several inquiries from American dentists, ask- 
ing for information on the following points: (i) Are there any 
laws in Malta regulating the practice of dentistry? (2) What ex- 



REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 305 

aminations are required? (3) If any dental school exists? (4) 
The number of dentists on the island? 

In order to obtain reliable information on the above points, 
I interviewed Dr. S. L. Pisani, the chief government medical 
officer of Malta, and obtained from him, over his signature, the 
information that follows: 

Malta, December 19, 1892. 

There are laws regulating the practice of dentistry. The law runs thus: 

" It is prohibited to practice the profession of physician, surgeon, surgeon- 
dentist, apothecary, accoucheur, or midwife, or phlebotomist without a license 
from the head of the government. 

" If the applicant shall not prove that he has been admitted to practice 
his profession under the provisions of an act of the Imperial Parliament (of 
Great Britain) the application for the license aforesaid must be accompanied 
by a certificate from the Medical Board, declaring the good character and 
qualifications of the applicant. 

"The Board shall not grant such certificate until the applicant shall have 
deposited with the Board the Act of the University of Malta, or of any other 
scholastic establishment out of these islands, showing that the same applicant 
has pursued the requisite studies." 

For granting the certificate declaring the character and qualifications of 
the applicant, the Board subjects him to an examination on Dental Anatomy, 
Physiology, Pathology, Therapeutics, Operations and Preparation of Artificial 
Teeth. 

No school of dentistry exists in Malta. 

There are three surgeon-dentists, besides others allowed to extract teeth. 

S. L. Pisani, M. D., 
Chief Government Medical Officer. 

The three surgeon dentists enumerated by Dr. Pisani are one 
English and two Maltese. All practice the " old style," and are 
not at all " up to date " in their profession. To quote myself: 

There is not a really first-rate dentist in the Maltese Islands; but, such 
as they are, they do a very considerable business. I have been written to by 
American dentists as to the probability of their succeeding, in case they estab- 
lished themselves here, and I have invariably replied that I thought they could 
do well if they were the right sort. They must have patience, industry, skill, 
and some capital to rent and furnish suitable rooms. American dentists are 
justly popular everywhere in Europe, and the conditions are ripe for one to 
introduce himself in Malta. Lots of dental work goes away from the island 
that would be done here if the dentists were skillful in modern dentistry. 
Their charges are high and their work inferior, as are the tools they use. 

The population of the Maltese Islands is upward of 170,000 natives, and 
the English garrison, fleet and residents swell the number to 185,000. 

John Worthington, 

Consul. 

United States Consulate, Malta, December 20, 1892. 
20 



306 world's history and 

NETHERLANDS. 

(kingdom.) 

Area, 12,648 square miles. Population, 4,548,596. 
Capital, The Hague; population, 156,497. 

A law similar to that of Belgium of 1818, governed the prac- 
tice of dentistry in Netherlands until 1867. After that year the 
degree of Doctor of Medicine was required of all persons desir- 
ing to practice dentistry. This restriction failed to cause any 
progressive developments of dentistry in Netherlands, and in 
1876 special courses were created for students of dentistry. 
These courses of instruction were superintended by dental pro- 
fessors appointed by the State, at the Universities of Amsterdam, 
Utrecht and Leyden. The Board (or jury) of Examination is 
composed of physicians and two professors of dentistry. 

The information below, regarding dentistry in Netherlands, 
and the laws pertaining thereto, we have gained through the 
courtesy of Dr. C. van der Hoeven, of The Hague. 

Article I. The title of Dentist gives the right to practice 
dentistry by which is understood the local treatment of Diseases 
of the Teeth, of the Alveoles and of the Gums. 

The title is obtained by passing a practical examination, the 
requirements of which are a practical knowledge of Operative 
Dentistry and of the insertion of Artificial Teeth and Dentures. 

Art. II. Only those who have passed the theoretical exam- 
ination in dentistry are allowed to enter for the practical ex- 
amination. 

The examination comprises: 

(a) The Anatomy of the Teeth, of the Alveoles and of the 
Gums. 

{b) The Physiology of those parts. 

(c) The Hygiene, Pathology and Therapeutics of those parts, 
including the Diagnosis of the Diseases of the Teeth, the 
Alveoles and the Gums, whereof the cause is general or situated 
in remote organs. 

(d) The Materia Medica and Therapeutics, so far as necessary 

for the prescription of local remedies for diseases of above 

named organs. 

[Note. — To this article is added, by the law of December 12, 1892, to go 
into effect January 1, 1894, the following: 

Only those who have passed the final examinations of a Latin college, with 



REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 307 

a six years' course, or the final examination of a High Grammar School, are 
allowed to enter for the theoretical examination in dentistry.] 

Those who have already acquired the right to practice dent- 
istry in another country, or in one of the Dutch colonies, can 
secure a dispensation from the theoretical examination in whole or 
in part, and from the preceding examinations. 

By a special law it will be determined, after having consulted 
the faculties of the universities, what kind of diplomas shall en- 
title the holder to dispensation. 

Art. III. The theoretical examination for dentists is passed 
before the Medical Faculty of one of the Dutch universities. 

Before being admitted to the examinations, the candidate 
must pay a fee of 25 gulden ($10). 

In case the candidate does not pass, he is permitted to enter 
once more for the same examination, without paying an additional 
fee. 

Art. IV. In case of passing the examination, the following 
oath (or promise) is exacted, before the applicant is permitted to 
practice dentistry: 

"I swear (promise) to practice dentistry according to the laws 
and regulations, and according to my best knowledge and power, 
and not to reveal to anybody what has been confided to me pro- 
fessionally as a secret, or whatever comes to my knowledge as 
such, unless I am called upon to give evidence in a court of law, 
or am bound by the law to give such information. So help me, 
God Almighty! (So I promise!)" 

Art. V. Three times a year an opportunity will be afforded 
those who wish to pass the practical examinations in dentistry. 

[Note. — To this article is added, by the law of December 12, 1892, to go 
into effect January 1, 1894, the following: 

The examinations are to be passed in the Dutch language.] 

According to the law in Netherlands every Doctor of Medi- 
cine who has passed his examinations in Netherlands is per- 
mitted to practice dentistry. But only three who have studied 
dentistry afterward are practicing the profession. 

The number of dentists in Netherlands was, in 1890, 81 ; in 1893 
it is estimated to be about 95. In Amsterdam (370,000 inhabit- 
ants), 36 (of which number 3 lady dentists); in Rotterdam 
(187,000 inhabitants), 13; in The Hague (156,497 inhabitants), 
7; in Utrecht (79,000 inhabitants), 5, etc. 

There are two dental societies in Netherlands: Het Neder- 



308 world's history and 

landsch Tandheelkundig Genootschap (24 members), and Neder- 
landsche Tandmeestersvereinigung (founded 1893). 

No regular dental school exists in the Netherlands. In 
Utrecht there is a dental clinic, as a department of the University 
of Utrecht, originally only intended for medical students, but 
now many dental students also make use of it. The clinic is 
given three times a week, by Dr. Dentz, M. D., with the aid of 
one assistant. No Mechanical Dentistry is taught, only extraction 
and some filling of teeth. Dr. Dentz also gives lectures to the 
dental students in the theoretical course required for the dental 
examination. 

No dental journal is published in Holland. 

The difficulty of acquiring the knowledge necessary for the 
dental examination in Holland causes many students to go 
abroad, especially to Germany England and United States, for 
their dental education. 



NORWAY. 

(kingdom.) 

Area, 123,205 square miles. Population, 1,199,176. 
Capital, Christiania; population, 157,000. 

" If any one who is not a regular physician snould have 
acquired special proficiency or extraordinary knowledge in some 
part or another of the medical art, or in the curing of some dis- 
ease or another, he may, after having proved himself to possess 
such proficiency, by the testimony of the Governor and a physi- 
cian, expect to receive through the Chancelly a license to practice, 
but only in the district where he lives, and his right to prescribe 
medicine shall be limited within the parts in which he has proved 
himself proficient." 

This Danish ordinance, of September 5, 1794, should also be 
applied to the status of dentistry in Norway, that country at that 
time being a dependency of Denmark. In 1839 a physician, Dr. 
E. A. Tobiesen, established himself as a dentist, having for some 
time studied dentistry in Paris, France, but without having passed 
any dental examination in Norway. It thus seems that the 
dental art was considered a branch of the medical art. This 



REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 309 

view caused some controversies between Dr. Tobiesen and C. j. 
Brinck, a watchmaker by trade, who also practiced dentistry. 
Dr. Tobiesen considered Brinck a quack, who, without right or 
authority, interfered with his profession, his view being that 
dentistry was a specialty of the medical art. Brinck came out 
victorious, his right to practice dentistry being confirmed, in 
1852, by a royal decree. Several of the most prominent dentists 
now practicing in Norway have acquired their first instructions 
in dentistry from Brinck, who died in 1893. 

The Department of the Interior rules (March 13, 1854,) in a 
communication to the Governor of Stavanger, in a case of illegal 
practice of dentistry against a watchmaker of Stavanger: . . . 
" it may be considered as decided that anybody is entitled to per- 
form any work needed for inserting artificial teeth, except such 
where medical knowledge is required; and no special license is 
necessary in performing such work when limited by said restric- 
tions." 

The exclusion of Dentistry from the medical examination had 
already before this time, viz.: October 5, 1847, been proclaimed 
by the City Court of Christiania. 

The restrictions alluded to in the above-cited communication 
of March 13, 1854, refer to a royal resolution of November 16, 
1852, which reads: 

1. " Persons who desire to practice dentistry shall be given an 
opportunity to prove their knowledge of and proficiency in the 
art by submitting to a special examination, said examination to 
be held in Christiania, at any time, before a committee consisting 
of two university professors and one dentist, one who has passed 
an examination preferred. 

2. " The Department of the Interior is directed to present 
propositions regarding regulations and requirements for this ex- 
amination." 

The first person to receive a license to practice dentistry after 
having submitted proofs to authorities for this purpose appointed 
was Conrad Schive, and the time, 1834, May 3. Schive later, in 
i860, passed an examination, according to the ordinance of Sep- 
tember 9, 1857. 

Christian Hoeg, formerly a watchmaker, received, in 1842, a 
license to practice in the city of Bergen, having submitted him- 
self to some kind of practical examination. 

In 1847, J u ly 2 4> Johan E. Berg was authorized to practice 



310 world's history and 

dentistry in the city of Drammen; in 1848, in Christiania, and in 
1849, in Bergen. 

In 1852 a license to practice dentistry in the city of Drammen 
was conferred upon L. Wennevold without examination. He had 
studied in Germany. 

The next movement in dental legislation dates from 1857, 
September 9. A royal resolution of that day rules that the Ex- 
amining Committee shall consist of two physicians, and one dent- 
ist, one who has passed an examination preferred, and further, 
that this committee shall meet twice every year in Christiania. 
The candidate shall pass an oral examination in the anatomy and 
physiology of the teeth, gums and other parts of the mouth. The 
practical examination consists in making one, more or less com- 
plete, superior and inferior artificial case, said cases to correspond 
with each other. 

The dental education at this period differed in many respects,, 
especially in regard to its theoretical parts. 

In order to acquire a greater proficiency in the practical parts 
of the profession, the prospective dentist usually went to Ger- 
many, France, England, or Denmark, and, at a later period to 
the United States. The apprenticeship varied between three 
months and ten years. 

A royal resolution of November 5, 1881, says that persons who 
desire to pass the dental examination must show a certificate that 
they have studied at least two years with an authorized dentist, 
and that they possess a certain degree of school education. This 
resolution went into force January 1, 1884. 

The next ordinance relating to the dental education is dated 
March 14, 1892, and went into effect in 1894. According to this, 
the course of study must extend over a period of three years, and 
a written examination is added to the oral and practical. The 
oral examination comprises Anatomy, Physiology, Pharmacology, 
Therapeutics, Physics and Chemistry. The Examination Com- 
mittee consists of two physicians and two dentists. 

A dentist must be twenty-one years of age before he can be 
authorized to practice. 

It is obligatory for every dentist practicing in Norway to 
send a yearly report to the State Board of Health regarding his 
practice. 

A Polyclinic for Diseases of the Teeth and for the instruction 
of students was established in Christiania in 1893, the "Storthing" 



REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 311 

(Congress) having appropriated 2,500 crowns at once and 5,000 
crowns yearly for its maintenance. 

The first dental society in Norway was founded August 2, 
1868, but was only of a brief existence. 

Skandinaviska Tandlakare Foreningen (Scandinavian Dental 
Society), founded in 1865, consists of members from Norway, 
Sweden, Denmark and Finland. The membership was March 1, 
1893, 136, viz.: From Norway, 41; Sweden, 43; Denmark, 35; Fin- 
land, 17. 

Den Norske Tandlaegeforening (The Norwegian Dental Soci- 
ety) was founded October 15, 1884. 

Bergens Tandlaegeforening (The Dental Society of Bergen) 
was founded October 20, 1891. Its charter members numbered 
nine. 

Tandlaege Elev Foreningen (Dental Students' Society) was 
founded at Christiania December 6, 1893. 

Den Norske Tandlcegeforcnings Tidende (The Norwegian Dental 
Society's Journal ) is the only dental journal in Norway. Founded 
in 1890. Editor-in-chief, O. Seel, Christiania. 

Skandinaviska Tandl&kare-Foreningens Tidskrift (Scandinavian 
Dental Society's Journal), organ for the Scandinavian Dental 
Society, since 1894, published at Helsingfors, Finland, has perma- 
nent contributors in Norway. 

The number of dentists in Norway was: In 1863, 5; 1869, 16; 
1876, 30; 1887, 75; 1890,96; 1891, 107; 1892, 136. 

Most of the above has appeared in Skandinaviska Tandla- 
kare~Foreningens Tidskrift ( Scandinavian Dental Society's Journal), 
Dr. O. Seel, Christiania, assistant editor of the journal, being the 
contributor. 



PORTUGAL. 

(KINGDOM.) 

Area, 34,038 square miles. Population, 4,708,178. 
Capital, Lisbon; population, 246,343. 

No one can exercise the profession of dentistry without having 
passed an examination in the medical schools of Lisbon, Coim- 
bra or Oporto, said examination to be conducted in either the 
Portuguese or French languages. 



312 world's history and 

There exists no dental school, especially devoted to the 
science of dentistry. No dental journal is published in Portugal. 
We have not been able to learn the exact number of dentists in 
Portugal, but are informed that the profession, quantitatively, is 
pretty fairly represented. 



ROUMANIA. 

Area, 48,307 square miles. Population, 5,500,000. 
Capital, Bucharest; population, 221,805. 

The following paper by Dr. Paul Macarovici, of Jassy, was 
read at the World's Columbian Dental Congress in Chicago, in 
1893: 

"On the State of the Art of Dentistry and of Dentists in 

roumania. 

" On my return to my country from abroad in 1882, I was pos- 
sessed of a desire to become acquainted with whatever contribu- 
tions to the art and practice of dentistry had appeared in the 
language of Roumania. I perused the Progresid Medical Roman 
for a period of three years, finding almost nothing. Equally 
futile were my researches in the library of Jassy. 

" I made a request of the editor of the journal Spitalul, that he 
refer me to every publication upon dental art and practice with 
which he might be acquainted in the Roumanian language. Dr. 
Vasilesan replied that he had been unable to find anything bear- 
ing on the subject of dentistry in the literature of Roumania. 

" Being convinced that a dental society for the purpose of 
mutual interchange of ideas would do much to awaken among us 
an interest which had become dormant in the study of our art, I 
took the initiative in the establishment of such an association. 

" On the third of April, 1890, my efforts were rewarded in the 
assemblage of the dentists of Jassy in the hall of the University, 
and the founding of the Chirurgico-Dental Association*. The 
articles for the government and conduct of this association were 
drawn up with the greatest care, having specially in view to 
attract every dentist who was filled with love for his profession, 
as may be seen from Article 2, as follows: 

" Art. 2. The association is founded for the purpose of further- 

* " Societatea Chirurgiea-Dentistica." 



REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 313 

ing advancement and diffusing the chirurgico-dental science in 
the Roumanian language. This end is sought to be accomplished. 

" \a) By the establishment of a special school of dentistry as 
soon as the means shall be forthcoming, in which lectures shall 
be delivered on dental surgery and technique. 

" '(#) By the collection of specimens and the founding of a 
museum illustrating the various departments of dental surgery 
and technique. 

" '(c) By the collection of literary works looking to the estab- 
lishment of a dental library — the same to be at the disposal of the 
students of the school, of the members of the society, and of the 
general public. 

II \d) By the publication of a journal devoted to the inter- 
ests of dentistry, with the title Progresul-Chirnrgico dcntistice- 
rornane! 

II I felt bitter disappointment at the failure of my undertaking. 
The cause of such failure was envy and pride on the one hand, 
and material and pecuniary difficulties on the other. The asso- 
ciation of seventeen members had to be dissolved, and my col- 
leagues have thus far not established another society.* 

" Afterward I determined to lay bare in a small book to the 
public my own modest dental acquirements, and experience 
gained by personal observation. I had hoped through the publi- 
cation of such a work to elevate the standing, which had sunk so 
low among us, of the profession of dentistry and of its representa 
tives. 

11 An evidence of the slight degree of confidence which the 
Roumanian public reposes in dentistry may be gathered from the 
circumstance that the native dentists might exhibit mountains 
of human teeth, if the patients were not in the habit of demand- 
ing the same after extraction for preservation among their relics. 
Our patients will have nothing but extraction; of reimplantation, 
filling, or similar chirurgico-dental operations, there can be no 
question in our country, for even when we have succeeded after 
prolonged discussion in persuading a patient to submit to filling, 
he demands the impossible, namely, that the entire operation 
shall be concluded instanter. 

"Inasmuch as the rate of progress of a science, art, or industry 
is largely dependent upon the laws of a country bearing thereon, 

*This society is now reorganized, as we are informed by Dr. Saul Schreiber, of Jassy. 



314 world's history and 

it will not be superfluous to consider our laws regulating the 
practice of dentistry. 

" Until the year 1888 our law (or custom) required that every 
person who professed the art of dentistry in our country should 
be able to show either a foreign diploma or should pass the 
1 Subsurgical ' examination. At this examination he was com- 
pelled to show that he had become practically acquainted, by a 
year's attendance in a hospital, with the following procedures 
and appliances: Venesection, leeching, blistering, clysters, cata- 
plasms (fontanellen offnen), vaccination, and the extraction of 
teeth. The candidate, besides, was required to be able to. read 
and write. (Laws of 188 1, collected by Dr. Zamfirescu, Medic. 
Primar Niamt.) 

" In places in which no dentists reside, the law grants permis- 
sion to barbers ("subsurgeons ") to extract teeth; and even in 
places where there are dentists, extraction of teeth is practiced 
by the barbers without hindrance, for the reason that the number 
of dentists possessed of a diploma is inadequate. 

" According to law, dentists are empowered to practice man- 
ipulations of surgical dentistry only. They are not permitted, un- 
less they are also doctors of medicine, to give anaesthetics, except 
with the assistance of a physician. The law makes no distinction 
between dentists who possess a foreign diploma and such as have 
passed the above mentioned examination of the country. 

" On May 1, 1888, a new law regulating the practice of dent- 
istry was promulgated; it is as follows: 

" ' Article I. Besides doctors of surgery and of dental sur- 
gery, dentists possessed of diplomas from foreign chirurgico- 
dental schools, the same being attested by the Central Board of 
Sanitation, and those who have obtained the right to practice 
dentistry by a University examination, a class of dentists known 
as dentists of the second class, are recognized. 

" ' Art. II. To become a dentist of the second class, the can- 
didate must serve an apprenticeship of at least three years with 
a chirurgico-dentist who possesses a diploma (with academic 
grade) recognized in the country. 

" ' On completion of this apprenticeship, the candidate is ex- 
amined by a special examination board, and receives a certificate 
as dentist of the second class. 

" 'Art. III. Pupils in the office of a surgeon-dentist are re- 



REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 315 

quired to acquaint themselves with the general rules of the sani- 
tary service. 

" 'They must present certificates of having passed at least four 
classes of a secondary school. 

" ' Art. IV. The special examining board for the examination 
of a candidate for the grade of dentist of the second class is ap- 
pointed by the general directors of the sanitary service, and shall 
consist of a representation of the Central Board of Sanitation, of 
a surgeon-dentist of the capital, of the General Director of the 
Sanitary Service, and of a professor of the Medical Faculty be- 
longing to the surgical or anatomical department, and named by 
the Dean of the Faculty. 

" ' Art. V. The examination consists of three parts: Written, 
oral, and practical, on the cadaver. The written examination 
deals with some subject taken from dental anatomy, physiology, 
pathology, or from operative dental surgery,' etc. 

"The promulgation of the law of 1888 is a source of great satis- 
faction to me, for this law, perhaps the work of Dr. Vasilesen, 
with whom, as mentioned, I had the honor of a correspondence, 
gives grounds to hope that our country may shortly be able to 
show more worthy representatives of the dental art than it now 
possesses." 

The number of dentists in Roumania is, according to Dr. 
Saul Schreiber, of Jassy: Doctors of Dentistry, 5; Autodidac- 
ten, 55. 



RUSSIA. 

(empire.) 

Area, 2,095,504 square miles. Population, 95,870,810. 
Capital, St. Petersburg; population, 1,003,315. 

Until the beginning of this century the dentists in Russia had 
nearly all been foreigners, mostly English and French. This cir- 
cumstance explains why the word "dentiste" is still to be found in 
every Russian dental diploma. 

The first dentist in Russia, being a Russian, was W. A. 
Pravedny, who received his diploma in 1842. Until 1870 the num- 



316 world's history and 

ber of dentists in Russia was very small, about 200. The only 
method for a dental student to acquire any dental education, 
practical or theoretical, was to study with some practicing dentist. 

After three years' study and apprenticeship with a practicing 
dentist the student is entitled to pass or " absolve " his examina- 
tion at the Imperial Medical Academy in St. Petersburg, or at 
the Medical Faculty of some of the universities, where he re- 
ceives his license as a dentist. 

According to the statutes of May 7, 1891, the license to prac- 
tice as a dentist is conferred upon a student who has obtained his 
dental education at one (for some years existing) private dental 
school, and who has accordingly passed his examination at the 
University or at the Imperial Medical Academy. 

The first dental school in Russia was founded in St. Peters- 
burg in 1882, and was reorganized in 1891. 

There are also three private dental schools: In Warsaw and 
Odessa, established 1891, and in Moscow, established 1892. All 
these schools are as per confirmed statutes, established only in 
the university cities, are under the supervision of the Department 
of the Interior, and under the control of the Medical Inspector. 

The law rules: That every matriculating student must prove 
that he has passed six classes in a " Gymnasium " (High school). 

The course in the dental school requires three years. The 
course of study embraces: Physics, Chemistry, including Labora- 
tory Work; Anatomy with Dissection; Histology, Physiology, 
Special Anatomy and Histology of the Teeth, Pathology, and 
Therapeutics (pertaining to the diseases of the teeth and gums), 
Surgery, Pharmacology, Prescription Writing, Microscopy, Pros- 
thetic, Operative and Clinical Dentistry, Operations under 
Anaesthetics. 

After the final examination at the college the students are re- 
quired to pass a State examination at the University or the Impe- 
rial Medical Academy. Diploma as dentist is conferred upon the 
student, after he has passed the examination. Ladies have the 
same privilege as gentlemen to become dentists in Russia. Dent- 
ists possessing diplomas from foreign universities or colleges 
must pass the State examination before they are allowed to prac- 
tice in Russia. 

Besides the above named, private dental schools are estab- 
lished and private lectures delivered at Moscow (since 1885) for 
medical students by Dr. Snamensky. A short time ago a dental 



REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 317 

clinic was established at the University at Dorpat (Livonia), Dr. 
Vitas-Rode lecturing. 

Since 1892 private lectures in dentistry are delivered at the 
Imperial Medical Academy by Dr. Fedoroff, and in Grand Duch- 
esse Helene Paulovna's Clinical Institute Dr. Limberg has been 
lecturing and demonstrating to the physicians. 

In 1889, according to the report of the State Board of Health, 
the number of dentists was 508. Students with practicing dent- 
ists, 435. Of these dentists 103 are located in St. Petersburg, 41 
in Moscow, 43 in Warsaw, 30 in Odessa, 21 in Riga, etc. 

In Russia the dentists are decorated with some order and 
given a title when they serve in an imperial institution. In Si- 
beria dentists are not abundant. 

The number of societies in Russia is three, and their names, 
membership and presidents are as follows: 

1. "The first dental society of Russia' was founded in 1883. 
President (in 1893), T. S. Waginsky. 

2. Society of Dentists and Physicians, practicing Dentistry, 
of St. Petersburg (St. Petersburgisches Verein der Zahnarzte und 
Arzte die sich mit der Zahnarztliche Praxis Beschaftigen) was 
founded in 1883. Members, 16. President, W. A. Pravedny. 

3. Society of Dentists and Physicians, practicing Dentistry in 
Moscow (Der Verein der Zahnarzte und Arzte die sich mit der 
Zahnarztliche Praxis in Moskau Beschaftigen) was founded in 
1891. Members, 14. President, E. W. Domon. 

In Russia two dental journals are published: Dental Herald 
(Bote), founded in 1885. Issued monthly; 600 subscribers. Sci- 
entific and Technical Herald; the organ for the Dental Society of 
Moscow. 

The above information has been kindly forwarded us by Dr. 
S. Linbeck, St. Petersburg. 



318 world's history and 

SERVIA. 

(kingdom.) 

Area, 19,050 square miles. Population, 2,096,043. 
Capital, Belgrade; population, 39,422. 

The sanitary laws require that any one who wishes to practice 
dentistry in Servia must have, first of all, permission from the 
Ministry of the Interior. 

The Ministry gives this permission only to those who are 
Servian subjects, have graduated from the "Gymnasium " (High 
School), have attended lectures on dentistry in foreign countries, 
and have been approved by recognized universities. 

The Ministry of the Interior also permits foreign travelling 
dentists to establish themselves in Servia, after a short sojourn of 
two or three months, and after they have passed an examination 
before a sanitary commission. 

These foreign dentists are on this occasion examined before 
the Commission in Anatomy, Histology, Physiology of the Teeth 
and Head Pathology, Operative and Technical (prosthetic) 
Dentistry and the Use of Instruments. 

No dental school, society, or journal exists in Servia. 

The number of dentists in Servia was, in March, 1893 (as per 
information from Belgrade), four. Of those only two were law- 
fully entitled to practice. The other two have practiced for a 
long time and are now simply tolerated. 



SPAIN. 

(kingdom.) 

Area, 197,670 square miles, Population, 17,550,246. 
Capita], Madrid; population, 472,228. 

We are under obligations to Dr. H. H. Edwards, formerly of 
Madrid, (now of London) for the following information regarding 
the dental profession in Spain: 

" No one can establish himself as a dentist in Spain without 
having passed an oral and practical examination in the Hospital 
of San Carlos, before an Examining Board of three physicians 



REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 319 

and two dentists, who are especially appointed by the govern- 
ment. The examinations take place semi-annually. 

" The law came into effect on June 4, 1875, an d two years' time 
was given in which to pass those who did not possess a ' permit ' 
from the government. Before that time dentists could establish 
themselves on procuring a ' permit/ but very few availed them- 
selves of the privilege. After the two years' grace no one could 
establish himself without passing this examination. 

" No foreign title is acknowledged in Spain, with right to 
practice; all must pass this examination. 

"The University issues diplomas for a 'Surgeon-Dentist' on 
presentation of a certificate, given the applicant if successful. 
This certificate is exchanged at the University for the diploma, 
on payment of $40. The certificate does not entitle one to prac- 
tice; it must be exchanged for the diploma. 

"The dentists, like all professions and trades in Spain, pay 
taxes in proportion as they are classed. In dentistry there are 
three classes. The government gives notice that a certain 
amount of money, in the form of taxes, is required from the dental 
profession. A syndicate of dentists is formed, and the amount is 
divided among them, according to the ' class,' or rather, paying 
powers. All American or English dentists belong to Class i,and 
consequently pay more, in order to compensate for the smaller 
payments of Classes 2 and 3; while, I believe, some inferior 
dentists are let off. I, as one of five or six in Madrid who are 
distinguished by belonging to class 1, have paid, for years, 809 
pesetas ($161.40) annually. 

"All foreign as well as native dentists must possess a per- 
sonal ' cedula,' without which you are not considered as one 
and cannot operate. The ' cedula ' is taken out every year, and 
is paid for as a part of income or house rent tax, as dentists have 
no settled income, from $15 to $25 being the average. The 
* cedula ' proclaims who you are, and gives you citizenship and 
a right to vote. The syndicate (elected annually) is authorized 
to ' vigilance ' the profession and look up ' backsliders ' and 
prosecute. 

" When the applicant appears for examination he is required 
to show: I. The personal 'cedula.' 2. A copy of the certificate of 
his birth and baptism, to be translated into Spanish by the State 
Office. 3. Permission on duly stamped paper, from the Dean of 
the University to present himself for examination. The examina- 



320 world's history and 

tion is conducted in Spanish, and all instruments and materials 
are provided for by intending aspirants." 

The exact number of dentists in this country it is most diffi- 
cult to ascertain. A research of the Directory of Spain gives the 
following results: In Madrid, 85; Barcelona, 35; Seville, 20 
Cadiz, 17; Valencia, 16; Bilbao, 10; Malaga, 8; Granada, 8 
Logrono, 8; Saragossa, 6; distributed in smaller towns, 184 
total, 381. 

There exists no dental school in Spain, and no Dental 
Society.* 

Two dental journals are published in Spain: La Odontologia, 
monthly, published at Cadiz, and Progrcso Dental, published at 
Saragossa. 

Below are given the royal statutes and ordinances, published 
in Spain, regarding the dental profession, which now constitute 
the legislation, governing the practice of dentistry in Spain and 
its colonies: 

1875, J une 4- There shall be created a special dental profes- 
sion, and the title of Surgeon-Dentist (Cirujano-Dentista), and it 
shall be obligatory for all persons, practicing the specialty to 
possess said title two years after the publication of this royal 
ordinance. 

1876, February 8. The Department of State (el Ministerio 
de la Gobernacion) shall appoint a professor of dentistry for the 
public charitable institutions and for the civil and military hos- 
pitals of Madrid. 

1876, March 3. Through the Department of Protection (el 
Ministerio de Fomento) legal sanction is conferred upon private 
studies of students under guidance of a dentist preceptor; Pro- 
vided, That the aspirants be matriculated and examined by the 
Medical Faculties or Universities of the country. 

1876, March 11. For the above stated purpose, the course of 
study required for obtaining the title of Surgeon- Dentist, shall be 
published in the Official Journal. 

1876, April 3. " El Ministerio de Fomento " directs that two 
dentists be members of the Tribunal at the University examina- 
tions. ) 

1876, May 28. "El Ministerio de la Gobernacion" appoints 
one professional Inspector-General in Spain for the capital and 

"Dental Kalender ffiir Deutschland, Oesterreich, Ungam und die Schweiz, for 1893, 
published in Berlin, names Circulo Odontologico de Cataluna. 



REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 321 

Sub-Inspectors or Sub-Delegates in the provinces; all "Surgeon- 
Dentists,'' who shall prevent persons, not holding corresponding 
title, from practicing. 

1877, October 6. "El Ministerio de Fomento " orders that 
only the title of "Surgeon-Dentist" entitles to the practice of 
dentistry; and after the expiration of the two years given, in 
order to acquire the title, shall the titles of " Practicante " (Prac- 
ticing Dentist), conferred after that date, cease to be valid; and 
only those who have acquired these titles before said time shall 
be authorized to pursue said practice. 

1881, January 15. " El Ministerio de Fomento" declares that 
according to lack of materials and instruments in the faculties, 
only the theoretical examinations shall be conducted there; the 
practical examinations to be held at the office of some dentist, 
appointed by the Government, and with the permission of the 
appointee. 

1881, April 27. ,; El Ministerio de la Gobernacion " discon- 
tinued the medical Sub-Delegates and Sub-Inspectors who were 
empowered to control and regulate dentists' titles and to pre- 
serve the legality of the profession intact. 

1881, October 1. " El Ministerio de Fomento " published the 
royal statute, in which special attention is given to the fact that, 
at that time no one is permitted to practice dentistry except 
those who possess the titles of Physician and Surgeon (Medico- 
Cirujano), the old Surgeons, " Practicante," having received their 
license before October 6, 1877, an d " Surgeon-Dentist " (Cirujano- 
Dentista, created June 4, 1875) , and the titles of Doctor of Dental 
Medicine and Surgery up to this date conferred upon persons by "El 
Colegio Espanol de Dentistas," are declared without academical 
authorization or official character. At the same time the royal 
ordinance of May 28, 1876 (personal royal ordinance), by force 
of which D. Cayetano Triviho is authorized to confer titles of 
Doctor of Dental Medicine and Surgery was repealed, being after 
that date (October, 1881,) strictly forbidden to confer upon any 
person any such title, according to the ordinance of " el Minis- 
terio de la Gobernacion," and articles 924 and 926 of the Sanitary 
Law. 

1881, December 16. The royal ordinance of May 26, 1876, 
according to which a professional Inspector-General and Sub- 
Inspectors in the provinces were appointed, is repealed, the 

offices not to continue in existence. Instead, the dental practi- 
21 



322 world's history and 

tioners shall have to submit to inspection of the medical Sub- 
delegates, and be obliged to produce the titles authorizing them 
to practice. 

1886, February M. By "el Ministerio de la Gobernacion," the 
following Royal Ordinance was published: 

"Illustrissimo Senor: The Royal Board of Health has, by rea- 
son of complaints from several surgeon dentists, who petition 
that only they possessing a legal title, or legally authorized, may 
be permitted to practice dentistry, decided as follows: 

"Excellentissimo Senor: In session held yesterday, this royal 
Council has unanimously approved the resolution, in its first sec- 
tions, as follows: The section takes into consideration the com- 
plaint brought forth by several surgeon dentists and their request 
that only those legally authorized shall be permitted to practice 
dentistry. This is not the first time complaints of this kind have 
been entered with His Majesty's Government against individuals, 
who, ostentatiously assuming titles, without legal validity, not 
only practice dentistry, but also by prescribing, interfere with 
the practice of medicine and pharmacy. 

"In virtue of those protests, the royal ordinance of October 
I, 1881, was published, in which it is declared that the present 
laws do not recognize the titles of 'Doctor' or 'Licentiate of 
Dental Surgery'; that such, conferred by the free establishment 
.at this place, known as the ' Colegio Espanol de Dentistas,' do 
not possess any official validity; that the only titles authorizing a 
person to practice dentistry are, besides the higher academical 
titles in medicine, the old titles of 'Surgeon' and 'Practicante/.and 
the title of 'Surgeon-Dentist,' created by ' el Ministerio de Fo- 
mento,' according to the decree of June 4, 1875. 

"A short time afterward (December 16 of the same year) 
another royal ordinance revoking the offices of Inspector and 
Sub-Inspector of Dentists was published. This ordinance also 
declared that the practitioners of dental surgery shall submit to 
the inspection of the Medical Sub-Delegates, and be bound to 
show them the titles authorizing them to practice. Notwith- 
standing those two royal ordinances, the number of persons pub- 
licly advertising and calling themselves Licentiates and Doctors 
of Dental Surgery has not in the least diminished; to the con- 
trary it seems to have become larger in spite of our laws, and 
consequently in contempt of those commissioned to enforce 
them. Owing to these facts, and the two royal ordinances of 



REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 323 

October I and December 16, 1881, and the royal decree of March 
27, 1855, m Article I, in which it is proclaimed that all practi- 
tioners of jurisprudence, medicine and surgery, with different 
branches, and pharmacy, as soon as the practitioner is established 
and exercises his profession, are bound and obliged to present 
their diplomas or titles at the "Colegio" or the respective Sub- 
Delegation. Owing to these facts, the section is of the opinion 
that the Board of Health ought to advise Her Majesty's Govern- 
ment: 

"1. That it is expedient to promulgate an order of public 
character, directing that all practitioners of the profession of 
dentistry shall within thirty days show their professional titles 
to the Sub-Delegations of Medicine and Surgery, in order that 
they may be registered in the register that should be kept in the 
respective offices. 

"2. That at the close of the term said Sub-Delegations shall 
before the governors give information of such persons as prac- 
tice dental surgery without being duly authorized to such prac- 
tice; and before the courts such persons who assume or have 
assumed to themselves the title of Professor, or titles, without 
official validity, as per the penal law. 

"And Her Majesty the Queen (Q. D. G.), the Regent of the 
Kingdom, having approved the above proposition, has decided 
as is herein proposed. 

"In compliance with these royal commands, I communicate 
this to you, Senor Illustrissimo, that it may be published and 
brought into effect. May God save you, Sefior, for many years. 

"Gonzalez. 

"Madrid, February 11, 1886." 

The official list of subjects for examinations for the degree 
of Surgeon-Dentist, given in Madrid, March 3, 1876, is as follows: 

1. General Descriptive Anatomy of the Head and Face and 
General Physiology. (35 questions.) 

2. General Arthrology. (22 questions.) 

3. Angiology. (24 questions.) 

4. General Splanchnology. (21 questions.) 

5. Neurology. (10 questions.) 

6. General Physiology. (52 questions.) 

7. Dental Pathology, Alterations and Diseases of the Teeth 
and Mouth. (48 questions.) 



324 world's history and 

8. Operations on the Teeth and Other Parts of the Mouth 
affected by Diseased Teeth. (34 questions.) 

9. Theoretical and Practical Knowledge of Prosthetic Den- 
tistry and Appliances for Replacing Diseased and Lost Parts of 
the Mouth. (49 questions.) 

10. Physics. ( 16 questions.) 

11. Chemistry. (31 questions.) 



SWEDEN. 

(kingdom.) 

Area, 170,979 square miles. Population, 4,774,409. 
Capital, Stockholm; population, 243,500. 

In Sweaen, dentistry, with all that the term implies, can not 
be said to have existed until about 1840 or 1850. Before that 
time, when the practice of the profession consisted chiefly in ex- 
tracting damaged teeth or in c ^rting artificial teeth, the dentists 
were principally foreigners travelling in that capacity, especially 
Frenchmen. Besides, operations on the teeth, in the past, were 
performed by physicians and surgeons, who enjoyed the sole 
privilege of such practice. 

When the dental art was first introduced in Sweden, it was re- 
garded more in the light of a trade than as a learned profession, 
judging by the laws of June 18, 1861. Section 9 of this Code is 
especially noticeable in that particular. According to its provis- 
ions, any person practicing dentistry, not legally entitled to such 
privilege, " shall be fined for illegally working at a trade, as the 
law in such cases has made and provided." At this writing, how- 
ever, dentistry has not attained the rank to which it is truly 
entitled, namely, a part of the general practice of medicine and 
surgery. It would be desirable that instruction in the dental art 
be assigned to a medical institution, whereby the study could be 
pursued conjointly to the benefit of all concerned. 

As we have mentioned before, the operations in dentistry 
were, in times past done by physicians and surgeons, but also by 
barbers and bagnio-keepers. The travelling dentists performed 
some prosthetic work, which they carved out of bone (hippopota- 
mus bone and ivory), before the invention of the modern artificial 



REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 325 

teeth. That the work turned out by these dentists was some- 
what defective in style and quality, and their operations a trifle 
crude, is evidenced by the fact that the first ordinances or laws 
governing dentistry were passed with special reference to these 
deficiencies. 

In His Royal Majesty's instructions to the Board of Health, 
of December 6, 1815, we find the following clause: "Section 15. 
Foreign dentists and operators are hereby prohibited from prac- 
ticing their profession, or offering their services to the public, 
until sufficient evidence of their knowledge and skill has been 
submitted to the State Board of Health, and approved by that 
body." How or by what means this evidence was submitted and 
the examination made is not made clear. It may be surmised, 
however, that the whole performance consisted in examining the 
certificate, which the applicant would submit with his applica- 
tion. 

But the profession made progress and the number of practi- 
tioners increased; and in course of time the authorities perceived 
the necessity of actual examinations. Consequently, in 1842, the 
Inspector and Professor of Anatomy of the " Royal Karolinska 
Institute" was instructed and authorized to institute such examina- 
tions, in conjunction with one in the city of Stockholm resi- 
ding dentist, and in the presence of one of the members of the 
Board of Health, for those who desired to practice dentistry. 

The year i860 inaugurated a new era in the development of 
dentistry in Sweden. In that year the late General Director and 
Professor Magnus Huss prepared and submitted the first propo- 
sition in the form of a law to govern the profession of dentistry. 
Almost simultaneously (November 21, i860), the Dental Society 
of Stockholm was organized. June 18, the following year (1861), 
the above mentioned proposition became a law. This law pro- 
vides for two examinations, the Final Dental Examination, and 
what is termed the Assistant's Examination; but about the re- 
quirements to be accepted as a student or pupil nothing is 
mentioned. The qualifications for an assistant's examination are 
very indefinite. For instance, Section 6 provides that: "Any 
student who is eighteen years of age, who has acquired some 
practice and skill in the employment and art of dentistry, shall 
be entitled, if industrious and of good moral character, and if he 
has been duly admitted to the Lord's Supper, to enter for the ex- 
amination for Assistant Dentist." 



326 world's history and 

Sections 2 and 3, which treat of the competency of candidates 
for examination, and the qualifications required, are nearly as in- 
complete. Section 2 provides that: " Any candidate who wishes 
to avail himself of the privilege to practice dentistry shall make 
an application for same to the Board of Health, in order to enter 
for the examination, as is provided for in Section 3; and must 
furnish proof, with his application, that he is of age and of good 
moral character; and must certify that he has a certain degree of 
knowledge of the anatomy of the human body sufficient for the 
practice of dentistry; and that he has served as an assistant to a 
dentist, and obtained requisite knowledge and facility in such 
employment as dentistry requires; he shall show samples of arti- 
ficial teeth; also certificates from two competent dentists that the 
applicant has made this artificial specimen." Also in Section 3: 
"Certificate for the practice of dentistry, which is also granted to 
any woman, can be obtained at Stockholm from two physicians 
and one dentist, appointed by the Board of Health for that pur- 
pose. The former examine the applicant in anatomy and surgery, 
and the latter in his proficency in the practice of dentistry." 

It appears from the above section that women were privileged 
to enter for the examination for dentist as early as i86i;but, 
strange to relate, no lady availed herself of the privilege until 
1889. 

In order to remedy the above indefinite and vague construc- 
tion of the law concerning the final, as well as the preliminary 
examinations for dentist, a committee was appointed by the Den- 
tal Society of Stockholm, February 2, 1862, to prepare and define 
these qualifications. After considerable discussion and corre- 
spondence, for which the space here is too limited to admit an 
explanation, the Board of Health was finally instructed by the 
Government, April 8, 1864, to prepare more definite ordinances, 
to regulate the instruction and examination of dental students 
and assistants. Thus urged, a circular was issued by the 
Government Board of Health, October 25, 1866, in which the 
respective qualifications for examination were more particularly 
set forth and formulated. From this time on it is accordingly 
required, in order to be accepted as a student, the same standard 
of education as in the sixth class of a complete state college. 
Examination for the "candidate" examination consisted partly in 
practical work, such as the preparation of an artificial' case, ac- 



REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 327 

cording to a model furnished by the examiners, and partly in 
oral examination, embracing: 

{a) The General Principles for Prosthetic Dentistry, or for 
making artificial teeth; and 

(&) Elements in Physics and Chemistry. 

When the candidate makes his application for the final dental 
examination he must present the following certificates: 

First. That he is twenty-one years of age, and of good moral 
character; 

Second. That he has the requisite knowledge of Anatomy, 
and has completed his dissections; 

Third. That he has passed the candidates' examination; 

Fonrtli. That he has served at least six months as "assistant" 
with a dentist, or in some institution recognized by the authorities. 

The examination itself consists partly in preliminary practical 
demonstrations, and partly in oral examination. 

The practical examination is passed under the supervision of 
a dentist appointed for one year as Examiner, and at such place 
as he may appoint. It consists partly in the making of one com- 
mon and one more complicated artificial case, made after im- 
pressions taken by the candidate for examination, from two per- 
sons selected by himself, needing artificial teeth; partly in oper- 
ations of the teeth in general. The party to be examined must 
procure and furnish his own instruments and the materials 
needed. 

The oral examination, when the already finished artificial 
specimens shall have been examined and accepted by the Exam- 
iners, embraces: 

First. The Anatomy and Physiology of the Face, Teeth, and 
the Entire Buccal Cavity; 

Second. The Treatment of Diseases of the Teeth and Gums, 
and the Preparation and Effect of the different Medicines used 
in Dental Diseases; 

Third. Knowledge of the Instruments used for Operating on 
the Teeth, their Use, and other subjects pertaining to the Practice 
of Dentistry. 

The next progressive move in dentistry and the dental exam- 
inations started in 1880. Already, in December, 1878, it was de- 
cided by the Dental Society at Stockholm to make an application 
to the King that the "Maturity" examination (corresponding to 
the degree of Master of Arts in the United States) be made 



328 world's history and 

obligatory in order that the applicant could be admitted as a 
dental student. 

In a royal letter of March 7, 1879, the State Medical Board 
was, as a consequence, directed to draw up and issue further rules 
and regulations for examination, which were embodied in its cir- 
cular of December, 8, 1879, which declares that, "In order to be 
admitted as a dental student, the applicant must have passed 
the 'Maturity' examination at one of the State colleges of 
Sweden." 

At this time the fee required by the dentists from the student 
for a full course in dentistry was on an average 3,000 crowns. 
As the dental practitioners became more numerous, this instruc- 
tion fee has been somewhat diminished. 

February 15, 1864, a question arose in the Dental Society at 
Stockholm, to establish a Dental Policlinic "for free treatment of 
the poor, and for the instruction of candidates." According to 
arrangements of the society and with assistance from the same, 
said Policlinic was opened October 28, 1865. This institution 
is still in existence, under the name of the "Policlinic of the City 
of Stockholm for Diseases of the Teeth." 

The odontological instruction remained for a long period in 
this primitive condition, but after considerable preparation, dis- 
cussion, committee work and correspondence, Svenska Tandla- 
kare Sallskapet (Swedish Dental Association), on April 23, 1883, 
petitioned His Royal Majesty, the King, for an appropriation, in 
order to establish a " Policlinic for Diseases of the Teeth" where 
the students could receive instruction in Clinical Odontology, as 
well as in other branches of dentistry. 

Riksdagen (the Congress) for this purpose appropriated, in 
1884, at once 2,415 crowns, and for the time to come 4,000 crowns 
yearly. 

This Government Policlinic for Diseases of the Teeth was 
opened in the beginning of the year 1885. 

[Note. — The above is from the Scandinavian Dental Society's Journal 
{Skandinaviska Tandldkare-Forenijigens Tidskrift), June, 1892, Dr. John 
Wessler, Stockholm, being the contributor ] 

In 1889 \he Gothenburg Dental College (Goteborgs Tandla- 
kare Institut) was established in Gothenburg through the efforts 
of two dentists of that city, Drs. Hj. Carlson and V. Bensow. 

Before 1892 only the first, or the " candidate examination," 
could be absolved at this institution, but by that time the college 



REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 3'^9 

had become fully recognized by the Government, and the first 
student passed the final dental examination at the Gothenburg- 
Dental College. Before this time the student had to pass his 
final examination at the capital, Stockholm. 

The Faculty of the Gothenburg Dental College consists of a 
Dean (inspector), five professors and one amanuensis. 

The course of instruction embraces Prosthetic, Operative and 
Clinical Dentistry, Chemistry, Physics, Anatomy, Physiology, 
Histology, Oral Surgery, Pharmacology, Pharmacognosy, Toxi- 
cology, Pathology, Therapeutics, Metallurgy, Writing of Prescrip- 
tions, Irregularities of the Teeth, Bacteriology, Administration 
of Anaesthetics, etc. 

The number of dentists in Sweden was (June, 1894) 195. One 
M. D. is practicing dentistry. A few lady dentists also practice 
in Sweden. The capital, Stockholm, had about sixty and Goth- 
enburg (90,000 inhabitants), seventeen dentists. Four were 
practicing in foreign countries. 

As a comparison it might be interesting to learn that in 1850 
Sweden had 15 dentists; in 1870, 29 dentists; in 1880, 35 dentists; 
in 1890, 102 dentists; in 1893, 166 dentists. 

Svenska Tandlakare Sallskapet (Swedish Dental Society) was 
founded in Stockholm in i860. 

Skandinaviska Tandlakare Foreningen (Scandinavian Dental 
Society) was founded in 1865, and consists of members from 
Sweden, Norway, Denmark and Finland. The membership was, 
March 1, 1893, 136, viz.: From Sweden, 43; Norway, 41; Den- 
mark, 35; Finland, 17. 

Westra Sveriges Tandlakare Sallskap (Dental Society of West- 
ern Sweden), founded in Gothenburg in 1893. 

Syd-Svenska Tandlakare Foreningen (South-Swedish Dental 
Society). 

Odontologiska Foreningen (Odontological Society) was 
founded in 1888 by students (candidates) of The Policlinic for 
Diseases of the Teeth, at Stockholm. The society consists of 
students of the Policlinic and dentists who formerly studied 
there. 

When the Scandinavian Dental Society was founded, in 1865, 
there arose a question about the possibility or advisability of 
publishing a dental journal. At that time the project fell through, 
there being only eighty dentists practicing in Sweden, Norway, 
Denmark and Finland. 



330 world's history and 

After some years, Dr. S. C. Bensow and J. Moller started the 
publishing of a quarterly journal. It was issued during one year 
only. 

A similar fate befell the next enterprise of this kind. It was 
a journal, published by Ax. Carsten. Died at one year of age. 

January I, 1885, the first number of Skandinavisk Tidskrift for 
Tandldger (Scandinavian Journal for Dentists) was issued from 
Copenhagen (Denmark), by V. Haderup and O'Klepsch. This 
journal was later removed to Stockholm, Sweden, and edited by 
Dr. R. Martin, its name then being Skandinavisk Tidskrift for 
Tandlakare (Scandinavian Journal for Dentists). It went out of 
existence with the end of the year 1889, but reappeared in Janu- 
ary, 1892, now under the name of Skandi?iaviska Tandlakare- For- 
eningens Tidskrift (Journal of the Scandinavian Dental Society), 
and was edited at Copenhagen, Denmark. Since January, 1894, 
the same journal is edited from Helsingfors, Finland. 

Odontologiska Fbreninge?is Arsskrift (The Odontological Soci- 
ety's Yearly) is the organ of the Odontological Society of Stock- 
holm. 

From a biographical sketch of the dentists in Sweden (edited 
by Dr. R. Martin, Stockholm) we take the liberty of borrowing 
the following interesting facts regarding the first dentists known 
to have practiced in Sweden: 

There is named one Johan Eberhard Ehrenreich, dentist to His 
Majesty, King Fredrik I. (1721-1751). He founded the famous 
porcelain manufactory Rorstrand, which is still flourishing. He 
is in the annals described as " quick, lively and ingenious." 

In the issue of Politie-och Commercie-Tid?u?igar (police and 
commercial papers) of March 18, 1758, is to be found an adver- 
tisement by a dentist, Dominicus Scarpetta. It reads: " The 
dentist, Dominicus Scarpetta, who, for several years, with his art 
has served His Most Gracious Royal Majesty and many other 
high noble and illustrious persons of this city with cleaning and 
extraction of teeth, makes known that he now lives in the city, 
cross over Kjopmangatan (Merchant Street) at Lilla Torget and 
Baggensgatan (Little Market and Bagge Street), second house 
from the corner, on left hand, third floor, where the shingle is 
shown, with Sauer, the founder. 1. He removes tartar from the 
teeth without any corrosive substances, and gives you a magnifi- 
cent English tooth powder for cleaning of the teeth. 2. He has 
a costly tooth-balsam which fastens the teeth and removes scurvy 



REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 331 

from the gums. 3. He has a beautiful tincture which stops tooth- 
ache. 4. He fills hollow teeth and puts teeth in the mouth in an 
artificial manner. Moreover, he has a costly balsam for children 
to rub on their gums, so that the teeth may easily break through 
and not cause so much pain. He has also a fine corn-plaster, 
makes all kinds of trusses for old and young; and concerning 
young persons, he cures them entirely with comfortable bands, 
and thereto belonging medicines, in a short time, and he also has 
an external cure for all kinds of worms, with young as well as old 
persons." 

One Francois Beany obtained, April 19, 1768, from Collegium 
Medicum (Board of Medicine) a license to practice dentistrv in 
Sweden. According to his pass, he had left Livorno, Italy, in 
1764, for Rome, Naples, Palermo, and other Italian cities. He 
also possessed a license from Florence, Toscana and from Wiirz- 
burg, in Germany. Furthermore, he had been practicing in 
Netherlands, England and Russia before arriving in Stockholm. 
He is supposed to have been dentist to King Gustavus III. ( 1771- 
1792), as he drew a pension, and had to ask for leave of absence 
when he, in 1786, made a visit to France. 

One Simon tooth doctor, had, in the beginning of 1790, some 
controversies with justice. He left the country and did not re- 
turn, to the deep regret of many, according to publications in the 
journals of that time. 

A Frenchman, De la Barre, has the following advertisement 
in the official paper of August 8 and September 21, 1809: "The 
undersigned, French tooth doctor, summoned to Stockholm upon 
the command of Her Majesty, the Dowager Queen, having not 
been happy enough to correspond to this high place of confi- 
dence, and finding myself compelled to return to Paris, my for- 
mer place of residence, has herewith the honor to announce that 
fact . . . ." Further there are summons to his debtors to 
pay their debts. The Queen was Sofia Magdalena, Gustavus III.'s 
widow. 

Jean Baptiste Dubost, born at Lyons, France, 1772, was, in 
181 1, appointed dentist to King Charles XIV., at that time Crown 
Prince. Dubost held that position for twenty-two years. 

The first dental examination in Sweden was held in 1838, E. A. 
Lindberg being the successful candidate. 

The first dentist who made gold fillings in Sweden is reported 
to have been Carl Emanuel Tellander. He received his license, 
or diploma, in Sweden in 1844. He died at Stockholm in 1877. 



332 world's history and 

SWITZERLAND. 

(republic.) 

Area, 15,992 square miles. Population, 2,917,740. 
Capital, Bern; population, 46,000. 

It affords us great pleasure to be able to give the following 
sketch of dentistry in Switzerland, kindly contributed by Prof. 
Dr. H. I.Billeter, Zurich: 

" Dentistry has made in Switzerland nearly the same steps of 
development as in other parts of Western Europe. 

" The wars of the last centuries, the French revolution and 
the campaigns of Napoleon!, were not favorable for the develop- 
ment of our profession. So there were but few men occupied 
with the practice of dentistry during the first half of the nine- 
teenth century in Switzerland; in 1845 there were about twelve. 
The operations consisted chiefly in drawing teeth; tooth-filling 
was little thought of, and less resorted to, and performed with 
rather imperfect instruments and material. The principal thing 
done was putting in false teeth. Human teeth were fixed on 
bases carved from the tusks of the hippopotamus, or the sea-horse, 
or on stamped gold plates, or platinum, or silver. The artificial 
teeth being at that time so imperfect, of a single color (brownish) 
that they looked like coffee-beans. Later, as the artificial teeth 
were improving in form and color and the quantity of human 
teeth could not suppl)' the growing demand for artificial substi- 
tutes, much bridge work was made, with golden bars, pins and 
clasps, till the introduction of India rubber work displaced it for 
a long period. All this was done with the utmost secrecy. 

" In some of the cantons dentistry was free, every man could 
practice it without license. In some others there existed a kind 
of examination by a Board of medical men, who, of course, were 
not competent in dentistry. 

"But as time advanced dentistry advanced also. The dentists 
multiplied, as the public more and more required their help. In 
1862 I begun my first lectures on dentistry at the University of 
Zurich. In the beginning these lectures were better calculated 
for dental instruction of practicing physicians in the country 
where no dental aid was to be found. In 1885 I was elected pro- 
fessor of the dental specialty; and now, in the recently con- 
structed building of the Policlinic, I shall have room for the 
clinical instruction of dental students. But a technical school is 



REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 333 

still wanting, and the dental students are obliged to enter in the 
laboratory of a competent dentist to acquire the necessary 
knowledge. 

" Several cantons by degrees changed their dental legislation, 
adapting them successively to the real standing of the profession, 
and the advancing state of dental science, and appointed com- 
petent dentists for the practical part of the examination. 

" In 1881 the Canton of Geneva created a complete dental 
school, which, in combination with the Medical Faculty of the 
University, offers every opportunity for a thorough dental educa- 
tion. 

" The number of students at this L'Ecole Dentaire de Geneve 
was during the term, 1892-93, twenty-eight. 

" The school has issued seventy-three diplomas of surgeon- 
dentists. 

" The excellent clinical lecturer, Professor Redard, kindly 
procured me the notices of the number of those who frequented 
the lectures. But there still existed a great inequality in the 
different cantons of Switzerland, and in the year 1886, more than 
sixty dentists met to form a society, and directed a petition to 
the Swiss Government for a regulation of dental examination, to 
be valid all over Switzerland. Thus was created the present 
Swiss law of dental examination, which went in force in 1890. 
This law requires: 1. The maturity of an acknowledged gymna- 
sium. 2. Full medical studies and examinations up to the anato- 
mical and physiological examination of the medical student. 3. 
Lectures on general Pathology and Therapeutics, Pathological 
Anatomy, General Surgery and Special Pathology and Thera- 
peutics of the Mouth. 4. The statement of technical education 
at a recognized dental school, or in the laboratory of a compe- 
tent dental practitioner for at least two years. 

" Thus we hope that the Swiss dentist will be able to compete 
with those of other countries. 

" We have in Switzerland now ( 1893) about 279 dentists, as fol- 
lows: In Zurich, 36; Bern, 28; Luzern, 9; Uri, 1 ; Schwyz,6; Unter- 
walden, 2; Glarus,4; Zug, 2; Freiburg, 4; Solothurn, 8; Basel, 28; 
Schaffhausen, 4; Appenzell, 10; St. Gallen, 23; Graubiinden, 6; 
Aargau, 13; Thurgau, 8; Tessin, 3; Waadt, 33; Wallis, 1; Neu- 
chatel, 14; Geneva, 36. 

"The Swiss Odontological Society counts 125 members, with 
special sections at Basel, Geneva, Luzern, St. Gallen and Zurich. 



334 world's history and 

" The ever active Professor Redard, at Geneva, founded in 
1887 a monthly dental organ, The Archives et Revue Swiss d 
Odontologie, of course, of a rather pronounced French character. 
This journal was changed in 1891, by resolution of the Odonto- 
logical Society, into a quarterly organ, with two coordinated 
editors for the two principal languages of our land. The French 
editor is Professor Redard, of Geneva, and the German Theo. 
Frick, D. D. S., of Zurich." 



TURKEY (IN EUROPE). 

(empire.) 

Area, 63,850 square miles. Population, 4,790,000. 
Capital, Constantinople; population, 1,000,000. 

The dental law in Turkey is the same as that which applies to 
the medical profession. That is to say, that any one holding a 
foreign diploma must pass an examination before a Board of the 
professors of The Imperial School of Medicine, and if successful is 
given a certificate authorizing him to practice his profession, be 
it medicine or dentistry. This examination must be either in the 
French or Turkish language. The certificate can be of the first, 
second or third class, but there seems to be no difference in the 
rights or privileges of the different classes. 

The exact number of dentists in Turkey is very hard to get at, 
but that much can be said, that the country is plentifully supplied 
with dentists of almost every nationality and of all grades. 

There are American, German, French, Italian, Greek, Rouma- 
nian, Hungarian, Jewish, Armenian and Russian dentists, and, in 
fact, dentists of almost every nationality except the English. 

There are no dental societies, schools or journals in Turkey. 

Dental Kalender fur Deutschland, Oesterreich-Ungarn und die 
Schweiz names thirty dentists in Constantinople, but the num- 
ber is doubtless larger. 



AFRICA. 



REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 337 



AZORES. 

(PORTUGUESE COLONY.) 

United States Consul Lewis Dexter writes from Fayal, June 
13, 1893: 

There are in the Azores three practicing dentists. Two are 
located at Pinto Delgade and one at Fayal, the one at Fayal 
having studied at Baltimore, Md. I can not learn whether 
there are any laws regulating the practice of dentistry upon these 
islands, unless it may be considered that the indifference of the 
people to the benefits of dentistry or, perhaps, in part their pov- 
erty, engenders what might be termed " laws," which the dentist 
must regard or be left without patients. * * * Most of the 
people on these islands still go to the barber or to the shoe- 
maker, who, for a small charge, with their forceps extract the 
offending tooth. 



BARBARY. 

This country or region of North Africa includes the States of 
Morocco, Algeria, Tunis, Fezzan, Barca and Tripoli. 

MOROCCO. 

Area, 219,000 square miles. Population, 5,000,000. 
Capitals: Fez, population, 80,000; Morocco, population, -50,000; Mequinez, 

population, 56,000. 

In 1892 there arrived from Boston an American dentist to 
Tangier. We ha\*e not been able to ascertain if there are any 
dentists practicing in the other cities. There are no laws in Mo- 
rocco regulating dentistry, nor that of any other profession. 



338 WORLD'S HISTORY AND 

ALGERIA. 

(FRENCH COLONY.) 

Area, 319,465 square miles, Population, 3,817,306. 
Capita], Algiers; population, 74,792. 

In Algiers there are nine dentists practicing. Only one of 

them is a regular graduate from a college (l'Ecole Dentaire de 

Paris). There exists no institute where dentistry is taught, and 

no dental society. 

TUNIS. 

(FRENCH COLONY.) 

Area, 45,000 square miles. Population, 1,500,000. 
Capital, Tunis; population, 145,000. 

There exist no laws regulating the practice of dentistry in 
Tunis, no institution where dentistry is taught and no dental so- 
ciety. Tunis, the capital (145,000 inhabitants) has four practic- 
ing dentists: one Englishman, two Frenchmen and one Italian, 
besides the dentist to the Bey, who is an Italian, Dr. D. Oddo. 

TRIPOLI. 

(TURKISH PROVINCE ) 

Area, 398,873 square miles. Population, 1,000,000. 
Capital, Tripoli; population, 30,000. 

There is no dentist residing in Tripoli, but every year, for 
some years, the place has been visited by a dentist from Malta, 
There are no laws or restrictions regulating the practice of dent- 
istry in Tripoli. 



CAPE COLONY. 

(BRITISH COLONY.) 

Area, 233,430 square miles. Population, 1,458,823. 
Capital, Cape Town; population, 41,704. 

Since the passing of the Medical and Pharmacal Act of 1891, 
no persons may practice dentistry in the Cape Colony, unless they 
are duly registered, under a penalty of ^100 (one hundred pounds 
sterling), or six months' imprisonment. 



REVIEW OF DENTJSTRY. 339 

The Colonial Medical Council (having one dentist as repre- 
sentative of the dental profession) recognizes all diplomas rec- 
ognized by the General Medical Council of London, England. 

There are eight or nine registered dentists in Cape Town, and 
a proportionate number in the other towns. 

Xo dental college exists in South Africa. 

At present there exists no regular dental society, "but after a 
time something may be done in that line," according to Dr. B. T. 
Hutchinson, of Cape Town, who has kindly forwarded us the 
above information. 



EGYPT. 

(empire.) 

Area, 400,000 square miles. Population, 6,817,265. 
Capital, Cairo; population, 368,110. 

Dentistry is taught at the Medical School of Cairo. 

Among the different foreign nationalities represented in the 
profession in Egypt are the American, English, French, Belgian, 
Swiss and German. 

[Further promised contributions have not arrived in time to be published 
in this edition.] 



LIBERIA. 

(republic.) 

Area, 14,300 square miles. Population, 1,068,000. 

Capital, Monrovia; population, 3,400. 

The following letter, received from Dr. Phil. T. Gross, Mon- 
rovia, speaks for itself: 

"Monrovia, Liberia, West Africa, November 10, 1892. 
"Dr. Herman Lenn.malm. 

"My Dear Sir : I am in receipt of yours of September 28 (through M. A. 
Aenmey, Esq., Swedish and Norwegian Consul), seeking information respect- 
ing the dental profession in this country, etc., and as I am the only dentist in 
this part of the world, it affords me great pleasure to give you the desired 
information. 



340 world's history and 

"I have to say first of all that I am a native of the State of Maryland, hav- 
ing been born in the city of Baltimore, U. S. A. I came to Liberia with my 
parents when only three years of age, was reared here and received my edu- 
cation in the Mission School of the Methodist Episcopal Church. In 1864 I 
went to the United States and entered the dental office of Dr. C. S. Hurlbut, 
at Springfield, Mass., as a student of dentistry, being the first black man 
admitted in a dental office as a student. After remaining with the Doctor five 
years I returned to Liberia, and practiced about two years, returned again to 
the United States of America, opened an office in Baltimore, and practiced 
there about eleven years. In 1881 I returned to Liberia, where I am now 
practicing. 

"This being a new country, and the inhabitants not having had the advan- 
tage of early training in the sciences, they are rather slow in appreciating the 
great benefits to be derived from giving special attention to their teeth. Yet 
there are very many here who have very poor teeth, and some without any at 
all, and were they better informed than they are, I would have a great deal 
more practice. 

"As regards laws, regulating the practice of dentistry and examinations, 
there are neither in existence. In fact, there is no one here capable to exam- 
ine any one in the principles and practice of dentistry. 

"I must admit that I am not a graduate of any dental college — being a 
black man I was not allowed the rights and privileges of the dental college. 
I have, however, made the best use of the advantages I had, and have been 
engaged in the practice of dentistry for the period of twenty-nine years, gain- 
ing all the information I could from the pen of those most prominent in dental 
literature. Two American dental journals come to me regularly, oy which 
means I am enabled to keep pace with the progress made in the profession. 

"Your letter is opportune, and I congratulate you for what you have done 
in that direction, and I am glad to notice the change of sentiment in the 
United States respecting the educational advantages of the people of my race 
by the more intelligent portion of your race. 

"Trusting this will meet the end sought by you, I remain, dear sir, 

"One of the dental profession, 

"Philip T. Gross." 



MADAGASCAR. 

(kingdom.) 

Area, 228,500 square miles. Population, 3,500,000. 
Capital, Antananarivo; population, 100,000. 

In regard to the practice of medicine and the opportunities 
for medical education, Madagascar is far away from the front 
rank. It was not until 1863 that this country was opened to 
Europeans, and the Missions, but if one considers the short 



REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 341 

period, it will be seen that even in that part of the world prog- 
ress is made, notwithstanding the fact that the Government 
endeavors to raise every possible obstacle against the opening of 
the country to the world. 

France now claims protectorate over Madagascar, and with- 
out doubt that claim can be made valid at any time. 

Several years ago the Norwegian Lutheran Mission, the 
Friends' Foreign Mission Association, and the London Mission- 
ary Society established a medical school for the purpose of edu- 
cating native students for physicians. Every year there are 
three to five graduates. Until the present day, however, no white 
man has been able to practice medicine among the natives, and 
so far, it is still absolutely impossible. 

In Antananarivo there are three French, two English and two 
Norwegian physicians, and four or five physicians in other parts 
of the island, but all are in the service of the French Government, 
or the Missions. 

Seven or eight years ago a druggist attempted to settle in 
Antananarivo, but it proved to be a complete failure. 

In the city of Tamatave there are located one druggist, who 
also carries on some other business "on the side," and two Cre- 
ole physicians. 

In Antananarivo one dentist, a Norwegian by birth, has 
located, and in Tamatave there is a dentist of Japanese extrac- 
tion practicing. 

Some time ago there were on the island some English physi- 
cians, and one Norwegian, who had a little knowledge of how to 
make common rubber plate work, and from those a few natives 
learned some. They managed to make a plate, in appearance 
good enough, but, as our informant says, "this kind of artificial 
denture was hardly apt to be used for any masticating purposes. 
From the same source we learn that "the natives do not make 
much ado about filling teeth, and they are not in the habit of 
cleaning the cavity, before filling it." 

Teeth carved out of bone are commonly in use, especially in 
the country. A prevalent practice, at least among the higher 
classes, and more in the country than in the cities, is to file the 
teeth. They take away two to three millimeters at the cutting 
edge, and this is considered elegant and beautiful, and still more 
so in times gone by. 

Any institution where dentistry is taught is, as a matter of 



342 world's history and 

course, not to be found. A Norwegian, Dr. Guldberg, has had 
a couple of students, who, with his assistance, received a kind of 
dental diploma from the medical school, and both of them had 
for some time studied medicine. It is at present not possible 
for even a native to make a living at the profession alone, and 
both of those mentioned practice as physicians also. 

As a rule, the natives fear very much to lose their teeth, and, 
when necessary, are very desirous to get artificial teeth, but their 
paying power is so small that they have to be contented with the 
cheapest and simplest work. 

The Queen's dentist is a goldsmith by trade. 

The only European dentist is a Norwegian by birth. 

The prices for dental work are ridiculously low, and, by the 
way, the same thing is true regarding the fees to physicians and 
charges for medicine. 

The missionary societies distribute medicine two days every 
week. The charges are usually 4 cents for the medicine and 
nothing for the medical treatment. The French physicians distrib- 
ute medicine without any cost. Friends' Foreign Mission Associa- 
tion has founded a large and excellent hospital, with two physi- 
cians, one nurse, etc., and the Norwegian Mission has a smaller 
hospital with one physician, one nurse and one lady chemist. 
Another Norwegian physician is bishop at the mission, and 
instructor in medicine. Those missionary societies are, no doubt, 
very beneficial, but they make it almost impossible, if it is re- 
membered that they charge almost nothing, for a physician or a 
dentist to establish a private practice. Europeans in Antananarivo 
consist almost exclusively of Englishmen, Frenchmen and 
Norwegians. 



MADEIRA. 

(PORTUGUESE COLONY.) 

Population, 132,000. 
Capital, Funchal; population, 18,000. 

Through the United States Consul at Funchal, we have ob- 
tained the following information from Dr. Azevedo Ramos: 

Madeira, as a Portuguese colony, is subject to the laws which 



REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 343 

in Portugal regulate the exercise of the profession. According 
to those laws no one can practice the profession of dentistry 
without passing an examination in the medical schools of Lisbon, 
Coimbra or Oporto. 

There are no obligatory courses for dental surgeons, but there 
is required of them the following: 

a. Certificate of examination in the French and English 
languages. 

b. Certificate of being over twenty-one years old. 

c. Anatomy. 

d. Pathology (external) and Physiology. 

e. Chemistry and Operative Surgery. 

Of Portuguese dentists, properly speaking, there is only one; 
but during the winter, in which season foreign visitors most 
abound, an English dentist visits the islands for two or three 
months. 



MOZAMBIQUE. 

(PORTUGUESE COLONY.) 

Area, 300,000 square miles. Population, 1,500,000. 
Capital, Mozambique. 

The Swedish-Norwegian Consul at Mozambique has kindly 
informed us in a letter, dated Laurenco Marques, June 6, 1893, 
that: 

There are no dentists practicing in the entire Province of 
Mozambique, and no laws exist regulating the practice. 



NATAL. 

(BRITISH COLONY.) 

Area 21,150 square miles. Population, 543,913. 

The following letter covers all information attainable on the 

subject of dentistry, of to-day, in Natal: 

" Colonial Secretary's Office, Natal, February 15, 1893. 
"Herman Lennmalm, Esq., D. D. S., Rockford, 111., U. S. A. 

"Sir: With reference to your letter of the 27th of December last, ad- 



344 world's history and 

dressed to the Department of State, Pietermaritzburg, regarding the practice 
of dentistry in this colony, I have the honor to inform you that there are no 
laws affecting dentistry in force in this colony, nor are there any provisions in 
Natal for the examination of persons desirous of qualifying for the practice of 
dentistry. 

" There are, however, in each of the towns of Pietermaritzburg and Dur- 
ban, several thoroughly qualified dentists, who have taken out certificates of 
efficiency in Great Britain or in the United States of America, and who prac- 
tice in the colony. 

" No license to practice as a dentist in Natal is necessary. 
" I have the honor to be, Sir, 

" Your obedient servant. 

"C. Bird, 
"Assistant Colonial Secretary? 



ORANGE FREE STATE. 

(republic.) 

Area, 41,500 square miles. Population, 133,600. 
Capital, Bloemfontein; population, 3,315. 

The following communication, received in due time, needs no 

further explanation: 

Government Office,) 
Bloemfontein, July 17, 1893. ) 

H. Lennmalm, Esq., D. D. S., Rockford, 111. 

"Sir: I have the honor to acknowledge the receipt of your letter of the 
9th of June last. 

" There are as yet no laws regulating the admission of dentists, though a 
dentist pays a yearly license of ,£10. 

"All medical practitioners in the State practice dentistry. 
" I have the honor to be, sir, 

" Your obedient servant, 

" Herbert W. Bell, 
"Acting Government Secretary." 



SIERRA LEONE. 

(ENGLISH COLONY.) 



United States Consul B. Bowser writes as follows: 

" United States Consulai 
Sierra Leone, April 4, 1893 



" Herman Lennmalm, D. D. S. 

" Sir: Your letter of March 2, 1893, at hand this inst. I beg to say there 



REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 345 

is no dentist in this place. The people here are nearly all natives, a few 
Europeans only residing in the Colony. A dentist could work up a practice 
here in time, I suppose, if he could live on wind and promises. One came 
here and had to go away on account of no business. 

" The Europeans that are here go and come, and get their work done 
while away. The above is as I see things here; perhaps a dentist would see 
things in a different light. I am, sir, 

" Your obedient servant, 

" B. Bowser, 
" United States Consul." 



SOUTH AFRICAN REPUBLIC. 

(OR TRANSVAAL.) 

Area, 121,854 square miles. Population, 610,000. 
Capital, Pretoria; population, 5,000. 

Through the " Gouvernements-Kantoor " in Pretoria, we have 

received the following letter, which needs no explanation. 

" Pretoria, South African Republic, February 27, 1893. 
*' Herman Lennmalm, Esq., D. D. S., Rockford, 111. 

" Dear Sir : In answer to your letter of December 27, 1892, addressed to 
the Department of State, and requesting information on dentistry in the Trans- 
vaal, I beg to inform you that: 

" 1. No school of dentistry exists in the Transvaal. 

"2. The number of registered or licensed dentists in the Transvaal is 
three, although there are many unlicensed who are practicing. 

" 3. To become licensed, it is necessary to produce documents, showing 
applicant to be a properly qualified dentist, and to pay the fee of £h. 

" 4. I am sorry to say that there are no laws regulating the practice of 
dentistry, as it is not compulsory to become licensed. The benefit which 
the license confers is to enable you to recover fees in a court of law. 
" I am, dear sir, 

" Faithfully yours, 
"Gordon Messum, M. R. C. S., England; L. R. C. P. London. 

" Chairman Medical Board." 



346 world's history and 



ZANZIBAR. 

(empire.) 

Area, 625 square miles. Population, 2 to 300,000. 
Capital, Zanzibar; population, 100,000. 

United States Consul C. W. Dow has kindly forwarded the 
following, in a letter, dated Zanzibar, June 7, 1893: 

"There is no law regarding the practice of dentistry in Zan- 
zibar. There is one dentist here, a Parsee, from Bombay, and he 
claims to have a license from the " College of Surgeons and Dent- 
ists" at Bombay. (See India.) He is, however, a poor workman, 
and as an extractor of teeth, is far inferior to the English physi- 
cian, who is located here. 

"The natives have no regular dentists, but there is a black- 
smith here who occasionally extracts teeth with an instrument 
very much resembling a pair of pinchers, and I assure you that it 
is tooth-pulling in its most primitive state. 

"A regular dentist would find a poor field here, as the 
European population is light. 

"There exists, of course, no dental school or society." 




ASIA. 



REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 349 



BRITISH BURMAH. 

Population, 4,569,170. 
Capital, Rangoon; population, 181,210. 

A consular authority writes from Rangoon, May 15, 1893: 

" Burmah being a British possession, the law here is the same 
as in British India. 

" Dentistry examinations are held at Calcutta, at the Medi- 
cal College. There is no examining faculty here. 

"There are three dentists (European) practicing in Burmah, 
all of whom are residents of this city. 

"There is no dental school or society here." 



CEYLON. 

(BRITISH COLONY.) 

Area, 25,364 square miles. Population, 2,887,091. 
Capital, Colombo; population, 110,500. 

Through the Principal Civil Medical Office at Colombo, we are 
informed that there is one qualified dentist practicing at that 
port, who visits any part of the island when requested. 

A consular authority says further, that there are no regula- 
tions governing the practice of the profession. 

Many dentists have been visiting the island from time to time, 
but they seem to have made only a precarious living. 



CHINA. 

(empire.) 



Area, 4,179,560 square miles. Population, 404,180,000. 
Capital, Peking; population, 1,000,000. 

We had the pleasure to receive in due time the following 



350 world's history and 

letter from United States Envoy Extraordinary and Minister 

Plenipotentiary to China, Hon. Charles Denby: 

" Legation of the United States, ) 
Peking, March 24, 1893. ] 
" Herman Lennmalm, Esq., D. D. S., Rockford, 111., U. S. A. 

"Dear Sir: In answer to your letter of February 1, 1893, wherein you ask 
me to furnish certain information regarding dentistry in this empire, I can only 
express my regret that what I send you will, in its nature, be of little value to 
the profession in which you are engaged — dentistry being practically unknown 
to the Chinese previous to the advent into China of the Doctor of Dentistry 
from the United States. 

" The natives who practice dentistry to-day are those who have picked up 
a limited knowledge of the work from their association with the American 
professionals, and this does not extend further than extracting and putting in 
easy fillings. 

" There are no laws in connection with the practice of dentistry among the 
Chinese, no schools and no dental publications. 

"The natives have used for a long time a kind of white powder, which, it 
is said, when applied to decayed teeth, has the effect of loosening the roots 
and then renders extraction easy, but I am unable to ascertain the nature of 
the powder and its component parts. 

" It is estimated that there are not more than a dozen natives who practice 
dentistry in China, and these are residents at the various treaty ports. They 
do a certain amount of work among their countrymen, but the well-to-do 
Chinamen generally prefer to have their teeth attended to by the American 
dentist. The profession is well represented in China by men such as Dr. J. W» 
Hall, Dr. D. E. Peterson, and others. I have the honor to be, 

" Yours respectfully, 

" Charles Denby." 

Through the Consulate of the United States at Hong Kong 
we have received the following from Dr. J. W. Noble, Professor 
of Dental Surgery at the College of Medicine for Chinese, at 
Hong Kong: 

11 There are no laws regulating the practice of dentistry, either 
in China proper, or in the treaty ports. Notwithstanding this, 
the foreign dentists located in the various ports are very capable, 
and entitled to be classed among the best in the world." 

Regarding the number of dentists in China, Dr. Noble says: 
"This question is rather indefinite; the dentists here are so nu- 
merous that even to but roughly estimate their number is, in the 
absence of statistics, simply impossible. I have endeavored to 
ascertain some definite information as to this from an official 
source, but to no purpose." 

The only school which teaches this subject is the College of 
Medicine for Chinese in Hong Kong, and which is connected 



REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 351 

with the Alice Memorial Hospital. Professors of Dental Sur- 
gery are: Herbert Poate, D. D. S., and Joseph W. Noble, D. D. S. 
Dr. Noble further says: "There are no societies for the ad- 
vancement of dentistry, and their formation is unlikely. Jour- 
nals do not exist either, and we are dependent entirely upon the 
journals of England and America for current literature upon the 
subject." 



INDIA. 

(empire.) 

Area, 1,378,044 square miles. Population, 270,825,116. 
Capital, Calcutta; population, 685,000. 

Through Consul I. Ianni, of Bombay, we have received the 
following from J. M. Campbell, D. D. S., a partner in the firm of 
Bromley & Campbell: 

"There is no law in India regulating the practice of dentistry 
and, therefore, no examination is required. 

" The number of dentists, qualified and otherwise, practicing 
in Bombay, I should think would come to about fifty, of all 
denominations. I can not state the number practicing in India, 
but should say that the country is fairly crowded with them. 

" I know of no dental college in India." 

We are informed later that there should exist one " Indian and 
Colonial Dental Association" in Calcutta, but all efforts to reach 
it by mail have been fruitless, as the letters have been returned 
marked " not known " or " inconnu." 



JAPAN. 

(empire.) 



Area, 147,655 square miles. Population, 39,607,234. 
Capital, Tokio; population, 1,165,048. 

All dentists must pass their examination before the Govern- 
ment Medical Board, at Tokio. The candidates are examined in 



352 world's history and 

Dental Anatomy, Physiology, Ethology, Medicine, Mechanical 
Dentistry and Practical Operations. 

The number of registered dentists in Japan is (June, 1893,) 
about 210. 

There are two dental schools in Japan. They are named 
Takayama Shika Igako and Koyima Shika Igako. (Shika Igako 
means Dental School.) 

One dental society exists in Japan. It consists of dental sur- 
geons and students. 

A dental journal is published monthly. It contains reports 
only of the dental society debates during the meetings. This 
journal is printed in Japanese characters only. 

Foreigners are allowed only in the open ports for business. 
There are three or four European dentists in Yokohama. 



JAVA. 

(dutch east indies.) 

Area of Dutch East Indies, 719,674 square miles. Population, 29,475,613. 
Capital, Batavia; population, 101,274. 

The following letter, for which we are indebted to the cour- 
tesy of Consul W. Suermondt, explains the situation: 

"Batavia, January 4, 1893. 
"Herman Lennmalm, D. D. S., Rockford, 111. 

"Dear Sir : In reply to your letter of November 11, I have the pleasure 
to give you the following information concerning dentistry in this colony: 

" Persons desiring to practice here must appear before a committee of 
physicians and surgeons, and will thereupon receive a certificate, stating that 
they are qualified for this profession. As the members of this committee are 
not themselves dentists, they must base their decision chiefly on the general 
medical education which the candidate may possess, without examining his 
ability in extracting teeth or making artificial teeth. 

"As to dental schools, they do not exist here. 

"Actually, there are here for Java only two professional dentists, one a 
Dutchman and one a Hungarian. Both reside at Batavia, but often travel over 
the whole island, advertising beforehand dates and towns where they can be 
consulted. As far as I can judge, they must have very satisfactory profits, but I 
am not able to mention any figures. Still they have many competitors, prin- 
cipally among Chinamen, who seem to be very skillful in making artificial 
teeth. 

" I have collected this information from my own physician, who is a man 



REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 353 

of considerable experience, having practiced here for at least thirty years; and 
I see no way to give you any other useful information. I am, dear sir, 

" Yours faithfully, 

"W. SUERMONDT,' 

"Consul of Sweden and Norway at Batavia." 
In Sumatra there are some Chinese dentists and probably 
some European. 



KOREA. 

(kingdom.) 

Area, 82,000 square miles. Population, 10,528,937. 
Capital, Seoul; population, 250,000. 

The following letter from the United States Minister at Seoul 
was received in due time: 

" Legation of the United States, \ 
Seoul, Korea, December 13, 1892. \ 
" Herman Lennmalm, Esq., D. D. S., Rockford, 111. 

"Dear Sir : I hasten to reply to your letter of November 3, received yes- 
terday afternoon, and I regret to say that there are no dentists' schools or dent- 
ists in Korea, and consequently no examinations and no laws regulating the 
practice of dentistry. 

" I am sorry that I can contribute nothing to the history you contemplate. 
I am, " Very faithfully, 

"Augustine Heard." 



PERSIA. 

(kingdom.) 

Area, 628,000 square miles. Population, 7,653,600. 
Capital, Teheran; population, 210,000. 

There are no laws in Persia regulating the practice of dent- 
istry and no examinations are required. 

There have been and still are only two dentists in Persia. 
They are both Swedes. 

In 1872, when the Shah, Nasr-ed-din, was travelling in Europe, 
Dr. Bertrand Hybennet, then practicing in Paris, France, became 
engaged as dentist to His Majesty. In 1889 Dr. Max Hybennet, who 

23 



354 world's history and 

had graduated in Stockholm, and was then practicing in Gothen- 
burg, Sweden, was also invited to come to Persia, and was engaged 
as dentist to the Shah and the heir apparent. They both reside 
in Teheran. 

AFGHANISTAN AND BELUCHISTAN. 
Dr. Max Hybennet, Teheran, Persia, writes October, 1892: 
" As far as we know here there are no dentists practicing in 
Afghanistan and Beluchistan, but in 

TURKESTAN. 
At Samarkand (about 40,000 inhabitants), I am told that a 
Russian is practing dentistry. 



PHILIPPINE ISLANDS. 

(SPANISH COLONIES.) 

The Philippine Islands are upward of one thousand two hun- 
dred in number. Area, 114,360 square miles; population, 9,500,- 
000. 

Little is known of upward of one thousand islands. Manila, 
the capital, in the Island of Luzon, has about 270,000 inhabitants. 

The Swedish-Norwegian Consul for the islands has courte- 
ously forwarded the following: 

"Dentistry is considered a branch of medicine. Thus no one 
can practice dentistry unless he has a Spanish title of 'Doctor en 
Medicina', 'Licensiado en Medicina,' or at least 'Practicante.' This 
last corresponds with what in France is called 'Officier de SanteV 

"In Manila there is one university which issues title of 
'Licensiado,' but dentistry is not taught. 

"Spanish practitioners are, of course, at liberty to practice here, 
but foreigners must submit to an examination by the teachers of 
the university. 

''In Manila there are but two dentists." 



REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 355 

SIAM. 

(KINGDOM.) 

Area, 250,000 square miles. Population, 6,000,000. 
Capital, Bangkok; population, 600,000. 

Geo. B. McFarland, M. D., D. D. S. f of Bangkok, has most 
kindly contributed the following interesting sketch relating to 
our profession in Siam: 

"In Siam the practice of Scientific Dentistry, by fully qualified 
men, for any length of time, has been entirely unknown. A few 
wandering practitioners wishing for a vacation and knowing that 
there was no dentist here, have, at various times, visited Bangkok 
and made a stay of some months. The work was done almost 
entirely among the Europeans, as the natives did not appreciate 
what it was to have the members of their oral cavity repaired and 
put in good condition. After doing what work came to them, and 
after having seen the sights of the place, these practitioners went 
away, amply repaid for their time and trouble, judging from the 
rates of fees charged. These were simply exorbitant. Euro- 
peans suffering from want of attention were willing to pay any 
price to have the ravage of decay arrested, before it should go too 
far. Such prices ranged from five to eight dollars for simple 
extraction. No gold fillings, not even the smallest, for less than 
fifteen dollars, and anything in the way of artificial dentures was 
not thought of, on account of the great expense. 

"Before entering farther into the consideration of dentistry in 
Siam, I will answer briefly the questions asked in your letter. As to 
the number of dentists in Bangkok, there is, besides myself, a Hong- 
kong Chinaman, who (judging from his work) is a hundred years 
behind the times in supplying artificial dentures. I once had a 
patient who desired me to make for him a superior central 
incisor, to take the place of one this Chinese dentist had made 
for him. The tooth proved to be a piece of ivory carved to the 
proper shape and size, with a hole drilled transversely at the 
upper end, through which a copper wire had been passed and 
wound around the adjoining teeth on either side, holding it rather 
loosely in place. The man had worn this tooth, with considera- 
ble pain at first, for almost a year. During that time — partly the 
result of the disgusting habit of chewing betel — the adjoining 
teeth had become quite loose and painful. I dismissed him with 
instructions to take proper care of these teeth first, and to return 



356 world's history and 

in a fortnight. At the end of that time he presented himself 
with the anterior teeth in a much better condition, and he is now 
wearing a black porcelain tooth which I put in for him. In reply 
to my inquiry he said that the operator had guaranteed the tooth 
to be strong enough to use in chewing betel, but on trying it once 
or twice both the teeth and wires were so badly strained that they 
became quite loose. With a good deal of curiosity I visited this 
Celestial of my profession, to see what stock he had in case mine 
ran out. After searching calling, and wading around in filth for 
some time, I finally risked my life on a pair of rickety back 
stairs and, having mounted them, I found the gentleman just aris- 
ing from his bed, beside which lay the inevitable opium pipe, a 
significant intimation of the habits of the man. Besides the bed, 
the only articles of furniture in the room were a few bamboo 
stools placed around a table covered with teapots, cups and 
dishes. With the aid of another Celestial who was busy cooking 
their evening meal in the same room, I managed to make myself 
understood in Siamese. 

" Finally, from among the bundles of joss sticks on a side 
shelf, this sleepy-headed dentist took down a small package and 
handed it to me. It contained some porcelain teeth with frag- 
ments of silver solder attached to them, which, I was informed, 
was part of a spoiled silver-mounted bridge work. He told me 
that he did no operating himself, nor did he keep any porcelain 
teeth, but said that his brother was on his way down from 
Shanghai, and that then he would be able to do any plate work 
for me in either silver or gold. Having satisfied my curiosity I 
was glad to get away and to feel that I was breathing compara- 
tively clean street-air instead of the fetid atmosphere in that 
dark office of my fellow practitioner. 

"The next question you ask is in reference to laws regulating 
the practice of dentistry here. This is easily answered in the one 
comprehensive word, none. Neither are there any requirements 
nor examinations. The nation has not come to feel the need of 
making laws to protect itself against reckless practitioners. The 
natives individually are, however, exceedingly cautious, and it is 
only after careful consideration that they will consent to have 
anything done in the way of dentistry. They much prefer to 
bear the pain of alveolar abscesses for weeks, and to live on 
nothing but the softest food until the teeth drop out of them- 
selves, rather than have them pulled, so great is their fear of 



REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 357 

pain and of the sight of blood. This latter fear is something 
that I. cannot, as yet, understand, for they do not seem to have 
the same fear of blood from any other part of the body. 

" I had a case in point only a few days ago. While I was ex- 
tracting a tooth for a strong healthy woman, she fainted entirely 
away. Upon recovery she said the fainting was due, not to the 
pain, which was little, but to the sight of blood. I might relate 
another case, to show that there is occasionally severe and danger- 
ous hemorrhage from the gums among the Siamese. I had 
extracted a lower molar for a lady of rank during the morning. 
The hemorrhage was entirely arrested before she left my office, 
but on getting home the blood began to ooze out of the wound 
again; late in the afternoon a telephone message came, stating 
that in spite of the remedies given, the bleeding continued. I 
immediately prepared a strong styptic solution and sent it over, 
but was surprised when a messenger came for me in the evening, 
saying that the wound was still bleeding, and the lady quite faint. 
Without delay I went myself and applied the solid stick of nitrate 
of silver, with immediate stoppage of hemorrhage, much to the 
satisfaction of her husband, who had almost despaired of her 
life. Such accidents to the ignorant Siamese terrifies them, and 
to a certain extent accounts for their extreme fear and timidity. 
It has sometimes happened that while extracting a back tooth 
my forceps have struck a very loose front tooth, knocking it out, 
much to the surprise and delight of the patient. He had just 
assured me that this front tooth was still very firm and that he 
could not bear the pain now, but would come some time in the 
future and have it taken out. This intolerable fear of pain has 
made the introduction of nitrous oxide gas in the extraction of 
teeth most profitable. This gas is an entirely new thing in Siam, 
unknown until I set up the apparatus and manufactured it from 
the imported chemicals. During the past year I have admin- 
istered gas sixteen times with greatest success. The Siamese 
consider it a most beneficial novelty, so much so that I was asked 
by a man who had just come out from its influence, if I could not 
bottle some of it up for him, so that he could use it at night for 
sleeplessness. 

" The Siamese, as a nation, are very free from diseased teeth so 
common among other countries. This fact is accounted for as 
being one of the effects of the universal custom of chewing betel. 
This custom dates back to the earliest days of the Siamese and 



358 world's history and 

surrounding nations, and was used originally, it is said, as a medica- 
ment to prevent decay of the teeth. This it surely does, but it 
brings also many far worse evils. The quid of betel, which is 
chewed as a quid of tobacco would be, is made up of several in- 
gredients. First a leaf of the betel-pepper,* which is spread 
over with prepared lime and rolled up, similar in shape to a cigar- 
ette, then a piece of the areca nutf , to which is added a pinch of 
tobacco, which is rubbed along over the teeth and then lodged 
dexterously either under the upper or lower teeth, causing a 
peculiarly bulging deformity of the mouth. There is a profuse 
flow of saliva, which is the color of blood, the lips are red and 
cracked, the teeth black, and the appearance of the mouth very 
disgusting to those unaccustomed to the sight. The habit is in- 
dulged in by both men and women, beginning when only chil- 
dren of five or six years of age, and is continued incessantly 
through life. One lady told me that she used about sixty quids 
a day. Its use is so general as to have become a matter of eti- 
quette, it being considered an insult not to offer it to a guest, nor 
to accept it when offered. Persons of rank never go out without 
having a well-stored box of betel carried along by a servant. 

" From the constant use of quicklime (which is dyed with 
tumeric, giving it a vermilion color), the oral cavity becomes 
excessively thickened and tough. For this reason plates once 
fitted seldom give any trouble, and there is nothing of the story 
of tender mouths to contend with. In enumerating the various 
conditions presented in the mouths of those who use betel, I 
would mention first the shrinking of the gums, with a deposit of 
hard lime along the roots of the teeth. This gradually increases, 
bringing on inflammation and excessive suppuration of the gums, 
with destruction of the sockets of the teeth. This condition 
favors the most aggravated form of alveolar abscess, with all its 
ill effects on the constitution. The most severe pain is often 
experienced by the patients, which prevents them from using the 
teeth in any way. The all-important betel is, in such cases, 
pounded in a mortar until quite soft, and then held in the mouth 
with the hope of relieving the offensiveness of the breath. After 
a variable lerigth of time the inflamed gums subside, leaving the 
teeth sticking only by the end of the roots. Then also, the con- 
stant habit of chewing betel, or at least holding the huge quid on 

* Serileaf Piper betel (L.). 
t Betel nut— Areca Catechu L. 



REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 359 

the tongue and pressing it against the loose front teeth, has the 
effect of forcing them out almost at right angles to the original 
natural position. I have seen persons only in middle life who 
could not possibly close their lips. 

" It is no uncommon thing to find the teeth enormously en- 
larged by the deposition of lime which is attached in layers 
around the teeth, usually those of the lower jaw. When such a 
tooth is extracted the layers often fly off in chips, and sometimes 
two teeth adhere so firmly that both must be extracted at once. 
The natives fully appreciate the advantages of artificial teeth, 
and so urgent are they in their demands for something with 
which they can cliew betel that they insist on having an impres- 
sion taken at once as soon as the old teeth are out, and can 
scarcely wait until the mouth is in proper condition. 

" The art of replacing artificial teeth for natural ones, by the 
natives themselves, is the only thing that I have heard of their 
attempting in the way of dentistry. 

" It is a well-known fact that one of the former kings of Siam 
carved and fitted for himself a full set of lower teeth out of the 
hard shell of a cocoanut. So opposed was he to being seen with- 
out teeth, that he kept quite secluded until he had finished his 
work. 

" Another well-known case is that of the late Regent's wife. 
This lady, whose husband was at the head of the government 
during the minority of the present king, replaced for herself, 
one by one, every tooth that she lost until she had a full upper 
and lower set. These also were made of the cocoanut hull and 
fastened by wires to a silver plate. After her death this set of 
teeth was found carefully wrapped up and laid away in a golden 
box. It is still carefully kept as an heirloom in the family. 

" The Siamese have a curious custom of preserving as me- 
mentoes whatever has been used by their parents. The teeth 
seem to be especially valuable as relics. Sometimes when I have 
been extracting several for a person, and in my haste have thrown 
them to all corners of my room, as soon as the job was over, a 
servant would be ordered to gather up the teeth to make sure 
that none were lost. These were then divided among the chil- 
dren. 

" Usually children of wealthy parents have these teeth pol- 
ished and ornamented with gold bands and jewels for watch 



360 world's history and 

charms, or the cross section of a tooth is taken, and after being 
highly polished, is set with jewels in a finger ring. 

" Only a short time ago I heard a lady complain in this way: 
1 I am now thirty-eight years of age and have given each of my 
children a tooth, but my father has had only two teeth taken out, 
and he has several children older than I am,' intimating that her 
chances for a tooth were not particularly bright. 

" Still another question I must answer is in regard to med- 
icine for the teeth. The Siamese as a people, are noted for their 
love of taking medicine. They take it, literally, by the bucket- 
ful, and for every little ailment. One of their most prevalent 
diseases is that they can not ' eat rice,' and for this they boil 
roots and herbs and drink by the potful. But they do not seem 
to have thought of any medicine for the teeth except the use 
of betel and ceri leaf, which they consider a remedy for the 
pain and foul breath attending abscesses of the teeth and gums. 

" There is one cause for bad teeth that the Siamese, as yet, do 
not realize, and this is the excessive and universal use of mercury 
as medicine, both internally and externally, and by all grades 
of society. 

" My paper, already too long, must now close, with the hope 
that it may add a mite to any interest that our profession may 
have in this far-away land. 

"Bangkok, Siam, June, 1893." 



STRAITS SETTLEMENTS. 

Include Singapore, Penang and Malacca. Population, 424,000. 
Capital, Singapore; population, about 98,000. 

From United States Vice-Consul J. Lyall, in Singapore, we 

have had the pleasure to receive the following letter: 

Singapore, S. S., February 28, 1893. 
" Herman Lennmalm, Esq., D. D. S., Rockford, 111. 

" Dear sir : I beg to acknowledge receipt of your favor of November 13, 
last past. There is not much to be said regarding the profession of dentistry 
in the Straits Settlements. 

" Up to about five years ago Singapore was dependent on traveling dent- 
ists only. Since then an American firm from Hong Kong have established a 
permanent branch, and lately another American has started in business. 
These persons have plenty of work among the European residents. 



REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 361 

" The Chinese in the place, if they want a dentist, generally employ half- 
educated countrymen of their own, who have picked up what they know of 
dentistry while in the employ of European or American professionals in 
China. 

" The resident European population (there are very few Americans), 
according to the census of 1891, was, in Singapore, exclusive of military, about 
2,300; of Chinese, about 122,000, the better class of whom, say a few thousauds 
only, may be supposed to patronize a dentist. 

" Other Asiatics, of whom there are some 50,000 or 60,000, may have some 
sort of dentist of their own among them, but there is no special information 
to be had on the subject. 

" In the Straits Settlements there are no laws regulating the practice of 
dentistry, no dental school, and no examinations. Anyone is at liberty to set 
up as a dentist. 

"The dentists here (the older firms, at all events), are first-class practi- 
tioners, and their charges very high. I am, sir, 

" Yours faithfully, J. Lyall, 

" Acting United States Consult 

Dr. John Rabe, who for several years has been traveling in 

those parts of Asia, has kindly informed us that there were (in 

May, 1893) m the Straits Settlements the following dentists: In 

Singapore, three Americans in two offices, and two or three 

Chinese offices; also in Penang two or three Chinese offices, and 

in Islangor one Chinese office. 



TURKEY (IN ASIA). 

Area, 729,170 square miles. Population, 16,133,900. 

The modern, educated dentist is scarce in the Turkish posses- 
sions in Asia, and it is impossible to get even the approximative 
number of dentists to be found scattered and traveling over the 
country. 

The following letter from the United States Consul at Jerusa- 
lem, Dr. Selah Merrill, explains the status of dentistry in that 
country, and may, in general, be applied to other parts of the 

Turkish possessions in Asia. 

"United States Consulate, ) 
Jerusalem, Syria, November 29, 1892. \ 

"Herman Lennmalm, D. D. S., Rockford, 111. 

"Dear Sir : Your letter of November 3 is at hand, making inquiries 
about dentists in this country. There are none here, and, so far as the natives 
are concerned, barbers do the pulling of teeth, and the foreigners usually get 



362 world's history and 

a doctor to do such work for them. Recently a Jew has tried to set up as a 
dentist, and the same is true of a Greek, but both are common men and crude 
workmen and I presume get little patronage. 

"I have always advocated the coming here of an American dentist, one 
who was thoroughly master of his business and who should be married and 
his wife also able to do this work; for a man could not treat the native women 
very well, and especially would this not be allowed by the Mohammedan 
women. Almost every place in the world and almost every class of business 
is crowded, but here is a field unoccupied. 

"There is in Beirut, one hundred and twenty miles from here, an English 
dentist, or was, rather, as I am not certain that he is there now. 

"During my former term here, 1882 to 1886, and after I returned to Amer- 
ica, I tried to induce some young couple to come here and have a little patience 
till they got hold of the language. After that they could build up a business 
in a short time. They would have the cities of Gaza, Hebron, Jaffa, Bethle- 
hem, Nablous, besides Jerusalem, to get victims from. 

"This being only a half -civilized country, the people are uneducated, and 
many of them very poor; but they suffer all the same from their teeth and 
would, no doubt, welcome a person who could do good work of the kind in 
question. A person not well trained should be discouraged from coming here. 
I remain, 

"Yours sincerely, 

"Selah Merrill, 

" United States Consul" 




AUSTRALIA. 



REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 365 



FIJI ISLANDS. 

(BRITISH COLONY.) 

Area, 7,740 square miles. Population, 124,919. 
Principal city, Suva; population, 600. 

A consular authority writes us from Levuka, November 17, 
1892: 

"There are no dentists here, either European or native. The 
colony is visited once or twice a year by dentists from other parts 
of Australia, and when the visiting dentist is a competent one he 
reaps a' good harvest, but we have no resident dentists here, 
although one would make a very good living. 

" The teeth of the Fijian native never seem to give him 
any trouble. As a rule, he is blessed with excellent teeth to the 
end." 



HAWAII. 

(republic.) 

Area, 6,640 square miles. Population, 80,578. 
Capital, Honolulu; population, 20,487. 

Dr. J. M. Whitney writes from Honolulu, October 26, 1892: 

"There are now practicing in Honolulu five regularly edu- 
cated dentists, besides Hawaiian quacks, Portuguese quacks, 
Chinese quacks, Japanese quacks, and what other quacks I do 
not know. We have a bill before the present Legislature, regu- 
lating the practice of dentistry in the Hawaiian Islands. 

" There is one traveling dentist who goes from island to 
island. 

"The Americans, British and Germans, and a few Hawaiians 
and Chinese, are about the only ones who call upon the regular 
dentists. 

" By the last census there were in Honolulu, males and fe- 
males: Americans, 1,198; British, 806; Germans, 306. 



366 world's history and 

11 On the other islands there are at each of the plantations a 
few of the above nationalities, and to these the traveling dentist 
offers his services. 

" The bill, above referred to, passed the Legislature, was ap- 
proved by the Queen, December 19, 1892, and took effect from 
that date. It reads as follows: 

An Act to Regulate the Practice of Dentistry in the 

Hawaiian Kingdom. 

Be it Enacted by the Queen a?id the Legislature of the Hawaiian 
Ki?igdom : 

Section i. From and after the passage of this Act it shall 
be unlawful for any person or persons to practice dentistry in 
the Hawaiian Kingdom except upon a certificate issued from a 
Board of Dental Examiners. 

Sec. 2. The Board of Dental Examiners shall consist of three 
members, namely, one physician and two dentists, who shall be 
appointed by the Minister of the Interior, and whose first term 
of office shall be for one, two, and three years, and thereafter 
shall hold office for three years. The said Board to act without 
compensation. 

Sec. 3. It shall be the duty of the Board of Dental Examin- 
ers to issue certificates of qualification to any person or persons 
at present engaged in the practice of dentisty who, within sixty 
days from the passage of this Act, shall file an application before 
said Board, under oath and sworn to by two or more reputable 
citizens, setting forth the fact that he has been engaged in the 
active practice of dentistry in the Hawaiian Kingdom for two or 
more years previous to the passage of this Act. 

Sec. 4. It shall be the duty of the said Board to issue certifi- 
cates of qualification to any person or persons at present prac- 
ticing in the Hawaiian Kingdom who shall file an application in 
writing within sixty days from the passage of this Act and pass 
a creditable examination before the Board upon dental medi- 
cine and surgery. 

Sec. 5. It shall be the duty of the said Board to issue certifi- 
cates of qualification to any person or persons at present prac- 
ticing in the Hawaiian Kingdom who shall present within sixty 
days from the passage of this Act a diploma from a reputable 
dental college. 



REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 367 

Sec. 6. From and after sixty days subsequent to the passage 
of this Act the said Board shall issue a certificate of qualification 
to any person who shall present a diploma from a reputable dental 
college, or who shall pass a creditable examination before the 
Board. 

Sec. 7. Any person or persons receiving certificates from 
said Board shall present said certificates to the Minister of the 
Interior, who shall record same in a book kept for such purpose. 

Sec. 8. Any person or persons who shall violate the provi- 
sions of this Act shall upon conviction thereof be liable to a 
penalty of not less than one hundred nor more than five hundred 
dollars. Provided, That nothing in this Act shall be construed so 
as to prevent the extraction of teeth under circumstances of 
necessity. 

Sec. 9. This act shall take effect from and after the date of 
its approval. 



NEW CALEDONIA. 

( French colony.) 
Population, about 60,000. 

No laws regulating the practice of dentistry are in existence 
in New Caledonia. 

There is no resident dentist, but now and then some traveling 
dentist visits the Island, and he can at once carry on his profes- 
sion, without hindrance. 



NEW SOUTH WALES. 

(BRITISH COLONY.) 

Area, 310,700 square miles. Population, 1,122,200. 
Capital city, Sydney; population, 381,730. 

The following Bill, intended to provide for the registration of 



368 world's history and 

dentists, qualified to practice in New South Wales, was intro- 
duced in the Parliament of the Colony in 1892: 

A Bill to Provide for the Registration of Dentists Quali- 
fied to Practice in New South Wales. 

Whereas, it is expedient to make provision for the registra- 
tion of persons qualified to practice as dentists in New South 
Wales: 

Be it therefore Enacted by the Queens Most Excellent Majesty, by and 
with the advice a?id co?isent of the Legislative Council and Legis- 
lative Assembly of New South Wales in Parliament assembled, 
and by the authority of the same, as follows, that is to say : 

1. This Act may be cited as " The Dentists' Act of 1892." 

2. In the construction of this Act, unless the context other- 
wise indicates, the following terms shall have the respective 
meanings hereby assigned to them, that is to say: 

" Minister" — the Minister for the time being charged with 
the administration of this Act; 

"Medical Practitioner" — a legally qualified medical practi- 
tioner; 

" Dental Board " or " Board " — the Dental Board appointed 
under the provisions of this Act; 

" Dentist "- — a person registered as a dentist under this Act; 

" Dentistry " — The extracting and stopping of natural teeth, 
and the fitting and adjustment of artificial teeth; 

11 Register" — the register of dentists kept under this Act; 

" Registrar " — the Registrar appointed under the provisions 
of this Act; 

" Prescribed " — Prescribed by this Act of Regulations made 
under it. 

dental board and officers. 

3. There shall be a Board consisting of seven members called 
the " Dental Board of New South Wales," which shall be consti- 
tuted as hereinafter provided, and shall have the powers and 
authorities hereinafter defined. 

4. The first members of the Board, including the President, 
shall be appointed by the Governor in Council, for a period of 
three years. At least four of the persons so appointed shall 
be persons who appear to be eligible for registration as dentists 
under this Act, and the remainder shall be medical practitioners. 



REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 369 

If any vacancy occurs in the office of member of the Board 
during the period for which the first members of said Board are 
appointed, the Governor in Council may fill such vacancy by ap- 
pointing without previous election any dentist, and the person so 
appointed shall hold office until the expiration of three years 
from the date of the appointment of the first members and no 
longer. 

5. In the case of future Boards the members shall be elected 
by the dentists, and the President shall be a member of the 
Board, and shall be chosen by the members thereof. 

At least four members of the Board shall be dentists and the 
remainder shall be medical practitioners. Elections of mem- 
bers of the Board shall be held in the prescribed manner. 

6. No person shall be appointed or elected President or mem- 
ber of the Board for more than three years, but any person ap- 
pointed or elected a member of the Board shall, upon the expi- 
ration of the term for which he was so appointed or elected, be 
eligible for re-appointment or re-election. 

The Governor in Council may from time to time remove the 
President or any member of the Board. 

7. A quorum of the Board shall consist of not less than three 
members. In the absence of the President from any meeting of 
the Board, one of the members present shall be elected chairman 
of the meeting. 

8. The Dental Board shall conduct examinations for the 
purposes of this Act in the prescribed manner, and shall grant 
certificates in the prescribed form. 

9. The Board may from time to time appoint a Registrar, 
and such other officers as it may think fit for the purposes of this 
Act, and may at any time remove any person so appointed, and 
may from time to time, with the approval of the Governor in 
Council, make By-laws for regulating the proceedings of the 
Board or its officers. 

REGISTER. 

/o. ( 1 ) A Register shall be kept by the Registrar to be styled 
the " Register of Dentists," which Register shall contain in one 
alphabetical list, according to surnames, the names of all dentists 
who are registered under this Act, and shall state the full names 
and addresses of the registered persons, the description and date 
of the qualifications in respect of which they are registered, and 

24 



370 world's history and 

shall contain such other particulars and be in such form as may 
from time to time be prescribed. 

(2) The Board shall, in the month of January in each year, 
cause a true copy of the Register to be sent to the minister, 
which shall be published by him in the Gazette. A copy of the 
Gazette purporting to contain a copy of such Register or any 
Regulations made by the Board shall be prima facie evidence in 
all Courts of Justice and in all legal proceedings whatsoever that 
the persons therein specified are registered according to the pro- 
visions of this Act, or that such Regulations were duly made. 
And the. absence of the name of any person from the latest of 
such printed copies for the time being, shall be prima facie evi- 
dence, until the contrary be made to appear, that such person is 
not registered. 

(3) The Registrar shall, in the execution of his duty in re- 
lation to the Register, conform to the Regulations and the By- 
laws of the Board, and to any special directions given by the 
Board. 

(4) The Board may, if it thinks fit, from time to time make 
orders for the registration in the Register, on payment of the 
prescribed fee, if any, and the insertion in the Register, of any 
additional diplomas, membership, degrees, licenses or letters, 
held by any registered dentist, which appear to the Board to 
have been granted after examination by any medical or dental 
authority in Her Majesty's dominions or elsewhere, in respect to 
a higher degree of knowledge than is required to obtain a certifi- 
cate of fitness under this Act. 

11. The Registrar shall, from time to time, as occasion may 
require, make in the Register any necessary alterations in the 
name or address of any registered dentist, and shall erase from 
the Register the name of every deceased dentist, and in the exe- 
cution of such duties the Registrar shall, subject to the By-laws 
and the directions of the Board in any case, act on such evidence 
as in each case appears to him to be sufficient. 

12. When a registered dentist has either before or after the 
passing of this Act, and either before or after he is registered, 
been convicted either in Her Majesty's dominions or elsewhere, 
of an offence which if committed in New South Wales would be 
a felony or misdemeanor, or has been guilty of any infamous or 
disgraceful conduct in his professional capacity, such person shall 
be liable to have his name erased from the Register. 



REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 371 

The Board may cause inquiry to be made into the case of a 
person alleged to be liable to have his name erased under this 
section, and on proof of such conviction or of such infamous or 
disgraceful conduct may direct the Registrar to erase the name 
of such person from the Register: Provided, that the name of a 
person shall not be erased under this section until he has been 
heard in his defence, nor on account of his adopting or refraining 
from adopting the practice of any particular theory of dentistry 
or dental surgery, nor on account of a conviction for a political 
offence out of Her Majesty's dominions, nor on account of a con- 
viction for an offence which, though within the provisions of this 
section, does not, either from the trivial nature of the offence or 
from the circumstances under which it was committed, disqualify 
a person for practicing dentistry. 

13. Where the Board directs the erasure from the Register 
of the name of any person, or of any other entry, the name of 
that person or that entry shall not be again entered on the Reg- 
ister, except by direction of the Board, or by order of a Court 
of competent jurisdiction, but the Board may, if it thinks fit 
in any case, direct the Registrar to restore to the Register any 
name or entry erased therefrom without fee, or on payment of 
such fee, not exceeding the registration fee, as the Board may 
from time to time direct, and the Registrar shall restore the same 
accordingly. 

14. From and after the first day of January, one thousand 
eight hundred and ninety-three, no person other than a medical 
practitioner shall be entitled to take or use the name or title of 
" Dentist," or of " Dental Practitioner," or of " Dental Surgeon," 
or any name, initials, title, addition or description, implying that 
he is registered under this Act, or that he is a person qualified to 
practice dentistry (either alone or in combination with any other 
word or words) unless he is a registered dentist under this Act. 
And any person who, after the first day of January, one thousand 
eight hundred and ninety-three, not being a medical practitioner 
or dentist registered under this Act, takes or uses any such name, 
initials, title, addition or description, as aforesaid, shall be liable 
on conviction to a penalty not exceeding twenty pounds for 
every day during which he so represents himself. 

15. Every person registered under this Act as a dentist, and 
every medical practitioner, shall be entitled to practice dental 
surgery or dentistry in any part of New South Wales, and to sue 



372 world's history and 

in any Court of law to the extent of the jurisdiction of such Court 
for the recovery of his fees or other remuneration of his profes- 
sional services in dentistry, or in the performance of any dental 
operation, or for any dental attendance or advice, and it shall be 
sufficient to state in the particulars or demand the words "for 
dental services," which shall include every demand for any dental 
operation, attendance and advice, and for any article supplied by 
the plaintiff to the defendant for dental purposes. 

16. From and after the first day of January, one thousand 
eight hundred and ninety-three, no person shall be entitled to 
recover any fee or charge for the performance of any dental 
operation, or for any dental attendance or advice, or shall hold 
any appointment as a dentist or dental practitioner or dental 
surgeon in any hospital, infirmary, dispensary or lying-in hospital, 
or in any lunatic asylum, gaol, penitentiary or other public insti- 
tution, unless he is registered as a dentist under this Act or is a 
medical practitioner. 

17. Any person who — 

(a) Is registered in the United Kingdom in accordance 
with the laws for the time being in force therein as a 
dentist or medical practitioner; or 

(d) Is entitled as hereinafter mentioned to be registered 
under this Act as a dentist; or 

(c) Has for a period of six months before the passing of 

this Act been bona fide engaged in New South Wales 
in the practice of dentistry, either separately or in 
conjunction with the practice of medicine, surgery or 
pharmacy; or 

(d) Has attained the age of twenty-one years and has been 

engaged continuously during the period of not less 
than four years in the acquirement of professional 
knowledge in dentistry, and has passed an examina- 
tion before the Board in the subjects prescribed by 
the Regulations, and who proves the facts to the 
satisfaction of the Board, shall be entitled to be 
registered as a dentist under this Act; but a person 
who has practiced as an extractor of teeth only shall 
not be deemed to have been engaged in the practice 
of dentistry. 
18. Any person who has studied as a pupil with, or has been* 
an apprentice of, a dentist registered under this Act, and who 



REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 373 

commenced his professional education or apprenticeship at least 
six months before the passing of this Act and who has been a 
pupil or apprentice for not less than three years, shall be entitled, 
on making a declaration in the form of the First Schedule to this 
Act, to be registered under this Act as if he had been at the pass- 
ing of this Act bona fide engaged in the practice of dentistry in 
New South Wales. 

19. Any person who has practiced dentistry for not less than 
twelve months elsewhere than in New South Wales, and who 
holds some recognized certificate as hereinafter defined, and who 
proves to the satisfaction of the Board that he is of good char- 
acter, shall be entitled, upon the payment of the prescribed 
registration fees and without examination, to be registered as a 
dentist under this Act. 

The term "recognized certificate" means a certificate, diploma, 
membership, degree, license, letters, testimonial, or other title, 
status, or document, granted by some university, college, or other 
public institution, in a British possession or foreign country, and 
which is recognized by the Board as entitling the holder thereof 
to practice dentistry in such possession or country and as fur- 
nishing sufficient guarantee of the possession of the requisite 
knowledge and skill for the efficient practice of dentistry. 

20. When any person makes application to be registered in 
respect of any certificate, diploma, membership, degree, license, 
letters, testimonial, or other title, status, or document not speci- 
fied in the Regulations, the Board may entertain such applica- 
tion and deal with it specially, and may, if it thinks fit, give to 
such applicant a certificate of recognition setting forth that he is 
the holder of a recognized certificate, and the Registrar shall 
take such certificate of recognition as an authority to register 
such applicant. 

21. A person shall not be registered under this Act by reason 
of his having been before the passing thereof engaged in the 
practice of dentistry in New South Wales, unless he makes appli- 
cation to the Registrar before the first day of July, one thousand 
eight hundred and ninety three, accompanied by a declaration 
signed by him in the form set out in the Second Schedule to 
this Act. 

EXAMINATION. 

22. The Board shall from time to time hold examinations 
for the purpose of testing the fitness of persons to practice dent- 



374 world's history and 

istry, and may grant certificates of such fitness to those persons 
who satisfy the said Board of their fitness on examination. 

The Board shall admit to the examinations held by it under 
this section any person desirous of being examined who has 
attained the age of twenty-one years and has complied with the 
Regulations (if any) as to the general knowledge possessed by 
such persons. 

23. Such reasonable fees shall be paid for certificates to be 
granted under this Act by the Board, and for examination by the 
Board, as may be from time to time prescribed. 

REGULATIONS. 

24. The Board may, with the approval of the Governor in 
Council, make regulations prescribing the mode of election of 
members of the Board, prescribing what certificates, diplomas, 
memberships, degrees, licenses, letters, testimonials, or other 
titles, status, or documents, will be recognized by the Board as 
qualifying persons holding them or any of them to be registered 
under this Act as dentists, prescribing the degree of general and 
professional knowledge required from persons applying to be 
examined for registration as dentists, and otherwise for the pur- 
pose of carrying the provisions of this Act into execution. 

MISCELLANEOUS. 

25. Any Registrar or other person who willfully makes or 
causes to be made any false entry in, or falsification of, the 
Register, and any person who willfully procures or attempts to 
procure himself or any other person to be registered under this 
Act by making or producing, or causing to be made or produced, 
any false or fraudulent representation or declaration either verb- 
ally or in writing, and any person aiding or assisting therein, 
shall be guilty of a misdemeanor, and shall on conviction be 
liable to be imprisoned, with or without hard labor, for any term 
not exceeding twelve months. 

26. The Board may question any person who attends before it 
and any witness who may be produced before it, and may examine 
any person upon oath or take a solemn declaration from such 
person, and if any person willfully makes any false statement 
upon such examination or in such declaration, or utters or 
attempts to utter or put off as true before the Board, any false, 
forged, or counterfeit certificate, diploma, license, letter, testi- 



REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 375 

monial, or other document or writing, he shall be guilty of a 
misdemeanor, and shall on conviction be liable to.be imprisoned 
for any period not exceeding one year. 

27. All informations for offences against this Act shall be 
laid by the Registrar or some other person appointed by the 
Board for that purpose, and all penalties when recovered shall be 
paid to the Dental Board. 

28. Any person registered under this Act who uses any 
letters, words, or initials likely to mislead the public as to his 
true qualifications shall be liable to have his name erased from 
the Dental Register. 

29. The fees mentioned in the Third Schedule to this Act 
shall be payable, by persons applying to be registered, or obtain- 
ing certificates of registration under this Act, or inspecting the 
Register respectively, to the Registrar, and shall be applied by 
the Board in defraying the expenses and carrying out the pro- 
visions of this Act. 

The number of dentists in New 7 South Wales was, in April, 
1893, 147. 

The Dental Association of New South Wales has its Regis- 
trars' office at Sidney. The officers of the association were, 1892-3 : 
President, Alfred Burne, D. D. S.; vice-presidents, Hugh Pater- 
son, M. O. S., R. D. S., and C. G. Hodgson, M. D. S., R. D. S.; 
treasurer, W. Turner-Halstead, D. D. S.; secretary, H. Taylor. 



NEW ZEALAND. 

(BRITISH COLONY.) 

.Area, 104,471 square miles. Population, 578,482. 
Capital, Wellington; population, 27,833. 

For forty years from the foundation of the colony, the prac- 
tice of dentistry was free to any person who chose to undertake 
it; but so much inconvenience was found to result from this ex- 
treme liberality that, in 1880, the Legislature passed an Act (44 
Vict., No. 34) prohibiting the practice or profession of the art to 
any but those duly registered under its provisions. 



376 world's history and 

An Act to Provide for the Registration of Dentists 
Qualified to Practice in New Zealand. 

[August 28, 1880.] 
Whereas, It is desirable to provide for the registration of 
persons practicing as dentists: 

Be it Therefore Enacted by the General Assembly of New Zealand in 
Parliament assembled, and by the authority of the same, as follows: 

1. The Short Title of this Act is "The Dentists' Act, 1880." 

2. In this Act, if not inconsistent with the context: 
"Senate" means the Senate of the University of New Zea- 
land; 

"Dentist" means a person registered under this Act; 

"Registration" and "Registered," respectively, mean regis- 
tration under this Act and registered under this Act; 

"The said Act" means and includes the Imperial Act, 41 
and 42 Vict., cap. 33, and entitled "The Dentists Act, 
1878;" 

"Registrar-General" means the Registrar-General of Births, 
Deaths and Marriages. 

3. From and after the first day of June, one thousand eight 
hundred and eighty-one, a person other than a legally qualified 
medical practitioner shall not be entitled to take or use the name or 
title of dentist (either alone or in combination with other words) 
or of dental practitioner, or any name, title, addition, or descrip- 
tion implying that he is registered under this Act, or that he is a 
person specially qualified to practice dentistry, unless he is regis- 
tered under this Act. 

Any person who, after the first day of June, one thousand 
eight hundred and eighty-one, not being registered under this 
Act, takes or uses any such name, title, addition, or description 
as aforesaid, shall be liable, on summary conviction, to a fine not 
exceeding twenty pounds: Provided that nothing in this section 
shall apply to any person registered under the said Act, or to any 
legally qualified medical practitioner. 

4. A pjprson registered under this Act shall be entitled to 
practice dentistry and dental surgery in any part of New Zealand; 
and from and after the first day of June, one thousand eight 
hundred and eighty-one, a person shall not be entitled to recover 
any fee or charge in any court for the performance of any dental 
operation or for any dental attendance or advice, unless he is 



REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 377 

registered under this Act, or is registered under the said Act, or 
is a legally-qualified medical practitioner. 

5. Any person who: 

(a) Is registered under the said Act; 

(b) Is entitled to be registered under the said Act; 

(c) Is at the passing of this Act bona fide engaged in the 

practice of dentistry or dental surgery, either sepa- 
rately or in conjunction with the practice of medicine, 
surgery, or pharmacy; or 

(d) Is entitled to be registered as a foreign or colonial dent- 

ist, 
shall be entitled to be registered under this Act. 

6. Any person showing that he holds some recognized certifi- 
cate, as hereinafter defined, granted in a British possession, and 
that he is of good character, shall upon payment of the registra- 
tion fee be entitled, without examination, to be registered under 
this Act. 

7. Any person showing that he holds some recognized cer- 
tificate, as hereinafter defined, granted in a foreign country, and 
that he is of good character, and either continues to hold such 
certificate or has not been deprived thereof for any cause which 
disqualifies him for being registered under this Act, shall upon 
payment of the fees be entitled, without examination, to be regis- 
tered under this Act. 

8. The certificate granted in a British possession or in a foreign 
country, which is to be deemed such a recognized certificate as 
is required for the purposes of this Act, shall be such certificate, 
diploma, membership, degree, licence, letters, testimonial, or 
other title, status, or document as may be recognized by the 
Board of Examiners as entitling the holder thereof to practice 
dentistry or dental surgery in such possession or country, and as 
furnishing sufficient guarantee of the possession of the requisite 
knowledge and skill for the efficient practice of dentistry or 
dental surgery. 

9. If a person is refused registration as a colonial dentist or 
as a foreign dentist, the Board of Examiners shall, if required by 
him, state in writing the reason for such refusal; and if such 
reason be that the certificate held or obtained by him is not such 
a recognized certificate as above defined, such person may appeal 
to the Governor in Council, and the Governor in Council may, 
after hearing the Board of Examiners, order the Board of Exam- 



378 world's history and 

iners to recognize such certificate, and such order shall be duly 
obeyed. 

io. When a person entitled to be registered under this Act 
produces or sends to the Registrar-General the document con- 
ferring or evidencing his qualification, with a statement of his 
name and address, and the other particulars, if any, required for 
registration, and pays the registration fee, he shall be registered 
in the Dentists' Register: Provided that a person shall not be 
registered under this Act as having been at the passing thereof 
engaged in the practice of dentis ry, unless he produces or trans- 
mits to the Registrar before the first day of June, one thousand 
eight hundred and eighty-one, information of his name and ad- 
dress, and a declaration signed by him in the form of the Sched- 
ule to this Act. 

ii. The Senate may from time to time appoint a Board or 
Boards of Examiners for the purpose of conducting examina- 
tions and granting certificates under this Act. 

Each of such Boards shall be called Boards of Examiners in 
Dental Surgery or Dentistry, and shall consist of not less than 
six members, who shall be either qualified medical practitioners 
or persons registered under this Act. 

12. The persons appointed by the Senate shall continue in 
office for such period, and shall conduct the examinations in such 
manner, and shall grant certificates in such form, as such Senate, 
may from time to time by by-laws or regulations respectively di- 
rect. 

13. A casual vacancy in any such Board of Examiners may 
be filled by the Senate which appointed such Board, but the per- 
son so appointed shall be qualified as the person in whose stead 
he is appointed, and shall hold office for such time only as the 
person in whose stead he is appointed would have held office. 

14. Such reasonable fees shall be paid for the certificates to 
be granted under this Act by the Board of Examiners, as the 
Senate may from time to time by by-laws or regulations respect- 
ively direct. 

15. If it appears to the Senate that an attempt has been 
made, by any Board of Examiners, to impose on any candidate 
offering himself for examination an obligation to adopt or refrain 
from adopting the practice of any particular theory of dentistry 
or dental surgery, as a test or condition of admitting him to ex- 
amination or granting a certificate of fitness under this Act, the 



REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 379 

Senate may represent the same to the Governor in Council, and 
the Governor in Council may thereupon issue an injunction to the 
authority so acting, directing them to desist from such practice; 
and in the event of their not complying therewith, then to order 
that such authority shall cease to have power to confer any right 
to be registered under this Act so long as they continue such 
practice. 

16. Any person who wilfully procures or attempts to procure 
himself or any other person to be registered under this Act, by 
making or producing or causing to be made or produced any 
false or fraudulent representation or declaration, either verbally 
or in writing, shall be deemed guilty of a misdemeanor, and 
shall, on conviction, be liable to be imprisoned for any term not 
exceeding twelve months. 

17. Any Registrar who wilfully makes or causes to be made 
any falsification in any matter relating to any register under this 
Act, shall be liable to be imprisoned for any term not exceeding 
twelve months. 

REGISTRATION. 

18. The Registrar-General shall keep in his office a book in 
which shall be inserted the names and residences of all persons 
registered under this Act, which book is referred to herein as the 
"register" or "Dentists' Register." 

19. On application made to him at any time for that purpose 
by any registered dentist, the Registrar-General shall issue to 
such applicant a certificate of registration. 

20. The book as aforesaid shall be open to inspection by the 
public. 

21. The Registrar-General shall, from time to time, erase the 
names of all registered persons who shall have died, and shall, 
from time to time, make the necessary alterations in the ad- 
dresses of the persons registered under this Act. 

22. A true copy of the register aforesaid, certified by the Reg- 
istrar-General to be a true copy, shall, in the month of December 
in each year, be sent to the Colonial Secretary, and shall by him 
be published in the New Zealand Gazette of the colony; and any 
copy of the register so published shall be evidence in all courts 
of law and before all resident magistrates and justices of the 
peace and others that the persons therein specified are registered 
according to the provisions of this Act: Provided that, in the 



380 world's history and 

case of any person whose name does not appear in such copy, a 
certified copy, under the hand of the Registrar-General, of the 
entry of the name of the person, shall be evidence that such per- 
son is registered. 

23. The Registrar-General shall take and receive the under- 
mentioned fees: 

On application, one pound. 
Certificate of registration, five shillings. 
Any alteration of register, five shillings. 
Inspection of register, two shillings. 

24. All fees accruing under this Act shall form part of the 
Consolidated Fund of the colony. 

By this Act registration was permitted not only to all who 
either were or were not entitled to be registered under the Eng- 
lish Act, or as foreign or colonial dentists, but to all those in the 
colony who, at the time of the passing of the Act were bona fide 
engaged in the practice of dentistry, such registration to be made 
before June 1, 1881. 

Provision was also made for the admission to the profession 
of future members' who should be entitled to registration on the 
certificate of a Board of Examiners, to be appointed by the Sen- 
ate of the University of New Zealand. 

In the Amendment Act of 1881 (45 Vict., No. 25) provision 
was made for the examination by that Board of any who should 
have served an apprenticeship of three years to a duly registered 
dentist. 

An Act to Amend "The Dentists Act, 1880." 

[23d September, 1881.] 

Be it E?iacted by the General Assembly of New Zealand in Parliament 
assembled, a?id by authority of the same, as follows: 

1. The Short title of this Act is "The Dentists Act, 1880, 
Amendment Act, 1881." 

2. In this Act, if not inconsistent with the context: 
"The said Act " means "The Dentists Act, 1880." 

3. In addition to the persons mentioned in the fifth section 
of the said Act as being entitled to be registered under the said 
Act, the following persons shall be entitled to be registered: 

(1) Any person who for at least three consecutive years has 
been the apprentice or pupil of a person registered 
under the said Act, or the Imperial Act forty-one and 



REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 381 

forty-two Victoria, chapter thirty-three, or of one or 
more such persons, and who has been continuously 
and wholly engaged during that period in studying 
the theory and practice of dentistry or dental sur- 
gery, and who within one year after the expiration of 
the said period of apprenticeship or pupilage shall 
have obtained a certificate under the eleventh section 
of the said Act. 
(2) Any person who shall satisfy the Registrar-General that 
he has been continuously engaged in the practice of 
dentistry or dental surgery in New Zealand for the 
period of five years immediately preceding the com- 
ing into operation of the said Act. 

4. In all cases when any persons shall apply to be registered 
under the said Act, the Registrar-General may examine any such 
applicant and any person whom he may deem capable of giving 
evidence respecting such applicant, and may conduct any such 
examination upon oath, and for such purpose may administer 
oaths; and he may decline to register such person if for any 
reason he is of opinion that such applicant is not really entitled 
to be registered under the said Act. 

Provided that any person whose application has been refused 
under this section may appeal to a Judge of the Supreme Court 
on summons in a summary way; and such Judge may either order 
the Registrar-General to register such applicant, or may, support 
the Registrar-General's decision, and may in his discretion award 
costs against the Registrar-General, or against the said appli- 
cant. 

5. If any person shall have procured himself to be registered 
by making or producing, or causing to be made or produced, any 
false or fraudulent representation or declaration, either verbally 
or in writing, or if any person not entitled to be registered shall 
have been registered, or if any registered person shall be con- 
victed of any felony or misdemeanor in Great Britain or Ire- 
land, or in any of the British Dominions, the Registrar-General 
shall erase the name of any such person from the register, and 
such erasure shall be notified by the Registrar-General in the 
New Zealand Gazette. 

6. The words " any Registrar w T ho," in the first line of the 
seventeenth section of the said Act, are hereby struck out, and 
the words " If the Registrar-General " inserted in place thereof, 



382 world's history and 

and the word " he " shall be inserted before the word " shall " in 
the second line of the said section. 

7. Registration under the said Act shall be effected by the 
entry in the Dentists' Register of the name, qualification and 
residence of any person entitled or claiming to be registered 

In compliance with the first Act the Senate of the University, 
although confessedly dissatisfied, by the imposition of their duty, 
without any previous communication, appointed a Board of 
Examiners at Dunedin, where alone there existed a school of 
medicine in connection with the University of Otago, and for ten 
years all examinations were consequently held at Dunedin. 

But during that period great complaints were made by pupils 
from the northern provinces on account of the expense to which 
they were subjected by the long journey or journeys (for, of 
course, pupils were not always successful) to so remote a spot, 
and strenuous efforts were made to persuade the Senate, in the 
exercise of its powers under the Act to appoint Boards in other 
towns. But they, fearing that such a course would lead to the 
issue of certificates, of value varying according to the varying 
reputations for strictness or laxity of the local Boards, firmly 
refused to do so. 

An Act to Amend the Acts Relating to Dentists. 

[21st September, 1891.] 

Be it Enacted by the General Assembly of New Zeala?id in Parliament 
asseinbled, and by the authority of the same, as follows: 

1. The short title of this Act is "The Dentist Acts Amend- 
ment Act, 1891." 

2. Whenever any person is refused registration as a colonial 
dentist or as a foreign dentist under the circumstances mentioned 
in section nine of "The Dentists Act, 1880," the Board of Ex- 
aminers shall, on the request of such person, appoint a time and 
place for his examination under the said Act, and the by-law T s or 
regulations then in force thereunder, and such examination shall 
take place within thirty days. 

And if sjuch person shall duly pass such examination in dent- 
istry he shall be entitled to a certificate and to be registered 
under the said Act, and all the provisions of the said Act so far 
as applicable shall extend and apply to the case herein provided 
for accordingly. 



REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 383 

3. " The Dentists Act, 1880, Amendment Act, 1881," is hereby 
amended as follows, to-wit: In line six of subsection one of sec- 
tion three thereof, the words " within one year " are hereby 
repealed. 

4. Wherever the word "Senate" is used in "The Dentists 
Act, 1880," or "The Dentists Act, 1880, Amendment Act, 1881," 
the words "Governor in Council " shall be read and substituted in 
lieu thereof; and it is further provided that the Governor in 
Council shall appoint a Board of Examiners for each of the cities 
of Auckland, Wellington, Christchurch, and Dunedin, for the pur- 
pose of conducting examinations and granting certificates under 
the Dentists Acts and this Act. 

By the Amendment Act of 1891 (54, 55 Vict,, No. 38) the 
powers vested by the original Act in Senate of the University of 
New Zealand were vested in the Governor in Council, and the 
appointment, by the Government, of Boards of Examiners in 
Wellington, Auckland, Christchurch and Dunedin was made com- 
pulsory. 

The number of dentists in New Zealand was, in 1892, as fol- 
lows: Auckland, 24; Dunedin, 22; Wellington, 15; Christchurch, 
8; Invercargill, 6; Nelson, 5; New Plymouth, 5; Wanganui, 5; 
Napier, 4; Lawrence, 3; Oamaru, 2; Pahiatua, 2; Port Chalmers, 
2; Timaru, 2, and twenty-nine dentists for twenty-nine more 
cities and towns. Three dentists registered in New Zealand had 
since left the colony. Of those one was a graduate from the 
University of Maryland, United States, and two from Namur, 
Belgium. The whole number of registered dentists living in New 
Zealand thus being, in 1892, 134. 

The New Zealand Dental Association was formed in 1889. 
We reprint the following from a New Zealand journal regarding 
the formation of the society: 

"At a conference of New Zealand dentists, held at Mr. Raw- 
son's house in Wellington on July 1, and two succeeding days, 
the following gentlemen were present: Messrs. Boot and Frank 
Armstrong, representing Otago; Mr. Greenwood, Wanganui; Mr. 
Purdie, Canterbury; Mr. Rawson, Wellington and Auckland. 
Messrs. Hoby, Hall and Bulkley,of Wellington, were also present. 

"Mr. Boot was voted to the chair and Mr. Frank Armstrong 
appointed secretary pro tern. The following resolutions were car- 
ried: 

"'That it is desirable that an association be formed, to be 



384 



WORLD S HISTORY AND 



called the New Zealand Dental Associaton, and that the neces- 
sary steps be taken to constitute the same. 

" ' That the objects of the Association shall be to watch over 
and further the general interests of the profession (with special 
reference to the carrying out the spirit and provisions of the 
Dentists Act, 1880, or any amendments thereof), and for any 
other purpose that may appear desirable. 

" 'That duly qualified practitioners entitled to be placed on the 
Dentists' Register of New Zealand, alone be eligible for mem- 
bership in this Association, and that it shall be supported by an- 
nual contributions.' " 

For the above thorough information we are indebted to Dr. 
W. G. Mantell, of Wellington. 



QUEENSLAND. 



(BRITISH COLONY.) 

Area, 668,497 square miles. Population, 406,658. 
Capital, Brisbane; population, 32,567. 

There is (at the beginning of 1893) no law relating to the 
practice of dentistry in Queensland. A dental bill was intro- 
duced in the parliament in 1892, but was thrown out. The 
Dental Association of Queensland anticipated the safe passage 
of the same bill during 1893. 

The Dental Association of Queensland had (1891-92) twenty- 
three members. 

The colony is well supplied with dentists, but we have not 
been able to ascertain the exact number. 



SOUTH AUSTRALIA. 

(BRITISH COLONY.) 

Area, 903,690 square miles. Population, 324,484. 
Capital, Adelaide; population, 125,000. 

There is no special law regulating the practice of dentistry in 



REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 385 

the colony of South Australia; nor is there, and never was, any 
dental school 

In the beginning of 1893 twenty dentists were practicing in 
the colony, mostly in Adelaide. 



TASMANIA. 

(BRITISH COLONY.) 

Area, 26,215 square miles. Population, 151,480. 
Capital, Hobart; population, 21,118. 

Through the courtesy of Dr. A. Lucadou Wells, Honorary 
Dental Surgeon at the General Hospital at Launceston, we are 
able to give the following account of dentistry of Tasmania. 

The first law regarding the practice of dentistry in Tasmania 
dates from November 24, 1884, and reads as follows: 

An Act to Provide for the Registration of Dentists Quali- 
fied to Practice in Tasmania. 

[November 24, 1884.] 
Whereas, It is expedient that provision be made for the regis- 
tration of persons specially qualified to practice as dentists in< 
Tasmania, and that the law relating to persons practicing as dent- 
ists be otherwise amended: 

Be it therefore Enacted by His Excelle?icy the Governor of Tasmania, 
by and with the advice and consent of the Legislative Council and 
House of Assembly , in Parliament assembled, as follows: 

1. The short title of this Act is " The Dentists Act, 1884." 

2. In this Act, if not inconsistent with the context: 

" Dentist " means a person registered under this Act: 

a Registration " and " registered " respectively mean regis- 
tration under this Act, and registered under this Act 

"The said Act" means the Act of the Imperial Parliament 
to amend the law relating to dental practitioners, and 
cited as the Dentists Act, 1878. 

"Registrar" means the Registrar of Births, Deaths and 
Marriages. 

3. From and after the first day of January, one thousand eight 

25 



386 world's history and 

hundred and eighty-five, a person other than a legally qualified 
medical practitioner shall not be entitled to take or use the name 
or title of Dentist (either alone or in combination with other 
words), or of Dental Surgeon, Surgeon Dentist, Dental Practi- 
tioner, or any name, title, addition, or description implying that 
he is registered under this Act, or that he is a person specially 
qualified to practice dentistry and dental surgery, unless he is 
registered under this Act. 

A person registered under this Act shall be entitled to practice 
dentistry or dental surgery in any part of Tasmania; and from 
and after the first day of January, one thousand eight hundred 
and eighty-five, no person shall be entitled to take or receive any 
fee or charge for the performance of any dental operation, or for 
any dental attendance, prescription, or advice, unless he is regis- 
tered under this Act or is registered under the said Act, or is a 
legally qualified medical practitioner. 

4. Any person who, after the first day of January, one thousand 
eight hundred and eighty-five, not being registered under this 
Act, takes or uses any such name, title, addition, or description 
as aforesaid, or takes or receives any fee or charge for the per- 
formance of any dental operation, attendance, prescription, or ad- 
vice, shall be liable to a penalty not exceeding fifty pounds, to be 
recovered in a summary way before any two Justices of the Peace 
in the mode prescribed by the Magistrates' Summary Procedure 
Act: Provided that nothing in this Section shall apply to any 
legally qualified medical practitioner. 

5. Any person who — 

(a) Is registered under the said Act; 

(&) Is entitled to be registered under the said Act; 

(c) Is at the passing of this Act bona fide engaged in any 

part of Tasmania in the practice of dentistry or dental 
surgery, either on his own behalf or as assistant to 
some person engaged in the practice of dentistry or 
dental surgery, either separately or in conjunction 
with the practice of medicine, surgery, or pharmacy-; 

(d) Holds any recognized certificate, hereinafter defined. 

granted in any British possession or foreign country; 
or 

(e) Has been for at least three consecutive years the ap- 

prentice or pupil of a person registered under this 
Act or the said Act, or of one or more such persons, 



REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 387 

and who has been continuously and wholly engaged 
during that period in the practice of dentistry, and 
shall have obtained a license under the 14th and 15th 
sections of this Act; 
shall be entitled to be registered under this Act. 

6. The certificate granted in a British possession or in any 
foreign country, which is to be deemed such a recognized certifi- 
cate as is required for the purposes of this Act, shall be such 
certificate, diploma, membership degree, license, letters testi- 
monial, or other title, status, or document as may be recognized 
by the Board of Examiners as furnishing a sufficient guarantee 
of the possession of the requisite knowledge and skill for the 
efficient practice of dentistry or dental surgery. 

7. Any person who has been articled as a pupil to a dental 
practitioner entitled to be registered under this Act, in considera- 
tion of receiving from such practitioner a complete dental educa- 
tion, shall, if his articles expire before the first day of January, 
one thousand eight hundred and eighty-five, be entitled to be 
registered under this Act as though he had been in bona fide 
practice before the passing of this Act. Moreover, it shall be 
lawful for the Governor in Council, by special order, to dispense 
with such of the certificates, examinations, or other conditions 
for registration in the Dentists' Register required under the pro- 
visions of this Act, or under any regulations made by its author- 
ity, as to him may seem fit, in favor of any dental students or ap- 
prentices who have commenced their professional education or 
apprenticeship before the commencement of this Act. 

8. If any person is refused registration the Board of Ex- 
aminers shall, if required by him, state in writing the reason for 
such refusal; and if such reason be that the certificate held or 
obtained by him is not such a recognized certificate as before 
defined, such person may appeal to the Governor in Council, and 
the Governor in Council may, after hearing the Board of Ex- 
aminers, order the said Board to recognize such certificate or 
otherwise, and such order shall be duly obeyed. 

9. When a person entitled to be registered under this Act 
produces or sends to the Registrar the document conferring or 
evidencing his qualification, with a statement of his name and 
address and other particulars, if any, required for registration, 
and pays the registration fee, he shall be registered in the Dent- 
ists' Register: Provided that a person shall not be registered 



WORLD S HISTORY AND 

under this Act as having been at the passing thereof engaged in 
the practice of dentistry or dental surgery unless he produces or 
transmits to the Registrar before the first day of June, one thou- 
sand eight hundred and eighty five, information of his name and 
address, and a declaration signed by him in the form of the 
schedule to this Act. 

io. The Registrar shall refer any doubtful application for 
registration under this Act to the Board of Examiners, who may 
decline to register such person or otherwise, as they may think 
fit. 

11. Any person who willfully procures or attempts to pro- 
cure himself or any other person to be registered under this Act 
by making or producing, or causing to be made or produced, any 
false or fraudulent representation or declaration, either verbally 
or in writing, shall be deemed guilty of a misdemeanor, and shall 
on conviction be liable to be imprisoned for any term not exceed- 
ing twelve months. 

12. The Board of Examiners shall cause to be erased from 
the Dentists' Register any entry which has been incorrectly or 
fraudulently made. And any person registered in the Dentists' 
Register, who has, either before or after the passing of this Act, 
and either before or after he is so registered, been convicted, 
either in Her Majesty's dominions or elsewhere, of any felony or 
misdemeanor, or been guilty of any infamous or disgraceful con- 
duct in a professional respect, the name of any such person shall 
be erased from the Register, and such erasure shall be notified by 
the Registrar in the Hobart Gazette. 

13. If the Registrar willfully makes or causes to be made 
any falsification in any matter relating to any register under this 
Act, he shall be liable to be imprisoned for any term not exceed- 
ing twelve months. 

14. The Governor in Council shall from time to time, upon 
the written recommendation of the Court of Medical Examiners, 
appoint a Board or Boards of Examiners for the purpose of con- 
ducting examinations and granting certificates and licenses under 
this Act. j Each of such Boards shall be called Boards of Ex- 
aminers in Dental Surgery and Dentistry, and shall consist of not 
less than four members, one-half of whom at least shall be per- 
sons registered under this Act. 

15. The persons appointed by the Governor in Council shall 
continue in office for such period, and shall conduct examinations 



REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. . 389 

in such manner, and shall grant certificates and licenses in such 
form, as the Governor in Council may from time to time by regu- 
lations direct. 

16. A casual vacancy in any such Board of Examiners may 
be filled by the Governor in Council upon such written recom- 
mendation as aforesaid; but the person so appointed shall be 
qualified as the person in whose stead he is appointed, and shall 
hold office for such time only as the person in whose stead he is 
appointed would have held office. 

17. Such reasonable fees shall be paid for the certificates or 
licenses to be granted under this Act by the Board of Examiners 
as the Governor in Council may from time to time by regulations 
direct. 

REGISTRATION. 

18. A Register shall be kept by the Registrar, to be styled 
the Dentists' Register, and shall contain in one alphabetical list 
the names of all persons registered under this Act, together with 
their qualifications and places of residence. 

19. On application made to him at any time for that purpose 
by any registered dentist, the Registrar shall issue to such appli- 
cant a Certificate of Registration. 

20. The Dentists' Register as aforesaid shall be open to 
inspection by the public. 

21. The Registrar shall from time to time erase the names of 
all registered persons who shall have died; and shall from time 
to time make the necessary alterations in the addresses of the 
persons registered under this Act. 

22. A true copy of the Register aforesaid, certified by the 
Registrar-General to be a true copy, shall, in the month of De- 
cember in each year be sent to the Chief Secretary, and shall by 
him be published in the Hobart Gazette ; and any copy of the 
Register so published shall be evidence in all civil and criminal 
proceedings whatsoever. 

23. The Registrar shall take and receive the under-mentioned 
fees: 

£ s. d. 

On application 1 

Certificate of Registration 5 

Any alteration of Register 5 

Inspection of Register 2 6 

24. All fees accruing under this Act shall be paid into the 



390 . world's history and 

Treasury and form part of the Consolidated Revenue Fund of 
the Colony. 

The next step in dental legislation dates from November 28, 
1890, and reads thus: 

An Act to Amend "The Dentists Act, 1884." 

[28 November, 1890.} 
Whereas, It is desirable to amend "The Dentists Act, 1884," 
in the manner hereinafter appearing: 

Be it therefore Enacted by His Excelle?icy the Governor of Tasmania, 
by and with the advice and consent of the Legislative Council and 
House of Assembly, i?i Parliament assembled, as follows: 

1. This Act may be cited for all purposes as "The Dentists 
Amendment Act, 1890." 

2. Sub-section 'V of section five of "The Dentists Act, 
1884," is hereby repealed, and in lieu thereof the following shall 
be deemed to be and may be cited as sub-section u e" of "The 
Dentists Act, 1884;" that is to say — 

"Has been for at least four consecutive years the apprentice 
or pupil of a person registered under this Act or the said Act, or 
entitled to be registered under this Act or the said Act, or of one 
or more such persons successively, and has been continuously 
and actually engaged during that period in the practice of dent- 
istry, and has attended a course of lectures and hospital practice 
at the Dental Department of the Hobart or Launceston General 
Hospital, or at any hospital recognized for the purpose by the 
Dental Board of Examiners, during a period of at least two years, 
upon such days and during such hours as the Dental Board of 
Examiners, with the approval of the Governor in Council, may 
from time to time by regulations direct, and shall have obtained 
a license under the fourteenth and fifteenth sections of this Act; 
and such reasonable fees shall be paid for attendance upon lec- 
tures and hospital practice as the Governor in Council may 
approve." 

3. This Act and "The Dentists Act, 1884," save as amended 
by this Act, shall be read and construed together as one Act. 

The following government notice, No. 579, is of June 9, 1890: 

GOVERNMENT NOTICE. 

(No. 579.) 
Chief Secretary's Office, 9th June, 1890. 
The Governor in Council has been pleased, in accordance with 



REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 391 

the provisions of Sections 15 and 17 of " The Dentists Act, 1884," 
48 Victoria, No. 31, to make the following regulations. 

By His Excellency's command, 

B. Stafford Bird, 
for Chief Secretary, absent. 
Regulations under "The Dentists Act, 1884," 48 Vict., No. 31. 

1. Each member of the Board of Examiners shall continue 
in office during the pleasure of the Governor in Council: Provided 
that any member may resign by sending a written notice of his 
resignation to the chief Secretary. 

2. The Board of Examiners constituted under the said Act 
shall appoint one of their body to be Chairman of the Board, and 
such appointment shall be notified in the Hobart Gazette. The 
Chairman so appointed shall be the official organ of communica- 
tion of the Board. 

3. Three members of the Board shall form a quorum. 

4. There shall be two meetings of the Board in each year for 
the examination of candidates, one of such meetings to be holden 
in the month of January and the other in the month of July: 
Provided, that the Board may, in their discretion, and in any 
special case, appoint any time for an examination. 

5. Every candidate for examination shall give to the Board 
notice in writing of his intention to present himself for examina- 
tion at least one calendar month before the first day of the month 
of January or July as the case may be, in which the examination 
will be held at which he so intends to present himself: Provided, 
that the Board may in any special case dispense with such notice 
or any notice. 

6. The following are the subjects in which candidates shall 
be examined: 

1. General Anatomy and Physiology (chiefly of the head 

and neck). 

2. General Surgery and Pathology (chiefly of the head 

and neck). 

3. Dental Anatomy and Physiology (human and compar- 

ative). 

4. Dental Surgery and Pathology. 

5. Gold and other fillings. 

6. Chemistry. 

7. Metallurgy. 

8. Mechanical Dentistry, with practical tests. 



392 world's history and 

7. The examination shall be conducted by written or printed 
questions, to which the candidate shall give written answers, and 
also by oral questions and answers. There shall be a paper upon 
each of the above subjects, containing not fewer than two nor 
more than six questions. The time allowed for answering each 
paper shall be such time, not less than one nor more than three 
hours, as the examiner notifies on the paper. Each candidate 
will be required to execute and show specimens of mechanical 
work in gold, vulcanite, or celluloid, as the examiners may 
decide. 

8. The examination shall be conducted on the system of 
marks; and no candidates shall be deemed to have passed the 
examination who fails to attain the standard fixed by the Board 
for each subject. 

9. The fee for each license shall be £1 is. 

10. The form of the license to be granted under the said Act 
shall be as follows: 

No 



License Granted by the Board of Examiners under " The 
Dentists Act, 1884," 48 Vict., No. 31. 

We, the undersigned members of the Board of Examiners in 
Dental Surgery and Dentistry, under " The Dentists Act, 1884," 

do hereby certify that having carefully examined 

we find fully qualified to practice dental surgery and 

dentistry in any part of Tasmania; and we further certify that he 
is now entitled to be registered in the Dentists' Register under 
the said Act. 

Dated this day of 18 ... . 

Chairman. 

Members of the 
Board of 
Examiners. 

In order to meet the requirements, and in accordance with the 
provisions of Sub-section " E " of Section 5, of " The Dentists 
Act, 1884;" 48 Victoria, No. 31, the following rules and regu- 
lations have been framed by the Board of Examiners in dental 
surgery and dentistry: 



review of dentistry. 393 

Regulations Respecting the Education and Examination of 
Candidates for the Diploma in Dental Surgery and 
Dentistry Granted by the Dental Board of Examiners 
under Sub-section "E" of Section 5, of "The Dent- 
ists Act, 1884." 

1. Candidates shall (except in cases hereinafter providedfor) 
produce evidence showing that they have completed the follow- 
ing educational course: 

(a) Of having been engaged during a period of four years 
in the acquirement of professional knowledge, and in 
obtaining a practical familiarity with the details of 
Mechanical Dentistry under the instruction of a com- 
petent practitioner. 
(&) Matriculation at the University of Tasmania or the 
passage of some examination recognized by the Uni- 
versity as equivalent thereto, such matriculation or ex- 
amination to include passing in English, Latin, and 
Arithmetic, as compulsory subjects. And in one of the 
following optional subjects, Greek, French, German, or 
other modern language, Botany, Zoology, Elementary 
Chemistry, Elementary Mechanics. 

(c) Attendance at a recognized dental hospital or in the 
Dental Department of a recognized general hospital, the 
practice of dental surgery during the period of not less 
than two years. 

(d) Attendance at a recognized school or schools upon the 
following courses of lectures and demonstrations, deliv- 
ered by lecturers or teachers recognized by the Dental 
Board of Examiners, namely: 

(1) One course of not less than twenty lectures upon 
General Anatomy. 

(2) One course of not less than twenty lectures upon 
General Physiology. 

(3) One course of demonstrations on Anatomy by dissec- 
tions (chiefly of the head and neck). 

{4) One course of not less than twelve lectures on Gen- 
eral Surgery. 

(5) One course of not less than twelve lectures on Gen- 
eral Pathology. 

(6) Of having performed dissections at a recognized 
school during not less than twelve months. 



394 world's history and 

(7) Of having attended at a recognized hospital or hos- 
pitals a course of clinical lectures on General Surgery 
and Pathology, chiefly of the head and neck, during not 
less than twelve months. 

(8) Of having attended at a recognized school the fol- 
lowing courses of lectures and demonstrations upon the 
more special subjects of dental education by lecturers 
or teachers recognized by the Board of Examiners. 

(9) Two courses of lectures on Dental Anatomy and 
Physiology, human and comparative. 

(10) Two courses of lectures on Dental Surgery and 
Pathology. 

(11) Two courses of lectures on Mechanical Dentistry. 

(12) One course of not less than twelve lectures on 
Dental Materia-Medica and Therapeutics. 

(13) One course of not less than twelve lectures each on 
Metallurgy and Chemistry in their application to the 
practice of dentistry. 

(14) One course of demonstrations on Practical Dental 
Mechanics. 

2. In addition to a special acquaintance with Anatomy, 
Physiology, Surgery, Pathology, Chemistry and Materia Medica 
in their particular relations to the practice of dentistry, and with 
the Surgical Anatomy and Physiology, of the organs of Masti- 
cation, Deglutition, Taste and Articulation, candidates are ex- 
pected to possess a general knowledge of, at least, the following 
subjects of examination: 

(a) General Anatomy and Physiology. 

(1) The skeleton in general, the anatomical characters 
and articulations of the bones; with the muscles of the 
upper and lower. extremities. 

(2) The names and positions of the principal blood ves- 
sels and nerves, and the form and relations of the viscera 
of the chest and abdomen, with a knowledge of their 
structure. 

(3) General anatomy of the brain andintercranial nerves. 

(4) JThe structure and properties of the principal tissues 
of the body. 

(5) General knowledge of the functions of digestion, 
absorption, circulation, respiration, secretion, motion, 
and sensation. 



REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 395 

(&) Medicine, Surgery, and Materia Medica. 

(i) The nature and treatment of inflammation, hemorrhage, 
wounds, fractures, and dislocations; along with a general 
knowledge of the uses of anaesthetics during operations, 
the signs or asphyxia, syncope, and the treatment of 
threatened death from anaesthetics. 

(2) Injuries and diseases of the jaws, mouth, fauces, and 
adjacent parts. 

(3) A general knowledge of the action of narcotics, 
emetics, purgatives, depressants, stimulants, tonics, etc., 
with examples of the commoner substances used as each, 
and the modes of their prescription. 

EXAMINATIONS. 

3. An examination is held after the student has completed 
his first year of hospital practice, upon each of the subjects in- 
cluded in the first year's course, namely, Anatomy, Physiology, 
Chemistry, and Metallurgy; and a second or final examination at 
the expiration of the last year spent in hospital training, upon 
the more practical and special subjects of the curriculum; namely, 
Surgery and Pathology, Materia Medica and Therapeutics, Opera- 
tive and Mechanical Dentistry. 

FEES, ETC. 

The fee for the diploma and examination before the Dental 
Board is six guineas. 

A candidate failing to satisfy the Board of Examiners may be 
referred back to his studies for a period of not less than three 
months, when he may again present himself for examination 
upon payment of two guineas. 

A candidate may present himself for examination before 
attaining the age of twenty-one years, but the license to practice 
will not be granted until he has attained that age. 

Candidates being twenty-one years of age, who have passed 
their examination, and paid the necessary fees, shall be entitled 
to the license granted by the Board of Examiners under the 14th 
and 15th sections of "The Dentists Act, 1884." (See Government 
Notice, No. 579, published in Gazette, 9th June, 1890.) 

DECLARATION. 

Each candidate, before receiving his diploma, shall sign the 
following declaration: " I hereby promise faithfully, in the event 



396 world's history and 

of my receiving from the Dental Board of Examiners a license 
entitling me to practice dental surgery and dentistry in Tasmania, 
to refrain from conducting my practice by means of the exhibi- 
tion of dental specimens, appliances or apparatus, in an open 
shop, window or show-case, or otherwise exposed to public in- 
spection, or by the means of public advertisements or circulars 
describing modes of practice or patented or secret processes, or 
by the publication of a scale of professional charges, or to 
employ any other unbecoming modes of attracting business, nor 
will I allow my name to appear in connection with anyone who 
does so. I also promise, so far as lies in my power, to maintain 
the honor and interests of the dental profession, and the spirit 
and provisions ot " The Dentists Act," so long as I hold the 
license of the Dental Board of Examiners." 

TITLE AND DIPLOMA. 

Those candidates who have obtained the " License " of the 
Board of Examiners shall be entitled to the designation of 
" Licentiate in Dental Surgery of Tasmania." 

The Register of Dentists gives the number as follows (Jan- 
uary 5, 1891): Launceston, 15; Hobart, 8; Westbury, Deloraine, 
Torquay, Waratah, Cambridge Road, Oatlands, Latrobe, Stan- 
ley, Scottsdale, Ulserstone, Longford and Timaru, New Zealand, 
each, 1. The whole number, 35. 

There are two schools of dentistry in the colony, one at 
Hobart and one at Launceston, each in connection with the gen- 
eral hospitals of these cities. They are government institu- 
tions. 

From the report for 1892, of the General Hospital of Launces- 
ton, we are in position to reprint the following: 

" The steady increase in the numbers seeking the help and 
advice of the dental surgeons evidences the continued and grow- 
ing usefulness of this department, as providing a means for the 
poorer classes of relief from a diseased and defective condition 
of the teeth. 

" Besides the inmates of other public institutions which have 
received attention in this department of the hospital, the chil- 
dren from the Girls' Industrial School have attended on differ- 
ent occasions during the year for the purpose of having their 
teeth examined and such treatment as each case required. 

" I have again much pleasure in noticing an increase in the 



REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 397 

number of operations for the preservation of the teeth, with a 
proportionate decrease in those of a less conservative character. 

" The educational work has also made satisfactory progress. 
The following courses of lectures and demonstrations have been 
delivered during the session: 

" General Pathology, one course of twenty lectures, by Dr. 
F. J. Drake. 

" General Surgery, one course of twenty lectures, by Dr. W. 
H. Jermyn. 

" Dental Surgery, one course of twenty lectures, by Mr. A. 
Lucadou Wells. 

'Anaesthetics, one course of four lectures, by Dr. W. H. Jer- 
myn. 

" Mechanical Dentistry, Demonstrations on, by Mr. A. J. Hall. 

" Dental Materia Medica, one course of twelve lectures, by 
Mr. A. Lucadou Wells. 

" Operative Dentistry, Demonstrations on, by Mr. A. J. Hall. 

" In this school two candidates have successfully passed the 
first examination for the diploma in Dental Surgery granted by 
the Board of Examiners under 'The Dentists Act, 1884.' 

" The details of cases treated by the honorary dental surgeons 
are embodied in the report." 

REPORT OF CASES TREATED AT THE DENTAL DEPARTMENT AND 
SCHOOL OF DENTISTRY DURING THE YEAR 1 892. 

Extractions 628 

Operations Under chloroform 30 

Operations under nitrous oxide gas 13 

Fillings, various 181 

Deformities and irregularities of teeth treated 

surgically 58 

Mechanical appliances supplied 7 

Removal of salivary calculus 10 

Advice and prescribing 168 

Miscellaneous operations (including extirpa- 
tion of the dental pulp, treatment of the 
nerve canals, removal of morbid growths, 

treatment of alveolar and antral abscess, etc. ) 279 

Total 1,374 

F. J. Drake, M. A., M. B., 
January 10, 1893. Surge on- Superiiitendent. 



398 world's history and 

A dental students' society was formed in 1889, at Launce- 
ston. President, A. Lucadou Wells; Hon. Treasurer and Secre- 
tary, Louis B. Galvin. 

No dental journal is published in the colony, but all matters 
of interest in connection with the profession are published in 
The Australasian Journal of Pharmacy, published in Melbourne, 
which is also the organ of the Dental Association of Victoria. 



VICTORIA. 

(BRITISH COLONY.) 

Area, 87,884 square miles. Population, 1,131,247. 
Capital, Melbourne; population, 445,220. 

Below is reprinted The Dentists Act of 1887, with regulations 
under its provisions, approved by the Governor in Council. 

An Act to Provide for the Registration of Dentists 
Qualified to Practice in Victoria. 

[17th December, 1887.] 

Whereas, It is expedient that provision be made for the 
registration of persons qualified to practice as dentists within the 
colony of Victoria: Be it therefore Enacted by the Queen's Most 
Excellent Majesty by and with the advice and consent of the 
Legislative Council and the Legislative Assembly in this present 
Parliament assembled and by the authority of the same as follows 
(that is to say): 

1. This Act may for all purposes be cited as "The Dentists 
Act, 1887." 

2. In the construction and for the purposes of this Act, the 
following terms shall if not inconsistent with the context have 
the respective meanings hereby assigned to them (that is to say): 

" Ejental Board " shall mean the Dental Board appointed 

under the provisions of this Act: 
" Dentist" shall mean a person registered under this Act: 
" Minister" shall mean the responsible Minister of the Crown 

for the time being administering this Act: 
" Register" shall mean the dentists' register for qualified 



REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 399 

dentists to be kept in pursuance of the provisions of 
this Act: 
" Registrar" shall mean the registrar appointed under the 
provisions of this Act. 

DENTAL BOARD AND OFFICERS. 

3. The Governor in Council may appoint a Board consisting 
of eight members under the style of the " Dental Board of 
Victoria" hereinafter in this Act termed "the Dental Board." 

4. No person shall be appointed or elected President or 
member of the Dental Board for more than three years, but any 
person appointed or elected a member of the Dental Board shall 
upon the expiration of the term for which he was so appointed 
or elected be eligible for re-appointment or re-election. The 
Governor in Council may from time to time remove the Presi- 
dent or any member of the Dental Board. 

5. A quorum of the Dental Board shall consist of not less 
than three members thereof. In the absence of the President 
from any meeting of the said Board one of the members present 
shall be elected Chairman of that meeting. 

6. The first members of the Dental Board including the 
President shall be appointed by the Governor in Council without 
previous election for a period of three years. Provided, That at 
least four of the persons so appointed shall be persons who 
appear to be eligible for registration as dentists under this Act, 
and three shall be legally qualified medical practitioners regis- 
tered under the "Medical Practitioners Statue, 1865." If any 
vacancy occur in the office of member of the Dental Board during 
the period for which the first members of the said Board are 
appointed, the Governor in Council may fill such vacancy by 
appointing without previous election any dentist; and the person 
so appointed shall hold office until the expiration of three years 
from the date of the appointment of the first members and no 
longer. 

7. On the expiration of the period for which such first mem- 
bers are appointed to hold office no person shall be eligible to be 
appointed a member of the Dental Board unless he have been 
elected to act as a member of the said Board by the dentists; 
and no person shall be appointed President unless he be a mem- 
ber of the said Board and have been elected by the other mem- 
bers thereof to act as President. At least four members of the 



/ 



u 



400 world's history and 



said Board shall be dentists and three shall be legally qualified 
medical practitioners registered under the " Medical Practitioners 
Statute 1865." Every election of a person to act as a member of 
the said Board shall be held in the manner prescribed by regula- 
tions to be made by the said Board subject to the approval of the 
Governor in Council. 

8. The persons appointed by the Governor in Council shall 
conduct examinations for the purposes of this Act in such man- 
ner and shall grant certificates in such form as the Governor in 
Council from time to time by regulation directs. 

9. The Dental Board may from time to time appoint a regis- 
trar and any officers they may think fit for the purposes of this 
Act and may at any time remove any person so appointed; and 
may from time to time subject to the approval of the Governor 
in Council make, alter and repeal By-laws regulating their pro- 
ceedings and sittings and the election of a chairman and gener- 
ally as to the conduct of their business. 

REGISTER. 

10. A register shall be kept by the Registrar to be called the 
" Dentists' Register," and the said register shall contain in one 
alphabetical list according to surnames the names of all dentists 
who are registered under this Act and shall state the full names 
and addresses of the registered persons, the description and date 
of the qualifications in respect of which they are registered, and 
subject to the provisions of this Act shall contain such particulars 
and be in such form as the Governor in Council from time to time 
directs, and the said register shall be open to inspection by the 
public on payment of the fees prescribed in the First Schedule 
hereto. 

11. The Registrar shall from time to time insert in the register 
any alteration which comes to his knowledge in the name or 
address of any person registered therein, and he shall erase from 
the register the name of every deceased person; and in the exe- 
cution of these duties the Registrar shall act in each case on such 
evidence as appears sufficient. 

12. Any entry in the register which appears to the Registrar 
to have been irregularly or fraudulently made may be by him 
erased if the Minister so direct. If any person registered under 
this Act has either before or after the passing thereof and either 
before or after he is so registered been convicted either in Her 



REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 401 

Majesty's dominions or elsewhere of an offense which if com- 
mitted in Victoria would be a felony or a misdemeanor, such per- 
son shall be liable to have his name erased from the register. 

The Dental Board may cause inquiry to be made into the case 
of a person alleged to be liable to have his name erased under 
this section, and on proof of such conviction shall make represent- 
ation of the same to the Governor in Council, who may there- 
upon direct the Registrar to erase the name of such person from 
the register. 

Provided, That the name of a person shall not be erased under 
this section on account of a conviction for a political offense out 
of Her Majesty's dominions. 

13. Any person who wilfully makes or causes to be made any 
falsification in any matter relating to the register shall be deemed 
guilty of a misdemeanor, and shall on conviction thereof be liable 
to be imprisoned for any term not exceeding twelve months. 

14. A true copy of the register aforesaid certified by the 
Registrar to be a true copy shall in the month of January in 
each and every year be sent to the Minister and shall by him 
be published in the Government Gazette and shall be published 
and sold by the Dental Board, and any printed documents pur- 
porting to be a copy of such register shall be prima facie evi- 
dence in all courts of law in all legal proceedings whatsoever 
and before all justices and others that the persons therein speci- 
fied are registered according to the provisions of this Act, and 
the absence of the name of any person from the latest of such 
printed copies for the time being shall be prima facie evidence 
until the contrary be made to appear that such person is not 
so registered. Provided, That in the case of any person whose 
name does not appear in such copy a certificate under the hand 
of the Registrar to the effect that such person is registered 
under this Act shall be evidence that such person is registered 
under this Act. 

15. On applicatiom made to him at any time for that pur- 
pose the Registrar shall, if so directed by the Dental Board, 
issue to any applicant a certificate to the effect that he is regis- 
tered under this Act. 

REGISTRATION. 

16. From and after the first day of March, one thousand eight 
hundred and eighty-eight, no person other thar a legally quali- 

26 



402 world's history and 

fied medical practitioner shall be entitled to take or use the 
name or title of "dentist" or of "dental practitioner" or of 
" dental surgeon " or any name title addition or description im- 
plying that he is registered under this Act or that he is a person 
specially qualified to practice dentistry (either alone or in com- 
bination with any other word or words) unless he be registered 
under this Act. 

Any person who after the first day of March, one thousand 
eight hundred and eighty-eight, not being a person registered 
under this Act or a legally qualified medical practitioner takes 
or uses any such name title addition or description as afore- 
said shall be liable on conviction to a penalty not exceeding 
twenty pounds. 

17. Every person registered under this Act and every legally 
qualified medical practitioner shall be entitled to practice dental 
surgery and dentistry in any part of Victoria, and to sue in any 
court of law within Victoria to the extent of the jurisdiction of 
such court for the recovery of his fees or other remuneration 
of his professional services in dentistry or in the performance of 
any dental operation or for any dental attendance or advice, 
and it shall be sufficient to state in the particulars or demand 
the words " for dental services," which shall include every de- 
mand for any dental operation attendance and advice and for 
any articles supplied by the plaintiff to the defendant for dental 
purposes. From and after the first day of March, one thousand 
eight hundred and eighty-eight, no person shall be entitled to 
recover any fee or charge in any court of law for the perform- 
ance of any dental operation or for any dental attendance or 
advice, or shall hold any appointment as a dentist or dental 
practitioner or dental surgeon in any hospital, infirmary, dis- 
pensary or lying-in-hospital or in any lunatic asylum, gaol, peni- 
tentiary or other public institution, unless he is registered under 
this Act or is a legally qualified medical practitioner. 

18. Any person who — 

{a) Is registered or is entitled to be registered in the 
United Kingdom in accordance with the law for the 
time being in force therein as a dentist or medical 
practitioner: 

(d) Is entitled as hereinafter mentioned to be registered 
under this Act as a dentist: 



REVIEW OE DENTISTRY. 403 

(c) Is at the passing of this Act bona fide engaged in any 

part of Victoria in the practice of dentistry or dental 
surgery either separately on in conjunction with the 
practice of medicine, surgery or pharmacy: 

(d) Has attained the age of twenty-one years and has 

been engaged continuously during a period of not less 
than four years in the acquirement of professional 
knowledge and has passed an examination before the 
Board in the subjects prescribed by them, subject to 
the approval of the Governor-in-Council — 
shall be entitled to be registered under this Act. 

19. Any dental student who has been studying with and any 
apprentice of any person entitled to be registered under this Act 
who has commenced his professional education or apprenticeship 
at least six months before the passing of this Act, and has served 
as a pupil or apprentice for not less than three years, shall be en- 
titled, on making a declaration in the form in the Third Schedule 
hereto, to be registered under this Act as though he had been at 
the passing of- this Act bona fide engaged in the practice of dent- 
istry or dental surgery in Victoria. 

20. Any person who either is not domiciled in Victoria or 
has practiced dental surgery or dentistry for more than ten years 
elsewhere than in Victoria, showing that he holds some recognized 
certificate as hereinafter defined, granted in some portion of the 
British possessions other than the United Kingdom, and that he 
is of good character, shall upon the payment of the registration 
fees, be entitled without examination to be registered as a dent- 
ist under this Act. 

21. Any person who is not a British subject or who either is 
not domiciled in Victoria, or has practiced dental surgery or dent- 
istry more than ten years elsewhere than in Victoria, showing that 
he holds some recognized certificate, as hereinafter defined, granted 
in a foreign country, and that he is of good character, and either 
continues to hold such certificate or has not been deprived thereof 
for any cause which disqualifies him from being registered under 
this Act, shall, upon payment of the registration fees, be entitled 
without examination to be registered as a dentist under this Act. 

22. The certificate granted in a British possession or in a for- 
eign country, which is to be deemed such a recognized certificate 
as is required for the purposes of this Act, shall be such certifi- 
cate, diploma, membership, degree, license, letters testimonial, or 



404 world's history and 

other title, status or document as may be recognized by the 
Dental Board as entitling the holder thereof to practice dental 
surgery or dentistry in such possession or country, and as fur- 
nishing sufficient guarantee of the possession of the requisite 
knowledge and skill for the efficient practice of dental surgery or 
dentistry. 

23. If any person is refused registration under this Act as a 
dentist, the Dental Board shall, if required by him, state in writ- 
ing the reason for such refusal; and if such reason be that the 
certificate held or obtained by him is not such a recognized cer- 
tificate as above defined, such person may appeal to the Gov- 
ernor in Council, and the Governor in Council may, after hearing 
the said Board, dismiss the appeal or order the said Board to rec- 
ognize such certificate, and such order shall be duly obeyed. 

24. The Dental Board may from time to time subject to the 
approval of the Governor in Council, make, alter and repeal reg- 
ulations specifying what certificates, diplomas, degrees, member- 
ships, licenses, letters, testimonials, or other titles, status or docu- 
ments granted in a British possession other than the United 
Kingdom, or granted in a foreign country, will be recognized by 
the said Board as qualifying persons holding them or any of them 
to be registered under this Act as dentists. 

The Dental Board may, when any person makes application 
to be registered in respect of any certificate, diploma, member- 
ship, degree, license, letters testimonial, or other title, status or 
document not specified in such regulations, entertain such appli- 
cation and deal with it specially, and may if they think fit give to 
such applicant a certificate of recognition setting forth that he is 
the holder of a recognized certificate, and the Registrar shall take 
such certificate of recognition as an authority to register such 
applicant. 

25. When a person entitled to be registered under this Act 
produces or sends to the Registrar the certificate, diploma, 
license, letters testimonial or other document in writing confer- 
ring or evidencing his qualification, with a statement of his name 
and address and all other particulars (if any) required for regis- 
tration under this Act, and pays the registration fees, he shall be 
registered, and such registration shall consist in the entry by or 
on behalf of the Registrar, in the register of such name, address 
and other particulars. Provided, that a person shall not be regis- 
tered under this Act as having been,, before the passing thereof, 



REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 405 

engaged in the practice of dental surgery or dentistry in Victoria, 
unless he produces or transmits to the Registrar before the first 
day of March, one thousand eight hundred and eighty-eight, infor- 
mation of his name and address and a declaration, signed by 
him, in the form set out in the Fourth Schedule to this Act. 

A person resident in Victoria shall not be disqualified for 
being registered by reason only that he is not a British subject. 

EXAMINATIONS. 

26. The Dental Board shall at such times as are prescribed by 
the Governor in Council, hold examinations for the purpose of 
testing the fitness of persons to practice dental surgery or dent- 
istry, and may grant certificates of such fitness to those who have 
satisfied the said Board thereof on examination. 

The Dental Board shall admit to the examinations held by 
them under this section any person desirous of being examined, 
who has attained the age of twenty-one years and has complied 
with the regulation in force (if any) made by the caid Board as 
to the education of such persons. 

27. Such reasonable fees shall be paid for the certificate to 
be granted under this Act by the Dental Board and for examina- 
tion by the said Board as the Governor in Council from time to 
time, by regulations, directs. 

28. If it appears to the Governor in Council that an attempt 
has been made by the Dental Board to impose on any candidate 
offering himself for examination, an obligation to adopt or refrain 
from adopting, the practice of any particular theory of dental 
surgery or dentistry as a test or condition of admitting him to 
examination, or granting a certificate of fitness under this Act, 
the Governor in Council may thereupon issue an injunction to the 
said Board, directing them to desist from such practice. 

MISCELLANEOUS. 

29. Any person who willfully procures, or attempts to pro- 
cure, himself or any other person to be registered under this 
Act, by making or producing, or causing to be made or produced, 
any false or fraudulent representation or declaration, either ver- 
bally or in writing, shall be deemed guilty of a misdemeanor, and 
shall, on conviction thereof, be liable to be imprisoned for any 
term not exceeding twelve months. 

30. The Dental Board may question any person who attends 
before it, and any witness who may be produced before the said 



406 world's history and 

Board, and may examine any person upon oath, or take a solemn 
declaration from such person; and if any person willfully, know- 
ingly or corruptly make any false statement upon such examina- 
tion, or in such declaration, or utter or attempt to utter or put off 
as true before the said Board, any false, forged or counterfeit 
certificate, diploma, license, letters testimonial or other document 
or writing, he shall be guilty of a misdemeanor, and being thereof 
duly convicted, he shall be liable to be imprisoned for any period 
not exceeding one year. 

All offenses under this Act shall be heard and determined 
and all penalties imposed by this Act shall be recovered in a 
summary manner before two justices of the peace in petty ses- 
sions, and all penalties when recovered shall be paid to the Dental 
Board to be applied toward the expenses of carrying this Act 
into effect. 

31. Subject to the provisions of this Act, the Governor in 
Council may from time to time fix the times at which examina- 
tions are to be held under this Act and may make, alter and re- 
voke such orders and regulations as he thinks fit with respect to 
the examinations of persons desiring to obtain certificates of fit- 
ness to practice dental surgery or dentistry, the granting of cer- 
tificates of recognition and of fitness by the Dental Board, the 
keeping of the register, registration therein, and the payment of 
fees in respect of certificates granted by the said Board under 
this Act and in respect of examinations held by the said Board, 
and generally for carrying this Act into effect, 

32. The fees mentioned in the First Schedule to this Act 
shall be payable by persons applying to be registered or obtain- 
ing certificates of registration under this Act, or inspecting the 
register respectively by the Registrar, and shall be applied by 
the Dental Board in such manner as they think fit in defraying 
the expenses and carying out the provisions of this Act. 

33. All persons registered under this Act shall be exempt 
from serving on juries and inquests and from serving in the mili- 
tia. 

THE DENTAL BOARD OF VICTORIA BYE-LAWS. 

At the Executive Council Chamber, Melbourne, the fifth day 
of February, 1889. 

Whereas, By the Dentists Act 1887 tne Dental Board is em- 
powered from time to time, subject to the approval of the Gov- 



REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 407 

ernor in Council, to make, alter and repeal bye-laws regulating 
their proceedings and sittings, and the election of a Chairman, 
and generally to the conduct of their business: and whereas such 
bye-laws require to be made, altered and repealed, subject to the 
approval of the Governor in Council: now, therefore, His Excel- 
lency the Governor, by and with the advice of the Executive 
Council, doth hereby approve of the following bye-laws made by 
the Dental Board of Victoria, that is to say: 

PROCEEDINGS OF BOARD. 

1. The ordinary meetings of the Board shall be held in the 
office of the Registrar or some other place appointed by the 
Board on every fourth Friday in every month, at the hour of 8 
p. m., or at such hour as the Board may from time to time ap- 
point. 

2. Special meetings of the Board may be called upon the 
requisition of the President or any two members of the Board, 
provided that three clear days' notice shall have been given by 
the Registrar to the other members of the Board. 

3. If there be not the authorized quorum present at thirty 
minutes after the expiration of the appointed hour of meeting, 
that meeting shall lapse, and no business shall be transacted. 

4. At every ordinary meeting of the Board, after the reading 
and confirmation of the minutes of the previous meeting, the 
order of business shall be as follows, unless altered by a resolu- 
tion of the board to that effect, viz.: 

(1) Correspondence and business arising therefrom. 

(2) Reports of committees. 

(3) Payment of accounts. 

(4) Ordinary business, including postponed and adjourned 
business. 

(5) Special business, of which due notice has been given. 

REGISTRAR AND REGISTRATION. 

5. The Registrar shall be in attendance at his office at such 
hours as from time to time may be appointed by the Board for 
that purpose, and be present at all meetings of the Board and 
committees. It shall be his duty to superintend the affairs of the 
Board under the direction of the Board and committees. The 
Registrar shall keep the books in a neat and orderly manner; he 
shall conduct all correspondence and issue all summonses, record 
the minutes of all meetings for business, and make a report of 



408 



WORLD S HISTORY AND 



all dental matters that come under his cognizance for the infor- 
mation of the Board and committees. He shall consult the Presi- 
dent on any business requiring attention between the various 
meetings, and be responsible for the safe custody of all the docu- 
ments and property belonging to the Board which shall be under 
his control; and he shall find security in the sum of ^200. 

6. The Registrar shall receive all fees, fines, and other mon- 
eys which may become due and payable to the Board, and give 
a printed receipt, and no other, for the same, retaining a block 
counterpart of such receipt. He shall, once in each week, lodge 
in the bank, in the name of the Board, all moneys received by 
him. 

TREASURER. 

7. The Board may from time to time appoint one of their 
number as Hon. Treasurer, whose duty it shall be to receive from 
the Registrar a weekly account of all moneys taken, and to see 
that these moneys are lodged in the bank appointed by the 
Board to the credit of an account headed " Dental Board of Vic- 
toria," and to pay by a check, signed by the President, Treasurer, 
and Registrar, such accounts as the Board from time to time 
order by a resolution which shall specify the sums of money to 
be paid and to whom. 

8. The Board may from time to time direct the Treasurer to 
invest any surplus funds over and above what is required for the 
working expenses of the Board, in such manner and upon such 
security as shall be authorized by a resolution of the Board. 

9. The Treasurer shall present to the Board a monthly state- 
ment showing the receipts and expenditure for the past month; 
and he shall also, in the month of February in each year, pre- 
pare and present to the Board an annual balance-sheet, showing 
the exact financial position of the affairs of the Board. 

AUDITORS. 

10. The Board shall appoint two fit and proper persons as 
auditors, who shall hold office for twelve months; and the Board 
may pay out of the moneys accruing under the Dentists Act 1887 
a fee of £2 2s. to each of such auditors. 

11. The auditors shall inspect the books and accounts of the 
Board, and examine the annual balance-sheet prepared by the 
Treasurer, and shall certify to the same if correct; and they shall 
also investigate and examine all contracts, accounts, invoices, 



REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 409 

books, bills of parcels, and vouchers, in any wise relating to or 
concerning the same, which may be kept by or in the possession 
of the Treasurer and Registrar: and they shall also examine the 
bank pass-book, and ascertain that it corresponds with the ac- 
count of the Board in the bank; and they shall present an annual 
report to the Board, stating the result of their inspection and ex- 
amination. 

STUDENTS. 

12. Every dental student entering upon his apprenticeship 
must notify the same to the Registrar with the object of being 
registered as a dental student, and must forward at the same time 
to the Registrar a copy of his indentures. 

And the Honorable Charles Henry Pearson, for Her Majesty's 
Chief Secretary for Victoria, shall give the necessary directions 
herein accordingly. Rob. Wadsworth, 

Clerk of the Executive Council. 

REGULATIONS. 

At the Executive Council Chamber, Melbourne, the seventh day 

of May, 1889. 
In accordance with the provisions of, and in the exercise of 
the powers conferred by the Dentists Act, 1887, the Adminis- 
trator of the Government, with the advice of the Executive Coun- 
cil, doth hereby make the subjoined Regulations for the exami- 
nation of persons desiring to obtain certificates of fitness to prac- 
tice dental surgery or dentistry, that is to say: — 

regulations. 
No. 1. . 
Candidates for examination under the Dentists Act, Victoria, 
No. 960, shall (except in cases which are hereinafter provided for 
by regulation No. V.) produce evidence that they have for the 
four years during which they have been " engaged continuously 
in the acquirement of professional knowledge" (Section 18, 
clause D of the Act), completed the following educational 
course: 

{a) Matriculation at the University of Melbourne or the 
passage of some examination recognized by the Univer- 
sity as equivalent thereto, such matriculation or exam- 
ination to include passing in Latin, English, Arithme- 
tic, Algebra and Geometry, as compulsory subjects of 
the examination. 



410 world's history and 

(b) Attendance on the following courses of lectures and 
demonstrations at some period subsequent to such 
matriculation or examination: 
( i ) A course of lectures on Materia Medica at the Univer- 
sity of Melbourne or at the Melbourne College of Phar- 
macy, or at any school of pharmacy recognised by the 
Pharmacy Board of Victoria, as equivalent thereto. 

(2) Two courses of lectures on Anatomy at the Univer- 
sity of Melbourne or at any school of anatomy recog- 
nised by the University of Melbourne as equivalent 
thereto. 

(3) Two courses of lectures on Physiology at the Univer- 
sity of Melbourne or at any school of physiology recog- 
nised by the University of Melbourne as equivalent 
thereto. 

(4) Two courses of lectures on Chemistry at the Univer- 
sity of Melbourne or at the Melbourne College of 
Pharmacy or at any school of pharmacy recognised by 
the Pharmacy Board of Victoria as equivalent thereto. 

(5) A course of dissections at any medical school recog- 
nised by the Dental Board of Victoria. 

(6) A course of clinical lectures and hospital practice 
during a period of not less than two years at any hos- 
pital recognised for the purpose by the Dental Board 
of Victoria. 

(7) A course of lectures on Medicine and Surgery by lec- 
turers appointed for that purpose by the Dental Board, 
of Victoria. 

(8) Two courses of lectures on Dental Anatomy and 
Physiology by a lecturer appointed by the Dental Board 
of Victoria. 

(9) Two courses of lectures on Dental Surgery and Path- 
ology by a lecturer appointed by the Dental Board of 
Victoria. 

(10) Two courses of lectures on dental mechanics and 
metallurgy by a lecturer appointed by the Dental 
Board of Victoria. 

(11) The practice during a period of not less than two 
years of a dental hospital recognised by the Dental 
Board of Victoria, and the practice, as an indentured 
pupil, with a registered dentist for a period of not less 
than three years. 



REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 411 

No. 2. 
Candidates for the certificate issued by the Dental Board of 
Victoria under The Dentists Act, Victoria, No. 960, shall subse- 
quent to the completion of the foregoing educational course, 
present themselves for examination before the Dental Board of 
Victoria, and shall be examined in all the subjects of their pro- 
fessional studies. 

No. 3. 
The fee for the examination before the Dental Board shall be 
;£lO 10s. 

No. 4. 

Candidates who have completed the foregoing educational 
course and passed the foregoing examinations shall be entitled 
to the certificate of qualification issued by the Dental Board of 
Victoria. 

No. 5. 

In the case of all apprentices who have been indentured pre- 
vious to the gazetting of these regulations, and such other per- 
sons as have applied for registration within 18 calendar months 
since the coming into force of the Act, the Board may at its dis- 
cretion admit to a modified examination; such examination to 
consist of — 

1. Mechanical dentistry — 

Theory, illustrated by models, etc. 

2. General — 

(a) Elementary Anatomy and Physiology. 

(b) Elementary Surgery and Pathology. 

3. Dental — 

{a) Elementary Anatomy and Physiology. 
(b) Elementary Surgery and Pathology. 

No. 6. 
The fee for such examination shall be £$ 5s. 

No. 7. 
Candidates who have passed the foregoing modified examin- 
ation shall be entitled to the certificate of registration issued 
by the Dental Board of Victoria, under the Dentists Act, No. 

960. 

And the Honorable Alfred Deakin, Her Majesty's Chief Sec- 



412 world's history and 

retary for Victoria, shall give the necessary directions herein 
accordingly. G. Wilson Brown, 

Clerk of the Executive Council. 

ADDITIONAL REGULATIONS OF THE DENTAL BOARD 

OF VICTORIA. 

The Governor in Council has approved of the subjoined ad- 
ditional regulations made by the Dental Board of Victoria 
pursuant to the provisions of The Dentists Act 1887 (51 Vict. 
No. 960. 

Alfred Deakin, 
Chief Secretary. 
Chief Secretary's Office, 
Melbourne, 14th January, 1890. 

ELECTIONS OF MEMBERS OF BOARD. 

1. The Board shall from time to time appoint (and may re- 
move) some fit and proper person, who is registered as a dent- 
ist, and not being a member of the Board, to be returning 
officer, and to conduct the election of members of the Board 
in accordance with the provisions hereinafter made in that be- 
half. 

2. The Board shall pay to the returning officer for his own 
use, out of the moneys accruing under the Dentists Act, 1887, a 
fee of £2 2s., for each and every election conducted by such 
returning officer, together with a sum of money sufficient to re- 
coup him all expenses incurred for the purpose of holding and 
conducting such election. 

3. In the month of February, in the year 1891, the returning 
officer shall proceed to the election of eight persons, of whom 
four at least shall be registered dentists of Victoria, and three 
shall be legally qualified medical practitioners, registered under 
the Medical Practitioners Act, 1865, and the persons so elected 
at such election shall serve as members of the Dental Board of 
Victoria for the respective periods as hereinafter provided. 

4. 1 In the month of February, in the year 1892, and in the 
month of February in each and every next succeeding year, there 
shall be an annual election of as many persons to be members of 
the Dental Board of Victoria as there are vacancies created (not 
being extraordinary vacancies) in each of such years; and the 
persons so elected at such annual election shall hold office for a 



REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 413 

term of three years then next ensuing from the date of such 
annual election, and no longer. 

5. At the annual election in 1892, two of the members elected 
in 1891, being the two members who at such election received the 
fewest number of votes of the members returned, shall retire 
from office, and thereby create vacancies to be filled up at such 
annual election. At the annual election in 1893, the two mem- 
bers who at such election in 1891 received the next lowest num- 
ber of votes above the members who retired in 1892, shall retire 
from office, and thereby create vacancies to be filled up at the 
annual election in 1893. And at the annual election in 1894 the 
remaining four of the eight members elected in 1891 shall retire 
from office, and thereby create vacancies to be filled up at the 
annual elections in 1894. In the event of any two or more of the 
members returned in 1891 having received an equal number of 
votes, and thereby creating a tie between or among them, the 
President shall, in the presence of the Board, determine by lot 
which one of such members shall be the member first to retire. 

6. At every election for members to serve on the Board the 
returning officer shall give twenty-one days' notice, by advertise- 
ment in the Argus, Age and Daily Telegraph, or such papers as 
may from time to time be approved of by the Board, of his in- 
tention to proceed on a certain day, to be named in such adver- 
tisement, to hold an election of fit and proper persons to serve as 
members on such Board; and he shall also in such advertisement 
name a day, being not less than twelve days nor more than fifteen 
days prior to the day named for holding such election, on or be- 
fore which all candidates for election must be nominated, as 
hereinafter provided; and he shall also, in such advertisement, 
name the time and place when and where such nominations will 
be received, and shall sign such notice and affix the date it is 
given thereto. 

7. Any person registered as a registered dentist in Victoria, 
desirous of nominating any other person as a candidate, shall fill 
up a nomination paper in the form of the First Schedule hereto, 
stating therein the christian name and surname of such candidate, 
together with the other particulars required by such schedule, 
and such nomination paper shall be signed by not less than five 
persons duly qualified to vote at such elections, 'and also by the 
person therein named as a candidate accepting such nomination. 
Such nomination paper must be lodged or delivered by post be- 



414 



WORLD S HISTORY AND 



fore four o'clock in the afternoon of the day next preceding the 
day fixed for nominations. 

8. The returning officer shall, in the event of there not being 
a greater number of persons nominated than are required to fill 
the vacancies created, make a return to the Registrar of the 
Board, and declare such person or persons to have been duly 
elected member or members of the Board; but if the number of 
persons nominated is greater than the number of persons required 
to fill such vacancies, a poll shall be taken, and he shall cause 
voting papers to be printed in the form given in Second Schedule 
hereto, and shall sign each of such papers, and cause one to be 
enclosed in an envelope not fastened, with the name and address 
of the returning officer printed thereon, and one of such voting 
papers and printed envelopes shall be sent by post under a fas- 
tened cover to the address of each and every registered dentist 
of Victoria, and resident in Victoria. 

9. The returning officer shall, on the day named in such ad- 
vertisement for holding any election, proceed, in the presence of 
the Registrar and of any scrutineers appointed by any candidate, 
to open the envelops with his printed address thereon, and which 
have been returned to him, and to take out the voting papers 
therein contained, and if he is satisfied after comparing each of 
the signatures in such voting papers with the signatures of the 
voters in the signature book, kept by the Registrar, and that 
each vote is properly given, he shall proceed to ascertain the 
number of such votes for each candidate; and as soon as con- 
veniently may be after the day of holding such election, the re- 
turning officer shall give public notice by advertisement of the 
number of votes given to each candidate, and shall declare the 
candidates, not exceeding the number of vacancies to be filled 
up, who have received the greatest number of votes to be duly 
elected as members of the Dental Board of Victoria, and if two 
or more candidates shall have received an equal number of votes, 
the returning officer shall in each case have the casting vote. 

10. If any voter shall suffer to remain not struck out upon 
any voting paper a greater number of names than the number of 
members to be elected, or shall fail to attach his signature 
thereto, the vote given on and by such paper shall be void and 
of no effect, and shall not be counted by the returning officer. 
The voter shall enclose such voting paper in an envelope fur- 
nished to him with the printed address, of the returning officer 



REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 415 

thereon, and shall post the same so that it shall be received by 
the returning officer in course of post before the day fixed for 
holding such election. 

n. If any person who shall duly have become a candidate 
for such election, and three of the persons having signed the 
paper nominating him shall be desirous that he retire before the 
day of holding such election from such candidature, such candidate 
and the persons aforesaid, not later than eight clear days before 
the day of holding such election, may sign and deliver a notice 
in the form of the Third Schedule hereto stating that such can- 
didate so retires, and the returning officer on receipt of such 
notice shall omit the name of such person so retiring from the 
voting paper, and if the number of candidates shall by such re- 
tirement be reduced to the number of members to be elected, 
the returning officer shall declare the remaining members duly 
elected. 

Each candidate shall be entitled to appoint in writing one 
scrutineer, to be present when the returning officer shall open the 
envelopes containing the voting papers on the day of holding 
the election. 

12. If any vacancy shall occur from death, resignation, or a 
member becoming incapable, or being ousted by the Supreme 
Court, or absence from the meetings of the Board, as herewith 
specified, it shall be called an extraordinary vacancy, and the re- 
turning officer shall, upon being notified by the Board that an 
extraordinary vacancy has occurred, proceed to the election of a 
person being a person eligible under the Act to fill such extra- 
ordinary vacancy, and the person so elected shall hold office 
for the unexpired portion of the term of office of the person 
whose vacancy, created as aforesaid, he has been elected to fill, 
and no longer. 

13. The President shall be elected at the first meeting of the 
Board after the term of office of the retiring President shall have 
expired by effluxion of time, or by death, resignation, incapacity, 
absence from meetings of the Board, or by being ousted from 
office by the Supreme Court. He shall be elected by a majority 
of the members present, and if for want of a quorum or from any 
other cause a President shall not be elected at such first meeting, 
he shall be elected at the next meeting, a week's notice having 
been given by the Registrar to each member of the Board. 



416 world's history and 

14. The Board may adopt by a resolution a seal as and for 
the common seal of the Board. 

15. The Registrar shall have the custody of such seal, which 
shall be deposited in the office of the Board, and shall not be used 
except as hereinafter provided. 

16. The seal of the Board may be affixed by the Registrar, 
in the presence of a member of the Board, to any instrument or 
writing, when authorized by a resolution passed for that purpose 
and entered upon the minutes of the proceedings of the Board, 
but not otherwise. , 

17. Whenever the seal of the Board is affixed as hereinbe- 
fore provided, the Registrar shall append thereto his certificate 
that it has been affixed by order of the Board, with the date 
of such order, as follows: 

Affixed by order dated day of 18 ... . 

A. R., 
Registrar, 
day of 18 

18. The Board may adopt a design for the form of a certifi- 
cate of qualification, to be issued to duly qualified dentists being 
persons who shall be qualified by examination under this Act, 
and such certificate shall be signed by the President and members 
of the Board, and shall have affixed thereto the common seal of 
the Board. 

19. The Board may, from time to time, appoint from amongst 
themselves such committee as may be necessary, and may by 
resolution at anytime abolish any committee so appointed. The 
President for the time being shall be ex officio a member of such 
committee, and, if present, shall preside. 

20. If any member die, or by notice under his hand delivered 
to the President or Registrar, resign his office as member, or be- 
come incapable of being a member, be or declared ousted of such 
office by the Supreme Court, or be absent from four consecutive 
ordinary meetings of the Board without leave obtained from the 
Board in that behalf, then in every such case the office of every 
such mdmber shall become vacant, and every such vacancy shall 
be an extraordinary vacancy, and notified to the returning officer 
by the Board. 

21. If at the time appointed for holding a meeting of the 
Board the President shall be absent, the members present may 
appoint one of themselves to preside as chairman at such meet- 



REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 417 

ing, or until the President shall be present, when such chairman 
shall vacate the chair in favor of the President. 

REGISTRAR AND REGISTRATION. 

22. The Registrar shall receive and preserve certificates, 
cards, or tickets issued by the examiners signifying that examina- 
tions have been passed. 

23. The Registrar shall from time to time make out and 
maintain a register in the form prescribed in Section 10 of the 
Dentists Act, 1887, of all persons admitted by the Board as dent- 
ists. He shall also from time to time make out and maintain a 
register of all persons who have passed the preliminary examina- 
tions prescribed by these regulations for apprentices. Such reg- 
ister shall be in the same form as that prescribed for registered 
dentists inserting under the head of qualification apprentice to 
A. B., registered dentist, and there shall be a column for the 
insertion of the date when such apprentice is admitted as a dent- 
ist when his name shall be transferred to the registrar. of dentists. 

24. The Registrar shall from time to time keep and maintain 
a signature book containing the signatures of each and every 
registered dentist, which shall be arranged in alphabetical order, 
and he shall produce such book for the inspection of the return- 
ing officer appointed by the Board on the day holding each and 
every election provided for by these regulations. 

EXAMINATIONS. 

25. Examinations shall be held at least twice annually, viz., 
in December, in March, in June, or in September in each year; 
provided always that the modified examination shall be held 
when and so often as the Board may think advisable. 

26. Every person who shall have received a certificate of 
having passed the matriculation at the University of Melbourne, 
or the passage of some examination recognized by the university 
as equivalent thereto, such matriculation or examination to in- 
clude passing in Latin, English, Arithmetic, Algebra and Geom- 
etry as compulsory subjects of the examination, and who shall 
have entered into articles of agreement as an apprentice with a 
registered dentist, shall, on production of such certificate and of 
such articles of agreement and of the payment of one guinea, be 
entitled on application to the Registrar, within three months of 
the date of such articles, to have his name placed upon the regis- 
ter of apprentices. 

27 



418 world's history and 

27. Every candidate desirous of being examined shall, ten 
days previous to the day fixed for examination, give the Registrar 
written notice of his intention to present himself at such exami- 
nation, together with his indentures of apprenticeship, and pay 
the prescribed fee. 

28. No certificate of qualification shall be issued to any per- 
son who is by the Dentists Act, 1887, required to be apprenticed, 
until he shall furnish the Board with a statutory declaration to 
be approved by them that he has faithfully, and without any 
unreasonable intermission, served his apprenticeship for the term 
required by the said Dentists Act, 1887, an ^ also a like statutory 
declaration by the person to whom he was apprenticed. 

29. All plates used from time to time for printing the forms 
of certificates shall be deposited in the Board room, in a box, 
having a lock and two keys, one of which shall be in the custody 
of the President, and the other in that of the Registrar. 

30. No print shall be taken from any of the said plates with- 
out an express order of the Board. All prints taken shall be in 
the custody of the Registrar. 

31. The words used herein in the singular shall be deemed to 
include the plural, and the words used in the plural shall be 
deemed to include the singular, unless the contrary is expressly 
provided. . , 

32. Candidates who have commenced their professional edu- 
cation prior to the gazettal on the loth May, 1889, °f the regu- 
lations relating to the examination of candidates under the Dent- 
ists Act, 1887, approved of by the Governor in Council, on the 
7th May, 1889, and who propose to complete the course pre- 
scribed in Regulation No. 1 of those regulations, with a view to 
obtaining the certificate of qualification issued by the Dental 
Board, shall be exempt from the matriculation examination. 

33. Registered dentists who have practiced dentistry for a 
period of five years before the passing of the Dentists Act, 1887, 
and who shall produce to the Board evidence of good character, 
and of having conducted their business as a dentist in a profes- 
sional manner, may, subject to the approval of the Board, be 
admitted to the examination for the certificate of competency 
granted by the Board sine curriculo. 

34. In all cases resort shall be had to the rules and forms 
provided in part eleven of the thirteenth schedule to the Act No. 
506, so far as the same are applicable, and are not inconsistent 



REVIEW OF DENTISTRY. 419 

with these regulations, for the purpose of regulating the proceed- 
ings in the general conduct of the business of the Board. ' 

Approved by the Governor in Council, the 4th January, 1890. 

G. Wilson Brown, 
Clerk of the Executive Council. 

The first meeting for the purpose of forming a Dental Asso- 
ciation of Victoria was held at the Coffee Palace, Bourke Street, 
Melbourne, August 7, 1889. The association was formally in- 
augurated and its first council elected by ballot October 1, 1889. 
The official name is the Dental Association of Victoria. 

There is also in existence the Odontological Society of Vic- 
toria, with twenty-six members (November, 1892); a Students' 
Society, with a few members, and a small dental hospital under 
the management of the Dental Association. 

Usually students attend private lectures after passing an ap- 
prenticeship previous to the examination of the Dental Board. 
Many, after their term of pupilage, seek a diploma in England 
or America, but the only American colleges that are officially 
recognized by the Dental Board of Victoria are the Michigan 
College of Dental Surgery, and the Harvard University Dental 
Department, except by special application to the Dental Board 
of Victoria. 

The number of dentists in Victoria is as follows: Melbourne 
(including South, North, East and West), 114; Fitzroy, 37; Carl- 
ton, 29; Ballarat, 20; Sandhurst, 19; St. Kilda, 19; Prahran, 17; 
Geelong, 12; Albert Park, 10; Richmond, 10; South Yarra, 10; 
Warrnambool, 9; Collingwood, 8; Hawthorn, 8; Brighton, 7; 
Castlemaine, 6; Maryborough, 6; Windsor, 6; Gippsland, Kyne- 
ton and Port Melbourne, each 5; Beechworth, Brunswick, Echuca 
Essendon, Stawell and Williamstown, each 4; Clifton Hill, Co- 
burg, Colac, Dandenong, Hamilton, Launceston, Malvern, Port 
Fairy, St. Arnaud and Toorak, each 3; Alexandra, Ararat, Ar- 
mandale, Ascot Vale, Benalla, Burnley, Camberwell, Charlton, 
Creswick, Dunolly, Elsternwick, Footscray, Hawksburn, Hors- 
sham, Hotham, Inglewood, Kilmore, Maldon, Mooney Ponds, 
Nhill, Numurkah, Romsey, Sale, Shepparton, South Preston and 
Wangaratta, each 2; and sixty smaller towns have each 1 dentist. 

Registered in Victoria, but now practicing in Tasmania, 6; in 
New South Wales, 5; in Queensland, 1; in South Australia, 1. 

The number of dentists practicing in Victoria is therefore (in 
1892), 528. 



420 world's history and review of dentistry. 

There is no dental journal printed in the colony, but all mat- 
ters of interest in connection with the profession are published in 
the Australasian Journal of Pharmacy, published in Melbourne and 
which is the organ of the Dental Association of Victoria. 

For the possession of all facts and documents concerning 
dentistry of Victoria we are under obligations to Dr. I. F. W. 
Hall, of South Melbourne. 



WESTERN AUSTRALIA. 

(BRITISH COLONY.) 

Area, 975,920 square miles. Population, 43,698. 
Capita], Perth; population, 10,000. 

There are no laws governing the practice of dentistry in this 
colony. 

A few dentists are practicing in Perth and Hobart, and some 
other places, but the exact number is not known. 




r* 



% 



^ 



• \ 



<# 



vV *. 



'%<■ 



.%- 



c^ 



V 






,r 



c 



o 



^s 



u 



V 



/ 









1 ' « <* ' tf c 



7 c- 






\ 



& 



s. . 



c- 



• .0* 



■■V 



^ 



>) 






> 



,0' 



£ 



.0 



\ 






o. 



A\ c N C , ^ 



^ 



.4 



I \ 



*<?. 



\ 



$ 



V 



"^ ,^' 






^ 



* «# 



,4' 



£ 



V 






V I 



( 



, ^ 






o 



1 \ o 



ft .;> 



%<£ 



^ 



■\ x 






v\ 



\ 



- 

^ y o * v * 






' x o o^ ; 






v ^ 



\ v <?, 



■ 



>° .-* 






o, 















\ U °x 






•o- 



♦* 



a.- 

c- \ ■ 

<-■ .v. «*• /#* 









\ ^ 

V s 







/' 




vV /> 






^ 

t 










^ 



♦<> * 



,\ 



■^ 



CD * , 



A^ -° N 



4> v. 










A ' • «■ '^ 



3*^ 















1$ <> 






O0 

^/- > « i l • V V - - <£- * 

A *" °' C ^ \ ''/ > 

'V 






tf 



\. 







-^ 












'J \v 



. '. 



A" 



f°< 









S 



% 









t, ^US- 



V *A 



\0 O^ 



"*• J( 






># 



